Skip to main content

Full text of "Tektronix Manual: 2247a"

See other formats


Service Manual 



Tektronix 

/ 



2247A 

Portable Oscilloscope 
070-6367-00 



Warning 

The servicing instructions are for use by qualified 
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not 
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to 
do so. Refer to the Safety Summary prior to 
performing service. 

Please check for change information at the rear 
of this manual. 



First Printing: December 1989 
Revised Printing: December 1992 



Instrument Serial Numbers 



Each instrument manufactured by Tektronix has a serial number on a panel insert or tag, or stamped on the 
chassis. The first letter in the serial number designates the country of manufacture. The last five digits of the 
serial number are assigned sequentially and are unique to each instrument. Those manufactured in the 
United States have six unique digits. The country of manufacture is identified as follows: 

B010000 Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oregon, USA 

E200000 Tektronix United Kingdom, Ltd., London 

J300000 Sony/Tektronix, Japan 

H700000 Tektronix Holland, NV, Heerenveen, The Netherlands 

Instruments manufactured for Tektronix by external vendors outside the United States are assigned a two digit 
alpha code to identify the country of manufacture (e.g., JP for Japan, HKfor Hong Kong, IL for Israel, etc.). 

Tektronix, Inc., P.O. Box 500, Beaverton, OR 97077 

Printed in U.S.A. 

Copyright © Tektronix, Inc., 1989. All rights reserved. Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign 
patents, issued and pending. The following are registered trademarks: TEKTRONIX, TEK, TEKPROBE, and 
SCOPE-MOBILE. 



WARRANTY 



Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three (3) years from 
the date of shipment. If any such product proves defective during this warranty period, Tektronix, at its option, either will repair 
the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product. 

In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty 
period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for packaging and 
shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid. Tektronixshall 
pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service 
center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any other charges for 
products returned to any other locations. 

This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance 
and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting from attempts by 
personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair damage resulting from 
improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; or c) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with 
other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product. 

THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER 
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TEKTRONIX’ RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR 
REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR 
BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, 
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS 
ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 



2247 A Service 



TABLE OF 

Page 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS iv 

LIST OF TABLES v 

OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY vi 

SERVICING SAFETY SUMMARY vii 



Section 1 SPECIFICATION 



INTRODUCTION 1-1 

STANDARD ACCESSORIES .... 1-1 
RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION 

SCHEDULE 1-2 

PERFORMANCE 

CONDITIONS 1-2 



Section 2 PREPARATION FOR USE 



SAFETY 2-1 

LINE VOLTAGE AND 

POWER CORD 2-1 

LINE FUSE 2-1 

INSTRUMENT COOLING 2-2 

START-UP 2-2 

DETAILED OPERATING 
INFORMATION 2-2 



Section 3 THEORY OF OPERATION 



SECTION ORGANIZATION 3-1 

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 

DESCRIPTIONS 3-1 

BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION 

INTRODUCTION 3-1 

VERTICAL INPUTS 

(Diagram 1) 3-1 



CONTENTS 

Page 



VERTICAL PREAMPS AND 
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 

(Diagram 2) 3-4 

A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM 

(Diagram 3) 3-4 

DISPLAY AND TRIGGER 
LOGIC AND PROCESSOR 
INTERFACE (Diagram 4) 3-5 

A AND B SWEEPS AND 
DELAY COMPARATORS 

(Diagram 5) 3-5 

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 

AMPLIFIER (Diagram 6) 3-6 

Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJUST, 

AND CONTROL MUX 

(Diagram 7) 3-6 

MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR 

(Diagram 8) 3-7 

READOUT SYSTEM 

(Diagram 9) 3-7 

SWITCH BOARD AND 

INTERFACE (Diagram 10) 3-7 

ADC AND DAC SYSTEM 

(Diagram 11) 3-8 

COUNTER/TIMER 

(Diagram 12) 3-8 

DAC SUBSYSTEM 

(Diagram 13) 3-9 

POWER SUPPLY 

(Diagram 14) 3-9 

DETAILED CIRCUIT 

DESCRIPTION 3-9 

VERTICAL INPUTS 

(Diagram 1) 3-9 

VERTICAL PREAMPS AND 
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 

(Diagram 2) 3-13 

A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM 

(Diagram 3) 3-15 

DISPLAY AND TRIGGER 
LOGIC AND PROCESSOR 
INTERFACE (Diagram 4) 3-19 



I 



2247 A Service 



Page 



A AND B SWEEPS AND 
DELAY COMPARATORS 
(Diagram 5) 3-33 

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 
AMPLIFIER (Diagram 6) 3-39 

Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE 
ADJUST, AND CONTROL 

MUX (Diagram 7) 3-40 

MEASUREMENT 

PROCESSOR (Diagram 8) .... 3-44 
READOUT SYSTEM 

(Diagram 9) 3-48 

SWITCH BOARD AND 

INTERFACE (Diagram 10) 3-54 

ADC AND DAC SYSTEM 

(Diagram 11) 3-55 

COUNTER/TIMER 

(Diagram 12) 3-55 

DAC SUBSYSTEM 

(Diagram 13) 3-57 

POWER SUPPLY 

(Diagram 14) 3-58 

MAIN BOARD POWER 
DISTRIBUTION 

(Diagram 15) 3-63 

PROCESSOR BOARD POWER 
DISTRIBUTION (Diagram 16) . . 3-63 
INTERCONNECTION 
DIAGRAM (Diagram 17) 3-63 



Section 4 PERFORMANCE CHECK 
PROCEDURE 



INTRODUCTION 4-1 

TEST EQUIPMENT 

REQUIRED 4-1 

PERFORMANCE CHECK 
INTERVAL 4-1 

PREPARATION 4-1 

INDEX TO PERFORMANCE 

CHECK PROCEDURE 4-4 

DISPLAY 4-5 

VERTICAL 4-6 

TRIGGERING 4-14 

HORIZONTAL 4-18 



Page 



MEASUREMENT CURSORS 4-23 

CH 1/CH 2 VOLTMETER 4-25 

COUNTER/TIMER 4-28 

EXTERNAL Z-AXIS, PROBE 
ADJUST, AND AUTO SETUP 
FUNCTIONS 4-30 



Section 5 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 



INTRODUCTION 5-1 

PURPOSE 5-1 

TEST EQUIPMENT 

REQUIRED 5-1 

LIMITS AND TOLERANCES 5-1 

PARTIAL PROCEDURES 5-1 

INTERNAL ADJUSTMENTS 
AND ADJUSTMENT 

INTERACTION 5-1 

PREPARATION FOR 

ADJUSTMENT 5-3 

INDEX TO ADJUSTMENT 

PROCEDURE 5-3 

POWER SUPPLY, DISPLAY, 

AND Z-AXIS 5-4 

INITIAL CONTROL 

SETTINGS 5-4 

PROCEDURE 5-4 

VERTICAL 5-6 

INITIAL CONTROL 

SETTINGS 5-6 

PROCEDURE 5-6 

HORIZONTAL 5-11 

INITIAL CONTROL 

SETTINGS 5-11 

PROCEDURE 5-11 

MEASUREMENT BANDWIDTH 
AND SELF 

CHARACTERIZATION 5-13 

INITIAL CONTROL 

SETTINGS 5-13 

PROCEDURE 5-13 

COUNTER/TIMER 5-15 

INITIAL CONTROL 

SETTINGS 5-15 

PROCEDURE 5-15 



ii 



2247 A Service 



Page 

Section 6 MAINTENANCE 



STATIC-SENSITIVE 

COMPONENTS 6-1 

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 6-2 

INTRODUCTION 6-2 

INSPECTION AND 

CLEANING 6-2 

LUBRICATION 6-4 

SEMICONDUCTOR 

CHECKS 6-4 

PERIODIC 

READJUSTMENT 6-4 

TROUBLESHOOTING 6-5 

INTRODUCTION 6-5 

TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS .... 6-5 
TROUBLESHOOTING 

EQUIPMENT 6-6 

TROUBLESHOOTING 

TECHNIQUES 6-6 

INTERNAL TESTING 
CAPABILITIES 6-10 

SERVICE MODE 6-11 

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 
BY DIAGRAM 6-22 

TROUBLESHOOTING 
MEASUREMENT ERRORS .... 6-29 

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ... 6-37 

INTRODUCTION 6-37 

MAINTENANCE 

PRECAUTIONS 6-37 

OBTAINING REPLACEMENT 
PARTS 6-37 

REPACKAGING FOR 

SHIPMENT 6-38 

MAINTENANCE AIDS 6-38 

INTERCONNECTIONS 6-38 

LITHIUM BATTERY 6-38 



Page 



TRANSISTORS AND 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 6-40 

SOLDERING TECHNIQUES ... 6-40 
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT 
INSTRUCTIONS 6-41 



Section 7 OPTIONS 



INTRODUCTION 7-1 

INTERNATIONAL POWER 

CORDS 7-1 

OPTION 1R- RACKMOUNTED 

INSTRUMENT 7-1 

OTHER AVAILABLE 

OPTIONS 7-1 



Section 8 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 
Section 9 DIAGRAMS 

Section 1 0 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS 
CHANGE INFORMATION 

Diagnostic Information: 



Internal Testing Capabilities 6-1 0 

Power-on Test Failure Codes 6-10 

Service Mode 6-11 

Service Menu Selections 6-13 

Diagnose Routines 6-17 

Troubleshooting Hints by Diagram 6-22 

Measurement Processor I/O 

Memory Map 6-26 

Measurement Error Troubleshooting 

Hints 6-30 



iii 



2247 A Service 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

Figure Page 

The 2247A Oscilloscope. 

1 -1 Maximum input voltage vs frequency derating curve for the CH 1 , CH 2, CH 3, 

or CH 4 input connector 1-20 

1-2 Dimensional outline drawing, standard cabinet 1-24 

1- 3 Dimensional outline drawing, rackmount cabinet 1-25 

2- 1 Optional power cords 2-1 

3- 1 Simplified block diagram 3-2 

3-2 Display Sequencer 1C (SUC, U600) pin out diagram 3-20 

3-3 Readout interface relative signal timing 3-28 

3-4 Trigger Logic 1C (FLIC, U602) pin out diagram 3-29 

3-5 Simplified Sweep Circuit 3-34 

3-6 A Sweep Start circuit waveforms 3-38 

3-7 Simplified diagram of the DC Restorer circuitry 3-42 

3-8 Display addresses 3-50 

3-9 Character pixel arrangement 3-53 

3-10 Power Supply block diagram 3-59 

3-11 Preregulator switching waveforms 3-62 

5-1 Areas of waveform affected by HF compensation 5-9 

5-2 2 ns Timing 5-12 

5- 3 Processor board adjustment location 5-16 

6- 1 Power-on test failure codes 6-10 

6-2 Main SERVICE MENU 6-11 

6-3 SERVICE MENU with DIAGNOSE choice selected 6-12 

6-4 Main board removal 6-46 

6-5 Delay-line connections to top of Main board 6-47 

9-1 Color codes for resistors. 

9-2 Semiconductor lead configurations. 

9-3 Locating components on schematic diagram and circuit board illustrations. 

9-4a Detailed block diagram -part 1 . 

9-4b Detailed block diagram-part 2. 

9-5 A1 0 - Main board. 

9-6 Hybrid pin identifiers. 

9-7 A8-CRT control board. 

9-8 A1 6 - Processor board. 

9-9 A14— Switch board. 

9-10 A12- Potentiometer board. 

9-11 A15-DAC Subsystem board. 

9-12 A1 8 — Power Supply board. 

9-13 Main board adjustment locations. 



iv 



2247 A Service 



LIST OF TABLES 

Table Page 

1-1 Electrical Characteristics 1-3 

1-2 Environmental Characteristics 1-21 

1-3 Mechanical Characteristics 1-22 

3-1 Shift Register 0 Bit Assignment 3-11 

3-2 CH 1 and CH 2 Attenuator and Gain Control Bit States 3-12 

3-3 Input Coupling Control Bit States 3-12 

3-4 CH 2 INVERT Control Bit 3-12 

3-5 CH 3 and CH 4 Gain Control Bit 3-12 

3-6 Trigger Selection Logic 3-17 

3-7 Display Sequencer (U600) Control Bit Assignments 3-21 

3-8 A Trigger Source Select Bits 3-22 

3-9 Horizontal Display Mode Select Bits 3-22 

3-10 Shift Register 1 Control Bit Data 3-23 

3-1 1 Trigger Source Select 3-24 

3-12 Vertical MODE Select 3-24 

3-13 Horizontal MODE Select 3-24 

3-14 Holdoff Counter Encoding 3-25 

3-15 Display Sequencer Channel Select Logic Bits 3-26 

3-16 Horizontal and Vertical Display Response 3-27 

3-17 Trigger Logic 1C Addressing Logic 3-30 

3-18 Control Register Signal-bit Names 3-30 

3-19 Delay Mode Selection Control Bits 3-31 

3-20 Peak Volts Detection Mode Logic 3-31 

3-21 Z-Axis Switching Logic 3-33 

3-22 A Sweep Timing Selections 3-36 

3-23 B Sweep Timing Selections 3-37 

3-24 HDO and HD1 Logic 3-39 

3-25 Front-Panel Multiplexer Channel Select Bits 3-43 

3-26 Measurement Processor Signals 3-47 

3-27 Position Enable Bit Assignment 3-51 

3-28 Field and Mixer Attribute Bit Assignment 3-52 

3-29 Display Possibilities 3-53 

3- 30 Possible Signal Conditions to U241 6 3-54 

4- 1 Test Equipment Required 4-2 

4-2 Signal-to-Graticule Accuracy 4-8 

4-3 Settings for Timing Accuracy Checks 4-20 

4- 4 Delay Time Accuracy 4-21 

5- 1 Adjustment Interactions 5-2 

5- 2 Power Supply Voltage Limits 5-4 

6- 1 Relative Susceptibility to Static-Discharge Damage 6-1 

6-2 External Inspection Checklist 6-3 

6-3 Internal Inspection Checklist 6-3 

6-4 Power Supply Voltage and Ripple Limits 6-8 

6-5 SERVICE MENU Selections 6-13 

6-6 DIAGNOSE ROUTINES 6-17 

6-7 Horizontal Display State Logic 6-25 

6-8 Measurement Processor I/O Memory Map 6-26 

6-9 Measurement Error Troubleshooting Hints 6-30 

6-10 Maintenance Aids 6-39 



v 



2247A Service 



OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY 



The safety information in this summary is for operating personnel. Warnings and cautions will also be found through- 
out the manual where they apply. 



Terms in This Manual 

CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices 
that could result in damage to the equipment or other 
property. 

WARNING statements identify conditions or practices 
that could result in personal injury or loss of life. 



Terms as Marked on Equipment 

CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not 
immediately accessible as one reads the markings, or a 
hazard to property, including the equipment itself. 

DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard im- 
mediately accessible as one reads the marking. 



Symbols in This Manual 




This symbol indicates where applicable 
cautionary or other information is to 
be found. For maximum input voltage 
see Table 1-1. 



Symbols as Marked on Equipment 



f 





DANGER— High voltage. 



Protective ground (earth) terminal. 



ATTENTION — Refer to manual. 



Power Source 

This product is intended to operate from a power source 
that does not apply more than 250 V rms between the 
supply conductors or between either supply conductor 
and ground. A protective ground connection, by way of 
the grounding conductor in the power cord, is essential 
for safe operation. 



Grounding the Product 

This product is grounded through the grounding con- 
ductor of the power cord. To avoid electrical shock, plug 
the power cord into a properly wired receptacle before 
making any connections to the product input or output 
terminals. A protective ground connection, byway of the 
grounding conductor in the power cord, is essential for 
safe operation. 



Danger Arising From Loss of Ground 

Upon loss of the protective-ground connection, all 
accessible conductive parts, including knobs and con- 
trols that may appear to be insulating, can render an 
electric shock. 



Use the Proper Power Cord 

Use only the power cord and connector specified for 
your product. 

Use only a power cord that is in good condition. 

For detailed information on power cords and con- 
nectors, see Figure 2-1 . 



Use the Proper Fuse 

To avoid fire hazard, use only a fuse of the correct type, 
voltage rating and current rating as specified in the parts 
list for your product. 



Do Not Operate in an Explosive 
Atmosphere 

To avoid explosion, do not operate this instrument in an 
explosive atmosphere. 



Do Not Remove Covers or Panels 

To avoid personal injury, do not remove the product 
covers or panels. Do not operate the product without the 
covers and panels properly installed. 



vl 



2247 A Service 



SERVICING SAFETY SUMMARY 

FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY 

Refer also to the preceding Operators Safety Summary 



Do Not Service Alone 

Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this 
product unless another person capable of rendering first 
aid and resuscitation is present. 



Use Care When Servicing With Power On 

Dangerous voltages exist at several points in this 
product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed 
connections or components while power is on. 



Disconnect power before removing protective panels, 
soldering, or replacing components. 



Power Source 

This product is intended to operate from a power source 
that does not apply more than 250 volts rms between the 
supply conductors or between either supply conductor 
and ground. A protective ground connection by way of 
the grounding connector in the power cord is essential 
for safe operation. 



vli 



2247 A Service 




6367-30 



The 2247A Oscilloscope. 



viii 



■■//m 






Section 1 -2247A Service 



SPECIFICATION 



INTRODUCTION 

The TEKTRONIX 2247A is a 100 MHz, four-channel, 
dual-sweep, portable oscilloscope for general- 
purpose use. A microprocessor-based operating sys- 
tem controls most of the functions in the instrument, 
including a fully integrated menu-driven voltage and 
time measurement system with SmartCursors®. A 
counter/timer (C/T) is integrated into the trigger system 
to provide many automated counting and timing 
measurements. Other features include single-button 
automatic front-panel setup and a menu-driven 
store/recall setup function. A menu-driven service mode 
provides for configuring of certain menu and readout 
displays and running the internal calibration and 
servicing diagnostic routines. 

The vertical deflection system has four input channels. 
Two channels have 11 basic deflection factors from 
2 mV to 5 V per division, and two channels have two 
basic deflection factors of 0.1 V and 0.5 V per division. 
Basic deflection factors can be extended with attenuator 
probes. VOLTS/DIV readouts are switched to display the 
correct vertical scale factors when properly coded 
probes are connected to the vertical input connectors. 

The horizontal deflection system provides single, dual, 
or delayed sweeps from 0.5 s to 20 ns per division 
(delayed sweep, 5 ms to 20 ns per division). The trigger 
system provides stable triggering over the full bandwidth 
of the vertical deflection system. 

Alphanumeric crt readouts of the vertical and horizontal 
scale factors are displayed at the bottom of the screen. 
On-screen vertical and horizontal cursors provide 
accurate voltage, time, frequency, and phase measure- 
ments; measurement values are displayed at the top of 
the crt. 

Measurement features include cursor-driven voltage, 
time, frequency, and phase measurements; counter/ 
timer measurements; and automatic rise time/fall time 
and propagation delay measurements. Voltage 
measurements include positive peak, negative peak, 
peak-to-peak, and average dc levels, measured over 
the entire display or a selected portion (gated 
measurements). 



Counter/timer measurements include frequency, period, 
width, totalize, frequency ratio, gated frequency, gated 
period, gated width, gated events, delta time, one- 
over-delta time, phase, rise time/fall time, and propa- 
gation delay, using an internal or external frequency 
standard. Counter/timer measurements can be 
averaged to increase the number of displayed digits, 
and measurement trigger points can be indicated with 
cursors on screen. 

Positionable cursors allow absolute voltage, voltage 
difference, time difference, frequency, and phase 
measurements. SmartCursors® that visually track 
voltage measurements, trigger levels, and ground can 
be selectively displayed with the waveforms. Time, 
frequency, and phase measurements referenced to the 
trigger event or between two user-selected events are 
available in ALT and B horizontal modes. 

By pressing a single button (AUTO SETUP), the front- 
panel controls can be set up to produce a usable 
waveform display based on the voltage and time 
characteristics of the input signals. 

The Store/Recall system lets you store and recall up to 
20 different front-panel setups. Stored setups can be 
arranged in sequences as required for specific 
applications. 

STANDARD ACCESSORIES 

The following items are standard accessories shipped 
with the 2247A instrument: 

2 Probes, 10X, 1.5 meter, with accessories 
1 Power cord 
1 Power cord clamp 
1 Operators manual 
1 Reference guide 

1 Crt implosion shield, blue plastic (installed) 

1 Fuse, 2A, 250 V, slow-blow 
1 Accessory pouch, zipioc 

Refer to the Accessories page at the back of this manual 
for part numbers and further information about both 
standard and optional accessories. Available options 
are described in Section 7. Your Tektronix repre- 
sentative, local Tektronix Field Office, or Tektronix 



1-1 



Specification -2247A Service 



products catalog can provide additional information on 
options and accessories. 



RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION 
SCHEDULE 

To ensure accurate measurements, check the per- 
formance of this instrument every 2000 hours of 
operation {once each year if used infrequently). When 
components are replaced, affected circuits may have to 
be readjusted. 



PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS 

The electrical characteristics given in Table 1 -1 are valid 
when the instrument has been adjusted at an ambient 



temperature between +20°C and +30°C, has had a 
warm-up period of at least 20 minutes, and is operating 
at an ambient temperature between -10°C and +55°C 
(unless otherwise noted). 

Specifications for non-counter/timer functions with digi- 
tal readout are valid only when the ambient temperature 
is within ±1 0°C of the temperature at the time of the last 
SELF CAL. For maximum performance, a recent SELF 
CAL is recommended. 

Items listed in the Performance Requirements column 
are verifiable qualitative or quantitative limits that define 
the measurement capabilities of the instrument. 



Environmental characteristics are given in Table 1-2, 
and mechanical characteristics of the instrument are 
listed in Table 1-3. 



1-2 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 

Electrical Characteristics 



CHARACTERISTICS 



PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM - CH 1 AND CH 2 



Deflection Factor 
Range 


2 mV/div to 5 V/div in 1 -2-5 sequence. 3 


Accuracy (includes ADD MODE 
and CH 2 INVERT) 

15°C to 35°C 


+2%. 


-10°C to 15°C and 
35°C to 55°C 


±3%. a 


Variable Range 


Increases deflection factor by at least 2.5:1 . 


Frequency Response 
(-3 dB bandwidth) 

-10°Cto 35 °C 

5 mV to 5 V/div 


Dc to 100 MHz (at the input BNC and at the probe tip). 


2 mV 


Dc to 90 MHz (at the input BNC and at the probe tip). 


35°C to 55°C 


Dc to 90 MHz (at the input BNC and at the probe tip). 3 


AC Coupled Lower 
-3 dB Point 

IX Probe 


10 Hz or less. 


10X Probe 


1 Hz or less. 


Step Response 
(5-division step) 

Rise Time 

-10°C to 35°C 

5 mV to 5 V/div 


3.5 ns or less (calculated). 3 


2 mV/div 


3.9 ns or less (calculated). 3 


35°C to 55°C 


3.9 ns or less (calculated). 3 


Delay Match (CH 1 to CH 2) 


Less than 200 ps difference. 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio (CMRR) 


At least 10:1 at 50 MHz for signals of eight division or less with 
VOLTS/DIV VAR adjusted for best CMRR at 50 kHz. 


Channel Isolation (attenuation of 
deselected channel) 

2 mV/div to 0.5 V/div 


10 MHz 


100 MHz 


50 dB 
or more 


34 dB 
or more 


Channel isolation tested with eight-division input signal. 


Trace Shift as VAR VOLTS/DIV is Turned 


1 division or less. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-3 



Specification— 2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Invert Trace Shift 


1 division or less. 


Trace Shift Between VOLTS/DIV Switch 
Positions 


0.2 division or less. 


Trace Shift Between GND and DC Input 
Coupling 

-10°C to 35 °C 


Less than 0.5 mV. 


35°C to 55°C 


Less than 2 mV. a 


Input Characteristics 
Resistance 


1 MD ±1.0%. a 


Capacitance 


20 pF ±1 pF. a 


Capacitance Match Between Any 
Two VOLTS/DIV Settings 


±0.5 pF. a 


Maximum Input Volts ^ 


400 V {dc + peak ac); 800 V p-p at 10 kHz or less. 3 
(See Figure 1-1.) 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM - CH 3 AND CH 4 



Deflection Factor 
Range 


0.1 V per division and 0.5 V per division. 


Accuracy 

15°C to 35°C 


±2%. 


-10°C to 55°C 


±3%. a 


Frequency Response (-3 dB bandwidth) 
-10°C to 35°C 


Dc to 100 MHz (at the input BNC and at the probe tip). 


35 °C to 55 °C 


Dc to 90 MHz (at the input BNC and at the probe tip). 3 


Step Response (5-division step) 
Rise Time 

-10°C to 35°C 


3.5 ns or less (calculated) 3 


35°C to 55 °C 


3.9 ns or less (calculated) 3 


Delay Match (CH 3 to CH 4) 


Less than 200 ps difference. 


Trace Shift Between VOLTS/DIV Settings 


1 division or less. 


Channel Isolation (attenuation of 
deselected channel) 


34 dB or more at 100 MHz. 

Channel isolation tested with eight-division input signal. 


Input Characteristics 
Resistance 


1 MO ±1.0%. 3 


Capacitance 


20 pF ±1 pF. a 


Maximum Input Volts A 


400 V (dc + peak ac); 800 V p-p at 10 kHz or less. 3 
(See Figure 1-1 .) 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-4 



Specification— 2247A Service 





Table 1-1 (cont) 


CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM - ALL CHANNELS 



Bandwidth Limit (-3 dB bandwidth) 


20 MHz ±15%. 


Low-Frequency Linearity (relative to 
center screen) 


±5%. 

Linearity is measured by positioning a two-division test signal 
anywhere on screen and noting the amplitude change. 


Position Range 


At least ±1 1 divisions from graticule center. 


TRACE SEP Control Position Range 


At least ±4 divisions. 


CHOP Mode Clock Rate 


625 kHz ±10%. a 


Delay Match (CH 1 or CH 2 to 
CH 3 or CH 4) 


Less than 200 ps difference. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 



Sweep Range 
A Sweep 


0.5 s/divto 20 ns/div in a 1-2-5 sequence. 3 

XI 0 magnifier extends maximum sweep speed to 2 ns/div. 


B Sweep 


5.0 ms/divto 20 ns/div in a 1-2-5 sequence. 3 

XI 0 magnifier extends maximum sweep speed to 2 ns/div. 


Accuracy 

15°C to 35°C 


Unmagnified Magnified 

±2% ±3% 


-10°C to 15°C and 
35 °C to 55°C 


±3% a ±4% a 

Sweep Accuracy applies over the center eight divisions. Excludes 
the first 1/4 division or 25 ns from the start of the magnified sweep 
and anything beyond the 100th magnified division. 


Sweep Linearity (relative to center two 
displayed divisions) 


±5%. 

Sweep Linearity applies over the center eight divisions. Excludes 
the first 1/4 division or 25 ns from the start of the magnified sweep 
and anything beyond the 100th magnified division. 


POSITION Control Range 
Normal Displays 


Able to move the start of the sweep to the right of the center vertical 
graticule; able to move a time mark corresponding to the end of the 
tenth division of an unmagnified sweep to the left of the center 
graticule. 


X-Y Displays 


At least ±13 divisions. 3 


XI 0 Magnifier 


Expands the normal sweep by ten times around that portion of the 
sweep positioned at the center vertical graticule line, a 


Registration (XI 0 to XI) 


0.5 division or less shift. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-5 



Specification -2247 A Service 





Table 1-1 (corn) 


CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Variable Control Range 


Continuously variable between calibrated SEC/DIV settings. Extends 
both the A and B sweep time per division by at least a factor of 2.5. 


Sweep Length 


Greater than 10 divisions. 


Delay Time 

Delay Control Range 


Less than 0.1 division to 10 times the A SEC/DIV switch setting. 
Maximum value does not exceed end of the A Sweep. 


Delay Accuracy, A Sweep Trigger 
Point to Start of B Sweep 


± (0.5% of reading + 5% of 1 division of the A Sweep +25 ns). 


Jitter 


1 part in 20,000, or less, peak-to-peak, during a two-second 
time interval. 


Delta Time 

Delta Control Range 


0 to greater than 9.9 divisions to the right of setting of DELAY control, 
but maximum value does not exceed end of the A Sweep. 

A AND B TRIGGER 


Sensitivity- CH 1 through CH 4; 
AUTO LEVEL, AUTO, NORM, and 
SGL SEQ 


Trigger sensitivity is defined as the minimum peak-to-peak 
sine-wave trigger signal amplitude required to show the test 
signal with horizontal jitter of less than 3.0% of one period (p-p 
viewed over two seconds), with Trigger LEVEL control set at 
midlevel, but not at control extremes. 


COUPLING 




DC 


0.35 division from dc to 25 MHz, increasing to 1.0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL). 


NOISE REJECT 


1 .4 division from dc to 25 MHz; increasing to 2.2 divisions at 
100 MHz. 

0.5 division or less will not trigger. 


HF REJECT 


0.35 division from dc to 50 kHz; attenuates signals above upper 
-3 dB cutoff frequency of 70 kHz. 


LF REJECT 


0.35 division from 100 kHz to 25 MHz, increasing to 1.0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 50 kHz. 


AC 


0.35 division from 50 Hz to 25 MHz, increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz; (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 20 Hz. 


TV LINE, TV FIELD 


0.5 division of composite sync will achieve a stable display. 


Channel Isolation (attenuation of 
deselected channel) 




CH 1 or CH 2 to 
Any Other Channel 


20 dB or more at 100 MHz. a 


CH 3 or CH 4 to 
Any Other Channel 


30 dB or more at 100 MHz. a 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Free Run Enable Frequency 
AUTO and AUTO LEVEL 


The sweep will free run if trigger source frequency Is less than 10 Hz. a 

In AUTO LEVEL, if the trigger-source frequency is < 25 Hz, the range 
of the Trigger LEVEL control may be reduced. 


LEVEL Control Range 

AUTO, NORM, and SGL SEQ 


±20 divisions referred to the appropriate vertical input. 

This range is sufficient to allow triggering at any point on a displayed 
waveform for all modes except ADD. In ADD, the combined range of 
the two position controls exceeds the trigger level range, making it 
possible (though unlikely) to pull a signal on screen for display but 
fail to trigger on it due to insufficient trigger level range. 


AUTO LEVEL 


Does not exceed the peak-to-peak amplitude of the trigger signal 
that was present when the AUTO LEVEL limits were set. a 


TRIGGER LEVEL READOUT Accuracy 


± (0.3% of reading + 10% of one vertical division). 21 


HOLDOFF Control Range 


Increases A Sweep holdoff time by at least a factor of 10. a 



VOLTMETER AND CURSOR FUNCTIONS 



VOLTMETER FUNCTIONS 
DC VOLTS 

Accuracy 


±(0.5% of reading + 2% of one vertical division + 250 jiV). 


Normal Mode Rejection Ratio 


Greater than 50 dB at 50 or 60 Hz. 


PLUS or MINUS Peak 

Accuracy— Full Bandwidth 

25 Hz to 25 MHz 


±(2.0% of reading + 15% of one vertical division + 1 mV). 


Greater Than 25 MHz to 
100 MHz (90 MHz at 
35°C to 55 °C) 


+ 0.5 dB, -3 dB ±1 mV. Follows the trigger system frequency 
response curve. 


Accuracy— Bandwidth Limited 
(25 Hz to 10 MHz) 


±(2.0% of reading + 10% of one vertical division + 0.3 mV). 


Gated Region Minimum Width 
(when gated) 


(0.2 division + 50 ns) or less. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-7 



Specification -2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


VOLTMETER FUNCTIONS (cont) 

PK-PK VOLTS 

Accuracy— Full 
Bandwidth 

25 Hz to 25 MHz 


±(2.0% of reading + 15% of one vertical division + 1.5 mV). 


Greater Than 25 MHz to 
100 MHz (90 MHz at 
35°C to 55 °C) 


+ 0.5 dB, -3 dB ±1 .5 mV. Follows the trigger system frequency 
response curve. 


Accuracy - Bandwidth 
Limited 

25 Hz to 10 MHz 


±(2.0% of reading + 10% of one vertical division + 0.5 mV). 


Gated Region Minimum 
Width (when gated) 


(0.2 division + 50 ns) or less. 


CURSOR FUNCTIONS 

l«- SEC-H (manually positioned 
cursors) 

Accuracy 

A Horizontal Mode 
B Horizontal Mode 


±(0.5% of reading + 2% of one horizontal division). 
±(3.0% of reading + 2% of one horizontal division). 


l<- 1/SEC -H (manually 
positioned cursors) 

Accuracy 


Readout calculated from l«- SEC cursor positions. 


l<- VOLTS ->l (manually 
positioned cursors) 
Accuracy 


± (0.5% of reading + 2% of one vertical division + high-frequency 
display errors). 


rb VOLTS — h (manually 
positioned cursor) 

Accuracy 


± (0.5% of reading + 2% of one vertical division + high-frequency 
display errors). 


w- PHASE-H (manually 
positioned cursors) 

Accuracy 


Readout calculated from l«- SEC — H cursor positions. 


TRACK MEASUREMENT 

Position Accuracy (cursor 
position on waveform versus 
digitally displayed measure- 
ment value) 


±0.05 vertical division. 


TRACK TRIG LEVEL 

Position Accuracy (cursor 
position on waveform versus 
digitally displayed trigger 
level value) 


±0.05 vertical division. 



1-8 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


CURSOR FUNCTIONS (cont) 




TRACK GROUND 




Position Accuracy (cursor 
position on waveform versus 
baseline displayed with 
grounded input) 


±0.05 vertical division. 


Delay Accuracy, A Sweep Trigger Point 
to Start of B Sweep 


± (0.5% of reading + 5.0% of one division of the A Sweep + 
25 ns). 



COUNTER/TIMER (C/T) 

(see formula definitions at end of this section) 



Time Base 

Frequency a 


200 MHz. 


Internal Oscillator 
Short-term error a 

+ 15°C to +35°C 


±1 x 10* 5 (10 ppm). 


-10°C to + 15°C and 
+ 35°C to +55°C 


+ 5 x 10" 5 (50 ppm). 


Long-term drift a 


Less than 2 ppm change per year. 


External Oscillator 


C/T automatically senses the applied external input signal, 
determines whether it is 1, 5, or 10 MHz (each can be ±2%), 
and multiplies it by 200, 40, or 20 respectively to derive the 
200 MHz timing signal. Indication is given in readout when 
external timebase is being used. 


Frequency 

Range 

err TRIG TIMEOUT Enabled, 
or B Trigger MODE in AUTO 
LEVEL 3 


Less than 4 Hz to greater than 100 MHz. 


C/T TRIG TIMEOUT Disabled, 
and B Trigger MODE not in 
AUTO LEVEL 3 


0.01 Hz to greater than 100 MHz. 
Displays “ < 0.01 Hz” if underranged. 


Non-gated Mode 
Resolution (Hz) a 


+ 1-4 X TJE x F 2 + LgQ 

N - 


Accuracy (Hz) 


Resolution ±(F x TBE) 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-9 



Specification— 2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (corn) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Frequency (coni) 

Gated Mode 

Resolution (Hz) a 


+ 1-4XTJEXR + LSD 

Ng XVT 


Freq Gating 
Error (Hz) a 


° * ns X P 

Ng 


Accuracy (Hz) 


Resolution ± (F X TBE) ± freq gating error. 


LSD (Hz) a 


F2 

N x 2 x 10 8 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
10 nHz (10' 9 Hz). 


Period 

Range 

C/TTRIG TIMEOUT Enabled, 
or B Trigger MODE in AUTO 
LEVEL 3 ~ 


Greater than 250 ms to less than 10 ns. 


C/T TRIG TIMEOUT Disabled, 
and B Trigger MODE not in 
AUTO LEVEL 3 


100 s to less than 10 ns. 
Displays ">100s” if overranged. 


Non-gated Mode 

Resolution (seconds) 3 


+ 14 x TJE + LSD 

N 


Accuracy (seconds) 


Resolution ± (P x TBE). 


Gated Mode 

Resolution (seconds) 3 


+ 1 4 x TlJE + LSD 

Ng xVG“ 


Time interval Gating 
Error (seconds) 3 


0.5 ns 

Ng 


Accuracy (seconds) 


Resolution ± (P x TBE) ± time interval gating error. 


LSD (seconds) 3 


5 ns 
N 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
100 attosec. 


Width 

Range 

C/TTRIG TIMEOUT Enabled, 
or B Trigger MODE in AUTO 
LEVEL 3 


Greater than 250 ms to less than 5 ns. 


C/T TRIG TIMEOUT Disabled, 
and B Trigger MODE not in 
AUTO LEVEL 3 


100 s to less than 5 ns. 

Displays “>100s” if overranged. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-10 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Width (cont) 

Non-gated Mode 

Resolution (seconds) 3 


± — 4 =- x TJE at start point 

v N 

± x TJE at st °P P oint 

± LSD 


Accuracy (seconds) 


Resolution ±(W x TBE) 
+ hysteresis error 
± start point slew error 
± stop point slew error 
± 2 ns. 


Gated Mode 

Resolution (seconds) 3 


+ — x TJE at start point 

V Ng X G 

± 7 1 = X TJE at stop point 

JNg X e 

± LSD 


Accuracy (seconds) 


Resolution ± (W x TBE) 

± hysteresis error 
± time interval gating error 
± start point slew error 
± stop point slew error 
±2 ns. 


Hysteresis Error (seconds) 3 


HYS 

slew rate of stop edge 
at trigger point (div/sec) 


Start Point Slew Error (seconds) 3 


TLE 

slew rate of start edge 
at trigger point (div/sec) 


Stop Point Slew Error (seconds) 3 


TLE 

slew rate of stop edge 
at trigger point (div/sec) 


LSD (seconds) a 


5 ns 

-/TT 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
1 picosec. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-11 



Specification -2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Totalize 

Range 6 


0 to 999999999. 

Displays "> 999999999” on overrange. 


Gated Events 
Range 6 


0.000001 to 999999999.0 

Displays “ > 999999999” on overrange. 


Resolution, When Gate Is 
Synchronous to B Trigger Signal a 


LSD 


Resolution, When Gate Is Not 
Synchronous to B Trigger Signal 3 


Vg - + LSD 


LSD 3 


1 

G 

No more than 10 digits displayed. 


Accuracy 


Same as resolution. 


Frequency Ratio 
Range a 


.00000001 to 99999999 

Displays “ > 99999999” on overrange. 


Resolution 3 


x n 1.4xTJE 1 xF 1 

N 1 

± R X 1.4 x TJE 2 X Fg ± LSD 

n 2 


LSD a 


R F, Fo 1 

2 X 10 8 X l Nl ' N 2 J 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
.00000001. 


Accuracy 


Resolution ± (R x TBE). 



3 Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-12 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Delta Time (l<- SEC -*1 ) (AT) 
Range a 


C/T is used when horizontal mode is ALT. C/T may also be used 
when horizontal mode is B. 

0 to greater than ±5 s. 


B Runs After Delay Mode 
Accuracy (seconds) 3 


±1.0% of one division of A sweep. 


B Triggered After Delay Mode 
Resolution (seconds) 3 


1 

± y-j-r- x TJE at start point 

i 

± x at stop point 
± LSD 


LSD (seconds) 3 


5 ns 

vw d 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed 
is 1 picosec (10" 12 s). 


Accuracy (seconds) 


Resolution ±(T x TBE) 

± channel delay mismatch 13 
± start point slew error 
± stop point slew error 
± 100 ps. 


One-Over-Delta Time (1/AT) 
(H- 1/SEC -*l ) 

Range a 


C/T is used when horizontal mode is ALT. C/T may also be used 
when horizontal mode is B. 

Less than 0.2 Hz to 10 GHz. 

Displays “> 10GHz” on overrange. 


B Triggered After Delay Mode 
Resolution (Hz) a 


+ F e 2 x (delta-time resolution) 


Accuracy (Hz) 


± F e 2 x (delta-time resolution) 


Phase 

A Horizontal Mode 3 


When 360° tracking is on, the C/T measures the A trig period 
and uses this result for the 360° reference. When 360° 
tracking is off, the measurement uses the fixed reference value 
obtained with the l«- SET 360 0 — >1 function. 


ALT or B Modes 
Range a 


C/T is used to measure the time interval when horizontal mode 
is ALT. C/T may also be used when horizontal mode is B. 

0 to ± 99999999 degrees. 

Displays “> 99999999°” on overrange. 



3 Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 

b Channel delay mismatch is zero when start and stop points are on same channel. 



1-13 



Specification — 2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Phase (cont) 

ALT or B Modes (cont) 

B Triggered 
After Delay 

360 Degree 
Tracking Off 

Resolution 
(in degrees) 3 


+ 360 x (delta-time resolution) 

(360 degree reference time) 


Accuracy 
(in degrees) 


+ 360 x (delta-time accuracy) 

(360 degree reference time) 


360 Degree 
Tracking On 

Resolution 
(in degrees) 3 


* 360 x ± <"f] 


Accuracy 
(in degrees) 


± 360 x [>£&- ± £“] 


Rise/Fall 

Minimum Signal Amplitude 
for Successful Autotriggering 3 


When measurement is first selected, or measurement is not in 
SET REF mode when reselected, the + and - peaks of the 
signal are measured. Then, the trigger levels are set and the 
rise/fall time measurement proceeds. 

4.0 divisions. 


Minimum Signal Frequency 
for Successful Autotriggering 3 


25 Hz. 

If signal frequency is less than minimum, SET REF mode can 
be used to manually set trigger levels. 


Trigger Level Setting Error (after 
autotriggering) 3 


Peak measurement error + trigger level readout error (in divisions; 
see A AND B TRIGGER and VOLTMETER FUNCTIONS PK-PK 
VOLTS). 


Trigger Level Setting Error (when 
SET REF mode is used) 3 


Trigger level readout error in divisions; rise/fall time accuracy is 
specified with respect to the trigger levels selected by the user 
via SET REF mode, rather than the 10% and 90% points on the 
signal being measured. 


Range 3 


0 to greater than 5 seconds. 


Resolution 3 


± /-rr x TJE at start point 

V N { 

1 

- x TJEat stop point 

± LSD 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-14 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


Rise/Fall (cont) 

LSD (seconds) a 


+ 5 ns 

" SW t 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
1 picosec. 


Accuracy 


Resolution ±(T x TBE) 
+ start point slew error 
± stop point slew error 
± 2 ns. 


Start Point Slew Error a 


Trigger level setting error 

Slew rate of signal 
at start point (div/sec) 


Stop Point Slew Error 3 


Trigger level setting error 

Slew rate of signal 
at stop point (div/sec) 


Propagation Delay 
Range a 


0 to greater than ±5 seconds. 


Resolution 3 


4 att- x TJE at start point 

V N pd 

± -JlT~ d x TJE at st0 P P° int 

± LSD 


LSD (seconds) 3 


5 ns 

~ V Npd 

No more than 8 digits displayed; minimum LSD displayed is 
1 picosec (10‘ 12 s). 


Accuracy 


Resolution ±(T x TBE) 

± channel delay mismatch 0 
± start point slew error 
± stop point slew error 
± lOOps. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



c Delay mismatch between input channels can be nulled out with SET ZERO REF. 



1-15 



Specification -2247 A Service 



Table 1 -1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 



Trigger Jitter Error 
(TJE) in seconds 3 



PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

V (e^ 2 + (e 2 ) 2 

Slew rate of triggering edge 
(div/sec) 

Value of e 1 = RMS noise in signal applied at input BNC (in divisions). 
Value of e 2 (in 



divisions RMS) a 


BWLon 


BWL off 


2 mV per division 


0.13 


0.33 


5 mV per division 


0.08 


0.16 


10 mV per division 


0.06 


0.11 


20 mV per division 


0.05 


0.08 


50 mV per division 


0.04 


0.07 



or higher 



COUNTER/TIMER DEFINITIONS 



F = Frequency of input, in Hz. 

F e = Equivalent frequency (1/T). 

Ft = Frequency 1 . 

F 2 = Frequency 2. 

HYS = B trigger sensitivity, in divisions (see A and B TRIGGER). 

LSD = Least significant digit. 

N = Number of input events averaged. 

For non-gated mode, N = Fx (0.320 ±0.010 s) 

For gated mode, N = N g x G 
(N is always^ 1) 

G = Number of gate intervals in one measurement. 

= (gate signal repetition rate) x (GATETIME ±0.010 s) ^1 

GATETIME = 0.320 s in AUTO RESOLution mode. When a resolution magnifier is used, the gate 
time increases as needed to obtain the extra resolution. 

N a = Number of A trigger periods averaged. 

= (A trigger frequency) x (0.320 ±0.010 s) 

(N is always i:1) 

N d = Number of delta-time intervals averaged in one measurement. 

(A sweep repetition rate) x (GATETIME ±0.010 s) 

Number of sweeps in one display sequence 

GATETIME = 0.603 sec in AUTO RESOLution mode. When a resolution magnifier is used, the gate 
time increases as needed to obtain the extra resolution. 

Number of sweeps is found by counting number of channels displayed; each channel with one 
intensified zone gets counted twice; if one channel has both zones, this channel gets counted 4 
times. 

a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-16 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



COUNTER/TIMER DEFINITIONS (cont) 

N g = Number of trigger events inside one gate interval ^1 . 

Npd = Number of prop delay intervals averaged in one measurement. 

(A sweep repetition rate) x (GATETIME ± 0.010 s) 

Number of sweeps in one display sequence 

GATETIME = 0.603 sec in AUTO RESOLution mode. When a resolution magnifier is used, the gate 
time increases as needed to obtain the extra resolution. 

Number of sweeps is found by counting number of channels displayed; if both START and STOP 
trigger are on one channel, this channel gets counted twice. 

N t = Number of transition time intervals (rise or fall) averaged in one measurement. 

(A sweep repetition rate) x (GATETIME ± 0.010 s) 

Number of sweeps in one display sequence 

GATETIME = 0.603 sec in AUTO RESOLution mode. When a resolution magnifier is used, the gate 
time increases as needed to obtain the extra resolution. 

Number of sweeps is found by counting number of channels displayed; the channel being 
measured gets counted twice. 

N t = Number of F, periods averaged. 

N 2 = Number of F 2 periods averaged. 

P = Period of input, in seconds. 

R = Ratio, F,/F 2 . 

T = Time interval being measured. 

TBE = Total timebase error. 

TJE = Trigger jitter error at trigger point. 

TJE! = Trigger jitter error associated with F,. 

TJE 2 - Trigger jitter error associated with F 2 . 

TJEa = Trigger jitter error of A trigger period measurement. 

TLE = B trigger level readout error, in divisions (see A and B TRIGGER). 

W = Width of input, in seconds. 



1-17 



Specification— 2247 A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


X-Y OPERATION 


Deflection Factors 


Same as Vertical deflection system with the VOLTS/DIV variable 
controls in calibrated detent position.® 


Accuracy 




X Axis 




15°C to 35°C 


±3%. 


-10°C to 15°C and 
35°C to 55°C 


±4%. a 


Horizontal (X-Axis) -3 dB Bandwidth 


3 MHz or more. 


Phase Match (DC Coupled) 


± 3 degrees from dc to 50 kHz. 



EXTERNAL Z-AXIS INPUT 



Active Region Lower Threshold 
(intensity decreases above this voltage) 


+ 1.8 volts or less. 


Signal Required to Modulate 
an A or B Trace 


+ 3.8 volts or less provides noticeable modulation of a normal 
intensity trace. 

Usable frequency range is dc to 10 MHz. External Z-Axis signal 
does not affect the readout or the intensified zone intensity. 


Maximum Input Voltage ^ 


30 V (dc + peak ac); 30 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or less.® 


Input Loading 


Represents less than one LSTTL load.® 



EXTERNAL C/T REFERENCE INPUT 



Input Impedance 


10.1 kfi ±5%, AC coupled.® 


Sensitivity 


1 volt pk-pk, duty factor from 40% to 60% measured at the DC 
average point on the waveform. 


Maximum Input Voltage 


35 volts (dc + peak ac).® 


Allowable Input 


1,5, or 10 MHz ±2%. 


Frequencies 


Counter/Timer automatically senses the applied external input signal, 
determines whether it is 1, 5, or 10 MHz, and multiplies it by 200, 40, 
or 20 respectively to derive the 200 MHz timing signal. Indication is 
given in readout when external timebase is being used. 



PROBE ADJUST OUTPUT 



Overshoot (rising and falling edge) 


0.1% or less. 


Output Voltage on PROBE ADJUST 
Jack 


0.5 V ±2% into 1 MO load. 


Repetition Rate 


1 kHz ±25%. 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-18 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1-1 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 




PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 




FRONT PANEL SETUP MEMORY 


Battery Life 




5 years. 8 


Battery Type 




3.0 V, 1200 mAH, Type BR-2/3AE2P, Lithium. 3 

WARNING -To avoid personal injury, have battery replaced only by 
a qualified service person who understands proper handling and 
disposal procedures for Lithium batteries. 



POWER SOURCE 



Line Voltage Range 


90 Vac to 250 Vac.* 


Line Frequency 


48 Hz to 445 Hz. a 


Line Fuse 


2 A, 250 V, Slow blow. 8 


Maximum Power Consumption 


100 Watts (155 VA). a 



CRT DISPLAY 



Display Area 


8 by 10 cm. a 


Geometry 

Vertical 


±1/2 minor (0.1 div) at 8 by 8 cm centered area. 


Horizontal 


±1/2 minor (0.1 div) at 8 by 10 cm centered area. 


Trace Rotation Range 


Adequate to align trace with center horizontal graticule line. 


Standard Phosphor 


P31. a 


Y-Axis Orthogonality 


0.1 division or less, over eight vertical divisions. No adjustment. 


Nominal Accelerating Voltage 


16 kV. a 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



1-19 



Specification— 2247 A Service 




10 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 100 MHz 

FREQUENCY 

6555-21 



Figure 1-1. Maximum input voltage vs frequency derating curve for the CH 1, CH 2, CH 3, or CH 4 input connector. 



1-20 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1 -2 

Environmental Characteristics 



CHARACTERISTICS 


DESCRIPTION 
STANDARD INSTRUMENT 


Environmental Requirements 


Instrument meets or exceeds the environmental requirements of 
MIL-T-28800D for Type III, Class 3, Style D equipment, as 
described below. 9 


Temperature 

Operating 


-10°C to + 55°C (+ 14°F to +131 °F). 


Nonoperating 


-51 °C to +71 °C (-60 °F to +160°F). 

Tested to MIL-T-28800D paragraphs 4. 5.5.1. 3 and 4.5.5.1.4, 
except in 4.5.5.1.3, steps 4 and 5 (-10°C operating test) are 
performed ahead of step 2 (-51 °C non-operating test). 
Equipment shall remain off upon return to room ambient 
during step 6. Excessive condensation shall be removed 
before operating during step 7. 


Altitude 




Operating 


To 4,570 m (15,000 ft). Maximum operating temperature decreases 
1 °C per 1 ,000 ft above 5,000 ft. 


Nonoperating 


To 15,240 m (50,000 ft). 


Humidity (operating and nonoperating) 


Five cycles (120 hours) referenced to MIL-T-28800D paragraph 
4.5.5. 1 .2.2, for Type III, Class 3 instruments. 

Nonoperating and operating at 95%, -0% to +2% relative 
humidity. Operating at +30°C and +55°C for all modes of 
operation. Nonoperating at + SO^Cto +60°C. 


Radiated and Conducted Emission 
Required per VDE 0871 


Meets Category B. 


Electrostatic Discharge 


Withstands discharge of up to 20 kV. Test performed with probe con- 
taining a 500 pF capacitor with 1 kfl resistance charged to the test 
voltage. 

Conforms to Tektronix Standard 062-2862-00. 


Vibration (operating) 


15 minutes along each of 3 major axes at a total displacement of 
0.025 inch p-p (4 g at 55 Hz) with frequency varied from 10 Hz to 
55 Hz in 1 -minute sweeps. Hold for 10 minutes at 55 Hz in each of 
the three major axes. All major resonances must be above 55 Hz. 


Bench Handling Test (cabinet on and 
cabinet off) 


MIL-STD-810D, Method 516.3, Procedure VI (MIL-T-28800D, 
Paragraph 4.S.5.4.3). 


Transportation 




Packaged Vibration Test 


Meets the limits of the National Safe Transit Association test 
procedure 1A-B-1; excursion of 1 inch p-p at 4.63 Hz (1.1 g) 
for 30 minutes on the bottom and 30 minutes on the side (for 
a total of 60 minutes). 


Package Drop Test 


Meets the limits of the National Safe Transit Association test 
procedure 1 A-B-2; 10 drops of 36 inches. 



a Performance requirement not checked in manual. 



1-21 



Specification — 2247 A Service 



Table 1-3 

Mechanical Characteristics 



CHARACTERISTICS 


DESCRIPTION 


STANDARD INSTRUMENT 


Weight 




With Front Cover, Accessories, 
and Accessories Pouch 
(without manual) 


8.9 kg (19.5 lb). 


With Power Cord 


7.9 kg (17.3 lb). 


Shipping Weight (domestic) 


11.7 kg (25.8 lb). 


Overall Dimensions 


See Figure 1 -2, dimensional drawing. 


Height 




With Feet and Accessories 
Pouch (empty) 


Approx. 176.5 mm (6.95 in). 


Without Accessories Pouch 


164 mm (6.44 in). 


Width (with handle) 


362 mm (14.25 in). 


Depth 




With Front Cover On 


445.3 mm (17.53 in). 


With Handle Extended 


521 mm (20.53 in). 


Cooling 


Forced air circulation; no air filter. 


Finish 


Tek Blue, finish painted on pebble-grain aluminum cabinet. 


Construction 


Aluminum alloy chassis. Plastic-laminate front panel. 



RACKMOUNTED INSTRUMENT 



Weight 

With Power Cord 


10.0 kg (22.0 lb). 


Shipping Weight 




Domestic (includes manual) 


14.2 kg (31.3 lb). 


Overall Dimensions 
Height 


See Figure 1-3, dimensional drawing. 


Overall 


168 mm (6.6 in). 


Center of Mounting Rail to 
Bottom of Cabinet 


89 mm (3.5 in). 


From Cabinet Top or 
Bottom to Respective Front 
Panel Mounting Holes 


38 mm (1.5 in). 


Between Front Panel 
Mounting Holes 


102 mm (4.0 in). 



1-22 



Specification— 2247A Service 



Table 1 -3 (cont) 



CHARACTERISTICS 


DESCRIPTION 


Overall Dimensions (cont) 




Width 




Overall 


483 mm (19.0 in). 


Between Mounting Hole 
Centers 


464 mm (18.3 in). 


Between Outer Edges of 
Mounting Rails 


427 mm (16.8 in). 


Between Handle Centers 


450 mm (17.7 in). 


Depth 

Overall 


516 mm (20.35 in). 


Front Panel to Rear of 
Mounting Rail (inside) 


465 mm (18.3 in). 


Front Panel to Rear of 
Mounting Rail (outside) 


472 mm (18.6 in). 


Handies 


44 mm (1 .75 in). 


Required Clearance Dimensions 




Height 


> 178 mm (7 in). 


Width 


> 448 mm (17-5/8 in). 


Depth 


> 508 mm (20 in). 


Cooling 


Forced air circulation; no air filter. 


Finish 


Tek Blue finish painted on pebble-grain aluminum cabinet. 


Construction 


Aluminum alloy chassis, front-panel frame, and rear support. 
Plastic-laminate front panel. 



1-23 



Specification -2247 A Service 




6083-02 



Figure 1-2. Dimensional outline drawing, standard cabinet. 



1-24 



Specification— 2247A Service 



16.8 in 
427 mm 



r 



2,0 in 



T 



51 mm 
CLEARANCE 
RECOMMENDED 
AT REAR 
AND SIDES FOR 
COOLING AND 
INSTRUMENT 
CONNECTIONS 



18.6 in 
472 mm 

18.3 in 
465 mm 



— O 



=o 



"\ 



/ 



G 



Li 



7 



17.7 in 
450 mm 



TOP VIEW 





Iojdo 0 oc^ 




l—L 


6.6 in 


! oi i ° o o @ & 




168 mm 


[Uijuooj 


y 


3.5 in 
L 89 mm 











1.75 in 

1.5 in 44 mm 

38 mm 



LEFT SIDE 
VIEW 




FRONT VIEW 



ALL INCH DIMENSIONS 
ROUNDED TO NEAREST TENTH 




REAR VIEW 



6367-31 



Figure 1-3. Dimensional outline drawing, rackmount cabinet. 



1-25 



Section 2-2247A Service 



PREPARATION FOR USE 



SAFETY 

This section teiis howto prepare for and to proceed with 
the initial start-up of the instrument. 

Refer to the Safety Summaries at the front of this manual 
for power source, grounding, and other safety infor- 
mation about the use of the instrument. Before con- 
necting the 2247A to a power source, read this section 
and the Safety Summaries. 



LINE VOLTAGE AND POWER CORD 

The 2247A operates on line voltages from 90 to 250 V 
with line frequencies ranging from 48 to 440 Hz. No line 
voltage selection is necessary, instruments are shipped 
with the power cord that was requested on the order. The 
power cord must match the power-source outlet; if it 
does not, contact your Tektronix representative or local 
Tektronix Field Office. See Figure 2-1 for optional power 
cords available. 



WARNING 



For electrical-shock protection, insert the 
power plug into a power-source outlet that has 
a properly grounded protective-ground 

contact. 

The detachable three-wire power cord has a three- 
contact plug for connection to the power source and the 
protective ground. The power cord is held to the rear 
panel by a clamp. The protective ground contact on the 
plug connects (through the power cord protective- 
ground conductor) to the accessible metal parts of the 
instrument. 



LINE FUSE 



5 CAUTION | 

WwwwJ 

This instrument can be damaged if the wrong 
line fuse is installed. 



Plug 

Configuration 


Option 


Power Cord/ 
Plug Type 


Une 

Voltage 


Reference 
Standards b 




u.s. 

Std. 


U.S. 
120 V 


120V 


ANSI C73.11 
NEMA 5-15-P 
IEC83 
UL 198.6 




A1 


EURO 

220V 


220V 


CEE(7), 
II, IV, VII 
IEC 83 
IEC 127 




A2 


UK* 

240V 


240V 


BS 1363 
IEC 83 
(EC 127 




A3 


Australian 

240V 


240V 


AS Cl 12 
IEC 127 




A4 


North 

American 

240V 


240V 


ANSI C73.20 
NEMA 6-1 5-P 
IEC 83 
UL 198.6 




A5 


Switzerland 

220V 


220V 


SEV 
IEC 127 


a A 6A, type C fuse la also Installed Inside the plug of the Option A 2 
power cord. 

b Reference Standards Abbreviations: 

ANSI— American National Standards Institute 
AS -Standards Association ol Australia 
BS - British Standards Institution 

CEE - International Commission on Rules for the Approval of Electrical 
Equipment 

1 EC -International Electrotechnical Commission 
NEMA- National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 
SEV— Schweiz ervisc her Elefctrotechnischer Vereln 
UL— Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 



Figure 2-1. Optional power cords. 



Verify the proper value of the power-input fuse with the 

following procedure: 

1 . Disconnect the power cord from the power-input 
source. 

2. Press in the fuse-holder cap and release it with a 
slight counterclockwise rotation. 

3. Pull the cap (with the attached fuse inside) out of the 
fuse holder. 



2-1 




Preparation for Use -2247 A Service 



4. Verify proper fuse value. 

5. Install the proper fuse and reinstall the fuse-holder 
cap. 



INSTRUMENT COOLING 

To prevent instrument damage from overheated com- 
ponents, make sure the internal airflow is not blocked. 
Before turning on the power, check that the ventilation 
holes on the bottom and side of the cabinet are not 
covered. After turning the instrument on, check that air is 
being exhausted from the right-side ventilation holes. 



START-UP 

When the power is turned on, the instrument does a self- 
diagnostic check. If the instrument does not turn on and 
operate normally, turn power off and then on again. If the 
instrument still does not turn on properly, the TRIGGER 
MODE LEDs may be flashing to indicate the circuit 
location of a start-up error. Refer to Troubleshooting in 
the Maintenance section of this manual for an expla- 
nation of the start-up error codes. 



When the 2247A is turned on, a self-cal routine may run 
to set the voltage- and timing-measurement constants. 
The power-on self cal runs only if the stored constants 
have been lost, possibly due to a dead memory back- 
up battery. The following warning message will be dis- 
played for5 seconds: “WARNING PROBABLE BATTERY 
FAILURE TURN OFF AND ON TO VERIFY.” The instru- 
ment can still be used for accurate measurements by 
running the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS routine from 
the Service Menu after the instrument has warmed up for 
at least 20 minutes. 

To run the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS routine: 

Press the top and bottom menu-select buttons to 
access the Service Menu; then select SELF CAL 
MEASUREMENTS and press RUN to start the routine. On 
completion of the SELF CAL routine, select QUIT from 
the Service Menu or press the CLEAR DISPLAY button to 
return to the normal oscilloscope mode. 



DETAILED OPERATING INFORMATION 

For operating information about specific instrument 
functions, refer to the 2247A Operators Manual. 



2-2 



Section 3— 2247A Service 



THEORY OF OPERATION 



SECTION ORGANIZATION 

This section contains general and detailed descriptions 
of the 2247 A Oscilloscope circuitry. The Block Diagram 
Description describes the general operation of the 
instrument functional circuits. Each major circuit is 
explained in detail in the Detailed Circuit Description. 
Schematic and block diagrams show the circuit com- 
ponents and interconnections between parts of the 
circuitry. The circuit descriptions are arranged in the 
same order as the schematic diagrams. 

The detailed block diagrams and the schematic 
diagrams are in the Diagrams section at the rear of this 
manual. Smaller functional diagrams are in this section 
near the associated text. The schematic diagram 
associated with each circuit description is identified in 
the text. For best understanding of the circuit being 
described, refer to the applicable schematic and 
functional block diagrams. 



INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 

Digital Logic Conventions 

Digital logic circuits perform many functions within the 
instrument. Functions and operation of the logic circuits 



are represented by logic symbology and terminology. 
Most logic functions are described using the positive- 
logic convention. Positive logic is a system where the 
more positive of two levels is the TRUE (or 1) state; the 
more negative level is the FALSE (orO) state. In this logic 
description, the TRUE state is high, and the FALSE state 
is low. Voltages of a high or low state vary among indi- 
vidual devices. For specific device characteristics of 
common parts, refer to the manufacturer’s data book. 



Hybrids 

The Channel 1 and Channel 2 attenuators and input 
buffers are hybrid devices combining thick-film and 
semiconductor technologies. These devices are made 
with interconnected circuitry on a single ceramic carrier 
and have improved performance characteristics over a 
more discrete type circuit. 



Linear Devices 

The operation of individual linear integrated circuit 
devices is described in this section using waveforms or 
graphic techniques when needed to illustrate their circuit 
action. 



BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION 



INTRODUCTION 

The Block Diagram Description gives an overview of the 
schematic circuit functions as illustrated in Figure 3-1 . It 
is provided as an aid in understanding the overall 
operation of the 2247A Oscilloscope circuitry before 
individual circuits are discussed in detail. The Simplified 
Block Diagram illustration shows the basic inter- 
connections for signal flow and control signals. 
Schematic diagram numbers that are referred to in the 
text are shown by a diamond symbol in each block of the 
figure. 



VERTICAL INPUTS (Diagram 1) 

The signals for viewing or for triggering are applied to the 
CH 1 through CH 4 vertical input BNC connectors via 
coaxial cables or probes. Channels 1 and 2 have a 
choice of AC or DC input coupling or GND. Channels 3 
and 4 have DC input coupling only. Scaling of the 
Channel 1 and Channel 2 input signals has a range of 2 
mV per division to 5 V per division without the use of 
external attenuators. Channels 3 and 4 are limited to two 
input attenuator choices: 0. 1 V per division and 0.5 V per 
division. 



3-1 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 




Figure 3-1. Simplified block diagram. 



3-2 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 




6367-32 



Figure 3-1. Simplified block diagram (cont). 



3-3 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



Scaling of the Channel 1 and Channel 2 signals is done 
by a series of switchable attenuators that provide either 
no attenuation, XI 0 attenuation, or XI 00 attenuation of 
the input signal. A low-impedance attenuator following 
an input signal buffer produces XI , X2, and X5 attenu- 
ation steps. Additional control of input signal scaling is 
provided by the selectable gain Vertical Preamplifiers 
(shown in Diagram 2). 

Channel 3 and Channel 4 input signals are buffered by 
high input impedance FET amplifiers; input attenuation 
of the signal is fixed. The gain choices for Channel 3 and 
Channel 4 are selected by the choice of Vertical Pre- 
amplifier gain setting only. 

The Measurement Processor controls the operation of 
much of the switchable circuitry of the 2247A via a com- 
mon shift register data line (SR DATA). Data bits loaded 
into the attenuator control and gain shift register (desig- 
nated SRO) set the magnetic relay switches for the input 
coupling and attenuator settings and select the gain set- 
tings of the Preamplifiers. 



VERTICAL PREAMPS AND OUTPUT 
AMPLIFIER (Diagram 2) 

Each vertical channel has identical selectable-gain 
Preamplifiers. Tbe calibrated gain for each is manually 
set during adjustment. Enabling of the Preamplifiers to 
display a channel input signal is controlled by the 
Display Sequencer (U600, Diagram 4). Preamplifier gain 
settings are controlled by the Measurement Processor 
via control bits loaded into the attenuator control and 
gain shift register (Diagram 1). Vertical channel trigger 
signal outputs are produced by each of the Preamplifiers 
for triggering the sweep from the applied signal. 

The vertical outputs of each preamplifier are connected 
to a summing node at the input to the Delay-Line Driver. 
There, the signal current (from the enabled Pre- 
amplifiers) and the no-signal standing currents (from the 
disabled Preamplifiers) are added with the current from 
the position signal switching circuit. 

The signal current for the enabled channel (vertical chan- 
nel signal plus its position offset) or the readout position 
current (enabled to the summing node during text and 
cursor displays) is applied to the Delay-Line Driver. 
There, it is buffered and compensated to drive the 
vertical delay line. The delay line produces enough 
delay in the signal to permit the trigger circuitry to start 
the sweep before the vertical signal arrives at the crt 



deflection plates, and the rising edge of the triggering 
signal may be viewed. 

From the output of the delay line, the signals are applied 
to the Vertical Output integrated circuit. The Vertical 
Output 1C (U701) has provisions for vertical BEAM FIND 
and bandwidth limiting. External filter elements on the 
Vertical Output 1C produce the bandwidth limiting when 
switched into the amplifier circuitry. The output signal 
from U701 is then applied to the Vertical Output Amplifier 
where it gets its final boost in power to drive the vertical 
crt deflection plates. 

An auxiliary Vertical Comparator circuit (U702 and Q703) 
is shown in Diagram 2. Its purpose is to measure the 
gains and offsets during SELF CAL to determine the ver- 
tical calibration constants needed for the measurements 
and tracking cursor displays. 

A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM (Diagram 3) 

The A and B Trigger System provides the circuitry for 
trigger source, slope, coupling, and bandwidth selec- 
tion; trigger level comparison; tv trigger detection; and 
dc measurements of the measurement source signal. 

Trigger selection signals from the Display Sequencer 
(U600, Diagram 4) drive the switching circuitry internal to 
U421 and U431. The signals select the correct trigger 
source, slope, and coupling choice for the present front 
panel control setting. For VERT MODE triggering with 
more than one vertical channel displayed, the trigger 
source selection changes as each channel is displayed. 
When the ADD Vertical Mode is selected, a special 
amplifier arrangement in U421 (for A) or U431 (for B) 
sums the CH 1 and CH 2 signals to provide an ADD trig- 
ger signal for display of the ADD waveform. 

The Trigger CPLG (coupling) selections are AC, DC, HF 
REJ (high-frequency reject), LF REJ (low-frequency 
reject), and NOISE REJ. Of these, all but NOISE REJ 
coupling are produced by selecting a filter path with the 
necessary bandwidth characteristics. NOISE REJ 
coupling is done in the Trigger Level Comparator circuit 
by decreasing the sensitivity of the comparator. 

When the trigger signal level crosses the comparator 
threshold set by the Trigger LEVEL and SLOPE control 
settings, the comparator output changes states. That 
state change is applied to the Trigger Logic 1C (U602, 
Diagram 4). The Trigger Logic circuitry then produces 
the gating that starts the A or B Sweep as appropriate. 

Separate A and B Trigger bandwidth limit circuits before 
the Trigger Level Comparators allow the flexibility that is 



3-4 



Theory of Operation— 2 247A Service 



needed for using the B Trigger circuitry as the measure- 
ment signal channel. Signals are measured by using the 
B Trigger Level Comparator as a successive- 
approximation analog-to-digitai converter to determine 
the peaks or dc level of the applied signal. When making 
a measurement, the B Trigger Level signal is driven in a 
binary search by the Measurement Processor (via the 
DAC system, Diagram 9) while the output of the B Trigger 
Level Comparator is monitored. When the smallest 
resolution output of the DAC system causes the 
comparator output to change states, the Measurement 
Processor stops the search and uses the DAC input 
value at that point as the measured value of the applied 
signal. 

Video signal processing to obtain either Field or Line 
triggering is done in the TV Trigger Detector. Peak detec- 
tors determine the negative or positive peaks of the 
applied video signal. Those levels set the voltage at the 
reference input of the video signal comparator at a level 
that strips off all the video information (when the slope 
selection is correct for the polarity of the applied signal). 
The remaining composite sync signal is applied directly 
to the trigger system for Line triggering. Field triggering 
is obtained by filtering the composite sync to obtain only 
the vertical sync pulse. 

The operating modes of the Trigger circuitry are con- 
trolled by the Measurement Processor. Auxiliary Data 
Shift Register U1 103 (the last device in shift register 1) is 
serially loaded with control bits from the SR DATA line by 
the SRI TTL clock. The state (high or low) of the control 
bits select the bandwidth setting of the A and B Triggers, 
TV LINE or TV FIELD triggering for the A Trigger system, 
and either the TV FIELD signal or the average DC voltage 
of the measurement channel for the B Trigger system. 
Additional control bits output from the Auxiliary Data 
Shift Re giste r are the MAG signal (XI 0 Magnification on 
or off), X-Y signal (X-Y or Y-T displays), and the 
VERT COMP ENABLE signal (when vertical SELF CAL is 
done). 

DISPLAY AND TRIGGER LOGIC AND 
PROCESSOR INTERFACE (Diagram 4) 

Two special devices control the display states and the 
trigger system. The Display Logic 1C (U600, also know 
as SLIC or slow-logic 1C) controls activities that enable 
the vertical channels for display and select the A and B 
Trigger System operating states. The Trigger Logic 1C 
(U602, also known as FLIC or fast-logic 1C) monitors the 
A and B Trigger signals, the A and B SWP END signals, 
the DLY END 0 and DLY END 1 signals, and controlling 
signals from the Display Logic 1C. It outputs the A, B, and 



C GATE signals (that start the sweeps and measure- 
ments) and the Z-Axis signals (that unblank the crt) at 
the appropriate times. 

Setup data to the internal registers of the two logic 
devices is sent from the Measurement Processor over 
the MB DATA line. A register is enabled for loading by 
the address that is latched on the ADDR0-ADDR3 lines 
(from Diagram 8). Data bits are written to U600 with the 
SLIC WR strobe and to U602 with the FLIC WR strobe. 
The contents of the internal registers of the Display Logic 
1C may also be read by the Measurement Processor 
using the SLIC RD strobe. 

The Processor Interface portion of Diagram 4 handles 
the serial communications between the serial shift regis- 
ters and the Measurement Processor. This circuitry is the 
Measurement Processor’s means of controlling the 
circuit hardware setups in response to a front panel 
control setting. Data controlling the state of the serial 
data bit to be loaded into the shift registers is placed on 
the ADDR0-ADDR2 bus lines. That address is decoded 
to produce either a high or a low that is latched on the SR 
DATA signal line. The appropriate shift register clock is 
then generated to load the latched bit. Each bit is loaded 
in succession until all the control bits of a shift register 
are loaded. 

Shift register U502 permits the Measurement Processor 
to read back the outputs of the shift registers for diagnos- 
tic purposes and the output of the Vertical Comparator 
during vertical SELF CAL. The last bit from shift register 0 
and shift register 1 (RO FREEZE and BW LIMIT respec- 
tively) and the Vertical Comparator (VERT COMP) state 
are loaded in parallel and serially shifted out onto the MB 
RETURN line to be read by the Measurement Processor. 

A AND B SWEEPS AND DELAY 
COMPARATORS (Diagram 5) 

The A and B Sweep circuitry sets the timing and pro- 
duces the A and B ramp signals to drive the crt horizontal 
deflection plates. The Measurement Processor sets the 
hardware states using control bits loaded into the sweep 
control shift registers. One register (U302) holds the bits 
for selecting the A Sweep timing resistors and capaci- 
tors and one register (U303) holds the B Sweep control 
bits. The timing resistors are selected by multiplexers 
(U307 and U308 for A Sweep timing; U310 and U31 1 for 
B Sweep timing) that are switched by the states of the 
control bits; timing capacitors are selected directly by 
the control bits. 

The starting level of the sweeps is held steady by a 
Baseline Stabilizing circuit, and the sweep ends are 



3-5 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



determined by two Sweep-End Comparators. A and B 
GATE signals from the Trigger Logic 1C (U602, Diagram 
4) control the start of the sweep ramps. A constant 
charging current to the timing capacitors produces a 
linear voltage rise across the capacitors. That voltage is 
buffered by the A and B Sweep Buffers for application to 
the Horizontal Output Amplifier (Diagram 6). 

The SEC/D1V VAR control, when out of the calibrated 
detent position, changes the charging current delivered 
to the sweep timing capacitors proportional to its 
rotation. Decreasing the current lengthens the ramp to 
decrease the sweep speed. 

Two comparator circuits are used to check the A Sweep 
ramp amplitude against the Reference Delay and Delta 
Delay voltages. Both Delay End Comparator outputs are 
applied to the Trigger Logic 1C (U602, Diagram 4). The 
Trigger Logic 1C monitors the delays to determine when 
the B Sweep may either run (for RUNS AFTER B Trigger 
Mode) or accept a B Trigger (for any of the triggered B 
Sweep modes). 

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 
(Diagram 6) 

Deflection signals applied to the Horizontal Preamplifier 
(U802) are the A Sweep Ramp, the B Sweep Ramp, the 
horizontal readout, and the X-Axis input signal for X-Y 
displays. Mode control signals HDO and HD1 (from 
Display Logic 1C U600 to the Horizontal Preamplifier) 
select the horizontal display mode (A Sweep, B Sweep, 
readout, or X-Y display). Other control signals to the 
Horizontal Preamplifier are th e MAG signal ( forXIOmag- 
nification of the sweep), the RO REQ DLY signal (turns 
off magnification during readout display), the BEAM 
FIND signal (decreases horizontal gain), and the hori- 
zontal position signal for positioning the display. The 
X-Y signal controlling U301 B reduces the range of the 
Horizontal POSITION signal delivered to the Horizontal 
Preamplifier when in X-Y display mode. 

Five manual adjustments are associated with the Hori- 
zontal Preamplifier. They are the XI 0 and XI gain, the 
Readout gain, the X-Axis signal gain, and Mag Regis- 
tration. Mag Registration compensates for offset 
between XI 0 and XI modes, but it is primarily used to 
center the readout displays horizontally. 

The active single-ended deflection signal input to the 
Horizontal Preamplifier is amplified and converted to a 
differential output signal. That signal is further amplified 
and compensated by the Horizontal Output Amplifier to 



drive the horizontal deflection plates of the crt. The final 
output amplifier consists of four transistors (Q801 , Q802, 
Q805, and Q806). Two transistors are used for each 
deflection plate (left and right) to divide the power 
handling requirements. 



Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJUST, AND 
CONTROL MUX (Diagram 7) 

This block of circuitry is divided into several different 
functions. The largest division is the Z-Axis and CRT 
circuitry. A 1NTEN, B INTEN, and RO INTEN input signals 
(from the Dac Subsystem board and the front panel con- 
trols) are applied to the Z-Axis circuit to set the 
associated display intensities. Enabling gates from 
U602 (Diagram 4) select the appropriate Z-Axis input 
signal for application to the Z-Axis amplifier as the dif- 
ferent display types are enabled. The amplified Z-Axis 
signals are then level shifted to the negative voltage of 
the crt cathode (-2.7 kV) in a dc restorer circuit. A similar 
dc restorer circuit provides auto focusing (at the fixed 
focus level set by the front panel FOCUS control) in 
response to the intensity level changes. The intensity 
and auto focus control voltages are applied to the crt 
where they modulate the electron beam flow that pro- 
duces the display seen on the screen. 

Multiplexer U506, under control of the Measurement 
Processor, scans the front panel intensity potenti- 
ometers and the probe code lines to check for a change. 
Signal selection for routing through the multiplexer is 
controlled by the three bits on the POT5-POT7 bus lines 
from the Pot Data Latch (Diagram 1 1). Output from multi- 
plexer U506 is routed to the Front Panel Multiplexer 
(U2309, Diagram 11) and multiplexed with other front 
panel control levels. Outputs from U2309 are routed to 
the A-to-D Comparator (U2306, Diagram 11) where a 
digital value representing their analog voltage level is 
determined. That value is checked against the 
previously obtained value for a selected potentiometer 
or probe code to determine if a change has occurred 
and, if so, the amount and direction of the change. The 
Measurement Processor uses that information to gen- 
erate new control voltages to the circuitry affected by the 
change. 

The Probe Adjust circuit (U930 and associated circuitry) 
produces a square-wave signal which is output to the 
front panel PROBE ADJUST jack for compensating 
voltage probes and checking the vertical deflection 
system of the oscilloscope. 

The Volts Cal Signal Source circuit (U931 and an associ- 
ated precision voltage divider) provides the accurate dc 



3-6 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



voltage levels used during vertical SELF CAL to check 
the gain and offset of the measurement channels. 

The Scale Illumination circuit is made up of three incan- 
descent graticule lamps and current- source transistors. 
The SCALE ILLUM potentiometer sets the bias level on 
the transistors to control the amount of current to the 
lamps. 



MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR 
(Diagram 8) 

Many of the oscilloscope circuitry functions are directed 
by the Measurement Processor (U2501). The Measure- 
ment Processor, under firmware control, monitors the 
front panel controls and sets up the circuitry under its 
control according to the settings made and the instruc- 
tions contained in the System ROM. 

The Measurement Processor communicates directly 
with the devices on its eight-bit data bus. The Measure- 
ment Processor selects the device to transfer data to or 
from by placing the address of the device on the 
Measurement Processor Address Bus. That address is 
decoded to produce a strobe that enables the bus 
device corresponding to the address. Writing to or 
reading from the eniabled device is controlled by write or 
read (WR and RD) pulses from the Measurement 
Processor. Communication on the data bus is usually 
limited to high speed data transfer only (to and from the 
System RAM and from the System ROM) and not direct 
control of any circuit functions. 

For controlling most of the circuit operating states, the 
Measurement Processor places serial bits on the 
bidirectional MB DATA line. Appropriate enabling 
strobes and clocks are generated either in its address 
decoding circuitry or by the Processor Interface circuitry 
(Diagram 4) to load the control data into 24-bit or 32-bit 
shift registers. The outputs of these registers control 
such things as attenuator settings, preamplifier gains, 
sweep timing, and trigger operating modes; all circuit 
operating functions that either change with front panel 
settings only or at a slow rate. 

Scanning of the front panel controls and lighting of the 
front panel LEDs that back-light the buttons is under 
control of the Measurement Processor. These events 
occur at long intervals compared to the operating speed 
of the Measurement Processor. The front panel switch 
closures are read by the Measurement Processor over a 
serial communication line (SW BD DATA). 



READOUT SYSTEM (Diagram 9) 

The Readout Processor (U2400) controls the display of 
text and cursor readouts as directed by the Measure- 
ment Processor. The ASCII code of each character 
(blanks included) in a full screen of readout (one field) is 
loaded into the appropriate memory location of the 
Character Code RAM (U2406) by the Measurement 
Processor. It is then up to the Readout Processor to 
control the display process. 

When the Readout Processor addresses the Character 
Code RAM for display of the loaded characters, the 
address of a memory location dictates the place that the 
addressed character will appear on the face of the crt. 
The ASCII code found at the addressed location in the 
Character Code RAM then accesses the character to be 
displayed from the Character Dot Position ROM 
(U2408). The screen position of an individual dot within 
an addressed character is directed by the character data 
obtained from the Character Dot Position ROM. 

The data bits specifying the character position on screen 
and the dot position within a given character are con- 
verted to analog vertical and horizontal position signals 
by the readout DACs (U2412 for vertical and U2413 for 
horizontal). For cursors and cursor related text, voltages 
representing the cursor positions are added in the output 
mixer circuitry (U2414, U2415, and U2416) to place the 
readout correctly on screen. Vertical position infor- 
mation needed for the measurement-tracking cursors 
and readouts is added in the Vertical Position Switching 
circuit (Diagram 2). 

The dots are continually refreshed to maintain a flicker- 
free readout. When the readout data needs changing, 
the Measurement Processor halts the refreshing and 
loads the new screen of data into the Character Codes 
RAM. 

SWITCH BOARD AND INTERFACE 
(Diagram 10) 

Most of the front panel switches that can be read by the 
Measurement Processor are “soft” switches; they are 
not connected directly into the circuit to be controlled. 
The front-panei-control physical parameters of 
capacitance, leakage resistance, and inductance, 
therefore, cannot affect the operation of the controlled 
circuit. The wiper voltage of the potentiometers is 
digitized, and that digitized data is used by the 
Measurement Processor to set up the circuitry under its 
control as dictated by the control change. 

The momentary push-button switches are rapidly 
scanned at short intervals by the Measurement 



3-7 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Processor to check if one is being pressed. When a 
switch closure is detected, the Measurement Processor 
makes the necessary circuit or display changes as 
directed by its firmware instructions for that button and 
the existing operating states. 

Functions are shown to be on by turning on the LED 
(light-emitting diode) that back-lights the push button or 
panel label. The Measurement Processor controls the 
lighting via control registers (U2523 and U2524) that it 
reloads with control data to enable the correct LED with 
each button or mode change. 



ADC AND DAC SYSTEM (Diagram 11) 

The ADC and DAC system is the Measurement 
Processor’s control link to the analog circuitry. When the 
Measurement Processor does a scan to determine the 
front panel control settings, the DAC system drives the 
input to the A-to-D Comparator (U2306) in a binary 
search pattern to determine the voltage level applied to 
the other input of the comparator. The smallest incre- 
mental change in the DAC input data that produces a 
switch in the comparator’s output identifies the digital 
value of the unknown voltage. The output of the 
comparator (AD COMP) is applied to the Data Buffer 
U2515 on Diagram 8. 



COUNTER/TIMER (Diagram 12) 

The Counter/Timer (C/T) circuitry includes a 10 MHz 
crystal oscillator, an external timebase input, slow 
counter logic (SCL), fast counter logic (FCL), level 
translators, and a phase-locked loop. The phase- 
locked loop consists of a phase-frequency comparator 
(PFC), summer, loop filter, voltage-controlled oscillator 
(VCO), and a frequency divider (parts of which are in SCL 
and FCL). 

The Counter/Timer hardware can be configured in three 
basic modes: 

• Period mode— used for all frequency and period 
measurements. 

• Width mode -used for WIDTH, GATED WIDTH, 
TOTALIZE, and GATED EVENTS. 

• Delta-time mode— used for SEC, 1/SEC, and 
PHASE when cursors are not used; used for RISE, 
FALL and PROPDLY. 



Period mode operates as follows: The Measurement 
Processor (Diagram 8) sets a bit (called ENABLE) in FCL 
to tell the Counter/Timer to start counting on the next 
trigger edge. When this trigger edge occurs, the BUSY 
line goes high to indicate that the C/T has started 
measuring, the B counter starts counting trigger signal 
periods, and the A counter starts counting periods of the 
200 MHz TC input signal. After the measurement time is 
up, the Measurement Processor sets the ENABLE bit 
low. Then the A and B counters stop counting after the 
next trigger edge, and the BUSY line goes low (C/T 
measurements start and stop synchronously with the 
trigger signal). The Measurement Processor then calcu- 
lates the period, which will be equal to: 

(A count) X (TC period) 

(B count) 

(TC period = 5 ns) 



To display frequency, the Measurement Processor 
inverts the above value: 

Frequency = 



When a gated frequency or period measurement is per- 
formed, the proc edure is essentially the same, except 
that the C GATE signal is used to arm the C/T instead of 
the ENABLE bit (the ENABLE bit is still used , to tell the 
C/T when to start arming itself with C GATE ). For each 
C GATE interval in which there is a trigger edge (when 
the C/T is enabled), the BUSY signal will toggle high; 
BUSY then toggles l ow on the first trigger edge just after 
the end of C GATE . 

Width mode works about the same as period mode, 
except that the A counter only counts when the trigger 
signal is high (in addition to the C/T being enabled, etc.). 
Width of the trigger signal is calculated the same way as 
period. 

In gated events m easureme nts, the C counter counts the 
number of times C GATE occurs during the measure- 
ment, while the B counter counts the total number of 
trigger edges that occurred in the C GATE interval. The 
aver aged eve nt count (number of edges that occurred in 
one C GATE interval) is: 

(B count) 

(C count) 



3-8 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



In delta-time C/T measurements, all three count chains 
are used. To start a measurement, ENABLE is set high 
by the Measurement Processor. When a Delay Select 
(DS) positive edge occurs, the C/T starts measuring the 
delay intervals (times from A GATE leading edge to 
B GATE leading edge). When DS is high, the A counter 
accumulates TC periods occurring during the first delay 
interval (reference delay), and when DS is low, the B 
counter accumulates TC periods occurring during the 
second delay interval (delta delay). The C counter 
accumulates the number of times that BUSY went high to 
low; this count, divided by two, equals the total number 
of delta time intervals averaged during the measure- 
ment. When ENABLE is set low, the next DS positive 
edge will cause the measurement to end. The delta time 
value will be: 



(B count - A count) X (TC period) 
| ~(C count) J 



DAC SUBSYSTEM (Diagram 13) 

The DAC Subsystem circuit, under control of the 
Measurement Processor (Diagram 8), converts digitized 
front panel control voltages to analog voltages that are 



used to control individual circuits. The digital control 
voltages may be either from the front panel potenti- 
ometers or from the Store/Recall or Autoset operations. 

Processor U2601 refreshes D/A converter U2602 and 
directs multiplexers U2604, U2605, and U2303 (Diagram 
11) to output front panel control analog levels to the 
circuitry to be controlled. 



POWER SUPPLY (Diagram 14) 

The low and high voltages required to power the 2247A 
are produced by a high-efficiency, switching power 
supply. Input ac voltage from 90 to 250 volts and from 48 
to 445 Hz is converted to a dc voltage that powers a 
preregulator circuit. The preregulator supplies regulated 
power to an inverter switching circuit in the primary of the 
power transformer (T2204). The secondary voltages 
produced at the secondary windings of the transformer 
are rectified and filtered to provide the low voltage power 
requirements of the instrument. 

High voltage to drive the crt is generated by a multiplier 
circuit (U2203) that provides the + 1 4 kV post-deflection 
anode voltage and the -2.7 kV to the cathode. The 6.2 
Vac heater voltage is supplied by an isolated secondary 
winding from the power transformer that is referenced to 
the -2.7 kV cathode voltage. 



DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 



VERTICAL INPUTS (Diagram 1) 

Channel 1 and Channel 2 input circuits on this schematic 
diagram are arranged identically. Only Channel 1 circuit 
numbers are referred to in the discussion. CH 3 and CH 4 
are also arranged identically to each other and 
described separately from CH 1 and CH 2. 

Input Coupling 

Signals applied to the CH 1 BNC connector are coupled 
to the CH 1 attenuatorvia the CH 1 1nput Coupling circuit. 
Relay K100 switches between direct (DC) and 
capacitive coupling (AC) of the input signal; K101 
switches between connecting the applied input signal 
and the VOLT CAL signal to the input of the attenuator. 
The VOLT CAL signal line provides either the ground for 



GND Coupling in normal oscilloscope operation or a 
test voltage input for characterization during vertical 
SELF CAL. With the Input Coupling set to GND (both AC 
and DC off), the signal path is bypassed by Cl 13. That 
capacitor filters any noise from the VOLT CAL signal line. 
There is no precharge of the input coupling capacitor 
(Cl 12) when the coupling is in ground (GND). Resistor 
(R111), in series with the BNC input, is a damping 
resistor. 

The probe coding signal (CHI PRB) is applied to a multi- 
plexer (U506, Diagram 7) where it is selected to be digi- 
tized in turn with the other probe-code signals and the 
front panel potentiometers. The Measurement 
Processor determines, from the digitized value of the 
voltage, the attenuation factor of any attached coded 
probe (Tektronix coded probes). The scale factor of the 
VOLTS/DIV readout is then switched to reflect the correct 



3-9 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



scaling of the displayed signal. Uncoded probes and 
coaxial cables are interpreted as having no attenuation 
for setting the readout scale factors. 



High-Impedance Attenuator 



Switching relays K102 and K103 control the signal path 
through the high-impedance hybrid attenuator, AT1 17. 
Signal attenuation is done by two 10X attenuator sec- 
tions; for 100X attenuation, the two sections are cas- 
caded. The 1 Mfl termination resistance at the output of 
the attenuator is divided into two parts; 750 kfi and 
250 kft. An output taken across the total resistance is 
applied to the buffer amplifier fast-path input; another 
output taken across the 250 kn section is applied to the 
slow-path input. Low-frequency compensation for the 
hybrid attenuators is adjusted by CIO and C11 (part of 
the hybrid circuitry on the ceramic carrier); input C is 
adjusted using Cl 14. 



Input Buffer Amplifier and IX, 2X, 5X 
Attenuators 



Input Buffer Amplifier U112 (for CH 1) is also a hybrid 
device. The amplifier portion of the circuitry is a fast- 
path/slow-path buffer having unity voltage gain that 
presents a high-resistance, low-capacitance load to 
the signal from the high-impedance attenuator. The 
amplifier presents a low output impedance to the low- 
impedance attenuator at its output. The switchable low- 
impedance, voltage divider network of U1 1 2 provides 1 , 
2, and 5 times attenuation of the output signal for appli- 
cation to the Vertical Preamplifier. 



The input signal is applied to pin 2 (fast-path input) and 
pin 4 (slow-path input) of U1 12 from the 1 Mn divider at 
the output of the high-impedance attenuator, AT1 17. 
Internal circuitry of U1 1 2 isolates the signal from loading 
by the low-impedance attenuator and provides the 
slow-path and fast-path signal amplification. The fast 
amplifier path quickly passes the fast leading and falling 
edges of an input signal with the slow path catching up 
to complete the signal transfer. The output of the buffer 
sees a 300 n input impedance to the low-impedance 
attenuator, and the preamplifier sees a 75 ft output 
impedance at pin 8 of U112 for all VOLTS/DIV switch 
settings. 



Attenuator and Vertical Gain Control Registers 

The switching relays of Channel 1 are driven by tran- 
sistor array U174. Drive to each of the transistors in the 
array to switch the relay states is supplied by the 
Measurement Processor (U2501) via U171 . That device 
is a portion of a shift register formed by U171 , U172 (for 
channel 2 relays), and U1 73 (for Preamplifier gains). The 
devices are connected in series to form one long shift 
register (designated Shift Register 0). Serial data bits for 
the entire register string are loaded at pin 2 of U1 71 from 
the SR DATA line by the SR0 CLOCK applied to pin 3 of 
all three devices. See Table 3-1 for data bit assign- 
ments. Tables 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, and 3-5 define the bit 
states for controlling the switching. 

While the control bits are being loaded into the shift 
registers, the circuit of Q171, CR171, Cl 73, and R175 
(on pin 1 of U171 and U172) holds the output latches of 
the registers in their old states. When the SRO CLK stops 
changing, Cl 73 is allowed to charge high again, and the 
new data is latched to the output pins of the registers. All 
the relays are switched to their new states at that time. 



CH 3 and CH 4 Input Amplifiers 

The CH 3 and CH 4 input buffer amplifiers are identical 
discrete FET amplifiers. Input coupling for these two 
vertical inputs is always DC; there is no coupling switch. 
The 1 Mfl input is formed by a series voltage divider that 
attenuates the input signal by five times for application 
to the gate of the input FETs. The VOLTS/DIV setting 
(either 0.1 V or 0.5 V) is made in the Preamplifier stage of 
the channel. Operation of CH 3 is described; like com- 
ponents in CH 4 do the same job. 

From the gate of Q131 A, diode CR131 provides protec- 
tion from negative overvoltages exceeding about -8 V. 
Input C is adjusted by Cl 34 for low-frequency compen- 
sation. High-frequency response is compensated by 
C138 across load resistor R137. Step balance is 
adjusted by R141 in the source lead of Q131B. The 
single-ended output of U131A is applied via R139 (a 
75 O resistor) to the CH 3 Preamplifier. The impedance 
seen by the other differential input of the Preamplifier 
(U230, pin 8, Diagram 2) is matched by the parallel 
combination of R158 and Cl 59 in series with R160. 

The probe-coding signal, CH 3 PRB, is read the same 
way as the CH 1 and CH 2 probe-coding signals. The 
VOLTS/DIV readout for Channel 3 is switched to 
correctly match the probe attenuation factor (when 
properly coded probes are used). 



3-10 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-1 

Shift Register 0 Bit Assignment 



Pin 


Signal 


Controls 


U171 


4 


CH 1 GND 


K101 - CH 1 GND Coupling (last bit) 


5 


CH 1 AC 


K100-CH 1 AC Coupling 


6 


CH 1 X10 1 


K102-CH 1 XI 0 Attenuator 1 


7 


CH 1 X10 2 


K103-CH 1 XI 0 Attenuator 2 


14 


CH 1 XI 


K105-CH 1 XI Buffer Attenuation 


13 


NOT USED 


No connection 


12 


CH 1 X5 


K104-CH 1 X5 Buffer Attenuation 


11 


CH 1 PREAMP 1 


U210-CH 1 Preamplifier Gain 


U172 


4 


CH 1 PREAMP 0 


U210-CH 1 Preamplifier Gain 


5 


CH 2 GND 


K108-CH 2 GND Coupling 


6 


CH 2 AC 


K107-CH2AC Coupling 


7 


CH 2X10 1 


K109— CH 2 XI 0 Attenuator 1 


14 


CH2X10 2 


K110-CH2X10 Attenuator 2 


13 


CH 2 XI 


K1 12— CH 2 XI Buffer Attenuation 


12 


NOT USED 


No connection 


11 


CH2X5 


K1 1 1 — CH 2 X5 Buffer Attenuation 


U173 


4 


CH 2 PREAMP 1 


U220— CH 2 Preamplifier Gain 


5 


CH 2 PREAMP 0 


U220-CH 2 Preamplifier Gain 


6 


CH 2 INVERT 


U220-CH 2 Preamplifier Invert 


7 


CH 3 PREAMP 1 


U230-CH 3 Preamplifier Gain 


14 


CH 4 PREAMP 1 


U240— CH 4 Preamplifier Gain 


13 


ZERO HYST 


U431C-B Trigger Comparator Hysteresis 


11 


RO FREEZE 


U509C- Controls Readout for SELF CAL 






(first bit loaded) 



3-11 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-2 

CH 1 and CH 2 Attenuator and Gain Control Bit States 



VOLTS/DIV 


X10 1 


X10 2 


XI 


NC 


X5 


PREAMP1 


PREAMP0 


2 mV 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 


5 mV 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


10 mV 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


20 mV 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


1 


50 mV 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


100 mV 


1 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


200 mV 


1 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


1 


500 mV 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


1 V 


0 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


2 V 


0 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


1 


5 V 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 



Table 3-3 

Input Coupling Control Bit States 



Coupling 


GND 


AC 


GND/CAL 


0 


1 


AC 


1 


1 


DC 


1 


0 



Table 3-4 

CH 2 INVERT Control Bit 



Setting 


CH 2 INV 


Normal 


0 


INVERT 


1 



Table 3-5 

CH 3 and CH 4 Gain Control Bit 



VOLTS/DIV 


PREAMP1 


0.1 V 


0 


0.5 V 


1 



3-12 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



VERTICAL PREAMPS AND OUTPUT 
AMPLIFIER (Diagram 2) 

Vertical Preamplifiers 

Each input channel has it own Vertical Preamplifier 
(CH 1 -U21 0, CH 2-U220, CH 3-U230, CH 4-U240). The 
gain setting of the Preamplifier is controlled by Measure- 
ment Processor U2501 via the assigned control bits from 
Shift Register 0 (see Table 3-2). Channel 1 and Channel 
2 require two control bits (on pins 1 and 2 of the Pre- 
amplifiers) to set three different gains for 2 mV, 5 mV, and 

1 0 mV VOLTS/DIV scaling. From 1 0 mV per division and 
up, the gain of the CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical Preamplifiers 
is set to 1 0 mV per division. The 1,2,5 scaling sequence 
for the remaining VOLTS/DIV switch settings is obtained 
by switching the high- and low-impedance attenuators. 
Gain of the CH 3 and CH 4 preamplifiers is controlled by 
one bit each (on pin 2), since there are only two scaling 
settings (0.1 V and 0.5 V per division) to select (see 
Table 3-5 for the gain-control bit states). 

The internal circuitry of each Vertical Preamplifier is 
matched for the 2 mV, 5 mV, and 1 0 mV gain settings and 
the dc offsets. The output gain of each Preamplifier is 
adjusted by varying the common-mode resistance 
across the output pins (pin 13 to pin 14) to produce cali- 
brated gain for each of the vertical channels. 

Each Vertical Preamplifier has a trigger pickoff (pins 17, 
18, 19, and 20) for supplying the internal trigger signal to 
the A and B Trigger Source Selector Multiplexers. 
Capacitor coupling from pins 1 7 and 1 8 to pins 1 9 and 20 
provides a fast-path signal into a duplicate, but level- 
shifted, slow-path signal line. The negative side of the 
differential trigger signal is terminated in a capacitor to 
ground (from pin 19) to provide a balance for the trans- 
mission line. 

The VOLTS/DIV VAR controls for CH 1 and CH 2 (R2101 
and R2103) directly vary the gain of the Vertical Pre- 
amplifiers between the calibrated VOLTS/DIV settings. 
The Measurement Processor detects whether the VAR 
control for a channel is in or out of its detent position; 
and, if out, a greater-than symbol (>) is placed in front 
of the VOLTS/DIV readout to show that the channel is 
uncalibrated. 

Each Preamplifier produces a standing current of about 

1 1 mA into a common summing node. Output of the verti- 
cal signal from a Preamplifier is controlled by enabling 
signals (CH 1 EN through CH 4 EN) from Display Logic 
1C U600 (shown on Diagram 4). The enabling signal that 
turns on a vertical channel signal also enables the 



position signal current for that channel through the Verti- 
cal Position Switching circuit (either U202 or U201) into 
the summing node. 

Delay Line Driver 

The Delay Line Driver is a differential amplifier that 
provides the signal amplification needed to drive the 
delay line. The circuit is compensated to produce the 
needed circuit response at the output of the delay line. 
Both sides of the differential amplifier are identical and 
circuit operation of the positive side components is 
described. 

Transistors Q250 and Q252 are arranged as a feedback 
amplifier. The parallel combination of R250A and R250B 
supplies the feedback from the emitter of Q252 back to 
the base of Q250. Diode CR260 provides a one-diode 
voltage drop in the feedback loop for proper biasing of 
the base-to-collector junction of the input transistor 
(Q250). Gain of the amplifier is set by the value of 
common-mode resistor R270 (there is a small dc 
voltage gain). If the Vertical Preamplifier and Vertical 
Position circuit output currents are exactly 1 1 mA (no 
signal and no offsets) the feedback current is zero. 
Some standing feedback current will be present if the 
sum of the input currents is not exactly 55 mA. A 1 mA 
current change of the input base current to Q250 
produces a 41 mV change at the collector of Q252. The 
no-signal dc output voltage from Q252 is + 7.5 V, and 
the standing current is about 15 mA. The differential 
voltage between the positive and negative side of the 
delay line with no signal input is 0 V ±0.5 V. The dif- 
ferential signal voltage input to the delay line is about 
29 mV per graticule division of deflection. 

Biasing of the input transistor bases is supplied by R262 
and R264 (for Q250) and R263 and R265 (for Q251 ). Two 
resistors in series are used to provide the power 
handling needed (they are low-wattage precision resis- 
tors). The dc voltage at the bases of Q250 and Q251 is 
maintained at 7.5 V by a bias stabilization circuit. 
Operational amplifier U260 compares the common- 
mode voltage at the junction of R254 and R255 to the 
+ 7.5 V supply on its pin 3 input. If the base voltage is too 
low, U260 raises the common-mode emitter voltage 
(and thereby the base voltage) of the two input 
transistors. 

Compensation components peak up the circuit 
response to counteract the rolloff effects of the delay 
line. The three series-rc combinations (C271 and R271 , 
C272 and R272, and C273 and R273) and capacitor 
C274, between the emitters of Q252 and Q253, compen- 
sate different frequency ranges to correctly shape the 



3-13 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



circuit response. The series-rc circuit between the 
collectors of Q252 and Q253 (C275 and R275) damps 
the gain at high frequencies to prevent oscillation. 
Impedance matching and input termination of the 75 fl 
delay line is done by the parallel-series combination of 
R278, R279, R280, and R281. 

Vertical Position Switching 

The Vertical Position Switching circuit consists of buffer 
amplifiers for the four vertical channel position signals 
(U203A, B, C, and D), a buffer amplifier for the TRACE 
SEP signal (U801 B), two solid state switch arrays (U201 
and U202), and a transistor paraphase amplifier circuit 
(U280, Q284, and Q285). 

The vertical positioning voltages from the front panel 
POSITION and TRACE SEP controls are applied to the 
noninverting inputs of the five voltage-follower buffer 
amplifiers (U203A through U203D and U810B). The 
inputs and outputs of the amplifiers are capacitively 
bypassed to eliminate noise from the position signals. 
The buffered output signals are applied to switching 
arrays U201 and U202for selection at the correct time for 
positioning the displayed trace and position-related 
readouts. 

POSITION VOLTAGE SWITCHES. Selection of the 
channel or readout position signals to be supplied to the 
paraphase amplifier summing node is controlled by 
several sources. The vertical channel enable signals 
{CH 1 EN through CH 4 EN) from Display Sequencer 
U600 {Diagram 4) turn on the appropriate channel 
position signal for the enabled Vertical Preamplifier 
when displaying waveforms. The nominal position range 
of the vertical signal is ±12 divisions. 

When position-dependent readout (labeled cursors that 
follow the vertical channel position controls) is dis- 
played, the RO CH 1 POS EN through RO CH 4 POS EN 
signals from tri-state latch U2403 (shown on Diagram 9) 
enable the appropriate vertical position signal into the 
summing node at the input to the paraphase amplifier. 
The Readout Position Enable signal lines are tri-stated 
(open) during display of the channel signals so that the 
Vertical Channel Enable signals have control of the 
position enable lines. Also, the Readout Position signals 
cannot override the Vertical Channel Enable signal 
levels to turn on a Vertical Channel Preamplifier with the 
series resistors (R212, R222, R232, and R242) in the 
signal path. The vertical position of the enabled vertical 
channel is added to the position of the readout so that 
the cursors appear at the correct vertical position in the 
display. 



When non-position tracking readout is displayed (i.e., 
menus and scale-factor readouts), the vertical screen 
position of the readout is conveyed by the RO VERT 
signal only. The RO VERT signal is enabled into the 
summing node input of the paraphase amplifier by the 
RO VERT EN signal for both readout types (position- 
tracking or fixed). Extra noise bypassing provided by 
decoupling components R205, R207, and C268 on the 
RO VERT signal line reduces jitter of the readout display. 



During vertical SELF CAL, the RO CH 1 POS EN through 
RO CH 4 POS EN signals enable the appropriate vertical 
position signal into the summing node at the input to the 
paraphase amplifier without turning on a channel Verti- 
cal Preamplifier. The gain and offset of the voltage 
followers and position switches may then be calculated 
independently from the vertical channel signal. The 
computed offsets are then used by the Measurement 
Processor to correctly place the position-tracking 
readouts (cursors) on the display relative to the vertical 
position of the waveform. 

The TRACE SEP EN and RO TR SEP EN signals operate 
the same as described for the channel enable and 
readout position enable signals. A slight difference 
between the channel vertical position signals and the 
TRACE SEP signal is that TRACE SEP is attenuated 
more. The higher value of R206 on pin 13 of U201 
reduces the TRACE SEP range to ±4 divisions as com- 
pared to ±12 divisions for the vertical signals. 

POSITION PARAPHASE AMPLIFIER. The Position 
Paraphase amplifier circuitry is formed by a transistor 
array (U280) driving two discrete transistors (Q284 and 
Q285). The circuit is configured as two negative- 
feedback amplifiers that produce a differentia! output 
current from the summed single-ended input current. 
Transistors U280B and U280E are constant-current 
sources for their associated amplifier pairs in the array. 
The feedback path for the U280A-U280F amplifier 
combination is via R286 from the emitter of Q284. The 
no-signal feedback current through R286 is 1 mA. Feed- 
back for the U280C-U280D combination is via R289 
from the emitter of Q285. Feedback current in R289 is 
100 ixA. Both Q284 and Q285 are high beta transistors 
requiring little base-drive current. The overall vertical 
displacement response from the input (at the base of 
U280F) to the output is 200 p.A per division of vertical 
screen displacement. 

The signal applied to the base of U280C is the inverted 
position signal developed across R290 in the emitter of 
Q284. The signal is again inverted by U280C to drive the 
base of Q285 in the opposite direction from the signal at 



3-14 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



the base of Q284. The standing dc current (no signal 
input) output current into the delay line input summing 
node is 1 1 mA, the same as the output of the vertical pre- 
amplifiers. Vertical centering of the menu and readout 
displays within the graticule area is done using RO VERT 
CENTERING potentiometer R260. 



Vertical Output Amplifier 



WARNING 



Vertical Output 1C U701 runs hot and can burn 
you if touched. The metal tab on top of the 
device is NOT ground; it is the -5 V supply to the 

1C. 



Vertical Output 1C U701 buffers the signal output of the 
delay line and provides the circuitry for the BW LIMIT and 
BEAM FIND functions and for the vertical signal gain 
adjustment. The inputs to the Vertical Amplifier are termi- 
nated in 75 n by external resistors R706 and R707. 
External filter components C707, L701, and L702 
produce the bandwidth limiting of the vertical signal 
when internally switched into the output amplifier 
circuitry of U701 . 

Manual calibration of the vertical signal display to the crt 
graticule is done using VO GAIN potentiometer R703. 
The components between pins 1 2 and 22 of U701 (Q704, 
R726, R727, and R728) provide gain correction for the 
small difference in gain between full bandwidth and 
bandwidth-limited operation of the Vertical Output 1C. 
Correction for a thermal change between display of the 
signal and display of the readout is provided by the RO 
JITTER adjustment (R724). 



WARNING 



Vertical Output Amplifiers Q701 and Q702 run 
hot and can burn you if touched. 



Vertical Output Amplifiers Q701 and Q702 provide the 
signal gain necessary to drive the vertical crt deflection 
plates. The deflection plates have a comparatively large 
capacitance, and to change the voltage as fast as 
necessary to deflect the crt beam, the Vertical Output 



Amplifiers have to handle large current demands. A 
reduction in circuit capacity is made by reducing the 
collector capacitance of the output transistors. The 
cases of Q701 and Q702 are NOT the collectors; they 
are connected to the transistors' base material; the case 
tabs mark the collector leads. In the collector circuits, 
T-coils L703 and L704 boost the vertical bandwidth of 
the output amplifiers; and R731 and R732 are damping 
resistors. 



Vertical Comparator 



The Vertical Comparator circuit (U702, Q703, and 
associated components) allows the Measurement 
Processor to determine the gain and offset of the vertical 
system up to the input to the Vertical Preamplifier. The 
circuit is enabled only during the vertical self charac- 
terization routine. Known dc voltage levels are applied 
to the attenuator inputs, and U702 compares the voltage 
from the delay line to the HORIZ POS signal which is 
being driven in a binary search pattern. The output 
voltage is found by successively narrowing the search 
levels until the smallest change possible from the DAC 
system causes the Vertical Comparator output to 
change states. Using the measured value to compare 
against the known input voltage, the Measurement 
Processor determines a Vertical Calibration constant 
that must be applied to produce accurate voltage 
measurements. 



A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM (Diagram 3) 

Most of the trigger signal switching and trigger level 
comparator circuitry is contained on two integrated cir- 
cuit devices (U421 and U431). Within the devices is the 
logic circuitry that drives the selectable variables of 
Trigger SOURCE, Trigger CPLG, and Trigger SLOPE for 
both the A and the B Triggers. Selection of the trigger 
variables is done by control bits generated by Display 
Sequencer U600 (Diagram 4). The remaining portions of 
the circuitry shown in Diagram 3 include the A and B 
Trigger bandwidth limiting circuitry, the TV Trigger 
Detector circuitry, the Auxiliary Shift Register (part of 
Shift Register 1), and the DC Filter for the measurement 
system. The B Trigger circuitry does double duty in that 
measurements for the DC, + PEAK, -PEAK, and PEAK- 
to-PEAK values of a signal are done in the B Trigger 
channel. Consequently, voltage measurements cannot 
be done in ALT or B Horizontal Display Modes when the 
B Trigger circuitry is in use. 



3-15 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



A and B Trigger Source Selectors 

Analog switching of the Trigger signal sources is done 
by the circuitry in U421A (for the A Trigger) and U431 A 
(for the B Trigger). The possible Trigger SOURCE selec- 
tions are the same for both the A and the B Trigger 
system. They are CH 1, CH 2, CH 3, CH 4, LINE, and 
VERT. In ALT Vertical MODE when VERT is the selected 
source, a trigger is obtained in succession for each 
displayed channel. A stably triggered display will be 
obtained for each channel signal without regard to 
frequency relationships between the applied signals. If 
ADD Vertical MODE is selected, a special adder circuit 
in U421 A and U431 A, adds the CH 1 and CH 2 signals to 
produce an ADD trigger signal composed of the two 
inputs. The LINETrigger signal is a sample of the power- 
line input voltage. Multiplexer U1106A, in the input path 
for the LINE trigger signal, selects between the LINE sig- 
nal (for oscilloscope operation) and the TB CAL signal 
(used for horizontal self characterization). 

When a Voltage Measurement is being done, U431A in 
the B Trigger circuit acts as the measurement channel 
selector and selects either the CH 1 or the CH 2 input 
signal to be measured. 



A and B Trigger Coupling Selector 

Coupling selections for DC, AC, HF REJ, and LF REJ are 
done by U421B for the A Trigger and U431B for the B 
Trigger. The trigger signal path is through a filter circuit 
having the proper bandpass characteristics for the 
selected trigger coupling. NOISE REJ coupling is done 
differently. The two Trigger LEVEL Comparators (U421 C 
and U431 C) have selectable hysteresis. For NOISE REJ 
Trigger CPLG, the hysteresis is increased so that a 
larger signal change is required to produce a state 
change at the output of the comparators. Trigger 
Coupling control logic is shown in Table 3-6. 

Another signal source selectable in the Trigger Coupling 
Selectors is the output of the TV Trigger Detector (TV 
LINE or TV FIELD). An applied composite video signal is 
separated so that the horizontal line or vertical field sync 
pulse can be used to trigger the oscilloscope for Tele- 
vision signal display (see TV Trigger Detector descrip- 
tion). Selection between LINE or FIELD for the A Trigger 
source is done by multiplexer U1104A with its output 
being applied to pin 19 of U421 B. Pin 19 of U431 B in the 
B Trigger system has an input of either the TV Line sync 
signal, for TV triggering of the B Sweep, or the output of 



the Measurement Signal Low-Pass Filter, when the DC 
measurement mode is active. 

MEASUREMENT SIGNAL LOW-PASS FILTER. The 

average dc level of a signal is obtained for measurement 
by filtering the measurement channel signal to remove 
all but the dc component of the signal. An active RC filter 
circuit formed by U1101B, R1154, R1155, Cl 154, and 
Cl 155 does the filtering with U1101B buffering the 
filtered output voltage to isolate it from loading. The dc 
level is applied back to the Trigger Coupling switch 
(U431B, pin 19) for input to the B Trigger Comparator 
(U431 C) where the actual measurement is done (see the 
B Trigger Comparator description). 



A and B Trigger Bandwidth Limit Circuits 

The A Trigger Bandwidth Limit circuit components 
(Q440, U441F, CR432, C432, L432, R432, Q444, and 
U441E) act to roll off the trigger circuit bandwidth when 
BW LIMIT is active (low). The B Trigger Bandwidth Limit 
circuit components do the same job (with some 
additional compensation components), but can be 
selected independently of the SCOPE BW front panel 
setting (by the Measurement Processor using the BW 
FULL B signal). The B Trigger Bandwidth Limit is used 
during DC VOLTS measurements when the remainder of 
the system is in full bandwidth. The actual circuit 
operation for both is the same, and only the A Trigger 
Bandwidth limiting action is described. 



For full trigger bandwidth, the BW LIMIT signal from 
Auxiliary Shift Register U1103 is written high by the 
Measurement Processor. That high is inverted to a low 
by U441 E and U441 F and applied to the bases of Q440 
and Q444. The low output turns off Q444 and dis- 
connects C444 from ground. The purpose of C444 is to 
act as part of an LC filter that rolls off the signal. The low 
applied to the base of Q440 turns that transistor on 
pulling the anode of CR432 up and forward biasing it. 
The trigger signal ac path then bypasses L432 and R432 
through CR432 and C432. The dc component of the 
trigger signal is still via L432 and R432. 



When the bandwidth is limited, the BW LIMIT signal is 
low. That is inverted to a high that turns on Q444 
(connecting C444to ground) and turns off Q440 (reverse 
biasing CR432). The trigger signal path is now through 
L432 and R432 with C444 connected to ground to roll off 
the circuit bandwidth. 



3-16 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-6 

Trigger Selection Logic 



Front Panel 


Latched Bit Values 


Description 


Coupling 

Selection 


SLOPE 


TS2 


TS1 


TSO 





A Sweep Mode (U421) AUTO LEVEL, AUTO, NORM, or SGL SEQ 



DC 


0 


0 


1 


0 


DC Coupled 


NOISE REJ 


1 


0 


1 


0 


DC Coupled, Noise Reject 


HF REJ 


0 


1 


0 


1 


HF Reject 


LF REJ 


0 


0 


1 


1 


LF Reject 


AC 


0 


1 


0 


0 


AC Coupled 



A Sweep Mode (U421) TV LINE or TV FIELD 



DC 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


NOISE REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


HF REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


LF REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


AC 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 



B Sweep Mode (U431) AUTO LEVEL, RUNS AFTER or NORM 



DC 


0 


0 


1 


0 


DC Coupled 


NOISE REJ 


1 


0 


1 


0 


DC Coupled, Noise Reject 


HF REJ 


0 


1 


0 


1 


HF Reject 


LF REJ 


0 


0 


1 


1 


LF Reject 


AC 


0 


1 


0 


0 


AC Coupled 



B Sweep Mode (U432) TV LINE 



DC 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


NOISE REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


HF REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


LF REJ 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 


AC 


1 


0 


0 


0 


TV Input, Noise Reject 



A Trigger Comparator 

The Trigger signal is compared with the A Trigger LEVEL 
setting by U421 C to determine the signal level and slope 
of the trigger signal that produces a sweep trigger. The 
comparator slope is set internally by the switching logic; 
the Trigger comparison level is set using the front panel 
Trigger LEVEL control. A fixed amount of hysteresis in 
the A Trigger Level Comparator prevents double 



triggering on signals accompanied by normal noise. 
NOISE REJ coupling increases the hysteresis by afactor 
of four to reduce the Comparator’s sensitivity to noise if 
triggering on very noisy signals is required. Once a level 
state change occurs, a larger change in the opposite 
direction is required (because of the circuit hysteresis) to 
reverse the state change. The differential output of 
U421C is buffered by U442 and applied to the Trigger 



3-17 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Logic 1C (U602, Diagram 4) where the gating signals to 
start the display sweep are generated. 

B Trigger Comparator and Measurement 
A-to-D Converter 

For B Trigger signal comparison, the B Trigger Level 
Comparator (U431 C) works the same as the A Trigger 
Level Comparator. Its differences lay in its use as the 
Measurement Channel A-to-D Converter for making 
signal voltage measurements. When a measurement is 
being done, the ZERO HYST control bit from Shift 
Register 0 (U173, Diagram 1) is set high. This high turns 
off Q480 and disconnects U431 C pin 1 from ground. The 
biasing combination of R476 and R486 between the -5 V 
supply and ground reduces the hysteresis of the B 
Trigger Comparator to zero. A small incremental change 
In signal level to the comparator will then cause it to 
change output states. The B REF TRIG LVL signal on pin 
25 of U431C is driven in a binary search pattern by the 
Measurement Processor (via the DAC System) while 
monitoring for state changes at the output. The smallest 
incremental input change of the B REF TRIG LVL that pro- 
duces an output change then defines the voltage point 
being measured (+ PEAK, -PEAK, or DC). When peak- 
to-peak voltage measurement is done, the Measure- 
ment Processor merely measures one peak voltage of 
the signal, then the other. 

The output of the B Trigger Level Comparator is buffered 
by U442A and applied to the B Trigger input of U602 
(Diagram 4) via delay line DL22. The 1 8 ns delay in the B 
Trigger signal path allows time for the Delay Time 
Comparator signal to enable the B Trigger System so 
that the B Sweep can be triggered on the same signal as 
the A Sweep. 

Auxiliary Shift Register 

Auxiliary Shift Register U1 103 is the last register in Shift 
Register 1 . Control bits loaded into the register from the 
AUX DATA signal line (from U303 pin 9, Diagram 5) are 
serially shifted through Sweep Shift Register U302 and 
U303 (Diagram 5). Circuit functions controlled by the bits 
in U1 103 are the following: 

B TV TRIG EN: Switches between the B TV Trigger sig- 
nal and the DC measurement signal voltage (U1106C). 

TV FIELD SEL: Switches the A Trigger between TV 
FIELD and TV LINE (U1 104A). 

MAG: Controls the XI 0 Magnification function of the 
Horizontal Output Preamplifier (U802, Diagram 6). 



VERT COMP EN : Turns on the Vertical Comparator 
(U702, Diagram 2) during voltage self characterization. 

TB CAL: Switches the time-base calibration signal into 
the B trigger system during horizontal self charac- 
terization (U1106A). 

BW FULL B: Switches between full and limited B Trigger 
bandwidth. 

BW LIMIT : Switches between full and limited A Trigger 
bandwidth. The BW LIMIT signal has a second use. As 
the last bit in Shift Register 1, it is fed back to the 
Measurement Processor during diagnostic checks done 
on the Shift Registers. 

XY : Switches the range of the horizontal position sig- 
nal (HORIZ POS) between that needed for Y-T display 
and that needed for X-Y display (U301B, Diagram 6). 

Multiplexer U1106A normally provides the Line Trigger 
signal picked off from the Power Supply input. For seif 
characterization (SELF CAL) of the Time Base, the multi- 
plexer outputs the TB CAL signal obtained from the 
Measurement Processor (U2501 , Diagram 8). 

TV Trigger Detector 

INPUT AMPLIFIER. The signal at pin 20 of U421A is 
applied to pin 3 of U1 101 A via a low-pass filter formed 
by R426, L426, and C426. The filter limits the bandwidth 
of the X-AXIS signal to about 5 MHz for application to the 
Horizontal Preamplifier (U802, Diagram 6) and to the TV 
Trigger Detector circuitry. Operational amplifier U1 101 A 
provides low-pass gain of the applied composite video 
signal that further attenuates the video portion of the 
signal relative to the sync pulses. The output signal from 
U1 101 A is applied to the Peak Detectors and the Sync 
Comparator. 

PEAK DETECTORS. The peak detectors determine the 
positive and negative peaks of the applied composite 
video signal. Those peak voltages are applied across a 
voltage divider circuit used to set the comparison level 
(slice level) to one input of a comparator. That level is 
such that, when the user selects the correct sync polarity 
for the applied signal, the middle of the sync tips is at the 
threshold level of the comparator. The output of the 
comparator then switches only on the sync tips of the 
applied signal. The peak detectors are complementary 
in that the positive-peak detector transistors (Q1101, 
Q1102, and Q1103) and the negative-peak detector 
transistors (Q1104, Q1105, and Q1106) are comple- 
mentary types (PNP-NPN). Both detectors are driven 
from the same input signal; the positive peaks of the 



3-18 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



video signal forward bias Q1101, and the negative 
peaks forward bias Q1 104. The operation of the positive 
peak detector is described. 

The composite video signal is applied to the emitter of 
Q1101. A positive-going signal increases the current 
through Q1 101 , causing the collector voltage to rise. The 
rising collector voltage biases on Q1102 harder, and 
Cl 1 14 charges up rapidly, following the positive-going 
signal up to its positive peak. When the input signal 
starts negative, Q1 101 is turned off immediately by the 
charge held on Cl 11 4. That leaves Cl 114 holding the 
positive peak voltage of the input signal. Emitter- 
follower Q1103 applies that peak voltage level to 
U1 104B pin 3 via R1 1 1 7. R1 136 to the -7.5 V from pin 3 
provides a fixed offset to the signal level. The negative- 
peak detector does the same type of operation on the 
signal to apply the negative peak voltage to pin 5 of 
U1104B. 

When the sync polarity is selected to match the sync of 
the applied video signal (by the user with the A SLOPE 
switch), the voltage level at the selected input of U1 104B 
is at the middle of the sync-tip voltage. If the wrong 
polarity is selected, triggering will take place on the 
video signal. For signal generator signals, the effect may 
not be noticeable, except for a shift of the trigger point; 
but if composite video signals are being viewed, the 
display will be unstable when the wrong polarity is 
selected. 

SYNC COMPARATOR. The incoming composite video 
signal is applied to the plus input (pin 3) of the Video 
Sync Comparator (U1102A). The Video Sync 
Comparator looks at the signal level on pin 2 and com- 
pares it with the incoming video signal level. When the 
incoming level crosses the comparison threshold, the 
output of U1102A switches state. That state change 
occurs at the mid level of the sync pulses. The output 
signal of U1 1 02A (TV LINE) is applied directly to U1 1 04A 
pin 2 and U1 104C pin 1 to be available for selection for 
the A and the B Trigger systems for TV LINE triggering. 

FIELD SYNC FILTER. The filter circuit composed of 
R1132, R1133, Cl 106, C1107, and U1102B processes 
the output of U1 102A further to determine when the verti- 
cal field sync signal is present. The time constant of the 
filter elements is such that the line sync pulses between 
vertical fields cannot move the voltage on U1 102B pin 5 
across the comparison threshold (ground on pin 6). 

During the vertical field sync pulse, the frequency of the 
serration pulses (line and equalizing) doubles. The filter 
capacitors will then be discharged enough to go below 



ground and switch the output state of U1 1 02B. That sig- 
nal is applied to U1 1 04A pin 1 to be available as the TV 
FIELD Sync trigger signal for the A Trigger system. 

SYNC SWITCHING. Solid-state switches U1104A and 
U1104C provide switching between the TV FIELD and 
the TV LINE signal for the A Trigger and between TV LINE 
from A SOURCE and the average DC level of the 
measurement channel for the B Trigger. The switching 
states are controlled by the Measurement Processor via 
the TV FIELD SEL and the B TV TRIG EN control signals 
from the Auxiliary Shift Register (U1103). 



DISPLAY AND TRIGGER LOGIC AND 
PROCESSOR INTERFACE (Diagram 4) 

The Display Sequencer or SLIC (slow-logic integrated 
circuit, U600) performs most of the slow logic functions 
required to run the display functions. This integrated 
circuit contains a microprocessor interface, the display 
sequencer logic circuitry, the trigger holdoff timer, the 
chop clock, and an interface to the on-screen readout 
control logic. 

The microprocessor interface of U600 provides the 
capability to serially load the internal control register, 
write the internal read/write memory, do some limited 
real-time control over a few sequencer functions, and 
monitor status information. 

The Display Sequencer contains a read/write memory 
for storing the display states to be sequenced through 
and logic for sequencing the A and B Sweep displays 
and trigger sources. The sequencer also provides 
control signals that are needed to do waveform 
measurements. 

An internal trigger holdoff timer provides a pulse with 
programmable width that is triggered on at the end of A 
Sweep (or at the end of B Sweep). The pulse width may 
be set from 1 jxs to greater than 0.5 s, depending on the 
internal counter divide ratio, and the holdoff oscillator 
frequency at pin 15. 

The chop clock circuit generates a phase-dithered chop 
clock and blanking signal, derived from an external 
frequency source. With 10 MHz applied, the chop rate is 
625 kHz, with a blanking time of about 200 ns. 

The readout interface circuit responds to the readout 
request and readout blanking inputs, and generates a 
blanking signal (BLANK, pin 18) to control the Z-Axis 
Amplifier enabling signals from U602. The chop 
blanking signal also gets routed through this circuit. 



3-19 



Theory of Operation — 2247A Service 



Pin Description 

The following is a description of Display Sequencer 
U600 pin functions (see Figure 3-2 for pin numbers). 



i 



2 



3 



4 



5 



6 



7 



B 



9 



10 



11 



12 



13 



14 

l£ 

16 



17 



18 



19 



20 



TC 




V® 


LFC 




CH 1 EN 


WR 




CH 2 EN 


AO 




CH 3 EN 


A 1 


D 


CH 4 EN 


A2 


I 

s 


MGE 


A3 


P 


ZEN 


RD 


L 

A 


ATS 2 


DIO 


Y 


ATS i 


TDI 


S 


ATS 0 


ROR 


E 


A SLOPE 




Q 




ROB 


U 


BTS 2 


B GATE 


E 


BTS 1 




N 




A GATE 


C 


BTS 0 


0SC0UT 


E 


B SLOPE 




R 




0SCRST 


(SLIC) 


DS 


TH0 




HD0 


BLANK 




HD1 


SOUT 




TS 


v ss 




TEST 



40 

39 

38 

37 

36 

35 

34 

33 

32 

31 

30 

29 

2B 

27 

26 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 



( 6081 - 04 ) 6555-31 



Figure 3-2. Display Sequencer 1C (SLIC, U600) pin 
out diagram. 



DIO: Data 10 pin. This pin is tied to the Measurement 
Processor MB DATA line. Data to be clocked into 
the control register is presented here, and status 
data can be read out on this pin when the rd input is 
low. See Table 3-7. 



A3-A0) to be presented on the DIO pin for transfer to 
the Measurement Processor. 

WR: Write enable input (active low). A negative- 
going pulse on this pin performs actions described 
in the Table 3-7. 

SOUT: Strobe output pin (active low). When A3, A2, 
A1 , and A0 = nil, SOUT goes lo w when the WR 
pin is pulled low. Otherwise, SOUT is always high. 

A3, A2, A1 , A0: Address inputs. The 

ADDR0-ADDR3 selection bits are latched from the 
Measurement Processor address bus by U2512, 
Diagram 8. 



A GATE : A Sweep Gate input (active low). 



B GATE: B Sweep Gate input (active low). 

TC: Timing clock input. 

LFC: Low-frequency clock input. A signal derived 
from the calibrator circuit is used for skewing the 
chop-clock phase. 

ROR: Readout request input (active low). A low 
causes the CH 1 EN, CH 2 EN, CH 3 EN, CH 4 EN, 
HD1 , HD0, and TS outputs to all go low, and allows 
the ROB input to have complete control of the 
BLANK output. If ROB is low when ROR goes low, 
then the internal timing will be such that the BLANK 
output will go high quickly enough to blank the dis- 
play before switching transients can be shown on 
screen (see the detailed description of the readout 
interface). 

ROB: Readout blank input (active low). During 
readout active time (ROR=low), the ROB input is 
inverted and sent to the BLANK output. 

OSC OUT: The external holdoff oscillator output 
drives this pin. A falling edge causes the internal 
holdoff counter to increment. 

OSC RST: Oscillator reset output. Internal logic 
causes this output to go high to discharge the 
external holdoff oscillator timing capacitor at the 
end of holdoff (see detailed description of the 
holdoff timer operation). 

CH 1 EN: Channel 1 enable output (active high). 



TDI: Trigger data input pin. When A3 = A2_= 1 , data 
on this pin is sent to the DIO pin (when RD is low). 

RD: Read enable input (active low). Bringing this 
pin low causes internal status data (selected with 



CH 2 EN: Channel 2 enable output (active high). 
CH 3 EN: Channel 3 enable output (active high). 
CH 4 EN: Channel 4 enable output (active high). 



3-20 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-7 

Display Sequencer (U600) Control Bit Assignments 



A3 


A2 


A1 


A0 


DIO when RD LO 


Action when WR Strobed 


0 


0 


0 


0 


Control Reg. msb 


DIO clocked into Control Reg. (a) 


0 


0 


0 


1 


RAM comparator 


RAM written from Control Reg. 


0 


0 


1 


0 


EOSS flag 


RAM address incremented (b) 


0 


0 


1 


1 


EOS signal (c) 


RESET is strobed (d) 


0 


1 


0 


0 


A Gate Detect flag 


MRESET is strobed (e) 


0 


1 


0 


1 


B Gate Detect flag 


RAM load mode enabled (f) 


0 


1 


1 


0 


A Gate Detect flag 


A/B GATE-detect flags reset 


0 


1 


1 


1 


B Gate Detect flag 


Set A slope output (g) 


1 


0 


0 


0 


(h) 


Forces B1/B2 Source/Slope/Delay (i) 


1 


0 


0 


1 


(h) 


Forces B Slope output (j) 


1 


0 


1 


0 


(h) 


Sets BLANK output HI (k) 


1 


0 


1 


1 


(h) 


Sets THO output HI (k) 


1 


1 


0 


0 


TDI data 


(see description of TEST input) 


1 


1 


0 


1 


TDI data 


(see description of TEST input) 


1 


1 


1 


0 


TDI data 


Sets norm B Source/Slope/Delay (1) 


1 


1 


1 


1 


TDI data 


SOUT pin gets strobed 



Notes: 

(a) Data is clocked into the control register on the rising edge of WR. 

(b) RAM load mode must be enabled; the address increments on the rising edge of WR. 

(c) EOS (end of sequence) goes high for the last state of any display sequence. EOS is read out for test purposes. 

(d) The THO output should be set high when RESET is strobed for proper initialization. This does the following: 

a. It initializes thedisplay sequencer back to the first display state {RAM address 000). In ALT VERT Mode, all vertical enable, horizontal 
enable, and trig source outputs are initialized. In CHOP VERT Mode, the horizontal enableand trig source outputs are initialized, but 
the vertical enable outputs continue to cycle at the chop clock rate. 

b. It resets the EOSS (end of single sequence} flag. 

c. It resets the trigger holdoff timer. 

(e) Used for initialization, during testing of the device. 

(f) A rising edge on WR with DIO = 1 enables the RAM load mode; a rising edge on WR with DIO « 0 disables the RAM load mode. 

(g) A rising edge on WR with DIO - 1 sets the A Slope output high; a rising edge on WR with DIO = 0 sets the A Slope output low. 
<h) Used for device testing only. 

(i) A rising edge on WR with DIO = 1 forces the B1 Trigger Source, the B1 Slope, and sets the DS output high; a rising edge on WR with 
DIO = 0 forces the B2 Trigger Source, the B2 Slope, and sets the DS output low. 

(j) A rising edge on WR with DIO = 1 forces the B SLOPE output high; a rising edge on WR with DIO - 0 forces the B SLOPE output low. 
This forcing function takes precedence over the force B1/B 2 Source/Slope/Delay feature described in note (i) above. This forcing func- 
tion is canceled by applying a negative strobe to the WR input with the address = 1110. 

(k) A rising edge on WR with DIO = 1 sets the output high; a rising edge on WR with DIO » 0 allows the output to behave normally. (I) A 

negative pulse on WR with address = 1110 will cancel the effects of (i) above and allow the B Source, B Slope, and DS outputs to 
behave normally. 



3-21 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



ATS 2, ATS 1 , ATS 0: A Trigger Source Select out- 
puts. These bits either correspond to three bits of the 
control register, or they track with the vertical chan- 
nel enable outputs (in ALT Vertical Mode with VERT 
MODE trigger selected). These outputs change 
state on the rising edge of the THO output, or when 
RESET is strobed while THO is high. The encoding 
scheme is shown in Table 3-8. 



Table 3-8 

A Trigger Source Select Bits 



ATS 2 


ATS 1 


ATS 0 


SOURCE 


0 


0 


0 


CH 1 


0 


0 


1 


CH 2 


0 


1 


0 


CHI + CH 2 


0 


1 


1 


CH 3 


1 


0 


0 


CH 4 


1 


0 


1 


Line 



A SLOPE: A Trigger slope output. 

BTS 2, BTS 1, BTS 0: B Trigger Source Select out- 
puts. These bits correspond to either one of two sets 
of three bits in the control register, or they can track 
with the vertical channel enable outputs (in ALT Ver- 
tical MODE). These outputs normally change state 
on the rising edge of the THO output, or when RESET 
is strobed while THO is high. If B1 or B2 Source/ 
Slope/Delay is being forced, the outputs will corre- 
spond directly with one of the two three-bit sets in 
the control register. The encoding scheme matches 
that used for the A Trigger Source Select bits shown 
in Table 3-8. 



B SLOPE: B Trigger Slope output. This output is set 
to either one of two bits in the control register. This 
output normally changes state on the rising edge of 
the THO output, or when RESET is strobed while 
THO is high. It may also be forced high or low by the 
Measurement Processor via the processor 
interface. 



HD1, HDO: Horizontal display enable outputs. 
These outputs normally change state on the rising 
edge of the THO output, or when RESET is strobed 
while THO is high. The encoding scheme is shown 
in Table 3-9. 



Table 3-9 



Horizontal Display Mode Select Bits 



HD1 


HDO 


SOURCE 


0 


0 


Readout displayed 


0 


1 


A Sweep displayed 


1 


0 


B Sweep displayed 


1 


1 


X-Y mode 



DS: Delay select output. This output normally 
changes state on the rising edge of the THO output, 
or when RESET is strobed while THO is high. It may 
also be forced by the Measurement Processor via 
the processor interface. DS high selects the first 
delay (B1), and DS low selects the second delay 
(B2). 

TS: Trace separation output. This output changes 
state on the rising edge of the THO output, or when 
RESET is strobed while THO is high. TS goes high to 
enable trace separation; TS goes low during a 
readout request cycle. 

ZEN: Z-Axis enable output (active low). This output 
goes low when the ZAP control bit is set high, or 
when the selected B trigger source channel (as 
presented on the BTS 2, BTS 1 , and BTS 0 output 
pins) is the same as the channel being enabled for 
display. 



MGE: Measurement gate enable output ( active 
low). This output behaves the same way as ZEN, 
except in chop vertical mode, in which MGE stays in 
a low state. Also, the ZAP control bit has no effect on 
MGE. 

THO: Trigger holdoff output (active high). Outputs 
the variable holdoff pulse. In single sequence 
mode, this output will go high after the last A Sweep 
of the sequence and stay high until RESET is 
strobed. This output may also be forced high via the 
Measurement Processor interface. 

BLANK: This output is controlled from three 
sourc es. At the end of a readout request cycle (when 
ROR goes high), the BLANK output will be asserted 
for four to six timing clock periods (to hide vertical 
source switching transients). Chop blanking puls es 
can be routed to this output (however, when ROR is 
low, chop blanking is automatically inhibited). 
Lastly, this output may be forced high via the 
Measurement Processor interface. 



3-22 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



TEST : Test mode enable input (active low). TEST is 
held high and not used in normal operation. This pin 
is pulled high to force normal operation, but may be 
pulled low to enable the test mode. Enabling test 
mode does the following: 

1. Disables single sequence and B Ends A 
modes, no matter what code is in the control 
register. 

2. Reconfigures the trigger holdoff timer to 
make it more easily testable (see control 
register description for control bits H4-H0). 

3. A3, A2, A1, AO - 1100 allows a negative- 
going pulse on WR to reset only the control 
register. 

4. A3, A2, A1, A0_=_1101 allows a negative- 
going pulse on WR to preset control register 
bits B1-B6. 



Control Register Description 

The Display Sequencer internal control register is a 
26-bit, serial-shift register that receives control-bit data 
from the Measurement Processor. Table 3-10 lists the 
control signal name(s) associated with each register bit. 
Bit number 1 receives the data from the DIO pin (via the 
Processor Interface) after one low-to-high transition on 
the WR input pin (A3 = A2 = A1 = AO = 0). Bit number 
26 receives this data after 25 more low-to-high tran- 
sitions on the WR input. Bit number 26 is the most- 
significant bit position of the internal shift register. 

RD5-RD0: Data inputs to the internal RAM. The 
RAM address comes from a three-bit, binary up- 
counter. To write data into the RAM, the first six bits 
are loaded into the control register with the RAM 
data word. With A3, A2, A1 , AO = 0001 , a negative- 
going pulse on the WR input will write the data into 
RAM. To set the RAM address, the RAM load mode 
must be enabled. In RAM load mode, a low-to-high 
transition on the WR input (with A3, A 2, A1, 
AO = 0010) will increment the RAM address by one. 
There are eight consecutive RAM locations 
(addresses 000 to 111); the address counter will 
increment to 1 1 1 , then wrap around to 000. Strobing 
RESET resets the counter to 000. See the Display 
Sequencer detailed description to find out what the 
RAM outputs do. 



Table 3-10 

Shift Register 1 Control Bit Data 



Bit Nr 


Control Signal Name(s) 


1 


AS2 


RD5 


AC3 


2 


AS1 


RD4 


AC2 


3 


ASO 


RD3 


AC1 


4 


ZAP 


RD2 


ACO 


5 


B1S2 


RD1 


BC3 


6 


B1S1 


RDO 


BC2 


7 


B1S0 




BC1 


8 


B1 SLOPE 




BCO 


9 


B2S2 






10 


B2S1 






11 


B2S0 






12 


B2SLOPE 






13 


VM1 






14 


VMO 






15 


HM1 






16 


HMO 






17 


DD 






18 


SSE 






19 


B ENDS A 






20 


H4 






21 


H3 






22 


H2 






23 


HI 






24 


HO 






25 


FSEL 






26 


CBEN 







The RD5-RD0 bits also go to the inputs of an internal 
RAM comparator. The RAM outputs are sensed by 
the other comparator input. If the two inputs match, 
the comparator output will be high. The RAM 
comparator output can be read by the Measurement 
Processor through the processor interface. 

AC3-AC0: The A Trigger coupling select bits. 
BC3-BC0 are the B Trigger coupling select bits. To 
write these bits into the trigger coupling circuits, the 
Measurement Processor loads the control register 
as follows: Bits 1 , 2, 3, and 4 are set to AC3, AC2, 
AC1 , and ACO respectively. Bits 5, 6, 7, and 8 are set 
to BC3, BC2, BC1 , and BCO respectively. The RAM 
load mode is enabled and THO is strobed once (or 



3-23 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



RESET is strobed once while THO is high). At this 
point, output pins ATS2, ATS1 , ATSO, and A SLOPE 
are set to AC3, AC2, AC1 , and ACO respectively; and 
output pins BTS2, BTS1 , BTSO, and B SLOPE are set 
to BC3, BC2, BC1, and BCO respectively. The 
Measurement Processor then strobes the latches in 
the Trigger Coupling Select Logic circuits to make 
the trigger coupling selections. The RAM load mode 
is then disabled to resume normal Display 
Sequencer operation. 

AS2, AS1 , ASO: A Trigger SOURCE select bits. See 
Table 3-1 1 for the bit encoding of the control signals 
when not loading the RAM or coupling circuits. 

For any binary code except 111; AS2, AS1 , and ASO 
are presented on output pins ATS2, ATS1 , and ATSO 
respectively after a THO rising edge. For binary 
code 111, the data on the three output pins will 
correspond to the channel being enabled for 
display; it alternates as the channel displays 
alternate and change state on the rising edges of 
THO. The RAM load mode is disabled to get the A 
Trigger SOURCE to alternate. 



Table 3-1 1 

Trigger Source Select 



AS2 


AS1 


ASO 


SOURCE 


0 


0 


0 


CH 1 


0 


0 


1 


CH 2 


0 


1 


0 


CHI + CH 2 


0 


1 


1 


CH 3 


1 


0 


0 


CH 4 


1 


0 


1 


Line 


1 


1 


0 


— 


1 


1 


1 


VERT MODE 



ZAP: Setting this bit high forces the ZEN outpu t low. 
This bit is low for allow normal operation of the ZEN 
output. 



B1S2, B1S1, B1S0: B1 Trigger SOURCE select 
bits. Bit encoding is the same as the encoding for 
the A Trigger SOURCE select bits. 



B2S2, B2S1, B2S0: B2 Trigger SOURCE select 
bits. Encoded the same as A Trigger SOURCE 
select bits, except that code 1 1 1 does not select 
VERT Mode trigger. Selection between B1 SOURCE 
and B2 SOURCE is normally made with the DS 
(delay select) output signal. DS = 1 selects B1 , and 
DS = 0 selects B2. If the B1 select bits are 1 1 1 and 
the B1 SOURCE is selected (not forced), then the 
data on output pins BTS2, BTS1 , and BTSO will track 
with the selected vertical channel (similar to the A 
Trigger SOURCE select outputs). 

B1 SLOPE, B2 SLOPE: B Trigger SLOPE bits. One 
of these two bits is presented on the B SLOPE output 
pin (if B SLOPE isn’t being forced), in the same way 
that the B1 and B2 sources are selected. When B1 
SOURCE is selected, then B1 SLOPE is also 
selected, and B2 SLOPE gets selected when B2 
SOURCE is selected. 

VM1, VMO: Vertical MODE control bits. See Table 
3-12 for encoding. 



Table 3-12 
Vertical MODE Select 



VM1 


VMO 


MODE 


0 


0 


Not used 


0 


1 


Chop Mode 


1 


0 


Alt Mode (with no measurement) 


1 


1 


Alt Mode (with measurement) 



HM1, HMO: Horizontal MODE control bits. See 
Table 3-13 for encoding. 



Table 3-13 

Horizontal MODE Select 



HM1 


HMO 


MODE 


0 


0 


A only 


0 


1 


ALT 


1 


0 


B only 


1 


1 


X-Y 



3-24 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-14 

Holdoff Counter Encoding 



H4 


H3 


H2 


HI 


HO 


Count Length 


H4 


H3 


H2 


HI 


HO 


Count Length 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 


10000 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


2 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


20000 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


5 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


50000 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 


5 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


50000 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


10 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


100000 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


20 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


200000 


0 


0 


1 


1 


0 


50 


1 


0 


1 


1 


0 


500000 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


50 


1 


0 


1 


1 


1 


500000 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


100 


1 


1 


0 


0 


0 


100000 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


200 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


200000 


0 


1 


0 


1 


0 


500 


1 


1 


0 


1 


0 


500000 


0 


1 


0 


1 


1 


500 


1 


1 


0 


1 


1 


500000 


0 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1000 


1 


1 


1 


0 


0 


100000 


0 


1 


1 


0 


1 


2000 


1 


1 


1 


0 


1 


200000 


0 


1 


1 


1 


0 


5000 


1 


1 


1 


1 


0 


500000 


0 


1 


1 


1 


1 


5000 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 a 



a Strobing RESET presets the holdoff counter to 499999 to simplify testing. 



DD: Dual-delay control bit. DD = 1 for dual delay 
(delta time), and DD = 0 for single delay. 

SSE: SGL SEQ enable. SSE = 1 for single 
sequence mode or 0 for repetitive mode. 

B ENDS A: B ends A enable (active high). 



H4, H3, H2, HI, HO: Holdoff time. Encoded as in 
Table 3-14. With the TEST pin held high for normal 
operation.) 

FSEL: Chop frequency select bit. With 10 MHz on 
the TC input pin, FSEL = 1 provides a chop 
frequency of 625 kHz; FSEL = 0 produces 1 .25 MHz 
(625 kHz is used). 



CBEN: Chop blank enable bit. CBEN = 1 allows the 
chop blanking signal to be passed out the BLANK 
output pin (when ROR is high); CBEN = 0 inhibits 
chop blanking. 



Display Sequencer Operation 



The internal RAM is programmed for the desired vertical 
channel display sequence, for both CHOP and ALT 
Vertical Modes. In ALT mode, the RAM also controls the 
horizontal display control outputs. In CHOP mode, the 
RAM stiil controls the vertical channel displays, but 
different logic controls the horizontal display selection. 



RAM data bits RD5, RD4, and RD3 are programmed fora 
particular channel display (see Table 3-15). 



3-25 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-15 

Display Sequencer Channel Select Logic Bits 



RD5 RD4 RD3 


Channel 


0 0 0 
0 0 1 
0 1 0 
0 1 1 
1 0 0 


CH 1 
CH 2 

CH 1 + CH 2 
CH 3 
CH 4 



Bit RD2 selects between the A Sweep display and the B 
Sweep display (only used in ALT Vertical Mode with 
measurement). The A Sweep is displayed if this bit is set 
high (outputs HD1 , HDO = 01), otherwise the B Sweep is 
displayed (outputs HD1, HDO = 10). Bit RD1 controls 
the DS (delay select) output pin in ALT Vertical Mode 
(with or without measurement). Finally, bit RDO marks 
the last state in a display sequence. When the RDO bit 
goes high, the sequencer finishes its current state and 
jumps back to the initial state (RAM address 000 is the 
initial state). In ALT Vertical Mode, the sequencer will 
advance to the next state either on each rising edge of 
the trigger holdoff pulse (ALT Vertical Mode with 
measurement), or on every other rising edge of the 
trigger holdoff pulse (ALT Vertical Mode with no 
measurement). 

The first type of ALT Mode is used when there is an 
intensified zone (with or without an accompanying 
B Sweep) for only one or two of the displayed chan- 
nels); every display state can be completely specified 
by programming the RAM properly (no more than eight 
display states are ever needed for any measurement 
display sequence; hence, the RAM is limited to eight 
addresses). The second type of ALT Mode is used when 
there are intensified zones and B Sweeps for all chan- 
nels displayed. In this mode, HD1 and HDO auto- 
matically alternate between the A Sweep and the B 
Sweep on each rising edge of the trigger holdoff pulse. 
Whenever HD1 and HDO switch from the B Sweep back 
to the A Sweep, the vertical sequencer advances to its 
next state. This second type of ALT Vertical Mode is 
used only when more than eight RAM locations are 
needed to define a long display sequence in ALT Hori- 
zontal Mode. 

In ALT Vertical Mode, the vertical and horizontal display 
enable outputs are initialized as follows; the trigger 
holdoff output is forced high (via the processor inter- 
face), RESET is strobed, then trigger holdoff is reset to 
allow sweeps to occur. This procedure ensures that the 
display enable and trigger source outputs are initialized 
to the first state of the programmed display sequence. 



In CHOP Vertical Mode, the leading edge of the chop 
blanking pulses advance the vertical display enable out- 
puts. RAM bits RD5, RD4, and RD3 still determine the 
vertical channel displayed, and RAM bit RDO marks the 
last display state in the sequence. RAM bits RD2, and 
RD1 are not used in CHOP Mode. Other circuitry, 
clocked by the trigger holdoff pulse, drives the hori- 
zontal display control outputs. The same initialization 
procedure as described above for ALT Vertical Mode is 
used. However, only the trigger source and horizontal 
display enable outputs are initialized. The vertical- 
display-enable outputs cycle at the CHOP rate. Table 
3-1 6 specifies the behavior of the horizontal-display- 
enable outputs for all horizontal and vertical modes. 



Trigger Holdoff Timer 

When the B ENDS A control bit is low, the holdoff timer is 
triggered by the rising edge of A GATE . When the B 
ENDS A control bit is high, the holdoff timer is triggered 
by either the rising edge of B GATE , or the rising edge of 
A GATE , whichever occurs first. The THO output pin will 
go high immediately, and go low after the programmed 
number of holdoff oscillator cycles. In SGL SEQ Mode 
(again, with the TEST input pin high), the EOSS (end of 
single sequence) flag will go high and the THO output 
will stay high after the last A Sweep of the programmed 
sequence. Strobing RESET will reset the EOSS flag, and 
set the THO output back low again, if THO hasn’t been 
forced high via the Measurement Processor interface. 

HOLDOFF OSCILLATOR. A relaxation oscillator circuit 
formed by U601, Q600, Q601 and associated com- 
ponents is connected between the OSC OUT and OSC 
RST pins to provide the input count pulses to the holdoff 
timer. The HOLDOFF voltage applied to the base of 
Q600 sets up a charging current into timing capacitor 
C600. When the holdoff timer is inactive, the OSC RST 
output pin is high, and C600 is held discharged. With the 
capacitor discharged, the output of the oscillator is held 
high. When a rising edge of A GATE (or B GATE in B 
ends A mode) occurs, the OSC RST output will go low 
and allowthe voltage across C600torampup. When this 
voltage crosses an upper threshold, the output of U601 
at pin 7 goes low. This negative transition increments the 
internal holdoff counter, and causes the OSC RST output 
to go high, again discharging C600. When the voltage 
drops below a lower threshold, the oscillator output 
again goes high to repeat the oscillation cycle. After the 
last negative transition on the OSC OUT pin for a 
particular count length, the OSC RST output will go high 
and stay there until the next time the THO timer is 
triggered. 



3-26 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-16 

Horizontal and Vertical Display Response 



Delay 

and 

Vertical 

Modes 



HORIZONTAL CONTROL SIGNAL OUTPUTS 



Signal 



Readout Inactive (ROR = 1 ) 



Horizontal Modes (HM1 HMO) 



DD 


VM1 


VMO 


Names 


A Only 
(0 0) 


A Alt B 
(0 1) 


B Only 
(1 0) 


X/Y 
(1 1) 


(ROR = 0) 








NSSS (a) 


1 


2 


1 


(b) 


(c) 


0 


0 


0 


DS 


HI 


HI 


HI 


HI 


(C) 




or 




HDO 


HI 


(d) 


HI 


LO 


LO 


0 


0 


1 


HD1 


LO 


RU0 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 








NSSS (a) 


2 


4 


2 


(b) 


(c) 


1 


0 


0 


DS 


(d) 


(e) 


(d) 


LO 


(c) 




or 




HDO 


HI 


(d) 


LO 


HI 


LO 


1 


0 


1 


HD1 


LO 


RDU 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 








NSSS (a) 


(0 


(0 


(f) 


(b) 


(c) 








DS 


HI 


HI 


HI 


HI 


(C) 


0 


1 


0 


HDO 


HI 


(d) 


LO 


HI 


LO 








HD1 


LO 


RD0 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 








NSSS (a) 


(g) 


(g) 


(g) 


(b) 


(c) 








DS 


HI 


HI 


HI 


HI 


(c) 


0 


1 


1 


HDO 


HI 


(h) 


LO 


HI 


LO 








HD1 


LO 


RD3 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 








NSSS (a) 


(0 


(0 


(0 


(b) 


(C) 








DS 


(') 


(0 


(') 


(0 


(c) 


1 


1 


0 


HDO 


HI 


(h) 


LO 


HI 


LO 








HD1 


LO 


RT50 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 








NSSS (a) 


(g) 


(g) 


(g) 


(b) 


(c) 








DS 


(h) 


(h) 


(h) 


(h) 


(C) 


1 


1 


1 


HDO 


HI 


(h) 


LO 


HI 


LO 








HD1 


LO 


FIDO 


HI 


HI 


LO 








TS 


LO 


HD1 


LO 


LO 


LO 



Readout 



NOTES: 



(a) NSSS = Complete A Sweep cycles in a single sequence. 

(b) Not applicable in single sequence mode. 

(c) Signal state not affected by readout. 

(d) Signal changes state after each rising edge of THO; initialized to a high state in single sequence mode. 

(e) Signal changes state after every other rising edge of THO; it is initialized to a high state in SGL SEQ mode. 

(f) NSSS = Two times the number of states programmed into the vertical sequencer. In ALT Vertical Mode with no measurement, the 
vertical sequencer advances to its next state at the end of every other A GATE. 

(g) NSSS = The number of states programmed into the vertical sequencer. 

(h) Programmable with the vertical sequencer. 

(i) Programmable with the vertical sequencer. There are two A Sweeps per vertical display state. 



3-27 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Sweep Gate Detection 

The Display Sequence 1C (U600) also contains sweep 
gate detect latches that can be read out and reset via the 
Measurement Processor interface. The A GATE detect 
latch output will go high on the rising edge of A GATE 
after a falling edge of A GA TE , if the MGE signal is low 
(i.e., the latch is armed by MGE). The B GATE detect 
latch output goes high when B GATE goes low (level 
sensitive). The A GATE latch is reset on the leading edge 
of the A/B RESET signal, so that the latch will not miss an 
A GATE occurring before the end of the latch reset inter- 
val. The B GATE latch resets when the A/B RESET signal 
is low. 

Chop Clock 

The clock frequency applied to the TC input pin is either 
divided by 8 (FSEL = 0), or divided by 16 (FSEL = 1), 
producing a positive-going pulse at the BLANK output 
pin (when enabled) with a width equal to about two times 
the period of the clock signal on the TC input. To pro- 
duce phase skewing, the chop frequency divider circuit 
is forced to skip ahead by four TC clock periods on a 
rising edge of A GATE . This skipping is gated on and off 
by applying a low-frequency clock signal (about 1 kHz 
from the Calibrator circuit) to the LFC (low-frequency 



clock) input pin. Internally, the LFC signal is divided by 
two, and when the resulting square wave is high, count 
skip-ahead is enabled. 

Readout Interface 



The Readout Interface accepts inputs from the ROR and 
ROB pins, and drives the BLANK output pin. When ROR 
is high, the BLANK output is controlled by the chop blank 
signal (when enabled by the CBEN control bit). 

When t he RO R input is low, chop blanking is disabled 
and the ROB input is invert ed an d allowed to control the 
BLANK output. When the ROR input goes from low to 
high, the BLANK output remains connected to the 
readout blank signal for an a dditional four to sixTC clock 
periods. Normally, the ROB input will be low during this 
time so that the BLANK output will be high to mask verti- 
cal source-switching transients. The HD1 , HDO, a ndTS 
outputs are disabled two to four TC periods after ROR 
goes low, and are again enabled two TC periods before 
the BLANK outpu t is disconnected from the readout 
blank signal (ROB). For any readout request cycle, the 
ROR input remains low f or gre ater than six TC clock 
periods. Relative timing of ROR, BLANK, HDO and HD1 
(HDx), TS (trace separation), and vertical channel 
enables (CH x EN) is shown in Figure 3-3. 




Figure 3-3. Readout interface relative signal timing. 



3-28 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Trigger Logic IC (FLIC) 

The Trigger Logic tC or FLIC (fast-logic integrated 
circuit, U602 Diagram 4) does most of the fast logic 
functions required to run the oscilloscope. The functions 
are: A Sweep control, B Sweep control and measure- 
ment gate generation, Z-Axis control, and trigger status 
detection. 

The A Sweep logic generates the A Sweep gate signal (A 
GATE), and provides trigger status information about the 
state of the A Trigger. The B Sweep logic interfaces to 
the Delay Time Comparators (Diagram 3) and generates 
the B Sweep gate (B GATE) and measurement gate sig- 
nals. There is also some logic that monitors the B Trigger 
signal status when making voltage measurements with 
the B Trigger circuit. The Z-Axis control logic provides 
outputs for controlling the crt beam intensity. 

The Trigger Logic circuit is done in an ECL (emitter- 
coupled logic) gate array, and all inputs and outputs are 
compatible with standard ECL components. 



Pin Description 

The following is a description of the fast logic pin outs 
(see Figure 3-4). 

BLANK: Blanking input, from the Display Logic IC 
(U600). 

HD1, HDO: Horizontal display select inputs, from 
the Display Logic iC. 

ZEN: Z-Axis enable input, from the Display Logic 
IC. Active low. 

BUSY: Counter/Timer busy signal. 

ATR1G: A Sweep trigger input. 

EOAS: End of A Sweep. This signal goes high when 
the A Sweep ramp crosses its end-of-sweep 
threshold. 

THO: Trigger holdoff input from the Display Logic IC. 

SIN: Strobe input. Latches data into the internal 
register. Active low. 

A1, AO: Address inputs. See Table 3-17 for 
addressing codes. 















1_ 


w 




CT K] 


40 






V £E 




DllN 








BLANK 




A1 


39 














HD1 




AH 


38 








AU 






4 


HDO 






37 








CUDb 






5 ^ 


ZEN 




DLY12 


36 












6 








35 






BUSY 




ni 






T 


UL_ T c. 






7 


A TDTP 


fl 


B TRIG 


34 






A 1 nib 


I 








EOAS 


G 


MGE 


33 






G 






9_ 


THO 


E 

R 


DS 


32 










10 




L 




31 






v cc 


v cc 






11 


NC 


0 


TDO 


30 






b 






12 ^ 


DATA 


I 


MCpI 


29 






L» 


nbCL 






13 


1/ 


(FLIC) 


u 


2B 






v cco 


v cco 






14 


A GATE 




C GATE 


27 












15 


NC 




NC 


26 












16 _ 






u 


25 






v cco 




v cco 






17 


C 4 




B GATE 


24 






bl 








18 








23 






CO 




BUB 








be 








19 








22 






QQ 




NC 








uJ 








20 


S4 




v 


21 










V EE 
















6081-06 



Figure 3-4. Trigger Logic IC (FLIC, U602) 
pin out diagram. 



EOBS: End of B Sweep. This signal goes high when 
the B Sweep ramp crosses its end-of-sweep 
threshold. 

DLY12: Input from first delay comparator. The 
comparator for the delay input switches from low to 
high after the end of either the first or the second 
sweep delay. 

DLY2: Input from second delay comparator. This 
comparator normally switches from low to high after 
the end of the second sweep delay (in dual-delay 
mode). 



3-29 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



B TRIG: B Sweep trigger input. 

MGE: Measurement gate enable input from the 
Display Logic 1C. Active low. 



MSEL: Measurement select input. MSEL=1 causes 
the DLY1 2 signal rising edges to sample the B TRIG 
input in strobed volts measurements. MSEL=0 
selects the DLY2 signal rising edges. 



DS: Delay select signal from the Display Logic 1C. 
DS = 1 selects first delay. 

DATA: Data input to the internal, control shift 
register. 

SI : Crt beam-intensity control output. Turns on the 
beam current for the A Sweep displays. Active low. 



S2 : Crt beam-intensity control output. Turns on the 
beam current for the B Sweep displays. Active low. 



S3 : Crt beam- intensity control output. Turns on the 
beam current for the A Sweep intensified zone 
displays. Active low. 



S4 : Crt beam-intensity control output. Turns on the 
beam current for the Readout displays. Active low. 

A GATE: A Sweep gate output. Starts the A Sweep 
ramp. Active high. 

TDO: Trigger data output. Data to be read is 
selected via the A1 and AO inputs (see Table 3-17). 



B GATE: B Sweep gate output. Starts the B Sweep 
ramp. Active high. 



BUB: B Sweep unblanking output. Active low. 



C GATE : Measurement gate output. Used in gated 
measurements to arm the Counter/Timer. Active 
low. 



Table 3-17 

Trigger Logic 1C Addressing Logic 



A1 


AO 


Output of TDO pin 


Action when 
SIN Strobed 


0 


0 


Strobed Volts Latch 


DATA clocked 
into Control Reg 


0 


1 


Auto baseline Latch 


Resets Auto base- 
line Latch 


1 


0 


A Trigger Latch 


Resets A Trigger 
Latch 


1 


1 


Peak Volts Latch 


Resets Peak Volts 
_Laicb 



Trigger Logic 1C Control Register Description 

The control register of U602 is an 8-bit shift register that 
receives input from the DATA pin. Bit 1 receives the data 
on a low-to-high transition on the SiN pin(A1 = AO = 0). 
Bit 8 receives this data after seven more low-to-high 
transitions on the SIN pin. Bit 8 is the msb of the control 
register. Table 3-1 8 lists the control signal name associ- 
ated with each control register bit. 



Table 3-18 

Control Register Signal-bit Names 



Bit 


Name 


1 


DM0 


2 


DM1 


3 


BRUN 


4 


PMO 


5 


PM1 


6 


ZMO 


7 


ZM1 


8 


ARUN 



DM1, DM0: These bits select the delay mode (see 
Table 3-19). 

BRUN: This bit determines whether the B Sweep is 
in RUNS AFTER delay mode or Triggered After delay 
mode. BRUN = 1 selects RUNS AFTER Mode. 

PM1 , PMO: These bits select the peak volts detec- 
tion mode as shown in Table 3-20. 



3-30 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-19 

Delay Mode Selection Control Bits 



DM1 


DM0 


Delay Mode 


0 


0 


First delay set to zero 


0 


1 


First and second delavs set to zero 


1 


0 


Normal delay mode 


1 


1 


B Sweeb disabled 



Table 3-20 

Peak Volts Detection Mode Logic 



PM1 


PM0 


Peak Detection Mode 


0 


0 


Nongated 


0 


1 


Gated from end of delay to 
end of A Sweep 


1 


0 


Gated with C GATE 


1 


1 


Gated with A GATE 



ZM1, ZMO: These bits determine the intensified 
zone mode. See the Z-Axis logic discussion. 

ARUN: This bit determines whether the A Sweep is 
in the free-run mode or in the triggered mode. 
ARUN = 1 selects the free-run mode. 



A Sweep Logic 

When ARUN is high, the A Sweep logic works as follows. 
A high on the THO input causes the A GATE output to go 
low. As soon as THO goes low, the A GATE output will 
go high and the A Sweep runs. At the end of the A Sweep 
there is a low-to-high transition on the EOAS input. That 
sets the the internal end-of-A-sweep latch, causing the 
A GATE output to go low, and the A Sweep shuts off. This 
state exists during sweep retrace and the baseline 
stabilization period until the end of holdoff when the THO 
input once again goes high. That resets the end-of-A- 
sweep latch and starts another A Sweep cycle. 
Normally, the falling edge of A GATE will cause an 
externally generated pulse to be presented on the THO 
input, thus completing the loop and allowing the A 
Sweep to free-run (auto-level and auto triggered mode 
when the sweep is not triggered). 



until a low-to-high transition is presented on the A TRIG 
input (triggered sweep mode). 

For either free-run or triggered modes, THO going high 
will cause the A GATE output to immediately go low, if 
the end-of-A-Sweep latch is set or not. Once the end- 
of-A-Sweep latch has been set, no more A Sweeps can 
happen until the THO input is pulsed (at the end of the 
holdoff). The end-of-A-Sweep latch can only be set 
with the EOAS input when A GATE is high. 

The A Sweep logic of U602 also monitors the A TRIG 
input to latch certain A Trigger events. One latch (the 
auto-baseiine latch) will set on any low-to-high tran- 
sition on the A TRIG input. Another latch (the A Trigger 
latch) is level sensitive and will set when the A TRIG input 
is high. Both latches may be read out through the TDO 
(trigger-data out) pin, selected by the A1 and AO 
address input pins. That data is applied to the TDI (trig- 
ger data in) pin of U600 and placed in the Display Logic 
IC’s internal register to be read by the Measurement 
Processor. Both latches may also be reset via the SIN 
pin (see description of A1 , AO, and SIN input pins). 

B Sweep Logic 

The B Sweep logic functions about the same as the A 
Sweep logic, except that more signals must be moni- 
tored to determine when the B Sweep can run. When 
DM1 and DM0 = 1 1 , the B Sweep can’t run at all. When 
DM1 and DM0 = 10, the B Sweep won’t be allowed to 
run or trigger until the DLY12 input goes high while the A 
GATE signal is also high (the normal delayed sweep 
mode). When DM1 and DM0 = 01 , the B Sweep will be 
allowed to run or trigger immediately after the A GATE 
signal goes high (no B Sweep delay). When DM1 and 
DM0 = 00, then the B Sweep will be allowed to run or 
trigger immediately after the A GATE signal goes high, if 
the DS (delay select) input is high. If DS is low, the B 
Sweep is allowed to run or trigger as soon as the DLY12 
input goes high while the A GATE signal is also high. 

The B Sweep logic beh aves as follows. The B GATE sig- 
nal goes high and BUB (B Sweep unblanking) goes low 
together when the appropriate conditions (described in 
the preceding paragraph) are met. A low-to-high tran- 
sition on the EOBS input will then set the end-of-B- 
sweep latch, causing BUB to go high. B GATE doesn’t 
go low until the A GATE signal goesjow. This is used 
internally to generate the S2 and S3 outputs in some 
modes, and is used externally to carry out the B ends A 
mode. 



When ARUN is low, the operation is similar except that The DLY12 input goes to a level-sensitive latch; if A 

after a pulse on the THO input, A GATE won’t go high GATE is high and DLY12 momentarily goes high, the 



3-31 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



latch will be set, so that the DLY1 2 input does not need to 
be held high throughout the sweep cycle. A high level on 
the THO input will cause the A GATE signal to go low. 
That resets this latch and causes the reset of th e rest of 
the sweep logic, forcing B GATE low and BUB high. 

The DLY2 input also goes to a level sensitive latch. This 
second latch also gets reset when A GATE goes low. 
Together with the DLY1 latch output, A GATE, and the 
MGE input, the C GATE output signal gets generated. 
C GATE goes low if A GATE is high, the DLY1 latch has 
been set, the DLY2 latch is still reset, and the MGE input 
is low. 

Peak Volts Logic 

The peak volts logic detects the positive and negative 
peaks of the B TRIG signal. It consists of a level- 
sensitive latch that can be gated by the C GATE signal, 
the A GATE signal, the DLY12 latch output, or con- 
tinuously. The latch may be reset by strobing the SIN 
input with A1 and AO set to 1 1 . The latch output can be 
read at the TDO pin with A1 and AO set this way. The 
Measurement Processor reads the state of the peak 
volts latch to determine when it has found the correct 
digital value of the signal peak being measured by the B 
Trigger Level Comparator. 

The peak-detect latch output will go high when the B 
TRIG input goes high (if the gating condition selected by 
PM1 and PMO is satisfied). The latch output goes low 
when reset. 

Strobed Volts Logic 

This logic samples the state of the B TRIG signal with the 
delay comparator outputs when making gated voltage 
measurements. The strobed volts latch consists of an 
edge-triggered flip-flop with a multiplexer driving the 
clock input, and the B TRIG signal driving the D input. 
When MSEL= 1 , the DLY12 latch output clocks the flip- 
flop. When MSEL=0, the DLY2 latch output clocks the 
flip-flop. The state of the flip-flop is read out at the TDO 
pin by the Measurement Processor when A1 , AO = 00. 
The flip-flop is reset by strobing the SIN input with A1 , 
AO = 11. 

Z-Axis Logic 

This logic drives the Z-Axis control outputs (si - S4). 
These outputs have the following control action: 

SI Turns on the A intensity current switch (active 
low). 



52 Turns on the B intensity current switch (active 
low). 

53 Turns on the A intensified current switch (active 
low). 

54 Turns on the Readout intensity current switch 
(active low). 

Table 3-21 describes what the Si - S4 outputs do as a 
function of ZM1, ZMO, HD1, HDO, A GATE , BIJB, 
C GATE , BOSY, BLANK, and ZEN . 

ECL-to-CMOS Level Shifters 

The Trigger Logic 1C, U602, is an ECL device. Its output 
signal swing is the standard ECL range of about 0.6 V. All 
the ECL logic devices in the 2247A are powered from the 
+ 5 V supply rather than a -5 V supply. The resulting 
output voltage swing is from about 4.5 V to about 3.9 V 
between the high and low ECL logic levels. As U602 
must pass signals to the Display Sequencer 1C (U600) at 
CMOS highs and lows (about 3.9 V and 0 V respectively 
in this application), logic level translators are required. 
That job is done by an identical translator circuit for each 
of the three signals that must be sent. The circuit action 
of U603C, Q604, and Q605 (the A GATE translator) is 
described. 

The single-ended A GATE output signal of U602 at pin 
14 is applied to pin 10 of U603C. With its other input pin 
left open, U603C is used as a line driver only to produce 
a differential output signal. That differential signal is 
applied to the bases of a differential amplifier pair of pnp 
transistors (Q604 and Q605). The output signal is taken 
across R612 in the collector of Q604. The collector of 
Q605 is connected directly to ground. When the A GATE 
output of U602 is high (at 4.5 V), the voltage applied to 
the base of Q604 is 4.5 V, and the voltage on the base of 
Q605 is 3.9 V. These voltage levels bias Q605 on and 
Q604 off, with a resulting output le vel across collector 
resistor R612 of 0 V to the A GATE (active low) input of 
U600. When the A GATE output of U602 goes low at the 
end of the sweep, the bias voltage levels on Q604 and 
Q605 reverse, and Q604 is biased on (and Q605 off). 
Signal current through collector resistor R612 develops 
a voltage of about 3.9 V (the unasserted level) to the 
AGATE input of U600. 

Display Logic Clock 

The Display Logic clock signal at 10 MHz is generated 
by a transistor oscillator circuit composed of Q608, 
Y600, and associated components. The frequency of 
oscillation is controlled by a ceramic resonator, Y600, in 
the feedback path from the collectorto the base of Q608. 



3-32 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-21 

Z-Axis Switching Logic 



ZM1 


ZMO 


HD1 


HDO 


SI 


S2 


S3 


S4 


Display Mode 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


(C) 


Readout 


0 


0 


0 


1 


(a) 


1 


(e) 


1 


A Sweep intensified by BUSY 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


(b) 


1 


1 


B Sweep 


0 


0 


1 


1 


(c) 


1 


1 


1 


X/Y 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


(C) 


Readout 


0 


1 


0 


1 


(a) 


1 


(d) 


1 


A Sweep intensified by C GATE 


0 


1 


1 


0 


1 


1 


1 


1 


Blank 


0 


1 


1 


1 


(c) 


1 


1 


1 


X/Y 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


(b) 


Readout 


1 


0 


0 


1 


(a) 


1 


(b) 


1 


A Sweep intensified by BUB 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


(b) 


1 


1 


B Sweep 


1 


0 


1 


1 


(c) 


1 


1 


1 


X/Y 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


( c) 


Readout 


1 


1 


0 


1 


(a) 


1 


1 


1 


A Sweep no intensified zone 


1 


1 


1 


0 


1 


1 


1 


1 


Blank 


1 


1 


1 


1 


(c) 


1 


1 


1 


X/Y 



NOTES: 



(a) = BLANK or A GATE 

(b) = BLANK or AGATE or lUB or ZEN 

(c) = BLANK 

(d) = BLANK or AGATE or C GATE or ZEN 

(e) = BLANK or AGATE or BUSY or ZEN 



A AND B SWEEPS AND DELAY 
COMPARATORS (Diagram 5) 

Sweep Control Shift Registers 

Two serial shift registers provide the control interface 
between the Measurement Processor and the A and B 
Sweep circuitry. Control bits loaded into registers U302 
for A Sweep and U303 for B Sweep are serially clocked 
from the SR DATA line by the SRI CLK pulse. The states 
of the loaded bits select the A and B Sweep timing by 
choosing the correct charging current and timing capaci- 
tor to provide the full range of sweep speeds. Other 
control bits loaded into the two registers select the delay 
voltage applied to the Delay Comparators and the 
output voltage from the VOLTS CAL circuit (used for 
measurement SELF CAL). Extra bits are shifted through 
the two shift registers into the Auxiliary Data Register 
(U1103, Diagram 3) via the AUX DATA signal line to 



control the trigger bandwidth, the TV Sync Detector 
switching, and the functions of 10X MAG, X-Y display, 
and Vertical Comparator enabling. 



A and B Sweep Timing 

Refer to Figure 3-5 for a simplified schematic of the A 
Sweep circuitry. 



TIMING RESISTORS. The Sweep Timing resistors in 
resistor pack R31 3 are shared between the A Sweep and 
the B Sweep circuitry; those in resistor pack R321 are 
divided between the two sweep circuits. Timing Resistor 
selection is done by multiplexers U308 and U307 for the 
A Sweep and by U310 and U311 for the B Sweep. The 
multiplexers are driven by the Measurement Processor 
via control bits loaded into Shift Register 1 (U302 and 
U303). (See Table 3-22 for the control bit coding.) 



3-33 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



+ 15 V 




Figure 3-5. Simplified Sweep Circuit. 



3-34 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



SEC/DIV VAR CIRCUIT. Variable sweep speed is con- 
trolled by the TIME VAR voltage applied to operational 
amplifier U309B. The amplifier controls the current 
passing through Darlington transistor Q301 to the 
voltage divider formed by resistor pack R313. The 
voltages at the taps of the voltage divider set the forward 
bias on the charging-current pass transistor, Q307, via 
operational amplifier U304. When the SEC/DIV VAR 
control is in its detent (calibrated) position, diode CR301 
is reverse biased, and the divider formed by R31 1 and 
R314 between the +2.5V reference and ground 
precisely sets the input voltage to the noninverting input 
of U309B. With a fixed voltage output from U309B, the 
current through Q301 and R313 is also a fixed value. 
When the SEC/DIV VAR control is rotated out of its detent 
position, the voltage at the junction of R309 and R310 
decreases to forward bias CR301 . The input voltage to 
U309B and, therefore, the current to R313 decreases in 
proportion to the amount of rotation of the SEC/DIV VAR 
control. A decreasing voltage at the output taps of R313 
decreases the charging current through Q307 to 
increase the sweep ramp time. 

A AND B SWEEP TIMING CAPACITORS. The timing 
capacitor selection circuitry is similar for the A and the B 
Sweep, but the B Sweep has fewer range steps and 
doesn’t require two selectable capacitors. Only the A 
Sweep timing capacitor selection is described; like 
components in the B Sweep circuit do the same job. 

Timing capacitance for the A Sweep is made up of a 
combination of fixed, variable, stray, and selectable 
components. Sweep timing for the fastest A Sweep 
speeds is done with a combination of the fixed, variable, 
and stray capacitance and the selectable charging cur- 
rent supplied through R321, U308, Q307 and Q330. 
When the slower sweep speeds are selected, additional 
capacitors must be switched into the circuit to produce a 
longer charging time. The capacitors that are always in 
the A Sweep charging path are C315 (a fixed capacitor), 
C314 (a variable capacitor used to adjust the A Sweep 
timing at the fastest sweep speeds), and the stray circuit 
capacitance. 

The base-to-collector junction capacitance of Q330 
changes as the voltage between the base and collector 
of Q330 increases during ramp up. At the fastest A 
Sweep speeds, that change would affect the timing at 
the start of the charging ramp. To compensate for the 
junction-capacity effect of Q330, transistor Q328 (con- 
nected as a diode) is added between the charging 
current path and the A Sweep Buffer output. The capaci- 
tive current through the reverse-biased junction of Q328 



adds current to the output to make up for the current 
required to charge the base-to-collector capacity of 
Q330 in the input of the Sweep Buffer. 

The selectable sweep timing capacitors come in a 
matched set of three capacitors, two for the A Sweep 
timing (C307A and C307B) and one for the B Sweep 
timing (C307C). When added capacitance is needed for 
a sweep speed setting, the Measurement Processor 
loads selection control bits into Shift Register 1 (U302for 
the A Sweep) that turn on either Q305 or Q306 or both. 
Assume that Q305 is biased on by a high control bit from 
pin 5 of U302. Capacitor C307B is then added in parallel 
to the capacitors in the charging path, and a longer ramp 
time is needed to reach the end-of-sweep voltage level. 
Control bits selecting the charging current are also 
loaded at the same time. See Table 3-22 for the A 
Sweep timing and control bit selections (as0-as5) and 
Table 3-23 for the B Sweep bit selections (bs0-bs4). 



Baseline Stabilizer 

The job of the Baseline Stabilizer circuit (Q302, Q303, 
and Q304 for the A Sweep and Q315, Q316, and Q317 
for the B Sweep) is to tie the start of the sweep ramps to 
the same fixed level for each sweep. Operation of the A 
Sweep stabilizer is described. 

A differential circuit formed by Q302 and Q303 com- 
pares the A Sweep feedback signal on the base of Q303 
against the reference voltage on the base of Q302, to 
control the base bias current to Q304 and thereby the 
sweep baseline level. Operational amplifier U309A 
generates the fixed reference that the baseline voltage 
level is compared against. The reference voltage ampli- 
fier has a gain of -0.8 (less than one and inverted); and, 
with +2.5 V applied to the inverting input and the non- 
inverting input grounded, the output level is -2 V. 
Capacitor C305 filters the output to eliminate noise that 
could cause sweep start jitter. The filtered voltage is 
applied to the junction of R317, R354, and C305 and 
references both Baseline Stabilizer circuits. 



A and B Sweep Start 

The A and B Sweep Start circuits operate the same way 
with like components in each doing the same job; only 
the A Sweep Start circuit is described. Sweep time may 
be divided into three periods: baseline, run-up, and 
retrace (see Figure 3-6). Sweep start and l ength of 
sweep run-up is controlled by the A GATE and A GATE 
signals from the Trigger Logic 1C (U602, Diagram 4). 



3-35 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-22 

A Sweep Timing Selections 



SPEED 


1 timing 


^timing 


asO 


asl 


as2 


as3 


as4 


as5 


Min H.O. 


20 ns 


2 mA 


C314/C315 


0 


0 


1 


1 


1 


0 


2.0 ms 


50 ns 


800 mA 


11 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


CO 

o 

cvj 


100 ns 


400 mA 


II 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


2.0 MS 


200 ns 


200 mA 


II 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


2.0 MS 


500 ns 


80 mA 


II 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


2.0 MS 


1 |A S 3 


40 mA 


11 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


2.0 MS 


2ms a 


20 mA 


II 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


4.0 M s 


5 ns a 


8 ]iA 


II 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


10 MS 


1 M.S 


4 mA 


C307B 


0 


1 


1 


0 


1 


0 


2.0 MS 


2 |o.s 


2 mA 


II 


0 


1 


0 


1 


1 


0 


4.0 M s 


5 J0.S 


800 mA 


H 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


10 MS 


10 ms 


400 mA 


II 


0 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


20 MS 


20 jiS 


200 mA 


II 


0 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


40 m s 


50 ms 


80 mA 


II 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


100 ms 


100 p-S 


40 mA 


II 


0 


1 


1 


0 


0 


0 


200 jis 


200 ms 


20 mA 


If 


0 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


400 MS 


500 ms 


8 mA 


II 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1.0 ms 


1 ms 


4 mA 


C307A 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


0 


2.0 ms 


2 ms 


2 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


1 


1 


0 


4.0 ms 


5 ms 


800 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


10 ms 


10 ms 


400 mA 


II 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


20 ms 


20 ms 


200 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


40 ms 


50 ms 


80 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


100 ms 


100 ms 


40 mA 


II 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


200 ms 


200 ms 


20 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


400 ms 


500 ms 


8 mA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 s 



a Used only during horizontal characterization. 



A GATE SIGNALS. The A GATE and A GATE signals 
are applied via 8.2 V zener diodes (VR301 and VR302) to 
the bases of Q308 and Q309 in a differential amplifier 
configuration. The input circuit to the differential pair 
level shifts the ECL signals (4.3 V to 3.4 V) to the proper 
biasing levels (-3.9 V to -4.8 V) for the bases of the 



differential amplifier transistors. Transistor Q326 in the 
emitter circuit of Q308 and Q309 is the current source for 
the differential pair. Transistor Q31 1 is part of the bias cir- 
cuit for Q326 and provides feedback to the base of Q326 
that controls the current provided to Q308 while the 
sweep is being held at the baseline level. 



3-36 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-23 

B Sweep Timing Selections 



SPEED 


1 timing 


^timing 


bsO 


bsl 


bs2 


bs3 


bs4 


20 ns 


2 mA 


C329/C330 


0 


1 


1 


1 


0 


50 ns 


800 nA 


it 


0 


0 


0 


1 


0 


100 ns 


400 ji A 


II 


0 


1 


0 


0 


1 


100 ms 


200 nA 


II 


0 


0 


1 


0 


1 


100 ms 


80 fiA 


H 


0 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 M-S 


40 nA 


II 


0 


1 


0 


0 


0 


2 ^s 


20 jxA 


II 


0 


0 


1 


0 


0 


5 jis 


8 jjlA 


II 


0 


0 


0 


0 


0 


10 M.S 


4 mA 


C307C 


1 


1 


0 


1 


0 


20 ns 


2 mA 


II 


1 


0 


1 


1 


0 


50 M.S 


800 nA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


1 


0 


100 jj.s 


400 ixA 


II 


1 


1 


0 


0 


1 


100 fis 


200 ixA 


II 


1 


0 


1 


0 


1 


100 m-S 


80 nA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


0 


1 


1 ms 


40 |iA 


II 


1 


1 


0 


0 


0 


2 ms 


20 ixA 


II 


1 


0 


1 


0 


0 


5 ms 


8 nA 


II 


1 


0 


0 


0 


0 



BASELINE STATE. In the baseline state (during sweep 
holdoff), Q308 and Q304 are on and Q309 is off, and the 
level at the collector of Q308 is held at -2.8 V. That 
voltage is buffered by the A Sweep Buffer (with about a 
0.7 V rise across the base-to-emitter junction of Q312) 
and fed back to the base of Q303 where it is compared 
with the -2 V reference produced by operational ampli- 
fier U309A. If the baseline voltage is too low compared 
to the output of U309A, Q303 (the retrace current regu- 
lator) is biased on a little harder. Additional base current 
is available to Q304, and it conducts harder to raise the 
output baseline voltage to the reference voltage level. 
The opposite action occurs if the baseline voltage is too 
high. 

A smallerfeedback loop formed by Q31 1 and R305 con- 
trols the gain of Q326 so that the standing current 
available (about 3 mA) is just enough to keep Q304 
biased on during the baseline state. When the states of 
the gate signals reverse, Q309 is turned on and Q308 
turns off. The standing current then conducts through 



Q309 to rapidly pull the base of Q304 down to shut it off. 
When the base voltage reaches about -2.7 V, Q333 con- 
ducts. That action clamps the base voltage of Q304 (and 
the collector voltage of Q309) at that level and prevents 
Q309 from saturating so that it will have a short turn-off 
time when the sweep ends. 

RUNUP STATE. With Q304 and Q308 off, the charging 
current from the timing circuit can begin charging the 
timing capacitors, and the voltage at the emitter of Q304 
ramps up linearly. That ramp is buffered by the A Sweep 
Buffer (U310A and B and Q312) to drive the Horizontal 
Output Amplifier. As the ramp is running up, it is being 
compared with a fixed reference level by the Sweep End 
Comparators. When the ramp level reaches the com- 
parison level, the A SWP END signal goes high. That 
signals the Trigger Logic 1C, U602, to end the A GATE 
signal, and the sweep is switched to the retrace state. 
The sweep ramp is also being fed back to the base of 
Q303. At the point in the ramp that the base voltage of 
Q303 exceeds that on the base of Q302 (the -2 V 
baseline reference), Q303 is biased off and Q302 



3-37 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



conducts. This biasing conditions disables the feed- 
back loop that stabilizes the baseline voltage level, and 
it remains off until the feedback voltage during the 
retrace period falls back to near the -2 V baseline 
reference voltage on the base of Q302. 

RETRACE STATE. At the end of the sweep, the gate sig- 
nals reverse state. Transistor Q309 is biased off, and 
Q308 is biased on. Retrace current supplied by Q308 
quickly returns the voltage across the timing capacitor to 
a little belowthe baseline voltage level. That retrace cur- 
rent is regulated by Q31 1 and Q326 to produce a rapid, 
yet rate-controlled retrace. At the point of the fall in feed- 
back voltage where Q303 starts to turn on, base current 
becomes available to Q304 to turn it on, and the feed- 
back loop that stabilizes the voltage at the baseline level 
again becomes active. 

A and B Sweep Buffers 

The. A Sweep Buffer (Q310A and B, and Q312) and B 
Sweep Buffer (Q323A and B, and Q325) buffer the 
voltage ramp as the timing capacitors charge. In the A 



Sweep circuit, Q310A is a high-impedance source 
follower driving emitter-follower Q31 2. The output signal 
from the emitter of Q312 is applied to the Delay Time 
Comparators and the End-of-Sweep Comparators, fed 
back to the Baseline Stabilizer circuit, and sent to the 
Horizontal Output Amplifier (Diagram 6) as the A RAMP 
horizontal deflection signal. 

Sweep End Comparators 

The sweep ramp signals must horizontally deflect the 
electron beam across the entire face of the crt. 
Comparators U31 6A, B, C, and D determine when the A 
and B Sweeps have reached the required amplitude. 
These comparators check the sweep voltage against 
the reference level that defines the end of the sweep and 
generate the A SWP END and B SWP END signals when 
that level is reached. The sweep-end signals are 
applied to the Trigger Logic 1C (U602) so that device 
knows when the sweeps are done. The Trigger Logic 1C 
then switches the states of the A GATE or the B GATE 
signal (as appropriate) to reset the sweep circuitry to its 
baseline level. 




6555-27 



Figure 3-6. A Sweep Start circuit waveforms. 



3-38 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



Delay Time Comparators 

When the A Sweep ramp runs, its amplitude is compared 
against two delay levels by the comparators of U313. 
The differential outputs of the REF delay comparator 
change states when the A Sweep crosses the first delay 
level. The differential output signal from the delay 
comparator is applied to ECL line receiver U315C. That 
device has a high gain and produces a fast-rise signal at 
an ECL level. When the DLY END 0 (reference delay 
completed) is received by the Trigger Logic 1C (U602, 
Diagram 4) , a B GATE is produced to start the B Sweep in 
RUNS AFTER B Trigger mode. That B Sweep displays 
the applied waveform starting at the first (reference) 
delay setting. 

The differential output of the second delay comparator in 
U313 changes states when the A Sweep ramp at pin 9 
crosses the second (delta) delay level applied to pin 6. 
At that point, the DLY END 1 signal is produced at the 
output of U315A (pin 2) and applied to U602. The DLY 
END 1 signal identifies the end of a gating interval when 
gated measurements are running. 



Delay Time Switching 

The DELTA DELAY and REF DELAY voltage level are 
applied to multiplexer U301 C from the DAC circuit. The 
Measurement Processor established those voltages 
based on the settings of the CURSOR/TIME POSITION 
controls made by the user from the front panel. The DLY 
SEL signal determines whether the REF DELAY or 
DELTA DELAY will be used to drive DLY END 0. 



HORIZONTAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 
(Diagram 6) 



Horizontal Preamplifier 

Horizontal Preamplifier 1C U802 converts single-ended 
horizontal signals (A sweep, B sweep, horizontal 
readout, and X-Axis) into differential outputs to drive the 
crt horizontal deflection plates. The horizontal pre- 
amplifier signals are selected by the HDOand HD1 logic 
signals from Display Sequencer U600 on Diagram 4. 
Magnified sweep, beam find, horizontal positioning, and 
horizontal gain adjustments (XI and XI 0) are provided in 
U802 and associated components. 



The function of each pin of U802 is as follows: 

RO (Pin 1): RO HORIZ. Input for horizontal com- 
ponent of the readout display. 

GA1 (Pin 2): Adjustment of R826 sets the horizontal 
XI gain. 

A RAMP (Pin 3): Input for the A Sweep signal. 

GND (Pin 4): Ground connection for U802. 

B RAMP (Pin 5): Input for the B Sweep signal. 

MAG (Pin 6): Selects XI 0 magnified sweep when 
high or normal sweep when low. Magnified mode is 
selected when in X-Y horizontal mode. The 
RO REQ DLY signal turns XI 0 MAG off when 
readout is displayed. 

X (Pin 7): X-AXIS. This is the X-Axis signal input 
when in X-Y horizontal mode. The signal source is 
the CH 1 trigger signal from U421A (Diagram 3). 
Adjustment of R827 sets the gain of the X-Axis 
signal. 

HDO (Pin 8): Pin 8 (HDO) and pin 1 1 (HD1) are logic 
lines that select the horizontal input signal to output 
differentially at pins 18 and 19. Table 3-24 gives the 
selection logic. 



Table 3-24 
HDO and HD1 Logic 



HD1 


HDO 


Horiz Signal Selected 


0 


0 


RO HORIZ 


0 


1 


A SWEEP 


1 


0 


B SWEEP 


1 


1 


X-AXIS 



V EE (Pin 9): -5 V supply to U802. 

GA10 (Pin 10): Adjustment of R825 sets the hori- 
zontal XI 0 gain. 

HD1 (Pin 11): See the description for HDO above. 

ROUT (Pin 12): Horizontal Preamplifier differential 
output signal for the right deflection plate. 

LOUT (Pin 13): Horizontal Preamplifier differential 
output signal for the left deflection plate. 

BF (Pin 14): The BEAM FIND signal from U503 
(Diagram 4) switch the Beam Find feature on or off. 



3-39 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



BEAM FIND on reduces the horizontal deflection to 
within the graticule area. Vertical deflection is also 
reduced and the intensity is set to a fixed viewing 
level to aid in locating off-screen, over-deflected, 
or under-intensified displays. 

POSITION (Pin 15): Input for the horizontal position 
control signal. Multiplexer section U301 B switches 
to reduce the range of the Horizontal POSITION con- 
trol to match that of the Vertical POSITION controls 
when in X-Y horizontal mode. When X-Y display 
mode is selected, alow XY signalonPin9ofU301B 
connects the pin 5 input to the horizontal position 
input of U802. The signal at pin 5 is a reduced hori- 
zontal positioning signal produced by the 
R353/R358 voltage divider. 

V cc (Pin 16): + 7 V supply to U802. 

Output Amplifiers 

The differential output current signal from U802 passes 
through common-base current amplifiers Q810 and 
Q809. This current signal is then connected to the bases 
of Q81 1 and Q81 2, through R863 and R873 and on to the 
bases of Q804-Q803 and Q807. At lower sweep 
speeds, the signal path is through R863 and R873 to the 
bases of Q804-Q803 and Q807. These transistors are 
inverting amplifiers whose collector currents drive the 
emitters of complementary output amplifiers 
Q801-Q802 and Q805-Q806, respectively. The circuit 
of Q804 and Q803 is configured to respond quickly to 
the negative-going feedback signal, and transistor 
Q807 is configured to respond quickly to the positive- 
going feedback signal. Zener diode VR801 maintains 
the emitter bias of Q803 and Q804 at 1 1 V. 

Magnifier registration and horizontal readout centering is 
set by MAG REG potentiometer R809. Adjustment of 
R809 is done to balance the currents into the emitters of 
Q809 and Q81 0 to obtain the correct horizontal position 
of the readout within the graticule display area. 

The differential circuitry of both sides of the Horizontal 
Output Amplifier is similar; operation of only one side of 
the amplifier is described. The complementary ampli- 
fiers Q801 and Q802 produce the negative-going 
horizontal signal to drive the left deflection plate. 
Capacitor C802 transfers part of the high-frequency 
signal to the emitter of Q801 to maintain the gain of the 
output stage at high sweep speeds. Feedback resistor 
R806 sets the overall gain of the output amplifier stage, 
with C807 providing high-frequency compensation. As 
the frequency of the sweep signal increases, the 
reactance of C807 decreases and feedback current 



increases. To compensate for the increase in drive cur- 
rent required to maintain the gain of the output stage, the 
fast-path amplifier Q81 1 increases signal current to the 
bases of Q804-Q803. High-frequency signal current is 
shunted around R863 by C860 and R862. As the emitter 
voltages of Q801 and Q802 decrease to follow the input 
ramp signal, Q801 is rapidly biased off and Q802 is 
biased on to absorb all the charge current and produce 
the negative-going signal to drive the left deflection 
plate. 

Common-Mode Stabilizer 

Operation amplifier U801A compares the node voltage 
at the junction of R820, R821 , and R822 to ground. Its 
output drives the amplifier input common-mode point (at 
the junction of R81 1 and R812). The purpose of this dc 
feedback circuit is to keep the average voltage level on 
the right and left horizontal deflection plates set to the 
center of the amplifier’s dynamic operating range (about 
70 V). 



Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJUST, AND 
CONTROL MUX (Diagram 7) 

Z-Axis and Auto Focus Amplifiers 

The Z-Axis Amplifier and Auto Focus Amplifier circuits 
operate on the same principle and both get their drive 
signal from the Z-Axis/Focus Driver. However, the 
differences are enough that both circuits are described. 

Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER. Intensity control signal current 
from the Z-Axis/Focus driver is applied to the Z-Axis 
amplifier via Q2707. That transistor acts as a current 
buffer amplifier. The input signal line is clamped at 5.4 V 
by Q2715 to prevent an overdrive of the Z-Axis circuit. 
The Z-Axis Amplifier output transistors consist of Q2701 
and Q2702 on one side of the complementary- 
symmetry totem-pole output amplifier and Q2703 and 
Q2704 on the other side. Two transistors are used on 
each side to divide the power handling requirements 
needed to drive the crt control grid. The crt grid capacity 
is large, and requires a relatively large amount of power 
to change the intensity level quickly. 

In the base circuit of Q2704, CR2705 prevents the base- 
to-emitter voltage from exceeding 0.6 V. Zener diode 
VR2701 dc level-shifts the signal voltage level at the 
emitter of Q2705 for proper biasing of Q2704. The ac sig- 
nal components are bypassed around VR2701 by 
C2703. Base biasing for Q2702 and Q2703 is taken from 
a series-resistance divider formed by R2711, R2712, 



3-40 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



R2713, and R2714 between ground and the +130 V 
supply. Base biasing for Q2701 is provided by R2715 
and R2716 in series between ground and the + 130 V 
supply. 

A negative-going input signal to the base of Q2705 
causes that transistor to decrease conduction, and the 
voltage at the top of C2705 goes negative following the 
input signal. Transistor Q2701 is biased on harder by the 
negative transition, and Q2704 decreases in conduc- 
tion. At the Z-Axis output signal line (collector of Q2702), 
the increasing conduction causes the voltage to rise 
towards the + 1 30 V supply level. A positive-going input 
signal has the reverse effect on the output signal. The full 
output-voltage swing of about 60 V is produced by a 
3 mA current change of the Z-Axis/Focus Driver signal 
current. 

Gain of the Z-Axis Amplifier stage is set by the feedback 
through R2708 and R2709 from the collector of Q2702 to 
the base of Q2705. The amplifier is high-frequency com- 
pensated by capacitor C2704 in parallel with the feed- 
back resistors. 

BEAM FIND. The Z-Axis portion of the BEAM FIND cir- 
cuit consists of R2705 and Q2706. When BEAM FIND is 
active, Q2706 is biased on. This clamps the Z-Axis 
signal line via R2706 and raises the voltage at the base 
of Q2705 to a level that produces a bright trace. 

Auto Focus Amplifier 

The Auto Focus Amplifier (Q2708, Q2709, Q2711, 
Q2712, and Q2713) uses a sample of the Z-Axis/Focus 
Driver signal current to drive the auto-focus circuit. The 
input signal is inverted by Q2708 to drive Q271 1 in a 
complementary fashion to Q2705 in the Z-Axis Amplifier 
circuit (as the opposite circuit action must happen to 
produce the correct auto-focus response). The auto- 
focus output amplifier is similar to the Z-Axis amplifier, 
but it uses only one complementary transistor on each 
side (not as much power is needed to drive the focus 
grid as needed to drive the intensity grid). 

Dc Restorers 

The Z-Axis and the Auto Focus Dc Restorers are similar 
in operation. Both circuits are described, but only the 
added portions of Auto Focus circuitry are included in 
the discussion of the Auto Focus circuit. 

The Dc Restorers set the crt control-grid and focus-grid 
biases and couple the ac and dc components of the 



Z-Axis and the Auto Focus Amplifier outputs to the crt 
grids. Direct coupling of the Z-Axis and Auto Focus 
signals to the crt control grid is not employed because of 
the high potential differences involved. Refer to Figure 
3-7 during the following discussion. 



Z-AXIS DC RESTORER. Ac drive to the Z-Axis Dc 
Restorer circuit is obtained from pin 12 of T2204. The 
drive voltage has a peak-to-peak amplitude of about 
+130 V at a frequency of about 18 kHz and is coupled 
into the Z-Axis Dc Restorer circuit through R2722 and 
C2713. The cathode of diode CR2704 is biased by Grid 
Bias potentiometer R2719 and referenced to ground via 
R2720. The ac-drive voltage is clamped to the voltage 
set by the Grid Bias potentiometer wiper whenever the 
positive peaks forward bias diode CR2704. Capacitor 
C2710 prevents significant loading of the potentiometer 
wiper voltage when CR2704 conducts. 

The Z-Axis Amplifier output voltage, which varies 
between +16Vand +66V, is applied to the Dc Restorer 
at the anode of CR2703. The ac-drive voltage holds 
CR2703 reverse biased until the voltage falls below the 
Z-Axis Amplifier output voltage level. At that point, 
CR2703 becomes forward biased and clamps the junc- 
tion of CR2703, CR2704, and C271 3 to the Z-Axis output 
level. Thus, the 18 kHz ac-drive voltage is clamped at 
two levels to produce a roughly square-wave 18 kHz 
signal with a positive dc-offset level. 

The Dc Restorer is referenced to the -2.7 kV crt cathode 
voltage through CR2702and R2723. Initially, both C2712 
and C2711 charge up to a level determined by the dif- 
ference between the Z-Axis output voltage and the crt 
cathode voltage. Capacitor C2712 charges from the 
Z-Axis output through R2721, R2723, CR2702, and 
CR2703, to the crt cathode. Capacitor C2711 charges 
through R2723 (a series damping resistor), CR2702, and 
CR2701 to the crt cathode. 



During the positive transitions of the ac drive (from the 
lower clamped level toward the higher clamped level) 
the charge on C2712 increases due to the rising voltage. 
The voltage increase across C271 2 is equal to the ampli- 
tude of the positive transition. The negative transition is 
coupled through C2712 to reverse bias CR2702 and for- 
ward bias CR2701 . The increased charge of C2712 is 
then transferred to C271 1 as C2712 discharges toward 
the Z-Axis output level. Successive cycles of the ac 
input to the Dc Restorer charge C271 1 to a voltage equal 
to the initial level plus the amplitude of the clamped 
square-wave input. 



3-41 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



+66 — 



-2700- 



C27 1 1 




TO CRT 
GRID 



6081-09 



Figure 3-7. Simplified diagram of the DC Restorer circuitry. 



The charge held by C2711 sets the control-grid bias 
voltage. If more charge is added to that already present 
on C271 1 , the control grid becomes more negative (dis- 
play dimmer). Conversely, if less charge is added, the 
control-grid voltage level becomes closer to the 
cathode-voltage level, and the display becomes 
brighter. During periods that C2712 is charging, the crt 
control-grid voltage is held constant by the long time- 
constant discharge path of C271 1 through R2724. 



Fast-rise and fast-fall transitions of the Z-Axis output 
signal are coupled to the crt control grid through C271 1 
to start the crt writing-beam current toward the new 
intensity level. The Dc Restorer output level then follows 
the Z-Axis output-voltage level to set the new bias 
voltage for the crt control grid. 

Neon lamps DS2702 and DS2701 protect the crt from 
excessive grid-to-cathode voltage if the potential on 



3-42 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



either the control grid or the cathode is lost for any 
reason. 

AUTO FOCUS DC RESTORER. The action of the Auto 
Focus circuit has to be in reverse of the action of the 
Z-Axis circuit. The differential transistor pair of Q2708 
and Q2709 provides drive to the Auto Focus Amplifier 
that is inverted in polarity to the Z-Axis signal. As the 
intensity increases (more beam current), the focus grid 
bias must become more positive to maintain the focus of 
the beam. Also, since the focus grid operates at a less 
negative level than the control grid, the Auto Focus DC 
Restorer is referenced to the -2.7 kV supply via a voltage 
divider chain. 

The FOCUS potentiometer (R2758) voltage is taken 
across the middle resistor of the divider string to provide 
an adjustable focus voltage that sets the nominal focus 
level. Capacitor C2758 filters the reference supply 
voltage for the focus circuit. 

Volts Cal Signal Source 

This circuit provides the precision voltages required for 
setting the voltage measurement constants during the 
SELF CAL routine. Ground is connected to the vertical 
input when GND Input Coupling is selected. 

Five voltages are selected from a precision voltage 
divider, R921, and multiplexed through U931 to the verti- 
cal inputs at the appropriate time during the SELF CAL 
routine. Selection is controlled by three binary coded 
lines (VOLT CAL 0, 1 , 2) from U303. Those control bits 
and the selected output voltage may be checked one at 
a time by running the VOLT REF exerciser from the 
Service Menu. 

Control Multiplexer 

Multiplexer U506, controlled by Data Latch U2313 on 
Diagram 11, selects the A INTEN, B INTEN, and 
READOUT control levels and probe code voltages to be 
sent on the MAIN BD MUX signal line to multiplexer 
U2309 on Diagram 1 1 . The bit coding is shown in Table 
3-25. The selected output from U2309 is applied to the 
A-to-D Comparator (U2306, Diagram 11) where its 
voltage level is determined by the Measurement 
Processor. 

Scale Illumination 

Front panel SCALE ILLUM control R905 varies the base 
current of Q905, Q907, and Q908 to set the intensity 
levels of the scale illumination bulbs (DS901 , DS902, 
DS903). 



Table 3-25 

Front-Panel Multiplexer 
Channel Select Bits 



CONTROL LINE 


Analog 

Signal 

Selected 


POT7 


POT6 


POT5 


0 


0 


0 


A INTEN 


0 


0 


1 


RO INTEN 


0 


1 


0 


CH 1 PROBE 


0 


1 


1 


CH 2 PROBE 


1 


0 


0 


CH 3 PROBE 


1 


0 


1 


CH 4 PROBE 


1 


1 


0 


B INTEN 


1 


1 


1 


ANALOG GND 



NOTE 

Bulb life is extended by keeping SCALE ILLUM 
control set low or off except when full intensity is 
required. 



Probe Adjust Circuit 

The Probe Adjust circuit generates a 0.5 V square wave 
signal at about 1 kHz. Operational amplifier U930A has a 
gain of about 4. The + 2.5 V reference on its noninverting 
input produces a little over 10 V at the output pin. That 
voltage is divided by the voltage divider formed by 
R936, CR936, and R937 for a peak amplitude of the 
signal of 0.5 V during the time CR936 is forward biased. 
When CR936 is reverse biased by the output of U930B, 
the Probe Adjust output voltage is pulled down to 0 V 
through R937 to ground. 

Operational amplifier U930B is a free-running oscillator 
circuit with a period of about 1 ms. The oscillator 
frequency is determined mainly by the charging time 
constant of C935 and R935. The voltage divider formed 
by R938, R934, and R939 divides the + 15 V supply to 
provide a positive voltage on pin 5 of the oscillator to get 
the circuit into oscillation. (When the circuit is oscillating, 
the feedback signal switches the pin 5 voltage between 
about + 8 V to 0 V.) The gain of the amplifier is high 
enough to drive pin 7 to the positive supply voltage level 
at about 1 4 V, and the signal voltage level on pin 5 rises 
to a little over 8 V from the feedback current supplied by 



3-43 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



R933. The CLK 1 K signal taken from the junction of R934 
and R939 is supplied to U600 and is used to skew the 
chop-clock frequency. The skew prevents the oscillo- 
scope from triggering on the chop frequency when dis- 
playing multiple traces in CHOP Mode. 

At that level CR935 is reverse biased, and CR936 is for- 
ward biased (by the output of U930A) to pass the Probe 
Adjust high level output signal current. Charging current 
through feedback resistor R935 charges C935 up from 
OV toward the output voltage level. As soon as the 
charge on C935 (and the voltage on pin 6 of U930B) 
reaches the voltage level on pin 5, the output level at pin 
7 drops to about -5 V, and C935 must then begin dis- 
charging to the new voltage level. At that point CR935 is 
forward biased and that reverse biases CR936 so that 
the Probe Adjust output voltage drops to 0 V. Resistor 
R940, in series with CR935, limits current flow to protect 
U930 and CR935 in the event of a static discharge to the 
PROBE ADJUST output connector. 



Crt 

The Trace Rotation adjustment, R91 1 , varies the current 
through the Trace Rotation coil. The Trace Rotation coil 
is located between the crt face and the vertical and hori- 
zontal deflection plates, and it affects both the vertical 
and horizontal alignment of the trace. 

The Geometry adjustment, R2784, varies the voltage 
level on the horizontal deflection-plate shields to control 
the overall geometry of the display (minimizes bowing of 
the display). 

The Astigmatism adjustment, R2788, varies the voltage 
level on the astigmatism grid to obtain the best-focused 
display over the whole face of the crt. 



MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR 
(Diagram 8) 

The Measurement Processor circuitry includes the 
Processor (U2501), the System RAM (U2521), the 
System ROM (U2519), communication bus latches and 
transceivers, the Address Decoding circuitry, and the 
Power-On Reset 1C (U2502). 



Power-On Reset 

The +5 V supply is monitored by U2502to generate the 
reset signals throughout the instrument. These reset sig- 
nals initialize the states of the logic devices and ensure 



that memory writes to any of the RAM spaces cannot 
occur until the + 5 V supply is up to its correct operating 
level. The RESET signal output at pin 6 is initially high 
during power up (as soon as the voltage has reached the 
operating level of the RESET 1C, U2502). That high signal 
is inverted by U2506C to produce the SYS RESET sig- 
nal. The SYS RESET signal holds Processor U2501 in its 
reset state. 



The SYS RESET signal also resets and initializes the 
Readout Processor (U2400, Diagram 9) and DAC 
Proc essor (U2601, Diagram 13). At pin 5 of U2502, a 
RES signal is generated. That signal biases Q2507 off 
to prevent System RAM U2521 from being selected by 
any random states that might occur on the address lines 
during reset as the voltage is rising. 

About 5 ms after the + 5 V supply reaches the operating 
level required for the Processor, the RESET condition is 
removed, allowing the Processor to operate. At power 
off (and for a momentary drop in the + 5 V supply), when 
the + 5 V supply falls below the safe operating level of 
the logic devices, the RESET condition occurs to prevent 
random operation. 



Measurement Processor 

FUNCTION. Measurement Processor U2501 is a 

multitasking device. Its major functions are the 

following: 

1 . Continually refreshes the front panel indicator LEDs. 
One column of the six-column LED matrix is 
refreshed every 2.048 ms. 

2. Continually scans the front panel switch settings, 
sensing rotation of rotary switches and closures of 
momentary-contact switches. One column of the 
six-column switch matrix (the same column number 
of LEDs being refreshed) is read every 2.048 ms. 

3. Communicates with the Readout Processor and 
Readout RAM to set attributes for each readout field, 
put text into each field, and turn the readout fields on 
or off. 

4. Scans the front panel pots and sets control voltage 
levels. The Measurement Processor selects a potto 
be read and connects it to A-to-D Comparator 
U2306 in the d-to-a circuitry. The Measurement 
Processor does a successive-approximation 
a-to-d conversion on each pot, using the DAC 
(U2302) to output the search values to the 



3-44 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Comparator. Pot values are scanned, processed, 
and converted to analog control values by the DAC. 
The analog levels from the DAC are output to the 
controlled devices via sample-and-hold circuits 
(U2304, U2305 on Diagram 1 1 and U2606, U2607, 
U2608 on Diagram 13). 

5. Sets up the hardware state of the instrument, 
including shift registers 0 and 1, BEAM FIND, and 
the operating states of U600 (SLIC) and U602 (FLIC). 
This setup takes place as needed for every change 
of a front panel momentary-contact or rotary- 
contact switch. 

6. Keeps track of trigger status and controls the trigger 
levels when in AUTO LEVEL mode. It uses FLIC 
(U602) to find the A Trigger status (writing to FLIC to 
reset the A Trigger latch, and reading from it to get 
the status). It uses SLIC (U600) to find the B Trigger 
status (writing to SLIC to reset the B Gate latch, and 
reading from it to get the status). To reacquire the 
trigger level (positive and negative peaks of the trig- 
ger source waveform) it uses the Trigger ICs (U421 
and U431), and the Trigger Comparators in FLIC (it 
writes to FLIC to reset the Trigger comparator 
latches, and reads from FLIC to get the status of the 
latches). To switch between free-running and trig- 
gered mode in AUTO LEVEL and AUTO trigger 
modes, it writes to the control register in FLIC; it 
switches to triggered mode when trigger frequency 
is sufficiently high and to free-run mode when too 
low. 

7. Tracks the trigger level and ground with cursors. The 
cursors are displayed by directing the Readout 
system to display cursor characters, and using the 
DAC system to set the REF CURSOR and DELTA 
CURSOR level to match the trigger or ground point 
on the waveform. 

8. Does automated measurements. Some measure- 
ments are knob-driven. They are: 

K- SEC -* 

K- 1/SEC -H 
k- PHASE-* 
k- VOLTS -H 
fh VOLTS** 

When these measurements are running, a new 
digital value is displayed, and the cursor or delay- 
zone position is changed only when the user 



changes the setting of one of the continuous- 
rotation CURSOR/TIME POSITION controls. Other 
measurements are waveform-driven. They are: 

DC 

+ PEAK 

-PEAK 

PK-PK 

GATED + PEAK 
GATED -PEAK 
GATED PK-PK 

When these measurements are running, a new 
digital value is displayed and the cursor position is 
changed each time a measurement cycle occurs. 
These measurements use the B trigger system; and, 
for DC, the low-pass circuit formed by U1 1 01 B and 
associated filter components (Diagram 3). 

9. Controls Counter/Timer (C/T) operation -tells the 
C/T when to start and stop counting and calculates 
the results. The Measurement Processor communi- 
cates with the C/T via a microprocessor interface 
contained in Slow Counter Logic (SCL) U1902 
(diagram 12). This interface provides the capability 
for the Processor to write an 8-bit control word to 
SCL, read out the three count chains, read the over- 
flow status bits, clear the overflow status bits, and 
interface to the fast-logic half of the counter sub- 
system (FCL U 1905). 

The Processor sets a bit (called ENABLE) in FCL to 
enable the C/T to start counting trigger events 
(period and width measurements) or delay intervals 
(delta-time measurements). When the C/T starts 
counting, the BUSY line (from the C/T to the 
Processor) goes low to indicate that the C/T has 
started measuring. After measurement time is up, 
the Processor sets the ENAB LE bit low, the C/T 
stops counting, and the BUSY line goes high. Then 
the Processor calculates the measurement value. 
When a gated frequency or period measurement is 
perform ed, the p rocedure is about the same, except 
that the C GATE signal from U602 (diagram 4) arms 
the C/T; the ENABLE bit is stil l used to tell the C/T 
when to start arming itself with C GATE . The BUSY 
signal toggles low and high to tell the Processor 
when the measurements start and stop. 

1 0. Controls the AUTO SETUP function by setting up the 
vertical, horizontal, triggering, and crt controls to 
obtain a usable display based on the input signal 
characteristics. 



3-45 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



11. Controls the STORE/RECALL system store and 
recall functions. 

12. Calibrates the measurement system. The vertical 
and horizontal gains of the instrument are set by 
manual potentiometer adjustments; therefore, the 
Processor does not control the match between the 
waveform display and the graticule. However, It 
does adjust the measurement results to compen- 
sate for any error in the vertical or horizontal gain. 

In the Time Base calibration routine, the Measure- 
ment Processor uses the TB Cal signal, the Trigger 
circuitry, the A Sweep system, and U602 (FLIC) to 
find the match between the delay levels (REF DELAY 
and DELTA DELAY) and edges of the calibration 
signal. In the Vertical System calibration, the 
Processor uses the Volts Cal Signal Source (U931 , 
Diagram 7), the Readout System, the Vertical Pre- 
amplifiers, the Delay Line Driver, and the Vertical 
Comparator (U702, Diagram 2) to find the match 
between Readout REF CURSOR and DELTA CUR- 
SOR levels and vertical outputs generated by the 
preamplifiers. It uses the Volts Cal Signal Source, 
the Vertical Preamplifiers, and the Trigger circuitry to 
find the match between trigger levels and trigger sig- 
nals picked off from the Vertical Preamplifiers. 

MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR SIGNALS. Table 3-26 
is a listing of signal name and function of the Measure- 
ment Processor signals. 



Data Buffers 

BUS 0 BIDIRECTIONAL BUFFER. Buffer U2515 com- 
municates the serial bit data to and from the Measure- 
ment Processor. Seven data lines of the eight available 
are used in this application. The remaining one is con- 
nected to the + 5 V supply to prevent random states and 
noise from affecting the other data lines in the device. 
The buffer is en abled via U2503B when both pins 38 
(MCSO) and 39 (DEN) of the Processor are low. The 
direction of transfer is controlled by the DT/R output of 
the processor. 

BUS 1 BIDIRECTIONAL DATA BUFFER. Data com- 
munication to and from the Measurement Processor is 
via Buffer U2514. Direction of the data transfer is 
controlled by the DT/R (Data Transmit/Received ) 
output from the Mea surem ent Processor. Data enabling 
occurs when pin 39 (DEN) goes low while pin 38 (MCSO) 
is high. 



BUS ARBITRATION GATES. The Bus Arbitration logic 
(U2503A and B, and U2506D) controls which Bus Buffer 
is enabled for communication with the Measurement 
Processor. This control logic is necessary since both 
buffers cannot be active at the same time. Bus 1 (U251 4) 
is the eight-bit data communication bus, and Bus 0 
(U251 5) uses seven bits to communicate single-bit data 
to the Measurement Processor. On the Bus 0 ADO signal 
line, the Measurement Processor sends the serial MB 
DATA to each of the operating mode Shift Registers and 
to SLIC (U600) and FLIC (U602). Additional arbitration is 
provided by U2503C to produce a SLIC RD strobe when 
the Measurement Processor wants to read the status of 
the Display Controller. 



Address Latches 



MULTIPLEXED AD BUS ADDRESS LATCH. Since the 
ADO through AD7 bits are multiplexed between address 
and data information, the addressing information needs 
to be latched to hold it for stable addressing 
(demultiplexed). The ALE (Address Latch Enable) signal 
from the Measurement Processor (pin 61) goes high 
when the address bits are stable, and the bits are 
latched into U2513. The device is permanently enabled 
by the grounded enable pin. 



NONMULTIPLEXED ADDRESS BUS ADDRESS 
LATCH (U2512). Some of the nonmultiplexed address 
bits are also latched to maintain them between ALE 
strobes. The latching also prevents address line prob- 
lems on the Main board from locking up the Measure- 
ment Processor. From U2512, latched addresses 
ADDR0-ADDR3 (A12-A15) are routed to the Display 
Controller (U600) for addressing the internal registers in 
that device. Those address lines are also applied to 
U501 (Diagram 4) for additional decoding to load the 
Analog Control Shift Registers with the serial data 
supplied from the MB DATA signal line. Two address 
lines (A16-A17) are latched in U2512 for use by the 
System ROM U251 9. 



Measurement Processor ROM 



The operating code for the Measurement Processor is 
stored in the System ROM (U2519). Immediately after 
the Power On Reset ends, the Measurement Processor 
fetches the first command from the reset vector and 
begins running the program. 



3-46 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-26 

Measurement Processor Signals 



Signal Name 


Signal Function 


SYS RESET 


Master reset for the Processor board. 


CLK 8M 


8 MHz clock for the Readout and DAC Processors. 


AD0-AD7 


Multiplexed address/data lines for the Measurement Processor. 


A8-A15 


Address lines for the Measurement Processor. 


A16-A17 


Multiplexed address/status lines. 


D0-D7 


Data lines for Bus 1 (to memory and readout). 


ADDR3-ADDR0 


Latched addresses to Main board. 


RO INTR 


Indicates the Readout System is busy when asserted. 


DAC INTR 


Indicates the DAC Subsystem is busy when asserted. 


MB RETURN 


Return data from the Main board Shift Register 2. 


SW BD DATA 


Data from the switch board. 


AD COMP 


Output of the A-to-D Converter Comparator, U2306. 


MB DATA 


Bidirectional data line to/from the Main board. 


TB CAL 


Time-base calibration signal to trigger circuit. 


SCL SEL 


Slow Counter Logic chip select (CounterfTimer). 


RD and WR 


Control direction of communication with the devices on the data bus. 



Measurement Processor RAM 

The Measurement Processor RAM (U2521) provides 
storage space for intermediate-step calculation results, 
the front panel settings, store/recall system setups, and 
the system calibration constants. The Processor RAM is 
battery backed up so that data stored during operation 
remains intact during periods of power off. When the 
instrument is turned on again, the stored front panel set- 
tings return the oscilloscope to the same operating state 
that was present at power off. The stored calibration con- 
stants preserve the accuracy of the measurement 
system (assuming the instrument is warmed up and was 
warmed up when the SELF CAL routine was last done). If 
the backup battery is dead, or if the stored calibration 
constants are lost for some other reason, the instrument 
will do a SELF CAL at power on. This restores accuracy 
to the instrument (unless the problem is a RAM fault, in 



which case the instrument cannot SELF CAL), but the 
battery circuitry should be checked and the battery 
replaced if necessary. Also, the SELF CAL routine 
should be run again after the instrument is warmed up to 
generate accurate calibration constants at the operating 
temperature. If the power-off front panel settings are lost 
for any reason, the power-on conditions that are set up 
are only restored in valid states (but not any predefined 
setup). 

Address Decoders 

The Address Decoders (U2517 and U2518) allow the 
Measurement Processor to enable any device on the 
busses for communication. Enabling signals BUSO SEL 
and DAC SEL from the processor select the Address 
Decoder (either U2517 or U2518) that is actively 
decoding when the WR signal is low. 



3-47 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Backup Battery 

To keep the data stored in the Measurement Processor 
RAM (U2521) during power off, a back-up battery 
system (BT2501, CR2502, and R2506) is used. The 
battery supplies the energy to maintain the memory 
states of the static RAM. The lithium battery is not 
rechargeable and has an operating life of over five 
years. When the instrument is on, CR2502 becomes 
reverse biased to prevent any reverse current; when off, 
CR2501 is reverse biased to isolate the back-up battery 
from the + 5 V supply. If the battery requires replace- 
ment, observe the proper safety precautions in the 
handling and disposition of the replaced battery (see the 
WARNING under "Battery” in the Specification). 



READOUT SYSTEM (Diagram 9) 
Readout Processor 

The Readout Processor (U2400) is an eight-bit micro- 
computer, containing its own internal ROM and RAM. 
The Readout Processor controls the display of text and 
cursors on the crt. It refreshes each character in the dis- 
play every 16 ms. When the refresh rate becomes too 
high, refresh stops until the rate is low enough again. 
When the refresh rate becomes too low, refresh is done 
by taking control of the crt beam for a character at a time 
(Fast mode), until the refresh catches up. When the 
refresh rate is just right, refresh is done a dot at a time 
(Slow mode). 

Each refreshed dot or character is refreshed with the 
appropriate display position attributes. The attributes 
define the characters or dots as: 

Stationary text that stays put at a fixed point on 
screen (examples are scale factor and menu 
displays). 

Cursor-level offset text whose position is 
determined by the REF CURSOR or DELTA CUR- 
SOR control levels only (examples are the time- 
measurement cursors). 

Cursor-level and position-level offset text whose 
display position is determined by both the cursor 
levels and the vertical position controls (an example 
is the TRACK TRIG LEVEL cursor). 



The Readout Processor also communicates with the 
Measurement Processor system to obtain its RAM 
programming (for determining the display types) and 
report its status. 

Measurement/Readout Processor 
Communication Protocol 

A data byte is transmitted between the Measurement 
Processor and Readout Processor as follows: 



1 . The Measurement Processor waits until RO INTR is 
unasserted (the Readout Processor is ready to 
receive). 

2. The Measurement Processor writes a byte to tri- 
state Write Latch U2401 by strobing RO BUF WR ; 
this asserts RO INTR (from Interrupt Latch U2417C 
and D) and causes an interrupt to the Readout 
Processor. 

3. The Readout Processor, when interrupted, reads the 
Write Latch (U2401); it then unasserts RO INTR by 
clocking the Interrupt Latch to reset it. (This is the 
same clock used when the Readout Processor 
writes to tri-state Read Latch U2402.) 

Communication from the Readout Processor to the 
Measurement Processor is done for diagnostics only 
and can be started only by the Measurement Processor. 
The Measurement Processor may check the communi- 
cation link by comparing bytes sent to bytes received, 
query the Character Code RAM contents, and check the 
Character ROM identification header. The replies are all 
sent between the Readout Processor and Measurement 
Processor a byte at a time as follows. 

1. The Readout Processor waits until RO INTR is 
asserted (the Measurement Processor is ready to 
receive). 

2. The Readout Processor writes a byte to tri-state 
latch U2402; the clock that does the write also 
unasserts RO INTR . 



3. The Measurement Processor waits until RO INTR is 
unasserted, then reads tri-state latch U2402. It then 
strobes RO BUF WR to assert RO INTR (if another 
byte is coming from the Measurement Processor). 



3-48 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Display Refreshing 

READOUT FIELD. A Readout field is refreshed in this 

way: 

1. The display field is selected by latching the top 
address bits for the field into U241 1 (FLD2-FLD0). 

2. The mixing attributes for the field are latched into 
U2411 (MIX3-MJX0). 

3. The position-tracking attributes for the field are 
latched into U2403 (RO CH 4 POS EN through RO 
CH 1 POS EN and RO TR SEP EN). 

4. The starting address for the field (set by communi- 
cation with the Measurement Processor) is latched 
into counters U2404 and U2405 (CH7-CH0). 

5. One character at a time, all the characters in the field 
are refreshed until the top address for the field (set 
by communication with the Measurement Pro- 
cessor) has been refreshed. 

READOUT CHARACTER. A Readout character is 

refreshed in this way: 



1 . RO RUN is asserted. This tells the Dot Refresher 
PAL (U2410) to begin the character refresh and 
releases the reset on the Dot Counter (U2407) 
and the Dot Refresher divider (U2409B). 

2. For each dot in the character, the next dot is 
refreshed. 



3. When the final dot is refreshed, EOCH (end-of- 
character at U2408 pin 17) becomes asserted, 
and Q EOCH (the latched version) becomes 
asserted. The Readout Processor unasserts 
RO RUN, and increments the character address 
counter lines CH7-CH0. 



READOUT DOT. A Readout dot is refreshed in this way: 



1 . RO REQ is asserted (this causes RO HORIZ and RO 
VERT to control the crt horizontal and vertical) briefly 
to show the dot. 



2. RO BLANK is unasserted then asserted (this 
unblanks then blanks the crt beam). 



3. DOT CLK is asserted and unasserted (this in- 
crements the dot counter lines DOT4-DOTO). 



FAST REFRE SH. Fa st refresh occurs when the Pro- 
cessor asserts FAST (whenever the refresh rate is too 
low) or when A GATE is unasserted (the sweep is in 
holdoff). In this mode, RO REQ is asserted at the start of 
a character, and unasserted at the end. Whenever 
RO REQ is asserted, the Readout system controls the 
crt beam intensity and the vertical and horizontal 
position of the beam. Dots are refreshed every 1.6 fis 
during fast refresh. 

SLOW REFRESH . Slow refresh occurs when the Pro- 
cessor unasserts FAST (when the refresh rate is not 

falling behind in refreshing the readout) and A GATE is 
asserted. In this mode, RO REQ is asserted before each 
dot in a character, and unasserted after each dot. 

Data flow for the dots in a character is roughly this: 

1 . FLD2-FLD0 give the current field being refreshed. 

2. CH7-CH0 give the position of the character within 
that field. CH7-CH5 gives the row within the 
Readout (row 0 at the bottom, and 7 at the top), and 
CH4-CH0 gives the column (column 0 at the left, 
column If hex at the right). 

3. Given the field and character position, the RAM 
(U2406) outputs the character code (the codeforthe 
character that is to be displayed at that position) on 
R7-R0. 

4. DOT4-DOTO gives the dot that is being refreshed 
within the character. 

5. Given the character code and dot number, ROM 
U2408 outputs the position of the dot within the 
character. There are up to 31 dots in a character, in 
an array of 128 possible dot positions (1 6 vertical by 
8 horizontal) . DD6-DD3 gives the vertical position of 
the dot, and DD2-DD0 gives the horizontal position. 

6. Given the row and column containing the character, 
and the vertical and horizontal position of the dot, 
U2412 generates the vertical analog current for the 
dot, and U2413 the horizontal analog current. 

7. U2414 sets up the mixing for the vertical output 
signal (see Readout Position Mixer). 

8. U2415 sets up the mixing for the horizontal output 
signal. 



3-49 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Interrupt Request Latch 

When the Measurement Processor wants to write new 
display data to the Readout Processor or Character 
Codes RAM (U2406), it latches the new data into the 
Readout Write Latch (U2401) from the D0-D7 bus lines 
by issuing the RO BUF WR (readout buffer write) strobe 
to the Interrupt Request Latch (U2417). The output of 
U2417D (pin 11) is latched low and the Readout Pro- 
cessor is interrupted from its display processes 
( RO INTR goes low). The Readout Processor enables 
the Readout Write Latch and reads in the new data. 
When the character is received, the Readout Processor 
transfers the byte to the Character Code RAM and resets 
the Interrupt Request Latch (U2417C and D) to let 
RO INTR go high again. 

Communication Latches 

Communication from the Measurement Processor and 
the Readout Processor is done via the Readout Write 
Latch (U2401). The Readout Read Latch (U2402) is used 
only for diagnostics communication. 

Character Position Address Counter 

The starting address of a readout field to be displayed is 
loaded into the Character Position Address Counter 
(U2404 and U2405). The counter then sequences 
through the addresses of the characters loaded in 
Character Code RAM U2406. The vertical and horizontal 
position of the character being displayed is also defined 
by the output of the counter and is supplied to the Verti- 
cal and Horizontal DACS on the CH0-CH7 bus lines. 



Character Codes RAM 

The ASCII codes needed to display a field of readout are 
loaded into the Character Codes RAM (U2406) from the 
Measurement Processor via the Readout Writer Buffer 
(U2401) on the R0-R7 bus lines. When the field is dis- 
played, the RAM is addressed in sequence by the 
Character Position Address Counter to output those 
codes for a display refresh. The field of codes accessed 
by the FLD0-FLD2 address lines defines either text 
(menus, measurement readouts, and error messages), 
vertical cursors, or horizontal cursors. Each field has 
space for up to 255 characters, and each field is super- 
imposed over the others on the crt. A voltage (horizontal) 
cursor is generated by holding the vertical at the REF 
CURSOR voltage and displaying a whole line of dashes 
in the horizontal. A time (vertical) cursor is generated by 



holding the horizontal at the REF CURSOR voltage and 
routing the whole line of dashes (as above) from the 
Horizontal DAC to the vertical signal mixer multiplexer. 
Hexadecimal addresses for a field are shown in 
Figure 3-8. 



eO | f f 

co » df 

CO 

aO uj b f 

cc 

Q 

80 § 9f 

CD 

60 2 7 f 

tn 

40 w 5f 

u 

20 5 3f 

00 I INCREASING ADDRESSES— ► If 

6081-10 

Figure 3-8. Display addresses. 



Character Dot Counter 

The Character Dot Counter (U2407A and B) is reset 
before the start of each character display. When 
RO RUN goes low (the start of a refresh cycle), the reset 
is released and the clock signal from the Dot Refresher 
(U2410) clocks the output of the counter through the 
number of counts needed to address all the dots in a 
character stored in the Character Dot Position ROM 
(U2408). 

Character Dot Position ROM 

The dot sequence and dot position to display each 
character is stored in the Character Dot Position ROM 
(U2408). Character addressing for the display is pro- 
vided by the Character Codes RAM (U2406) on the 
R0-R6 bus lines. Addressing of the individual dots within 
a character is provided from the Character Dot Counter 
(U2407A and U2407B) on the DOTO-DOT4 signal lines. 
The pixel information output by the Character Dot 
Position ROM defines the vertical and horizontal 
position of the dot to be displayed. At the end of a 
character display, the EOCH signal is generated from 
U2408 pin 17 to the Dot Refresher (U2410) to let that 
device know that the character is finished and the next 
character can be started. 



3-50 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Dot Refresher 

Dot Refresher U2410 is a programmable-AND, fixed- 
OR logic (PAL) device. It monitors RO RUN for its low 
states to determine when a refresh cycle starts. It then 
assert RO REQ to take control of the display for 
refreshing the displayed character dots. RO BLANK 
goes high then low again for each displayed dot. The 
clock signal then goes low and high again to clock the 
Character Dot Counter (U2407A and U2407B) to the 
address of the next dot in the character being refreshed. 
In Fast mode (when there is low demand for display time 
or the refresh rate is getting too slow), each character is 
completely refreshed. In Slow mode, the dots are 
refreshed at the rate of only one dot per each readout 
request. 

When all the dots in a character have been refreshed, the 
EOCH (end-of-character) signal from Character Dot 
Position ROM U2408 (pin 17) tells U2410 that there are 
no more pixels to be refreshed in that character. RO REQ 
is then unasserted to release control of the display sys- 
tem and Q EOCH (U2410, pin 1 8) is sent to the Readout 
Processor to tell it that the Dot Refresher is finished with 
the character. 



The Dot Refresher also asserts the POS EN signal low 
(pin 19) when readout associated with any of the traces 
is being displayed. That signal enables the Readout 
Position Enable Latch (U2403). 

Divider/Counter 

The 8 MHz System Clock is divided down to 4 MHz by 
Divider/Counter U2409A for clocking the Readout Pro- 
cessor and to 2 MHz to clock the Dot Refresher (after 
inversion by U2417B). Tbe 2 MHz signal also clocks 
U2409B, a second divider that produces the signals that 
cycle the Dot Refresher through its internal states. 

Readout Position Enable Latch 

When the readouts must follow the Channel Vertical 
POSITION controls or the TRACE SEP control, the verti- 
cal position information must be added to the readout 
position. This job is done in the Vertical Position 
Switching circuitry (Diagram 2). The time of enabling and 
the readout position that is enabled is determined by the 
Readout Processor. The correct enabling data for the 
next field of characters to be displayed is latched into 
U2403 from the R0-R7 (bits 0-4 only) bus by the 
POS STB signal (U2403, pin 11). See Table 3-27. When 
a field is being refreshed, the outputs of U2403 are 
enabled by the POS EN signal from the Dot Refresher, 
U2410 pin 19. 



Table 3-27 

Position Enable Bit Assignment 



b4 


b3 


b2 


bl 


bO 


Value 


X 


X 


X 


X 


0 


Disable CH 1 position 
current 


X 


X 


X 


X 


1 


Enable CH 1 position 
current 


X 


X 


X 


0 


X 


Disable CH 2 position 
current 


X 


X 


X 


1 


X 


Enable CH 2 position 
current 


X 


X 


0 


X 


X 


Disable CH 3 position 
current 


X 


X 


1 


X 


X 


Enable CH 3 position 
current 


X 


0 


X 


X 


X 


Disable CH 4 position 
current 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


Enable CH 4 position 
current 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Disable Trace Sep 
current 


1 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Enable Trace Sep 
current 



Readout DACs 

Vertical Character and Dot position data bytes are con- 
verted to analog current for eventual application to the 
Vertical Delay Line by Vertical Readout DAC U2412.The 
vertical signal current is applied to signal mixer multi- 
plexer U2414 . When fixed position text is displayed, the 
output mixer selects a fixed position value to mix with the 
vertical output signal to define the readout position on 
the display. When time cursors are displayed, the hori- 
zontal output signal defines (vertically) where a charac- 
ter (dot) is displayed on the crt. Vertical Readouts that 
follow the Channel Vertical POSITION controls (tracking 
cursors and associated text) have their position infor- 
mation summed with the Vertical Position Switching cir- 
cuitry (Diagram 2) just before the Delay Line Driver. 

Horizontal Character and Dot position data bytes are 
converted to analog current for application to the Hori- 
zontal Preamplifier (U802, Diagram 6) by Horizontal 
Readout DAC U2413. The horizontal signal current is 
applied to both signal mixer multiplexers (U2414 and 
U2415). When fixed position text is displayed, the output 
mixer selects a fixed position value to mix with the hori- 
zontal output signal to define the readout position on the 
display. When time cursors are displayed, the cursor 



3-51 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



position signal defines (horizontally) where a dot is dis- 
played on the crt. None of the readout (text or cursors) is 
positionable using the Horizontal POSITION control. 



Field and Mixer Control Latch 

Selection signals for switching the Readout Position 
Mixer multiplexers (U2414 and U2415) are latched into 
Field and Mixer Control Latch U241 1 bythe MIX STB out- 
put from the Readout Processor (U2400 pin 25). Three 
field selection bits used in addressing the Character 
Code RAM are also loaded from the data byte output 
from U2400 on the R0-R7 data bus. The MIX3-MIX0 bits 
select the combination of fixed, positionable, and 
character (dots) signals that are mixed to produce the 
required readout positions on the crt. 

The Field signals(CH8, CH9, and CH 10) access the type 
of characters that are displayed (menus and readout 
labels, vertical cursors, or horizontal cursors). Each of 
the three fields contains space for 255 characters. 
Characters from each field are superimposable over the 
other field’s characters in the display. The attributes 
implicitly affect the field specified by bO, bl , and b2 (b2 



is always handled as if zero, even if not communicated 
as zero). 

Readout Position Mixers 

The Readout Position Mixer (U2414, U2415) selects 
either fixed or cursor-position voltages to mix with the 
character signals to position them in the display. 
Selection is done with the MIX0-MIX3 signal levels set 
bythe Measurement Processor for the particular field of 
characters being displayed (see Table 3-28). 

The 2247A Readout Output Mixer allows three modes of 
display to present the text and vertical or horizontal 
cursors. 

TEXT OUTPUT MODE. The vertical output displays 
vertical text information, locked to crt vertical screen 
position. The horizontal output displays horizontal text 
information, locked to crt horizontal screen position. 

HORIZONTAL CURSOR MODE. The vertical output 
displays vertical text information, whose position is con- 
trolled by an analog cursor level control. The horizontal 
output displays horizontal text information, locked to crt 
horizontal screen position. 



Table 3-28 

Field and Mixer Attribute Bit Assignment 



MIX3 


MIX2 


MIX1 


MIXO 


NC 


CH10 


CH9 


CH8 


Value 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


b2 


bl 


bO 


Field number (0,1 , or 2) 


X 


X 


0 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Horiz DAC to Horiz Ampl 


X 


X 


0 


i 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route CursorO to Horiz Amplifier 


X 


X 


i 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Cursorl to Horiz Amplifier 


X 


X 


i 


i 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Unassigned 


0 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Vert DAC to Vert Ampl 


0 


i 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Vert DAC + CursorO to Vert Amplifier 


i 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Vert DAC + Cursorl to Vert Amplifier 


i 


0 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Route Horiz DAC to Vert Ampl 



3-52 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



VERTICAL CURSOR MODE. The vertical output 
provides a ramp signal, locked to crt vertical screen 
position. The horizontal output matches the voltage of an 
analog cursor level control. 

MIXER OPERATION. The readout system displays text 
in a pixel-type representation. For example, an under- 
lined letter "A” may be represented as in Figure 3-9. 
Blackened spaces in the illustration denote a displayed 
pixel. 



For each character, one pixel at a time is displayed by 
driving the vertical and horizontal outputs to values rep- 
resenting the vertical and horizontal position of a pixel 
within the character and then unblanking the Z-Axis. 



Multiplexers U2414 and U2415 are ganged electronic 
switches that mix current and voltage settings. Vertical 
Readout DAC U2412 (vertical text generator) provides 
an output current from pin 2 that is proportionate to the 
vertical position of the pixel being displayed; the mini- 
mum output is 0 mA. Horizontal Readout DAC U2413 
(horizontal text generator) provides an output current that 
is proportionate to the horizontal position of the pixel 
being displayed. Its minimum output is also 0 mA. The 
REF CURSOR and DELTA CURSOR levels are voltages 
that offset the text output for the type of cursor being 
displayed (vertical TIME cursors or horizontal VOLTS 
cursors). When straight text is to be displayed, dc levels 
for offsetting the vertical and horizontal text display out- 
puts are added. Horizontal and vertical signals to be 
mixed for a particular readout are selected by the 
MIXO-3 outputs of latch U241 1 . The data is latched from 



the Readout Processor bus when MIX STB clock is 
generated by the Readout Processor. 



Output Buffers 

The Output Buffers (U2416A and U2416D— vertical, and 
U2416B and U2416C- horizontal) are voltage follower 
circuits that mix the signals selected by the Readout 
Position Multiplexers and buffer them for application to 
the vertical delay line (RO VERT) and the Horizontal 
Preamplifier (RO HORIZ). 




6081-11 



Figure 3-9. Character pixel arrangement. 



The voltage at U241 6 pin 1 4 depends on two things: the 
current from U2414 pin 13, and the voltage at U2414 
pin 3. The possible displays are given in Table 3-29. 

The voltage at U241 6 pin 8 depends on two things: the 
current from U2415 pin 13, and the voltage at U2415 
pin 3. The possible conditions are shown in Table 3-30. 



Table 3-29 
Display Possibilities 



Readout Type 


U2414-3 


U2414-13 


Stationary Text 


0.6 V 


U2412 output 


Horizontal Ref Cursor 


REF CURSOR 


U24 12 output 


Horizontal Delta Cursor 


DELTA CURSOR 


U2412 output 


Vertical Ref Cursor 


0.6 V 


U2413 output 


Vertical Delta Cursor 


0.6 V 


U2413 output 



3-53 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Table 3-30 

Possible Signal Conditions to U241 6 



Readout Type 


U2415-3 


U2415-13 


Stationary Text 


2.0 V 


U2413 output 


Horizontal Ref Cursor 


2.0 V 


U2413 output 


Horizontal Delta Cursor 


2.0 V 


U241 3 output 


Vertical Ref Cursor 


REF CURSOR 


0 mA 


Vertical Delta Cursor 


DELTA CURSOR 


0 mA 



SWITCH BOARD AND INTERFACE 
(Diagram 10) 

The front pane! LEDs that backlight the switches and 
panel labels are schematically arranged in a matrix of 
eight rows and six columns. The front panel switches are 
arranged in a matrix of 16 rows and six columns. Each 
LED and switch is connected to a distinct row/column 
intersection, with a column of LEDs and a column of 
switches being common and enabled by the same 
signal. 

At intervals of about 2 ms, a column of LEDs is refreshed 
(appropriate LEDs in column are turned on) and the 
status (open or closed) of the connected column of 
switches is read. All six columns of LEDs and the six 
columns of switches are completely refreshed and 
checked every 12 ms. The timing is fast enough to 
prevent flicker of the LEDs and to catch a momentary 
push button closure. 



LED Refresh 



Assume LED column ASO is being refreshed. First, the 
LED Cathode Register, U2524, is loaded with a data 
byte from the Measurement Processor. That byte 
defines the LEDs that are on for that column, and the out- 
puts of Cathode Driver U2525 for the “on" LEDs are low. 
Then, a high on the DO bit of the Measurement Processor 
Data Bus is latched into LED Anode Register U2523 with 
the LED ANODE CLK signal. That high turns on the 
associated Darlington transistor (Q2506 for the ASO 
column), and the LEDs in that column that also have their 
cathodes low from U2525 are turned on. 



Switch Reading 

At the same time the ASO LED column is refreshed, the 
connected ASO switch column is pulled high through 
CR2006. The switch status (low for open or high for 
closed) for the active switch column is parallel loaded 
into the Switch Board Shift Registers (U2001 and 
U2002). This switch status data is then shifted out 
serially (by 15 SW BD SR SHIFT clocks) to the 
Measurement Processor on the SW BD DATA return line. 
The position of a high in the serial data stream, and 
knowing the active column, tells the Measurement 
Processor the switch in column ASO that is closed (the 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV setting). Columns with push-button 
switches may or may not have a switch closed. A switch 
closure is interpreted by the Measurement Processor, 
and any new operating conditions needed (determined 
from the firmware routines called up to handle a 
particular switch closure) are set up. 

At the next 2 ms interrupt, the Measurement Processor 
loads new data into Cathode Register U2524 to enable 
the LED rows, and the column is advanced to enable the 
AS1 column for refresh and switch reading. The process 
described is continual while the oscilloscope is on. 

Part of the Measurement Processor routine stores the 
new front panel settings in the System RAM each time a 
change is made. At power on (after being turned off), the 
stored front panel settings are recalled from the System 
RAM to return the oscilloscope to the same operating 
state that existed at power off (with some exceptions). 

Diagnostic 

When the Measurement Processor is running the register 
checks during the DIAGNOSTIC, it can check the 
condition of registers U2001 and U2002. Serial data is 
placed on the ASO line from the DO bit of the 



3-54 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



Measurement Processor data bus. That data is serially 
shifted through the two registers to the SW BD DATA 
return line. The Measurement Processor compares the 
returned data stream with what was sent. A difference in 
the data bits shows an error; a correct comparison 
passes the test. 

ADC AND DAC SYSTEM (Diagram 11) 

The ADC and DAC System permits the Measurement 
Processor to provide analog control voltages to the 
circuitry under its control and to determine analog 
voltage levels that it must have to do its control and 
measurement functions. 

Pot Multiplexer Latch 

Latch U2313 latches data from the data bus (D0-D7) to 
control multiplexers U2308 and U2309 on this diagram 
and U506 on Diagram 7. 

Front Panel Control Multiplexers 

Multiplexers U2308 and U2309, controlled by the 
Measurement Processor via Pot Mux Latch U2313, 
select the front panel control levels that are compared 
with the output of the D-to-A Converter (U2302). The 
result of that comparison is sent via signal line AD COMP 
to the Measurement Processor (U2501 , Diagram 8). 

Input Data Latches 

Binary data bytes to be converted to analog voltages are 
loaded into two latches (U2300 and U2301). Data Latch 
U2301 latches data to the DAC Multiplexer (U2303). Data 
Latch U2300 latches data to the D-to-A Converter 
(U2302). 

Digital-to-Analog Converter 

The D-to-A Converter (U2302) using eight data bits can 
produce 256 discrete output signal current levels from 0 
to 2 mA. Signal current flows through R2303 to the 
+ 2.5 V reference voltage. The resulting voltage drop 
across the resistor moves the voltage at pin 3 of voltage 
follower U231 4 away from + 2.5 V toward 0 V and below. 
When there is 0 mA output, the voltage at pin 3 is + 2.5 V. 
At maximum output current, the voltage at pin 3 is -2.5 V. 

A-TO-D CONVERSION. The output from U231 4 is also 
applied to A-to-D Comparator U2306. When analog- 
to-digital conversion is being done, the Measurement 



Processor drives the DAC to produce comparison 
voltage levels in a binary search pattern. The output of 
U2306 is monitored to determine the smallest DAC input 
change that will produce an output change from the 
comparator. That value is then used as the digital repre- 
sentation of the analog voltage applied to the other pin 
of the comparator from the output of Multiplexer U2308 or 
U2309. Signals on that multiplexed line are the front 
panel potentiometers wiper voltages and the probe 
code levels. 



COUNTER/TIMER (Diagram 12) 

The Counter/Timer (C/T) circuitry includes: a 10 MHz 
Oscillator, an External Time Base Input, Slow Counter 
Logic (SCL), Fast Counter Logic (FCL), Level Trans- 
lators, and a Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) operation. 

10 MHz Crystal Oscillator 

This circuit consists of Q1901, Q1902, Y1901, 
R1901-R1905, and C1901-C1904. Q1901 and its 
various biasing and load resistors form the gain stage of 
an oscillator circuit. Y1901 is the resonant feedback 
element that, along with Cl 901, Cl 902, and Cl 904, 
determines the frequency of oscillation. Q1902 and 
R1905 form an emitter-follower buffer for driving U1902. 

External Time Base Input 

This circuit consists of J1902, Cl 906, R1906-R1910, 
CR1901, CR1902, and U1901. Cl 906, R1906, R1907, 
and the two diodes ac-couple and ciamp the input to the 
high-speed comparator U1901. R1908-R1910 provide 
some hysteresis for the comparator for noise immunity. 
This hysteresis band is approximately 320 mV, centered 
around ground. When nothing is connected to J1 902, the 
hysteresis will prevent the comparator from toggling 
randomly. The comparator output is TTL compatible and 
drives the TC2 input (pin 2) of U1902 (SCL). 

Slow Counter Logic (SCL) 

This is a CMOS logic circuit that combines the C/T's 
slower logic circuitry into one 1C (U1902). 1C U1902 con- 
tains an interface for communicating with the Processor 
(U2501, diagram 8), three count chains, an automatic 
time base selector and scaler, a pseudo-random noise 
generator, a phase-frequency comparator, and part of 
the phase-locked loop (PLL) frequency divider. 

The microprocessor interface provides the capability to 
write an 8-bit control word to SCL, read out the three 



3-55 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



count chains, read the overflow status bits, clear the 
overflow status bits, and interface to the fast-logic half 
(U1905) of the counter subsystem (through pins 30-39 
on U1902). 

The three count chains consist of two 19-bit binary up- 
counters (A and B) and one 1 5-bit binary up-counter (C). 
The contents of these counters may be read out one byte 
at a time through the microprocessor interface. The fast- 
logic half of the counter contains the high-speed 
sections of these count chains, and the microprocessor 
interface is used to read out the high-speed sections as 
well. 

There are two PLL components in the SCL 1C. The fre- 
quency divider scales the voltage-controlled oscillator 
(VCO) input by ten and provides a square wave to one 
input of the phase/frequency comparator (PFC). The 
PFC compares this signal to the 1 MHz reference signal 
provided by the auto-time-base selector/scaler (ATSS) 
and generates a signal that, when filtered externally, 
indicates the phase or frequency relationship between 
the VCO and the time-base reference. (See Phase- 
Locked Loop Operation.) 

The pseudo-random noise generator (PRNG) is a 
17-stage feedback shift register which provides a 
pseudo-randomly switching waveform that is used to 
phase-modulate the PLL during time-interval measure- 
ments. This shift register is clocked by a 125 kHz signal 
that is produced by dividing the 1 MHz reference from 
the time-base scaler output by eight. The period of the 
pseudo-random waveform is about one second. 

The PRNG is only enabled for time-interval measure- 
ments such as width and rise/fall. It is not needed for 
frequency and period measurements, so the NOISE out- 
put (pin 22) on SCL will remain near ground for these 
measurements. When a time-interval measurement is 
active, this output will toggle between ground and Vqq . 

The ATSS provides a reference signal for the PFC. If no 
external time base is connected to the TC2 input, the 
10 MHz signal provided ontheTCI input is scaled by ten 
and sent to the PFC. If a 10 MHz, 5 MHz, or 1 MHz signal 
is connected to the TC2 input, the ATSS will auto- 
matically switch to it and scale it down to 1 MHz. A 
10 MHz signal must be connected to the TCI input for 
the ATSS to work properly. If a signal other than 1 , 5, or 
10 MHz (±2%) is connected to TC2, the ATSS will not 
work properly, and therefore the PLL and the 
Counter/Timer will not work properly. 



Fast Counter Logic (FCL) 

FCL performs the fast logic functions for the Counter/ 
Timer subsystem. 1C U1905 contains a control interface, 
three count chains, part of the phase-locked-loop (PLL) 
frequency divider, trigger input mux, measurement 
gating block, and output mux. 

The control interface provides the capability to write 
control bits and reset the measurement gating block and 
count chains. The Measurement Processor accesses 
this interface through SCL pins 34-39. There are three 
address lines (A0, A1 , and A2) for selecting a particular 
register inside FCL, two data lines (IDO and ID1) to pro- 
vide the data to be written into the selected register, and 
a write line (WR) to strobe the data into the register. 

The three count chains consist of two 5-bit binary up- 
counters (A and B) and one 1-bit binary up-counter (the 
C counter, that resides in the measurement gating 
block). The fifth stage (MSB) of the A and B counters 
drives the AOUT and BOUT output pins, which in turn 
clock the A and B count chains in SCL on falling edges. 
The C counter drives the COUT output pin directly, which 
in turn clocks the C count chain in SCL on falling edges. 
In effect, the A and B counters are each a total of 24 bits 
long, and the C counter is a total of 16 bits long. The 
lower four stages of the A and B counters are read out 
through the output mux by the Measurement Processor. 

The PLL frequency divider scales the TC input by 20. 
Normally, 200 MHz is presented on the TC input. The 
TC10 output provides a 10 MHz square wave. 

The trigger input mux selects TRIG, AUX, or NAG ATE as 
a trigger source for the measurement gating block. The 
measurement gating block triggers on the positive edge 
of TRIG or the negative edges of AUX and NAGATE. 

The measurement gating block accepts a trigger signal 
from the trigger input mux, control signals from the con- 
trol interface, various arming signals, and provides 
clock signals to the count chains and status signals to 
the output mux. 

The output mux provides a way for the microprocessor to 
read out (via the SCL) the lower four bits of the A and B 
count chains and the measurement gating block status. 

Level Translators 

The resistor network, consisting of R1911-R1916, 
R1917, and R1918, provides level translation between 
SCL output pins 34-39 and FCL input pins 27-32. The 
SCL outputs provide GND to Vq D signal swings, which 
get attenuated and level-shifted to swings about + 2.7 V 



3-56 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



to + 4.3 V by the resistor network. When ECL circuitry is 
powered from a + 5 V supply, the “correct” output swing 
should be about +3.4 V to +4.3 V. inputs to ECL 
circuitry running on a + 5 V supply should not go much 
higher than + 4.3 V, or the ECL input could saturate, 
causing a slowdown of the logic. It is all right for the input 
swing to go below the “legal” ECL low of + 3.4 V. 

It is more difficult to translate from ECL outputs to TTL 
inputs. In this case, voltage gain is needed. FCL output 
pins 11-14 (output data mux), AOUT, BOUT, COUT, and 
TC10 all need to be translated up to TTL levels. This is 
done with U1903 and U1904. However, the input 
common-mode range for these comparators is speci- 
fied as ±3.0 V, and the ECL output swing is about +3.4V 
to +4.3 V, so R1919-R1927 level shift the ECL output 
signals so they toggle between approximately + 1.9 V 
and + 2.8 V. 

Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) Operation 

OPERATION. The PLL consists of the phase-frequency 
comparator (PFC), summer, loop filter, voltage- 
controlled oscillator (VCO), and frequency divider (parts 
of which are in SCL and FCL). The divider divides the 
VCO output (normally 200 MHz) by a factor of 200. The 
PFC compares the 1 MHz reference signal to the output 
of the frequency divider. When power is first applied to 
this circuit, there will be a frequency difference, which 
will cause the PFC to output pulses to the summer, which 
in turn passes them on to the loop filter. The loop filter 
averages these pulses and outputs a mostly dc signal to 
the control input of the VCO. The DC signal from the filter 
will pull the divided VCO frequency up or down (de- 
pending on which frequency was higher) to make it 
equal to the 1 MHz reference frequency. When the 
frequencies become equal, the PFC will output a pulse 
whose duty factor is dependent on the phase difference. 
Since this is a closed-loop feedback system, the circuit 
stabilizes at a particular phase difference. Any com- 
ponent drift in the VCO will cause automatic correction 
by the PFC. 

SUMMER. The summer adds the PFC output to the 
filtered and attenuated noise signal from SCL. Cl 909, 
Cl 910, R1931, and R1932 provide this filtering and 
attenuation. This processed noise signal is added 
through R1933 to the PFC signal (which comes through 
R1930). When the NOISE output of SCL is enabled, the 
processed noise signal causes small variations in 
phase, which improve the time-interval averaging 
capabilities of the C/T. 

LOOP FILTER. The loop filter consists of R1934 and 
Cl 91 1 . R1935 provides some negative bias to the VCO 



input, to control the phase difference that the PLL 
stabilizes on. 

VCO. The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator consists of the 
rest of the circuitry from R1936 to Q1903. This circuit is 
basically a grounded-base Colpitts oscillator. Its 
frequency of oscillation is determined by Cl 91 2-C1 91 4, 
LI 901 , and CR1903 (a variable capacitance diode). As 
the voltage on the diode’s cathode gets more positive, 
its capacitance gets smaller, and the oscillator 
frequency gets higher. Normally, the cathode voltage is 
around + 2 V to + 3 V when the PLL is working properly, 
but can vary slightly, depending on actual component 
values. 

Finally, C1916, R1939, and R1940 couple the 200 MHz 
signal to FCL pin 58. This network guarantees that the 
signal swing is appropriate for the ECL input. 

DAC SUBSYSTEM (Diagram 13) 

Dac Refresh Processor 

The Dac Refresh Processor (U2601) is an eight-bit 
microcomputer containing its own internal memory. The 
job of this processor is to refresh the D-to-A Converter 
(U2602) with the front panel control levels that have been 
loaded into the Dac Processor memory from the 
Measurement Processor. 

Binary values for the front panel control settings from the 
Measurement Processor are loaded via DAC0-DAC7 
into the Dac Refresh Processor (U2601 ) memory. When- 
ever the Measurement Processor has determined that a 
control value has changed, it updates the Dac Pro- 
cessor memory with the new value. The Dac Processor 
continuously sends the front-control binary values to the 
Digital-to-Analog converter (U2602) and multiplexes 
the resulting analog signals to the individual control 
circuits. 

Digital-to-Analog Converter 

The D-to-A Converter (U2602) has 12-bit resolution that 
can produce 4096 discrete output signal current levels 
from 0 to 2 mA. Signal current flows through R2603 to the 
+2.5 V reference voltage. The resulting voltage drop 
across the resistor moves the voltage at pin 5 of voltage 
follower U2609B away from +2.5 V toward 0 V and 
below. When there is 0 mA output, the voltage at pin 5 is 
+ 2.5 V At maximum output current, the voltage at pin 5 is 
-2.5 V. Voltage Follower U2609B buffers the voltage and 
applies it to the control circuit selected by the Measure- 
ment Processor. 



3-57 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Control Multiplexers 

Analog voltage levels from the D-to-A Converter U2602 
are multiplexed to the individual front panel control 
circuits. Three multiplexers, U2604 and U2605 on this 
diagram and U2303 on Diagram 1 1 handle all of the 
potentiometer controlled circuits in the instrument 
(except FOCUS and SCALE ILLUM which are not 
digitized). 

Sample-and-Hold Circuits 

The analog voltages from multiplexers U2303, U2604, 
and U2605 remain stable only for the short period of time 
that the DAC is at a fixed output level. Control voltages to 
the analog circuitry must remain constant except for 
changes to the control settings. Those control voltages 
are held constant between refreshes by sample-and- 
hold circuits formed by a capacitor (to hold the voltage) 
and a voltage follower (to buffer the voltage held by the 
capacitor). The voltage follower circuits are provided by 
the operational amplifiers of U2304, U2305, U2606, 
U2607, and U2608. Extra noise filtering for two of the 
control voltages (REF DELAY and DELTA DELAY) is pro- 
vided by using an RC pi-type filter input circuit to the 
voltage follower. 



POWER SUPPLY (Diagram 14) 

The Power Supply (Diagram 1 3) provides the various low 
voltages needed to operate the 2247A and the high 
voltage required by the cathode-ray tube (crt). The 
supply circuitry is arranged in the following functional 
blocks: Ac Input, Primary Power Rectifier, Start-Up 
circuit, Preregulator Control circuit, Preregulator Power 
Switching circuit, Inverter Control circuit, Inverter Power 
Switching circuit, Low-Voltage Secondary Supplies, 
and High-Voltage Supply (see Figure 3-10). 

Ac power via the power cord is rectified and filtered by 
the Primary Power Rectifier to supply the dc voltage to 
Preregulator circuitry. The output voltage level from the 
Primary Power Rectifier depends on the ac supply 
voltage level and may vary between about 125 V and 
350 V. This unregulated, filtered, dc voltage is supplied 
to the Preregulator Start-Up circuit and the Preregulator 
Switching circuit. The Preregulator Power Switching 
circuit supplies +44Vdc output power to drive the 
Inverter Power Switching circuit. 

The +44 V Preregulator output voltage is switched by 
the Inverter Power Switching circuit to produce an alter- 
nating current through the primary of the Inverter power 



transformer. The voltage across the primary of the 
inverter transformer is monitored and regulated by the 
Inverter Control circuit to maintain a constant output 
voltage level across the transformer secondaries. 

The Low-Voltage Secondary Supplies rectify and filter 
the low-voltage secondary ac voltages to provide the dc 
power requirements for the instrument. Two other secon- 
dary windings on the Inverter Power Transformer are 
used in the High-Voltage Supply, a high-voltage 
winding and a crt filament winding. Voltage from the 
high-voltage winding is further multiplied and converted 
to dc voltage for the crt anode, cathode, and intensity- 
grid voltages. 

Both overvoltage and overcurrent protection are pro- 
vided to protect the oscilloscope circuitry from further 
damage if a circuit component fails. 

Ac Input 

Applied source voltage is input to the Primary Power 
Rectifier via surge protection circuitry and noise filtering 
circuitry. A sealed line filter (FL2201), L2207, L2208, 
C2214, C2213, C2216, C2215, R2260, R2227, and 
R2228 form a low-pass filter designed to prevent trans- 
mission of high-frequency noise signals either into or 
out of the instrument. Bleeder resistor R2215 across the 
input line filter drains off any charge retained by the 
capacitors in the input circuitry when the power is 
disconnected. Thermistor RT2201 prevents a sudden 
rush of input current into the rectifier and filter capacitor, 
C2202, when the power switch is turned on. The thermis- 
tor presents a relatively high resistance when cold, then 
quickly reduces to a low value when warmed up. Varistor 
VR2204 acts as a surge limiter to reduce the effects of 
any power line surges that may damage the input circuit 
components. The varistor is a voltage-sensitive device 
that quickly reduces its resistance value when its 
voltage limits are exceeded. Line fuse F2201 protects 
the instrument from additional damage in case of of a 
severe short in the power supply. 

Primary Power Rectifier 

Rectification of the input ac source voltage is done by 
rectifiers CR2231 -CR2234. Simple capacitive filtering of 
the rectifier output is done by C2202. The filtered output 
voltage may range between about 1 25 and 350 Vdc, 
depending on the amplitude of the ac input voltage. A 
line trigger signal is picked off by T2206 for use when the 
Trigger SOURCE is set to LINE. Bleeder resistor R2256 
drains off the charge on C2202 when the instrument is 
turned off. 



3-58 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 




( 6081 - 12 ) 6557-99 



Figure 3-10. Power Supply block diagram. 



3-59 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



Start-Up Circuit 

The Start-Up circuit provides the operating supply 
voltage to the Preregulator. At power on, C2204 in the 
Start-Up circuit begins charging through R2203 and 
R2204 from the output of the Primary Power Rectifier. 
When the voltage across C2204 reaches 20 V, the 
voltage at the base of Q2204 is about 6.8 V. This base 
voltage level causes Q2204 to conduct (there is a 6.2 V 
zener diode in the emitter path), and Q221 1 also is then 
biased on. Positive feedback to the base of Q2204 (from 
the collector of Q221 1 through R2220) then keeps both 
transistors on. The dc voltage to U2201 (Vcc) for start up 
(and continued running after start up) is provided by the 
charge on C2204 via Q221 1 . 

With U2201 on and drawing current from C2204, the 
voltage across C2204 begins to fall. If the Preregulator 
output rises to +44 V before the voltage across C2204 
falls to 1 0 V, then CR2202 becomes forward biased, and 
current pulses are supplied by a winding (pins 8 and 9) 
on T2203 to keep C2204 charged (and U2201 
operating). 

If the Preregulator output does not rise to +44 V within 
the time it takes to discharge C2204 below 10 V (about 
1/10 of a second), the voltage at the base of Q2204 will 
drop too low for the feedback voltage to keep it on. That 
will cause Q221 1 to also shut off. The start-up cycle 
repeats when the voltage across C2204 again reaches 
20 V (recharging from the output of the Primary Power 
Rectifier output via R2203 and R2204). Continued failure 
of the Preregulator to start up and the repeated attempts 
to do so is called the “Chirp” mode. Zener diode VR2206 
prevents the voltage across C2204 from exceeding 
about 30 V if no start-up attempt occurs. 

Preregulator Control Circuit 

The Preregulator Control 1C, U2201, is a pulse-width 
modulator used to control the on time of Preregulator 
Switching FET Q2201. It contains an oscillator, 
comparators, voltage and current error amplifiers, and 
logic circuitry that controls its operation. The modulated 
output pulses drive switching transistor Q2201 through a 
buffer amplifier composed of Q2202 and Q2203. Pulse 
width (the time that FET Q2201 is on) is inversely pro- 
portional to the control voltage at pin 3 of U2201 (i.e., a 
lower voltage at pin 3 makes the pulse width wider to 
keep Q2201 on longer. 

Pin 7 of U2201 is the 1C ground reference, and it is tied 
directly to the +44 V output voltage. Therefore, the 
Preregulator 1C and the Start-Up circuitry operating 



potentials “float” on the regulated output voltage 
(developed across C2203). 

Pin 2 of U2201 is the current-summing node to the 
voltage-error amplifier. The error amplifier will try to 
keep the voltage on pin 2 equal to the voltage on pin 1 
(the + 44 V supply voltage). The error amplifier maintains 
pin 2 at + 44 V by raising (or lowering as necessary) the 
voltage at pin 3. This raises (or lowers) the voltage 
across C2203 so that less (or more) current will be drawn 
out of the current summing node. 

The major current injected into the summing node is from 
the regulated 5 V output, from pin 12 of U2201, via 
R2212. That current is about 0.6 mA. The current through 
R2206 adds to the current shunted by the Preregulator 
Output Voltage Control transistor, Q2208, to produce 
about 0.6 mA to keep the current into and out of the 
summing node balanced. The actual current through 
R2206 is the output voltage (+44V across C2203) 
divided by the resistance value of R2206 (100 kfl) or 
about 0.4 mA. 

SOFT START. At the initial turn-on of the instrument, 
C2203 is discharged. If no action were taken to prevent 
it, the initial charging current to that capacitor would 
exceed safe limits. To avoid such a problem, a “soft 
start” of the charging path is done. 

At turn-on, the +5 V output of U2201 steps to +5 V 
immediately. A + 5 V pulse is coupled to pin 4 of U2201 
via C2207. This pin is the “dead time control” input, and 
when it is high, the dead time between switching pulses 
to Q2201 is increased to 100%. Switching transistor 
Q2201 does not turn on, and no charging of C2203 
occurs. Then, as C2207 charges, the voltage on pin 4 
begins to decrease toward the ground reference value 
(on pin 7). This decreases the dead time, allowing 
increasingly wider conduction pulses to occur. 

The on-time gradually increases until the charging 
current is limited by the internal current limit amplifier of 
U2201 . At that point, the Preregulator is acting as a cur- 
rent source. When the voltage across C2203 reaches 
+ 44 V, the voltage error amplifier starts to limit the out- 
put, and the Preregulator has reached its operating level 
and acts as a voltage source. 

CURRENT LIMIT. The output current of the Preregulator 
switching FET, Q2201 , is limited to a safe value. If the 
current exceeds 2.4 amperes, the voltage dropped 
across R2201 causes pin 14 of U2201 (one input of the 
current limit amplifier) to exceed the voltage on pin 13 of 
U2201 (the other input pin of the current limit amplifier). 
The output of the current limit amplifier then goes high, 
raising the voltage on pin 3 of U2201 . Increased voltage 



3-60 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 



on pin 3 narrows the width of the turn-on pulses to 
switching FET Q2201 and limits the output current. 



Usually, with a circuit failure, the excess loading 
remains, and the pulses remain narrow. The Preregulator 
Control 1C then shuts down because the charge on 
C2204 is not maintained via the Preregulator supply 
winding on T2203, and the Preregulator goes into the 
chirp mode (continual shut down and restart attempts). 



OVERVOLTAGE CROWBAR. If the output voltage 
across C2203 exceeds about +51 V, VR2201 in the 
crowbar circuit conducts. The gate of SCR Q2206 then 
rises; and, if the rise is enough, the SCR latches on. 
When on, Q2206 shorts out C2203, and the current limit 
circuit causes the switching pulses to Q2201 to become 
very narrow. Preregulator 1C U2201 then shuts down (as 
described in the Current Limit discussion). The 
Preregulator will attempt a restart after about half a 
second, but will shut down again if the overvoltage con- 
dition continues (this is the “chirp” mode). 



PREREGULATOR OUTPUT CONTROL. The voltage 
across the Inverter current source transistor, FET Q2214, 
is monitored by Q2208 (from the collector voltage of 
either Q2209 or Q2210). That voltage has to be main- 
tained at the proper level to provide enough regulation 
room for the secondary supply voltages and still not dis- 
sipate more power than necessary in Q2214. If the 
voltage across Q2214 is too high, Q2209 is biased on 
harder and draws more current from the input summing 
node (pin 2 of U2201) of the voltage error amplifier in 
U2201 , the Preregulator Control 1C. The output of the 
error amplifier at pin 3 of U2201 then rises, and the width 
of the switching pulse to the Preregulator Switching 
circuit narrows to decrease the +44 V output. 



The Inverter Control circuit (Q2212 and Q2213) senses 
the decreased voltage across the primary of the Inverter 
power transformer (T2204) and responds by driving 
Q2214, the Inverter current-source transistor, harder; 
thereby decreasing the voltage across it. 



Control response time in the feedback loop just 
described is long; but it does not need a fast response 
time, since the circuit only determines the power dis- 
sipation in Q2214. Compensation of the circuit to 
prevent oscillation is done by a low-pass filter (10 Hz 
cutoff) formed by C2238, R2205, and R2246. 



Preregulator Switching Circuit 

The Preregulator Switching circuit provides the energy 
required to keep C2203 charged up to +44 V. Switching 
FET Q2201 is driven by the pulse-width modulated out- 
put of the Preregulator 1C (U2201) via a buffer amplifier 
circuit. The Preregulator 1C controls the on-time to main- 
tain the voltage across C2203 at + 44 V. 

For the following discussion of the switching circuit, 
assume that Q2201 is off, C2201 is charged to the recti- 
fied line voltage (1 60 V from the Primary Power Rectifier), 
and the + 44 V supply is up and driving a circuit load. 

When the Preregulator 1C turns on Q2201 , the drain of 
Q2201 is immediately clamped to 44 V. This forces 116 V 
(160 V - 44 V) across pins 6 and 7 of T2203. Current 
begins increasing linearly in that coil as Q2201 supplies 
current to the +44 V supply. With the one end of C2201 
clamped to +44 V, and C2201 being charged to + 160 
V, the other end of C2201 is pushed down with the anode 
of CR2201 going to -116 V (44 V - 160 V). This places 
1 1 6 V (0 - 1 1 6 V) across pins 1 and 2 of T2203 and cur- 
rent begins increasing linearly in that coil, also flowing 
through Q2201 to the +44 V supply. After a time 
determined by Preregulator 1C U2201 , the drive signal to 
Q2201 is switched low, and the switching FET is turned 
off. 

The current flowing in both coils of T2203 must continue 
as the magnetic field collapses, but it cannot flow 
through Q2201. The only available path is through 
CR2201 (previously biased off). The polarity reversal of 
the voltage across T2203 that occurs forward biases 
CR2201 , and permits the energy in the magnetic field to 
be released to the +44 V supply. 

When CR2201 is forward biased its cathode is clamped 
to the +44 V supply level. With C2201 still charged to 
+ 160 V (the supply voltage), its positive end is pushed 
up to 204 V (44 V + 1 60 V). Now there is -44 V (1 60 V - 
204 V) across the coil of T2203 from pin 6 to pin 7 and 
-44 V (0 - 44 V) from pin 1 to pin 2 (see Figure 3-11). 
Since C2201 is in parallel with C2202 for dc voltages 
(coils are shorts to dc), the dc voltage across C2201 can 
change very little. The capacitance of C2201 is large 
enough that the charging and discharging currents do 
not have enough time to change the voltage across 
C2201 in normal operation. 

The two coils of T2203 need not be coupled mag- 
netically for the circuit to operate. Both coils are wound 
on the same core for convenience. Transformer action is 
minimal because the waveforms impressed across both 
coils are nearly identical. 



3-61 



Theory of Operation— 2247A Service 




After a time controlled by the Preregulator 1C (the dead 
time), the on-time cycle for Q2201 repeats. On time 
depends on the line voltage level; a higher line voltage 
level means a shorter on time of Q2201 is needed to 
maintain + 44 V across C2203. 



Inverter Power Switching Circuit 

The Inverter Power Switching circuit is composed of 
switching transistors Q2209 and Q2210, current source 
transistor Q2214, inverter power transformer T2204, 
base-drive transformer T2205, and associated com- 
ponents. Current supplied by the + 44 volts output from 
the Preregulator circuit is alternately switched through 
each side of the center-tapped primary of T2204 to drive 
the loads on the secondary windings of the inverter 
transformer. 

INVERTER STARTER. As the Preregulator turns on, the 
+ 44 V supply increases from 0 V. The increasing 
voltage forward biases CR2236 and charges C2248 
through the base-emitter junctions of Q2209 and Q221 0. 
Current is drawn through each side of T2204, from the 
center tap, as the transistors conduct. One of the two 
transistors will have a slightly higher gain than the other, 
and its collector voltage will decrease more than the 
other. The voltage difference across the primary of 
T2204 also appears across the primary winding of 
T2205, and a feedback voltage is induced in the secon- 
dary winding of T2204. The polarity of the transformer is 
such that the conduction of the higher gain transistor is 
reinforced (positive feedback), and that transistor 
quickly saturates while the other is cut off. One end of the 
primary of T2204 is driven toward ground while the other 
end is opened. After about half a second, C2248 



charges up, CR2236 becomes reverse biased, and that 
path for current through the conducting transistor is 
blocked. 

If the Inverter Power Switching circuit stops, the Inverter 
Starter circuit will not restart it until C2248 is discharged. 
Furthermore, C2248 will not discharge until the +44 V 
supply falls. 

INVERTER POWER SWITCHING. Switching is started 
by one or the other of either Q2209 or Q221 0 conducting 
more that the other, and circuit action biases the other 
one off. Assume for this discussion that Q221 0 is biased 
on and Q2214 is off. Current flows through current- 
source FET Q2214, on-transistor Q2210, and half of the 
primary of T2204 (pins 9 and 11). The voltage drop 
across current-source transistor Q2214 holds the 
emitter voltage of Q2209 and Q2210 at 3 V. Voltage 
across pins 9 and 1 1 is therefore 41 V (44 V - 3 V). 

Through autotransformer action, 41 V is induced in the 
other half of the primary winding of T2204 from pin 8 to 
the center-tap pin. That voltage adds to the 41 V from 
pins 9 to 1 1 to produce a potential of 82 volts across the 
primary of switching transformer T2205. Current rapidly 
ramps up through the primary of T2205 and induces a 
positive feedback base current in one-half of its center- 
tapped secondary that keeps Q2210 turned on. Current 
in the other half of the secondary biases on CR2227 to 
prevent a high reverse base-to-emitter voltage from 
being developed across Q2209. 

After about 25 p.s, the current through the primary of 
T2205 saturates the magnetic core and the primary 
impedance of the transformer drops to a low value. 
When saturation occurs, the impedance presented by 
L2206 by comparison to that of T2205 is large, and most 
of the voltage applied from the secondary of T2204 is 
then dropped across L2206. The secondary voltage of 
T2205 drops to zero, and with no base-drive current to 
Q2210, that transistor switches off. 



With both Q2209 and Q2210 off, the magnetic energy 
stored in the primary of T2205 and in L2206 causes cur- 
rent to flow in the primary of T2204, reversing the voltage 
polarity on this winding. The voltage reversal is not 
instantaneous because of the parasitic capacitance of 
the T2204 windings. When the reverse voltage gets high 
enough, base current flows to Q2204 and that transistor 
turns on. The inverter current flow cycle through T2204 
then repeats but in the opposite direction to induce ac 
current in the various secondary windings of the inverter 
power transformer. 



3-62 



Theory of Operation— 2247 A Service 



INVERTER CONTROL LOOP. Whenever either Q2209 
or Q2210 is on, the collector voitage of the on transistor 
forward biases either CR2205 {if Q2209 is on) or CR2204 
(if Q2210 is on). Capacitor C2219 is then charged to 
nearly the same voltage that is applied across each half 
of the primary winding of Inverter Transformer T2204. 

A resistive voltage divider formed by R2239, R2238, and 
potentiometer R2252 (+7.5 V ADJUST) applies a 
fraction of the voltage across C2219 to the base of 
Q2213 (one-half of a differential amplifier formed by 
Q221 2 and Q221 3). The voltage on the base of Q221 3 is 
compared to a voltage on the base of Q221 2 that is ref- 
erenced back to the + 44 Vcentertap voltage ofT2204. If 
the collector voltage of the conducting inverter switching 
transistor (Q2009 or Q2210) is not the correct level 
(about 3 V), the gate voltage of current-source FET 
Q2214 will be raised or lowered as needed to correct the 
error. 

Low-Voltage Secondary Supplies 

The low-voltage power supply circuitry on the pin 12 to 
pin 22 and pin 13 to pin 15 secondary windings of the 
inverter power transformer consist of rectifier and filter 
components only. All the regulation is done by the 
Prereguiator and Inverter Control circuitry in the primary 
side of the transformer. Both half-wave and full-wave 
rectifiers are used, and either simple capacitor or 
capacitive-input PI filter circuits are used. Rectifier and 
filter type used for each of the secondary voltages 
depends on the load requirement. A single 130 Vac out- 
put from pin 12 of T2204 supplies the drive to the 2-Axis 
dc restorer circuitry. Power for the blower fan is supplied 
by the -15 V power supply line. 

The center-tapped secondary winding from pins 13 to 
1 5 of T2204 is used for the + 5 V and -5 V supplies. Both 
are full-wave rectified and filtered using capacitive- 
input PI filters. 

High-Voltage Supply 

The high-voltage power supply uses two secondary 
windings of T2204: one for high-voltage multiplier 
U2230 and the otherforthe crt filament. Flying leads from 
the top of the transformer make the circuit connections 



into the high-voltage circuitry. The crt filament winding 
consists of a few turns of insulated wire. 

The high-voltage winding attaches directly to the HV 
Multiplier. Outputs from HV Multiplier U2230 are the 
13.7 kV to the crt anode via a high-voltage-insulated 
connecting lead and the -2.7 kV supplied to the crt 
cathode, focus grid, and intensity grid. The -2.7 kV 
supply is filtered by a two-section capacitive input RC 
filter. A neon lamp across the second section of the filter 
provides protection against arcing if there is a failure that 
can cause a large difference of potential to develop 
between the crt heater and cathode circuits. 

MAIN BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION 
(Diagram 15) 

The Main Board Power Distribution diagram sche- 
matically displays the distribution paths and decoupling 
circuits for the low voltages from the Power Supply. The 
supply and ground connections to the various integrated 
circuits in the instrument are also shown. Use this 
diagram to aid circuit tracing when trying to locate a 
power supply loading problem associated with the Main 
Board. 



PROCESSOR BOARD POWER 
DISTRIBUTION (Diagram 16) 

The continuing power distribution from the Main Board to 
the top board (Processor Board, A1 6) is shown in the 
Processor Board Power Distribution schematic dia- 
gram. Use this diagram to aid in locating power supply 
loading problems that are isolated to the Processor 
Board. 

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 
(Diagram 17) 

Circuit board interconnections with the plug, jack, pin 
numbers, and signal names shown are found in sche- 
matic Diagram 17. The diagram is useful in checking 
continuity of cable runs and signal paths from board to 
board through the instrument. 



3-63 



Section 4-2247A Service 



PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE 

INTRODUCTION 



This Performance Check Procedure verifies the 
Performance Requirements of the 2247A as listed in the 
Specification (section 1) and helps determine the need 
for readjustment. These checks may also be used as an 
acceptance test or as a troubleshooting aid. 

You do not have to remove the wrap-around cabinet 
from the 2247A to do this procedure. All checks can be 
made with controls and connectors accessible from the 
outside. 



TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 

Table 4-1 lists all the test equipment required for both 
the Performance Check Procedure in this section and 
the Adjustment Procedure in Section 5. Test equipment 
specifications described are the minimum necessary to 
provide accurate results. For test equipment operating 
information, refer to the appropriate test equipment 
instruction manual. 

When you use equipment other than that recommended, 
you may have to make some changes to the test setups. 
If the “Example of Test Equipment” given in Table 4-1 is 
not available, use the “Minimum Specification” column 
to determine if any other available test equipment might 
be adequate to do the check. 

PERFORMANCE CHECK INTERVAL 

To ensure instrument accuracy, check the performance 
of the 2247A after every 2000 hours of operation (or once 
each year if used infrequently). If the checks indicate a 



need for readjustment or repair, refer the instrument to a 
qualified service person. 

PREPARATION 

This procedure is divided into subsections to let you 
check individual sections of the instrument when it is not 
necessary to do the complete Performance Check. An 
Equipment Required block at the beginning of each 
subsection lists the equipment from Table 4-1 that is 
needed to do the checks in that subsection. 

The initial front-panel control settings at the beginning of 
each subsection prepare the instrument for the first step 
of the subsection. Do each of the steps in a subsection 
completely and in the order given, to ensure the correct 
control settings for steps that follow. To ensure 
performance accuracies stated in Table 1-1 (Electrical 
Characteristics), let the instrument warm up for 20 
minutes and run the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS 
routine. 

To run the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS routine: 

Press the top and bottom menu-item select buttons to 
display the SERVICE MENU. Underline and select SELF 
CAL MEASUREMENTS. Press RUN to start the routine, 
then QUIT to return to the normal oscilloscope mode. 

NOTE 

Performance accuracies are ensured only 
when the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS 
routine is done AFTER the 20-minute 

warmup. 



4-1 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



Table 4-1 

Test Equipment Required 



Item and 
Description 


Minimum 

Specification 


Use 


Example of 
Test Equipment 


Leveled Sine-Wave 
Generator 


Frequency: 250 kHz to 
above 150 MHz. Output 
amplitude: variable from 
10 mV to 5 V p-p. Output 
impedance: 50 ft. 
Amplitude accuracy: 
constant within 1 .5% of 
reference frequency to 
100 MHz. 


Vertical, horizontal, 
triggering, measurement 
bandwidth, and Z-Axis 
checks and adjustments. 
Counter/Timer checks. 


TEKTRONIX SG 503 
Leveled Sine-Wave 
Generator.® 


Calibration Generator 


Standard-ampl itude 
signal levels (dc and square 
wave): 5 mV to 50 V. 
Accuracy: ±0.25%. 
High-amplitude signal 
levels: 1 V to 60 V. 
Repetition rate: 1 kHz. 
Fast-rise signal level: 1 V. 
Repetition rate: 1 MHz. 

Rise time: 1 ns or less. 
Flatness: ±0.5%. 


Signal source for gain 
and transient response 
checks and adjustments. 


TEKTRONIX PG 506 

Calibration 

Generator.® 


Time-Mark Generator 


Markers: 5 ns to 2 s in a 
1 -2-5 sequence. 
Accuracy: ± 0.00005%. 


Counter/Timer and 
horizontal checks and 
adjustments. Display 
adjustment. Time cursor 
checks. 


TEKTRONIX TG 501 
Option 01 (Precision 
Time Base) Time-Mark 
Generator.® 


Function Generator 


Range: less than 1 Hz to 
1 kHz; sinusoidal output; 
amplitude variable up to 
greater than 1 0 V p-p 
open circuit with dc offset 
adjust. 


Low-frequency checks. 


TEKTRONIX FG 502 
Function Generator.® 


Coaxial Cable 
(2 required) 


Impedance: 50 ft. 
Length: 42 in. 
Connectors: BNC. 


Signal interconnection. 


Tektronix Part Number 
012-0057-01. 


Precision Coaxial Cable 
(3 required) 


Impedance: 50 ft. 
Length: 36 in. 
Connectors: BNC. 


Used with PG 506 
Calibration Generator 
and SG 503 Sine-Wave 
Generator. 


Tektronix Part Number 
012-0482-00. 



a Requires a TM500-series power module. 



4-2 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



Table 4-1 (cont) 



Item and 
Description 


Minimum 

Specification 


use 


Example of 
Test Equipment 


Termination 
(3 required) 


Impedance: 50 n. 
Connectors: BNC. 


Signal termination. 


Tektronix Part Number 
011-0049-01. 


10X Attenuator 


Ratio: 10X. 
Impedance: 50 n. 
Connectors: BNC. 


Triggering checks. 


Tektronix Part Number 
011-0059-02. 


2X Attenuator 


Ratio: 2X. 
Impedance: 50 n. 
Connectors: BNC. 


Triggering checks. 


Tektronix Part Number 
011-0069-02. 


Alignment Tool 


Length: 1— in shaft. 

Bit size: 3/32 in. 

Low capacitance: insulated. 


Adjust TRACE ROTATION 
pot. Adjust variable 
capacitors and resistors. 


Tektronix Part Number 
003-0675-00. 


Test Oscilloscope 


Bandwidth: 20 MHz. 


Z-Axis response 
adjustment. 


TEKTRONIX 2246A. 


Dual-Input Coupler 


Connectors: BNC 
female-to-dual-BNC male. 


Signal interconnection. 


Tektronix Part Number 
067-0525-01 . 


T-Connector 


Connectors, BNC. 


Signal interconnection. 


Tektronix Part Number 
103-0030-00. 


Precision Normalizer 


Input resistance: 1 Mfl: 
Input capacitance: 20 pF. 


Input capacitance 
adjustments. 


Tektronix Part Number 
067-1129-00. 


TV Signal Generator 


Provide composite TV video 
and line sync signals. 


Check TV Trigger circuit. 


Tektronix TSG-100 Test 
Signal Generator. 


Digital Multimeter 
(DMM) 


Dc volts range: 0 to 140 V. 
Dc voltage accuracy 
±0.15%. 4 1/2 digit display. 


Power supply voltage 
checks and adjustments. 


Tektronix DM 501 A 
Digital Multimeter. 3 


Digital Delay 


Count: 10 to 99,999 events. 
Sensitivity: 85 mV p-p at 
30 MHz. Minimum detect- 
able pulse width: 5 ns. 


Counter/Timer checks. 


TEKTRONIX DD 501 
Digital Delay. a 


BNC Coupling 
Capacitor 


0.047 ji.F. 


Voltmeter dc volts normal 
mode rejection ratio 
check. 


Tektronix Part Number 
015-0221-00. 



a Requires a TM500-series power module. 



4-3 



Performance Check Procedure — 2247 A Service 



INDEX TO PERFORMANCE CHECK 
PROCEDURE 

Display 



1. TRACE ROTATION 4-5 

2. Geometry ■ 4-5 

Vertical 

1. Input COUPLING Functional Check 4-6 

2. CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 

Trace Shift 4-6 

3. CH 3 and CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 

Trace Shift 4-7 

4. CH 1 and CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV 

Trace Shift 4-7 

5. CH 1 and CH 2 Input COUPLING 

Trace Shift 4-7 

6. CH 2 INVERT Trace Shift 4-7 

7. CH 1 and CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV 

Range 4-7 

8. Low Frequency Linearity Check 4-8 

9. CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical Deflection 

Accuracy 4-8 

10. CH 3 and CH 4 Vertical Deflection 

Accuracy 4-8 

1 1 . ADD Mode and CH 2 INVERT 

Deflection Accuracy 4-9 

12. Vertical POSITION Range 

(all channels) 4-9 

13. CH 1 to CH 2 Signal Delay Match 4-10 

14. CH 1 to CH 4 Signal Delay Match 4-10 

15. CH 3 to CH 4 Signal Delay Match 4-10 

16. CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical Bandwidth 4-10 

17. CH 3 and CH 4 Vertical Bandwidth 4-11 

18. SCOPE BW (Bandwidth Limit) 

Accuracy 4-11 

19. Common-mode Rejection Ratio 4-11 

20. Channel Isolation 4-1 1 

21 . AC-Coupled Lower -3 dB Point 4-12 

22. Vertical ALT and CHOP Modes 4-12 

23. BEAM FIND Functional Check 4-13 

24. A and B Trace Separation 4-13 

Triggering 

1. 500 Hz Trigger Sensitivity 4-14 

2. 500 kHz Trigger Sensitivity 4-15 

3. 25 MHz Trigger Sensitivity 4-15 

4. 150 MHz Trigger Sensitivity 4-15 

5. Single Sweep Mode 4-16 

6. Trigger LEVEL Control Range 4-16 

7. TV Field Trigger Sensitivity 4-16 



8. TV Line Trigger Sensitivity 4-17 

9. Line Trigger Functional Check 4-17 

Horizontal 

1. A and B Sweep Length 4-18 

2. Horizontal POSITION Range 4-18 

3. VAR SEC/DIV Range 4-18 

4. Magnifier Registration 4-19 

5. A and B Timing Accuracy 

and Linearity 4-19 

6. A and B Magnified Timing 

Accuracy and Linearity 4-19 

7. Delay Time Jitter 4-21 

8. Delay Time Accuracy 4-21 

9. Delay Time Position Range 4-21 

10. X-Axis Gain Accuracy 4-22 

1 1 . X-Y Phase Difference 4-22 

12. X-Axis Bandwidth 4-22 

Measurement Cursors 

1 . k- SEC -4 and k- 1/SEC -x Cursor 

Accuracy 4-23 

2. k- PHASE -X Cursor Accuracy 4-23 

3. k- VOLTS -M Cursor Accuracy 4-24 

4. fh VOLTS -X Cursor Accuracy 4-24 



5. Tracking Cursors Position Accuracy . . . 4-24 

CHI /CH2 Voltmeter 



1 . DC Volts Accuracy 4-25 

2. DC Volts Normal Mode 

Rejection Ratio 4-25 

3. + Peak, - Peak, Peak-Peak 

Volts Accuracy 4-26 

4. 25 MHz + Peak, -Peak, and 

Peak-to-Peak Volts Accuracy 4-26 

5. 100 MHz +Peak, -Peak, and 

Peak-to-Peak Volts Accuracy 4-26 

6. Gated Volts Accuracy 4-27 

Counter/Timer 

1 . Period 4-28 

2. Width 4-28 

3. Rise Time Accuracy 4-29 



External Z-Axis and Probe Adjust and Auto Setup 
Functions 



1 . Check External Z-Axis Input 4-30 

2. PROBE ADJUST Output 4-30 

3. AUTO SETUP Functional Check 4-30 

4. Run MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS 

Routine 4-30 



4-4 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



DISPLAY 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 

Time-mark generator 50 fl BNC coaxial cable 

50 fl BNC termination 



1. TRACE ROTATION 



Set: 




READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


CH 1 COUPLING 


AC 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


Trigger SLOPE 


_r (positive- 
going) 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


Min 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 


A SEC/DIV 


2 )xs 


Measurements 


All off (press 
CLEAR 




DISPLAY three 
times) 


FOCUS 


For best 
defined display 


SCOPE BW 


Off 



b. Position trace vertically to the center graticule line. 



c. CHECK-trace rotation control range is adequate to 
align trace with center graticule line using a small 
straight-bladed alignment tool. 

d. ADJUST-trace parallel to center horizontal 
graticule line. 



2. Geometry 



a. Connect time-mark generator (TG 501) to CH 1 via 
a 50 n BNC coaxial cable and a 50 H BNC 
termination. 

b. Set generator for 0.2 jis time markers. 

c. Position the bottom of the CH 1 signal below the 
bottom graticule line. It may be necessary to 
increase the A intensity in order to see the time 
markers. 

d. CHECK— deviation of any vertical line within the 
center eight horizontal divisions does not exceed 
0.1 division (half a minor division). 

e. Set CH 1 COUPLING to GND. 

f. Position trace slowly from the bottom graticule line 
to the top graticule line while making the following 
check. 

g. CHECK— bowing or tilt of baseline trace doesn’t 
exceed 0.1 division (half a minor division) within the 
eight vertical divisions. 

h. Disconnect test signal from the 2247A. 



4-5 



Performance Check Procedure -2247A Service 



VERTICAL 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Leveled sine-wave generator 


50 n precision BNC coaxial cable 


Calibration generator 


50 n termination 


Function generator 


Dual-input coupler 


50 n BNC coaxial cable 





1. Input COUPLING Functional Check 



Set: 

READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 


A INTEN 


readout 
For a viewable 


Vertical MODE 


trace 

CH 1 and CH 2 


CH 1 and CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV 


1 V 


CH 1 and CH 2 
Input COUPLING 


DC 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


Trigger SLOPE 


_/- (positive- 


Trigger LEVEL 


going) 

12 o’clock 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


Min 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.5 ms 


FOCUS 


For best 


Measurements 


defined display 
All off (press 


SCOPE BW 


CLEAR 

DISPLAY three 
times) 

Off 


CH 2 INVERT 


Off 



b. Set Vertical MODE to CH 1 (CH 2 off). 

c. Connect function generator (FG 502) sine-wave 
output to the CH 1 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial 
cable and a 50 n BNC termination. 



d. Set function generator output for 1 kHz sine-wave 
signal of five divisions peak-to-peak with maximum 
positive dc offset. 

e. Position the bottom of the signal to the center hori- 
zontal graticule line. 

f. Set CH 1 input COUPLING to AC. 

g. CHECK -display is roughly centered about the 
center horizontal graticule line. 

h. Move the test signal to the CH 2 input. 

i. Set CH 2 Vertical MODE to on (CH 1 off). 

j. Repeat the procedure for CH 2. 

k. Disconnect the test signal from the 2247A. 



2. CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV Trace Shift 



a. Set: 

CH 1 and CH 2 

Vertical MODE On 

CH 1 and CH 2 

VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

CH 1 and CH 2 

Input COUPLING GND 

b. Set Vertical MODE to CH 1 (CH 2 off). 

c. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

d. Switch CH 1 VOLTS/DIV through all positions from 
2 mV to 5 V. 

e. CHECK -trace shift does not exceed 0.2 division 
between steps. 

f. Set Vertical MODE to CH 2 (CH 1 off). 



4-6 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



g . Position CH 2 trace to the center horizontal graticule 
line. 

h. Switch CH 2 VOLTS/DIV through all positions from 

2 mV to 5 V. b. Set CH 2 Input COUPLING to DC. 



5. CH 1 and CH 2 Input COUPLING Trace Shift 

a. Position trace to center graticule line. 



i. CHECK— trace shift does not exceed 0.2 division 
between steps. 

3. CH 3 and CH 4 VOLTS/DIV Trace Shift 

a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 3 (CH 2 off). 

b. Position trace to the center horizontal graticule line. 

c. Switch CH 3 VOLTS/DIV between 0.1 V and 0.5 V. 

d. CHECK— trace shift does not exceed one division. 

e. Set Vertical MODE to CH 4 (CH 3 off). 

f. Position trace to the center horizontal graticule line. 

g. Switch CH 4 VOLTS/DIV between 0. 1 V and 0.5 V. 

h. CHECK— trace shift does not exceed one division. 

4. CH 1 and CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV Trace Shift 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 4 off) 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

b. Position trace to center graticule line. 

c. Set CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV fully ccw. 

d. CHECK— trace shift does not exceed one division. 

e. Set: 

CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV Detent 

(calibrated) 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

f. Position trace to center graticule line. 

g. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV fully ccw. 

h. CHECK— trace shift does not exceed one division. 



c. CHECK-trace shift does not exceed 0.25 division. 

d. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 Input COUPLING GND 

e. Position trace to center graticule line. 

f. Set CH 1 Input COUPLING to DC. 

g. CHECK-trace shift does not exceed 0.25 division. 

6. CH 2 INVERT Trace Shift 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 Input COUPLING GND 

b. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

c. Set CH 2 INVERT On. 

d. CHECK-trace shift does not exceed one division. 

e. Set: 

CH 2 INVERT Off 

CH 2 COUPLING DC 

7. CH 1 and CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV Range 

a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 1 (CH 2 off). 

b. Position CH 1 trace to the center horizontal graticule 
line. 

c. Set: 

CHI VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV Fully ccw 

d. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) Std Ampl 
output to the CH 1 input via 50 fi precision BNC 
coaxial cable. Set generator Std Ampl output to 
50 mV. 



i. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV to detent (calibrated) 
position. 



e. CHECK— the signal amplitude is two divisions or 
less. 



4-7 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



f. Set: 

CH 1 VAR VOLTS/DIV Detent 

(calibrated) 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

g. Position CH 2 trace to the center horizontal graticule 
line. 

h. Move the test signal to the CH 2 input. 

i. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV fully ccw. 

j. Repeat the CHECK procedure for CH 2. 

k. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV to detent (calibrated) 
position. 

8. Low-Frequency Linearity Check 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CHI VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

SCOPE BW On 

b. Set calibration generator to Std Ampl output, 20 mV. 

c. Move the test signal to the CH 1 input. 

d. Position the top of the signal to the top graticule line. 

e. CHECK— the signal amplitude is between 1.9 and 
2.1 divisions. 

f. Set bottom of the signal to bottom graticule line. 

g. CHECK— the signal amplitude is between 1.9 and 
2.1 divisions. 

h. Repeat the procedure for CH 2. 

9. CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical Deflection Accuracy 

a. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 2 mV. 

b. Set calibration generatorto Std Ampl output, 10 mV. 

c. Position the trace two graticule lines below the b. 
center horizontal graticule line. 



d . CHECK - all positions of the VOLTS/DIV settings for 
correct signal-to-graticule accuracy, using the set- 
tings in Table 4-2 for the checks. 

e. Set calibration generatorto Std Ampl output, 1 0 mV. 

f. Move the test signal to the CH 1 input. 

g. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

h. Position the trace two graticule lines below the 
center horizontal graticule line. 

i. Repeat CHECK procedure for CH 1 . 



Table 4-2 

Signal-to-Graticule Accuracy 


VOLTS/DIV 

Setting 


Std Ampl 
Setting ( 


Deflection Accy 
(in divisions) 


2 mV 


10 mV 


4.90 to 5.10 


5 mV 


20 mV 


3.92 to 4.08 


10 mV 


50 mV 


4.90 to 5.10 


20 mV 


100 mV 


4.90 to 5.10 


50 mV 


200 mV 


3.92 to 4.08 


0.1 V 


500 mV 


4.90 to 5.10 


0.2 V 


1 V 


4.90 to 5.10 


0.5 V 


2 V 


3.92 to 4.08 


1 V 


5 V 


4.90 to 5.10 


2 V 


10 V 


4.90 to 5.10 


5 V 


20 V 


3.92 to 4.08 



10. CH 3 and CH 4 Vertical Deflection Accuracy 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 1 off) 

CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

Position the trace two graticule lines below the 
center horizontal graticule line. 



4-8 



Performance Check Procedure — 2247 A Service 



c. Move the test signal to the CH 3 input. 

d. Set the calibration generator to Std Ampl output, 
0.5 V. 

e. CHECK— the signal amplitude is between 4.90 and 
5.10 divisions. 

f. Move the test signal to the CH 4 input. 

g. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 4 (CH 3 off) 

CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

h. Position the trace two graticule lines below the 
center horizontal graticule line. 



d. Position the ADD signal to the center of the crt 
graticule with the CH 1 and CH 2 POSITION controls. 

e. CHECK— that the ADD signal amplitude is between 
3.92 and 4.08 divisions. 

f. Set CH 2 INVERT On. 

g. CHECK— the ADD signal amplitude is 0.08 division 
(less than half a minor graticule division) or less 
excluding trace width (sweep will free run). 

h. Disconnect the test setup from the 2247A. 



12. Vertical POSITION Range (all channels) 



a. Set: 



i. Repeat CHECK for CH 4. 

j. Set CH 4 VOLTS/DIV to 0.5 V. 

k. Set calibration generator to Std Ampl output, 2 V. 

l. CHECK— the signal amplitude is between 3.92 and 
4.08 divisions. 



A SEC/DIV 
Vertical MODE 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 INVERT 
SCOPE BW 
CH 1 and CH 2 Input 
COUPLING 



0.1 ms 

CH 1 (ADD off) 

1 V 

Off 

Off 

AC 



m. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 4 off) 

CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.5 V 



b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 1 and CH 2 inputs via a 50 a BNC 
coaxial cable, a 50 a BNC termination, and a BNC 
dual-input coupler. 



n. Move the test signal to the CH 3 input. 

o. Repeat CHECK for CH 3. 

p. Disconnect the test setup from the 2247A. 



1 1 . ADD Mode and CH 2 INVERT Deflection 
Accuracy 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE ADD (all others 

off) 

CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

CH 1 and CH 2 Input 

COUPLING DC 

b. Connect calibration generator Std Ampl output to 
the CH 1 and CH 2 inputs via 50 a precision BNC 
coaxial cable and a BNC dual-input coupler. 

c. Set the calibration generator to Std Ampl output, 
0.2 V. 



c. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

d. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for two- 
division signal at 50 kHz. 

e. Set: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

CH 1 POSITION Fully cw 

f. CHECK— that the bottom of the waveform is at least 
one division above the center horizontal graticule 
line. 

g. Set CH 1 POSITION fully ccw. 

h. CHECK-that the top of the waveform is at least one 
division below the center horizontal graticule line. 

i. Set: 

CH 1 POSITION 12 o’clock 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 POSITION Fully cw 



4-9 



Performance Check Procedure -2247A Service 



j. CHECK - that the bottom of the waveform is at least 
one division above the center horizontal graticule 
line. 

k. Set CH 2 POSITION fully ccw. 

l . CHECK — that the top of the waveform is at least one 
division below the center horizontal graticule line. 



c. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) Fast Rise, 
rising-edge signal to the CH 1 and CH 2 inputs via a 
50 n precision BNC coaxial cable, a 50 n BNC 
termination, and a BNC dual-input coupler. 

d. Connect calibration generator Trig Out signal to the 
CH 3 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable and a 50 n 
BNC termination. 



m. Set CH 2 POSITION to 12 o’clock. 

n. Move the BNC dual-input couplerfrom the CH 1 and 
CH 2 inputs to the CH 3 and CH 4 inputs. 

o. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 2 off) 

CH 3 and CH 4 

VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

CH 3 POSITION Fully cw 

p. CHECK-thatthe bottom of the waveform is at least 
one division above the center graticule line. 

q. Set CH 3 POSITION fully ccw. 

r. CHECK— that the top of the waveform is at least one 
division below the center graticule line. 



e. Set the calibration generator to Fast Rise and adjust 
Pulse Amplitude for five divisions of signal ampli- 
tude at 1 MHz. 

f. Position the rising edges of the superimposed 
waveforms horizontally to the center vertical grati- 
cule line. 

NOTE 

It may be necessary to readjust the trigger 
level to display the rising-edge signal in 
the Delay Match steps. This can be done 
most easily by pressing the upper Trigger 
MODE button to cause the trigger level to 
be automatically readjusted. 

g. Set XI 0 MAG On (for 2 ns/div sweep speed). 



s. 



t. 

u. 



Set: 

CH 3 POSITION 12 O'clock 

Vertical MODE CH 4 (CH 3 off) 

Repeat the procedure for CH 4. 

Set CH 4 POSITION to 12 o’clock. 



h. CHECK-that the leading edges of the two 
waveforms have less than 0.1 horizontal division 
separation at the center graticule line excluding 
trace width. 



14. CH 1 to CH 4 Signal Delay Match 

a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 1 and CH 4 (CH 2 off). 



v. Disconnect the test setup from the 2247A. 



13. CH 1 to CH 2 Signal Delay Match 

a. Set: 



Vertical MODE 

CH 1 and CH 2 
Input COUPLING 
CH 1 and CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV 
SEC/DIV 
Trigger SOURCE 



CH 1 and CH 2 
(CH 4 off) 

DC 

0.1 V 
20 ns 
CH 3 



b . Superimpose the CH 1 and CH 2 traces at the 1 00% 
graticule marking. 



b. Move the CH 2 signal to the CH 4 input connector. 

c. Superimpose the CH 4 waveform on the CH 1 
waveform. 

d. CHECK— that the leading edges of the two 
waveforms have less than 0.1 horizontal division 
separation at the center graticule line excluding 
trace width. 



15. CH 3 to CH 4 Signal Delay Match 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE 
Trigger SOURCE 



CH 3 and CH 4 
(CH 1 off) 

CH 2 



4-10 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



b. Move the CH 3 signal to the CH 2 input and the CH 1 
trigger signal to the CH 3 input. 

c. Superimpose CH 3 and CH 4 waveforms at the cen- 
ter graticule line. 

d. CHECK— that the leading edges of the two 
waveforms have less than 0.1 horizontal division 
separation at the center graticule line. 

e. Disconnect the test setup. 



16. CHI and CH 2 Vertical Bandwidth 



a. Set: 



17. CH 3 and CH 4 Vertical Bandwidth 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 2 off) 

CH 3 and CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 3 input via a 50 n precision BNC 
coaxial cable and a 50 o BNC termination. 

c. Set the generator output for a six-division signal dis- 
play at 50 kHz. 

d. Set the generator Frequency Range and Frequency 
Variable controls for a 90 MHz output frequency. 



XI 0 MAG 
Vertical MODE 

SEC/DIV 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 1 and CH 2 Input 
COUPLING 
Trigger SOURCE 
Horizontal POSITION 



Off 

CH 1 (CH 3 and 
CH 4 off) 

0.1 ms 
5 mV 



e. CHECK— that the signal display amplitude is 4.2 
divisions or more as the frequency is increased to 
100 MHz. 

f. Repeat the procedure for 0.5 VOLTS/DIV setting. 



DC 
VERT 
12 o’clock 



g. Move the test signal to the CH 4 input. 

h. Set Vertical MODE to CH 4 



b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 1 input via a 50 n precision BNC 
coaxial cable and a 50 n BNC termination. 

c. Set the leveled sine-wave generator output for a 
six-division signal amplitude at 50 kHz. 

d. Set the generator Frequency Range and Frequency 
Variable controls for a 90 MHz output signal. 

e. CHECK— the displayed signal amplitude is 4.2 
divisions or more as the frequency is increased to 
100 MHz. 



i. Repeat the procedure for CH 4. 



18. SCOPE BW (Bandwidth Limit) Accuracy 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 4 off) 

CHI VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

SCOPE BW On 

b. Move test signal from the CH 4 input to the CH 1 
input. 



f. Repeat the frequency setup and CHECK procedure 
for VOLTS/DIV settings of 50 mV and 0.5 V. 

g. Move the test signal to the CH 2 input. 

h. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5 mV 

i. Repeat the complete Bandwidth check procedure 
for Channel 2. 



c. Set leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) output for 
a six-division signal amplitude at 50 kHz. 

d. Increase the leveled sine-wave generator output 
frequency, using the Frequency Range and 
Frequency Variable controls, until a signal display 
amplitude of 4.2 divisions is obtained. 

e. CHECK— that the sine-wave generator output 
frequency is between 17 MHz and 23 MHz. 

f. Disconnect the test setup. 



4-11 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



19. Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 



a. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 1 and CH 2 input connectors via a 50 n 
precision BNC coaxial cable, a 50 n BNC termi- 
nation, and a BNC dual-input coupler. 



d. Set CH 2, CH 3, and CH 4 Vertical MODE On (CH 1 
off). 

e. CHECK— display amplitude is 0.1 division or less, 
excluding trace width, on the CH 2, CH 3, and CH 4 
traces. 



b. Set the leveled sine-wave generator output for an 
eight-division signal-display amplitude at 50 kHz. 

c. Set: 



Vertical MODE 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 INVERT 
SCOPE BW 



ADD (CH 1 off) 
10 mV 
On 
Off 



d. Adjust CH 1 or CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV for smallest 
signal amplitude (as needed). 



f. Move sine-wave generator signal to the CH 2 input. 

g. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 , CH 3, and 

CH 4 (CH 2 off) 

Trigger SOURCE CH 2 

h. CHECK -display amplitude is 0.1 division or less, 
excluding trace width, on the CH 1 , CH 3, and CH 4 
traces. 

i. Move sine-wave generator signal to the CH 3 input. 



e. Set the leveled sine-wave output frequency to 
50 MHz. 

f. Set the Vertical MODE to CH 1 (ADD off). 

g. Set the leveled sine-wave output amplitude for an 
eight-division display. 

h. Set the Vertical MODE to ADD (CH 1 off). 



j. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 , CH 2, and 

CH 4 (CH 3 off) 

Trigger SOURCE CH 3 

k. CHECK— display amplitude is 0.1 division or less, 
excluding trace width, on the CH 1 , CH 2, and CH 4 
traces. 



i. CHECK-the signal is less than 0.8 division in 
amplitude. 

j. Disconnect the test setup. 



20. Channel Isolation 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 and CH 2 

(ADD off) 

CH 2 INVERT Off 

CH 1 , CH 2, CH 3, and CH 4 
VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

Trigger SOURCE CH 1 



l. Move sine-wave generator signal to the CH 4 input. 

m. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 , CH 2, and 

CH 3 (CH 4 off) 

Trigger SOURCE CH 4 

n. CHECK— display amplitude is 0.1 division or less, 
excluding trace width, on the CH 1 , CH 2, and CH 3 
traces. 

o. Disconnect the test setup. 



21. AC-Coupled Lower -3 dB Point 



b. Connect the leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) a. Set: 
output to the CH 1 input via a 50 n precision BNC 

coaxial cable and a 50 fl BNC termination. A SEC/DIV 10 ms 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (all others 

c. Set the leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- off) 

put for a five-division signal display amplitude at Trigger SOURCE VERT 

100 MHz. Trigger MODE NORM 



4-12 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



b. Connect function generator {FG 502) output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable and a 50 n 
BNC termination. 

c. Set the function generator output controls to 
produce a six-division sine-wave display at 10 Hz 
(with no dc offset). 

d. Set CH 1 Input COUPLING to AC. 

e. CHECK— display amplitude is 4.2 division or more. 

f. Set Vertical MODE to CH 2 (CH 1 off). 

g. Repeat the procedure for CH 2. 

h. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



22. Vertical ALT and CHOP Modes 



Set: 




Vertical MODE 


CH 1 , CH 2, 

CH 3, and CH 4 




on 


CHOP Vertical MODE 


Off (ALT 
mode) 


CH 1 and CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV 


10 mV 


CH 3 and CH 4 
VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


CH 1 and CH 2 Input 
COUPLING 


DC 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.1 ms 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 



b. Position all traces for two divisions of separation 
with the CH 1 trace near the top; then in order down 
the graticule area with the CH 4 trace near the 
bottom. 

c. SetSEC/DIVto 10 ms. 

d. CHECK— that four traces are sweeping across the 
screen alternately. 



e. Set CHOP Vertical MODE On. 



f. CHECK-that four traces are sweeping across the 
screen simultaneously. 



23. BEAM FIND Functional Check 


a. 


Push BEAM FIND in and hold. 




b. 


CHECK— the signal is visible and compressed fully 
within the graticule area as the horizontal and verti- 
cal position controls are rotated through their 




ranges. 




c. 


Release the BEAM FIND button. 




d. 


Set all Vertical and Horizontal POSITION controls at 




the 12 o'clock position. 




24. A and B Trace Separation 


a. 


Set: 






A SEC/DIV 


1 ms 




Vertical MODE 


CH 1 (others 
off) 




Horizontal MODE 


ALT 




B SEC/DIV 


0.5 ms 




A/B SELECT 


B 




B Trigger MODE 


RUNS AFTER 




TRACE SEP 


Fully cw 



b. Position the CH 1 trace below the center horizontal 
graticule line to display the separated B trace. 

c. CHECK -for at least four divisions of upward trace 
separation between the B trace and the A trace. 

d. Set TRACE SEP fully ccw. 

e. Position the CH 1 trace above the center horizontal 
graticule line to display the separated B trace. 

f. CHECK— for at least four divisions downward trace 
separation of the B trace from the A trace. 



4-13 



Performance Check Procedure -2247A Service 



TRIGGERING 





Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 






Leveled sine-wave generator 


Function generator 




50 n BNC coaxial cable 


10X BNC attenuator 




2X BNC attenuator 


50 a BNC termination 




Dual-input coupler 


TV signal generator 


1 . 500 Hz Trigger Sensitivity 


NOTE 



Set: 

READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


The Trigger LEVEL control may be used to 
obtain a stable display. 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


e. CHECK -that the display is stably triggered with 
DC, HF REJ, and AC Trigger CPLG; and that the dis- 


Vertical MODE 
CH 1 and CH 2 Input 
COUPLING 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
SCOPE BW 


CH 1 

DC 
0.1 V 
On 


play will not trigger on NOISE REJ or LF REJ Trigger 
CPLG. 

f. Set: 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A Trigger CPLG 


DC 


A SEC/DIV 


1 ms 


Horizontal MODE 


B 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


A/B SELECT 


B Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


B Trigger MODE 


NORM 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


B Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 
Trigger SLOPE 


AC 

_/- (positive- 
going) 


B Trigger SLOPE 
B SEC/DIV 


_y~ (positive- 
going) 

0.5 ms 


Trigger HOLDOFF 
FOCUS 


Min 

For best 
defined display 


DELAY Time 


70.000 
(minimum 
delay time) 


Measurements 
Horizontal POSITION 


All off (press 
CLEAR 

DISPLAY three 
times) 

12 o'clock 


B INTEN 

NOTE 


For viewable 
display 



b. Connect function generator (FG 502) output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable, and a 50 n 
BNC termination. 

c. Set function generator (FG 502) output to produce a 
7.0 division sine-wave display at 500 Hz. 



It may be necessary to adjust the Trigger 
LEVEL control to obtain a display. 

g. CHECK -that using the Trigger LEVEL control, the 
display can be stably triggered in DC, HF REJ, and 
AC Trigger CPLG; and that the display cannot be 
triggered in NOISE REJ or LF REJ Trigger CPLG. 



d. Add a 1 0X and a 2X BNC attenuator before the 50 a 

BNC termination (for a 0.35 division display). h. Disconnect the test setup from the CH 1 input. 



4-14 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



2. 500 kHz Trigger Sensitivity 

a. Set: 



SCOPE BW Off 

Horizontal MODE A 

A/B SELECT A Trigger 

A SEC/DIV 2 ns 



b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 1 input via a 50 fi BNC coaxial cable 
and a 50 O BNC termination. 

c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output to produce 
a 7.0 division sine-wave display amplitude at 
500 kHz. 

d. Add a 10X and a 2X BNC attenuator before the 50 fl 
BNC termination (for a 0.35 division display 
amplitude). 

e. CHECK— that the display cannot be triggered in 
either HF REJ of NOISE REJ CPLG. 

f. Set: 

Horizontal MODE B 

A/B SELECT B Trigger 

B SEC/DIV 1 p.s 

g. CHECK— that the display cannot be triggered in HF 
REJ or NOISE REJ CPLG by adjusting the Trigger 
LEVEL control. 



3. 25 MHz Trigger Sensitivity 

a. Set: 



Horizontal MODE A 

A/B SELECT A Trigger 

A Trigger CPLG DC 

A SEC/DIV 50 ns 



b. Remove the 10X and 2X BNC attenuators from the 
signal path. 

c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output to produce 
a 7.0 division display amplitude at 25 MHz. 

d. Add a 10X and a 2X BNC attenuator before the 50 n 
BNC termination. 

e. CHECK— that the display is stably triggered in DC, 
LF REJ, and AC Trigger CPLG; the display is not 
triggered in NOISE REJ and HF REJ Trigger CPLG 
settings. 



f. Set: 



A Trigger CPLG DC 

Horizontal MODE B 

A/B SELECT B Trigger 

B SEC/DIV 20 ns 



g. CHECK-that using the Trigger LEVEL control, the 
display can be stably triggered in DC, LF REJ, and 
AC Trigger CPLG; the display cannot be triggered in 
NOISE REJ and HF REJ Trigger CPLG settings. 

h. Set leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) to pro- 
duce a 1.4 division display at 25 MHz. 

i. CHECK-that the display can be stably triggered 
with NOISE REJ Trigger CPLG but does not trigger 
with HF REJ CPLG. 

j. Set: 

Horizontal MODE A 

A/B SELECT A Trigger 

k. CHECK-that the display is stably triggered with 
NOISE REJ Trigger CPLG but does not trigger with 
HF REJ CPLG. (The Trigger LEVEL control may be 
adjusted to improve display stability in NOISE REJ 
CPLG.) 



4. 150 MHz Trigger Sensitivity 



a. Set Trigger CPLG to DC. 

b. Set leveled sine-wave generator to produce a 1 .0 
division display at 150 MHz. 

c. CHECK-that the display is stably triggered in DC, 
LF REJ, and AC Trigger CPLG. 

d. Set: 

Horizontal MODE B 

A/B SELECT B Trigger 

e. CHECK-that using the Trigger LEVEL control the 
display can be stably triggered in DC, LF REJ, and 
AC Trigger CPLG. 

f. Set: 



Horizontal MODE 
Vertical MODE 
CH 2, CH 3, and CH 4 
VOLTS/DIV 
A/B SELECT 
A Trigger CPLG 



A 

CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

0.1 V 
A Trigger 
DC 



4-15 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



g. Move test signal from CH 1 to the CH 2 input. 

h. Set leveled sine-wave generator output to produce 
a 1.0 division display amplitude at 150 MHz. 

i. CHECK— that a stable display can be obtained. 
(The Trigger LEVEL control may be adjusted to 
improve the display stability.) 

j. Repeat the procedure for CH 3 and CH 4 (turn on the 
appropriate Vertical MODE and move the test signal 
as required). 

k. Move test signal to the CH 1 input. 

l. Set Vertical MODE to CH 1 (others off). 



c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output to produce 
a 7.0 division display amplitude at 50 kHz. 

d. Add a 1 0X and a 2X BNC attenuator before the 50 fl 
BNC termination. (Display should stably trigger with 
AUTO LEVEL finding the correct trigger level 
setting.) 

e. Set: 

A Trigger MODE NORM 

CH 1 Input COUPLING GND 

Trigger MODE SGL SEQ 

CHECK -that the Trigger READY LED turns on and 
remains on. 



m. Remove the 2X BNC attenuator from the test signal 
path. 

n. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a 2.2- 
division display amplitude at 100 MHz. 

o. CHECK— that the display is stably triggered with 
NOISE REJ Trigger CPLG but is not triggered with 
HF REJ Trigger CPLG. 

p. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a 
0.5-division display amplitude at 100 MHz. 

q. CHECK— that the display is not triggered in NOISE 
REJ Trigger CPLG. 



g. Set: 

A INTEN 3/4 fully CW 

CH 1 Input COUPLING DC (see 

CHECK below) 

h. CHECK-that the TRIG’D LED flashes, and the 
READY LED turns off after a single sweep and 
readout display occurs when the Input COUPLING 
switches to DC. 



6. Trigger LEVEL Control Range 



a. Set: 



r. Set: 

A Trigger CPLG DC 

Horizontal MODE B 

A/B SELECT B Trigger 

s. Repeat 100 MHz NOISE REJ Trigger CPLG 
procedure for the B Trigger. 



c. 



Trigger MODE AUTO (not 

AUTO LEVEL) 

Trigger LEVEL Fully ccw 

A INTEN For a good 

viewing 

intensity 

Remove 10X and 2X BNC attenuators from the test 
signal path. 

Increase leveled sine-wave generator output level 
until a stably triggered display is just obtainable. 



5. Single Sweep Mode 

a. Set: 



Horizontal MODE A 

ASEC/DIV 10 ns 

A/B SELECT A Trigger 

b. Remove the 1 0X BNC attenuator from the test signal 
path. 



d. Set Trigger LEVEL fully cw. 

e. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a stable 
display (if necessary). 

f. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 V. 



4-16 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



g. CHECK— that the CH 1 signal display amplitude is 
four divisions or more (peak-to-peak). Note that the 
signal is not triggered. 



A SEC/DIV 2 ms 

Horizontal MODE B 

B SEC/DIV 20 (is 

A/B SELECT B 

B Trigger MODE TV LINE 

b. CHECK-that a stable display is obtained for 

various portions of the TV field as the k- OR DELAY 
control is rotated. 

c. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV to the detent position 
(calibrated). 

d. Disconnect the TV signal generator from the 2247A. 



b. Connect TV signal generator (TSG-100) video out- 
put to the CH 2 input via a 50 H BNC cable. 



9. Line Trigger Functional Check 

a. Set: 



Vertical MODE 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
SEC/DIV 
Trigger MODE 
Trigger SLOPE 



CH 2 (CH 1 off) 
1 V 

0.2 ms 
TV FIELD 
-\_ (negative- 
going) 



h. Disconnect the test setup from the 2247A. 



7. TV Field Trigger Sensitivity 



a. Set: 



8. TV Line Trigger Sensitivity 

a. Set: 



c. Set CH 2 VAR VOLTS/DIV control for a 0.5 division 
composite sync signal. 

d. CHECK— that a stable display is obtained. 

e. Set: 

CH 2 INVERT On 

Trigger SLOPE _/~ (positive- 

going) 



CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 



CH 2 Input COUPLING 
Horizontal MODE 
A SEC/DIV 
Trigger MODE 
Trigger SOURCE 
Trigger CPLG 

b. Connect a 10X probe t 



0.1 V (without a 
1 0X probe 
attached) 

DC 

A 

5 ms 

AUTO LEVEL 

LINE 

DC 

the CH 2 input connector. 



f. CHECK— that a stable display is obtained. 



c. Attach the probe tip to a length of wire at least four 
inches long . Hold the wire near the middle portion of 
the instrument power cord. 



g. Set: 

CH 2 INVERT 
Trigger SLOPE 



Off 

“\_ (negative- 
going) 



d. CHECK-that the display can be triggered in both 

(positive-going) and -v_ (negative-going) 
slopes. 

e. Disconnect the test setup. 



4-17 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



HORIZONTAL 





Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 






Time-mark generator 


50 ft BNC coaxial cable 




50 ft BNC termination 




1 . A and B Sweep Length 


e. Set: 



Set: 


READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 and CH 2 


Input COUPLING 


DC 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


0.5 V 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A SEC/DIV 


2 ms 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


AC 


Trigger SLOPE 


(positive- 

going) 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


Min 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


Measurements 


All off (press 
CLEAR 

DISPLAY three 
times) 


FOCUS 


For best 
defined display 



Horizontal MODE 
B SEC/DIV 
A/B SELECT 
Trigger MODE 
i<- OR DELAY Control 



B INTEN 



B 

1 ms 
B Trigger 
RUNS AFTER 
ccw to the 
lowest DELAY 
readout value 
For a visible 
display 



f. CHECK— the Delay Time readout is 70.000 ms, and 
the B Sweep length is greater than 10 divisions. 



2. Horizontal POSITION Range 

a. Set: 

Horizontal MODE A 

Horizontal POSITION Fully cw 

b. CHECK -that the start of trace positions past the 
center vertical graticule line. 

c. Set Horizontal POSITION fully ccw. 

d. CHECK— that the 1 1th time marker is positioned to 
the left of the center vertical graticule line. 



b. Connect time-mark generator (TG 501) to the CH 1 
input via a 50 ft BNC coaxial cable and a 50 ft BNC 
termination. 

c. Set generator for 2 ms time markers. 

d. CHECK— sweep length of the A trace is greater than 
10 divisions. 



3. VAR SEC/DIV Range 



a. Set: 

SEC/DIV 1 ms 

SEC/DIV VAR Fully ccw 

Horizontal POSITION 12 o’clock 

b. Set time-mark generator for 5 ms time markers. 



4-18 



Performance Check Procedure — 2247A Service 



c. CHECK— the time-mark spacing is equal to or less 
than two divisions. 



in the column labeled XI given in Table 4-3, 
Settings for Timing Accuracy Checks. 



d. Set SEC/DIV VAR fully cw (calibrated detent). 



h. Set SEC/DIV to 20 ns. 



4. Magnifier Registration 

a. SetXIOMAGon. 

b. Position the rising edge of a time marker to the cen- 
ter vertical graticule line. 



i. Set time-mark generator for 20 ns time markers. 

j. Set: 

Horizontal MODE B 

B INTEN For a viewable 

display 



c. Set XI 0 MAG off. 

d. CHECK- for less than 0.5 division horizontal trace 
shift. 



5. A and B Timing Accuracy and Linearity 



a. Set A SEC/DIV to 20 ns. 

b. Set time-mark generator for 20 ns time markers. 

c. Position the time marker peaks vertically to the cen- 
ter horizontal graticule line (allows use of the minor 
division graticule markings as an aid in making the 
accuracy checks). 



NOTE 

For the fastest sweep speeds, where the 
time marker peaks are rounded and not 
well defined, greater resolution can be 
achieved by vertically centering the dis- 
play and using the points where the rising 
edges of the time markers cross the center 
horizontal graticule line as a reference. 



k. Repeat the CHECK procedure for all the B SEC/DIV 
settings. 

6. A and B Magnified Timing Accuracy and Linearity 

a, Set time-mark generator for 5 ns time markers. 

b. Set: 



Horizontal MODE 
A SEC/DIV 
Horizontal MODE 
B SEC/DIV 
XI 0 MAG 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 



A 

20 ns 
B 

20 ns 
On (for 

2 ns/div sweep 
speed) 

0.5 V (use 
0.2 V for the 
5 ns time 
markers if 
necessary) 



c. Set the Horizontal POSITION control to 12 o’clock 
and then align the rising edge of the nearest time 
marker to the second vertical graticule line (center 
the display vertically). 



d. Position the second time marker to the second verti- 
cal graticule line. 

e. CHECK— that the tenth time marker is within 0.16 
division (left or right) of the tenth graticule line. 

f. CHECK- that the spacing of time markers over any 
two-division interval within the center eight 
divisions does not deviate from the value measured 
at the center two divisions by more than 0.1 division. 

g. Repeat the procedure for all other SEC/DIV settings. 
Use the SEC/DIV and Time Mark Generator settings 



NOTE 

For the fastest sweep speeds, where the 
time marker peaks are rounded and not 
well defined, greater resolution can be 
achieved by vertically centering the dis- 
play and using the points where the rising 
edges of the time markers cross the center 
horizontal graticule line as a reference. 

d. CHECK— that the rising edge of the fourth displayed 
time marker crosses the center horizontal graticule 
line at between 8.27 divisions and 8.73 divisions 
from the left-most graticule line. 



4-19 



Performance Check Procedure — 2247 A Service 



Table 4-3 

Settings for Timing Accuracy Checks 



SEC/DIV Setting 


Time-Mark Setting 


XI 


XI 0 MAG 


XI 


XI 0 MAG 


20 ns 


2 ns 


20 ns 


5 ns 


50 ns 


5 ns 


50 ns 


5 ns 


0.1 |JS 


10 ns 


0.1 ns 


10 ns 


0.2 ns 


20 ns 


0.2 ns 


20 ns 


0.5 jjlS 


50 ns 


0.5 n s 


50 ns 


1 M.S 


0.1 n s 


1 ns 


0.1 ns 


2 iaS 


0.2 jj.s 


2 ns 


0.2 ns 


5 n s 


0.5 n s 


5 (J.S 


0.5 n s 


10 US 


1 M.S 


10 ps 


1 n s 


20 (is 


2 jiS 


20 |XS 


2 ns 


50 jiS 


5 ji.s 


50 n s 


5 n s 


0.1 ms 


10 ns 


0.1 ms 


10 ns 


0.2 ms 


20 jxs 


0.2 ms 


20 ns 


0.5 ms 


50 jxs 


0.5 ms 


50 n s 


1 ms 


0.1 ms 


1 ms 


0.1 ms 


2 ms 


0.2 ms 


2 ms 


0.2 ms 


5 ms 


0.5 ms 


5 ms 


0.5 ms 



A Sweep only 



10 ms 


1 ms 


10 ms 


1 ms 


20 ms 


2 ms 


20 ms 


2 ms 


50 ms 


5 ms 


50 ms 


5 ms 


0.1 s 


10 ms 


0.1 s 


10 ms 


0.2 s 


20 ms 


0.2 s 


20 ms 


0.5 S 


50 ms 


0.5 s 


50 ms 



e. CHECK— that the spacing of the time markers over 
any 2.5-division interval within the center eight 
divisions does not deviate from the value measured 
at the center 2.5 divisions by more than 0.12 
division. Use the fifth vertical graticule line as a 
starting point for the measurement at the center 2.5 
divisions. Exclude the first 1/4 division or 25 ns and 
any portion of the sweep past the 100th magnified 
division. 



f. Set SEC/DIV to 5 ns. 

g. Set the Horizontal POSITION control to 12 o’clock 
and then align the nearest time marker to the second 
vertical graticule line. 

h. CHECK— that the tenth displayed time marker is 
within 0.24 division (left or right) of the tenth graticule 
line. 



4-20 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



i. CHECK- that the spacing of the time markers over 
any two-division interval within the center eight 
divisions does not deviate from the value measured 
at the center two divisions by more than 0.1 division. 
Exclude the first 1 /4 division or 25 ns and any portion 
of the sweep past the 100th magnified division. 

j. Repeat the timing and linearity checks for all 
SEC/DIV settings between 10 ns and 0.5 ms. Use 
the SEC/DIV and Time-Mark Generator XI 0 MAG 
settings given in Table 4-3. 

k. Set: 

Horizontal MODE A 

SEC/DIV 2 ns (with XI 0 

MAG on) 

l. Set time-mark generator for 5 ns time markers. 

m. Repeat the magnified timing accuracy and linearity 
checks for the A Sweep at all magnified SEC/DIV 
settings. 



7. Delay Time Jitter 



a. Set: 



XI 0 MAG Off 

A SEC/DIV 1 ms 

Horizontal MODE ALT 

SEC/DIV 0.5 jts 



b. Set time-mark generator for 1 ms time markers. 



8. Delay Time Accuracy 



ALT 
10 ^lS 

Fully ccw 
(maximum 
downward 
position) 

To display both 
the ALT 
and the B 
Delayed Traces 

b. Position the intensified dot to full left position 
(counterclockwise rotation of the k- OR DELAY 
control). 

c. Align the leading edge of the time marker displayed 
on the B trace to the left-most (first) graticule line, 
using only the Horizontal POSITION control. 

d. CHECK— that the readout is 70.000 ms. 

e. Position the intensified zone to the second time 
marker and align the leading edge of the time 
marker displayed on the B trace to the left-most 
(first) graticule line, using only the k- OR DELAY 
control. Using the Readout Accuracy Limits given in 
Table 4-4, check the delay time accuracy. 

f . Repeat the procedure for the third through tenth time 
markers. 



a. Set: 

Horizontal MODE 
B SEC/DIV 
TRACE SEP 



CH 1 POSITION 



Table 4-4 

Delay Time Accuracy 



c. Position the intensified dot to the leading edge of the 
10th time marker to display the rising edge on the B 
Trace (using the k - OR DELAY control). It may be 
necessary to reduce the A intensity level to observe 
the intensified dot. 

d. Set: 



Horizontal MODE B 

B INTEN Fully cw 

(maximum 

intensity) 

e. CHECK— that the jitter on the leading edge does not 
exceed one division over a two-second interval. 
Disregard slow drift. 



Time Marker 


Readout Accuracy Limits 


1st 


? 0.000 ms 


2nd 


0.945 ms to 1 .055 ms 


3rd 


1 .940 ms to 2.060 ms 


4th 


2.935 ms to 3.065 ms 


5th 


3.930 ms to 4.070 ms 


6th 


4.925 ms to 5.075 ms 


7th 


5.920 ms to 6.080 ms 


8th 


6.915 ms to 7.085 ms 


9th 


7.910 ms to 8.090 ms 


10th 


8.905 ms to 9.095 ms 



4-21 



Performance Check Procedure -2247A Service 



9. Delay Time Position Range 



a. Set time-mark generator for 0.1 ms. 

b. Set: 

A SEC/DIV 1 ms 

B SEC/DIV 5 ns 

k- OR DELAY control ccw to 70.000 

c. CHECK -that the intensified dot is positioned at or 
before the second time marker. 

d. Turn the k- OR DELAY control clockwise until the 
delay readout stops increasing (largest number). 

e. CHECK-that the intensified dot is positioned at or 
after the 99th time marker (located at a Delay Time of 
9.9 ms). 

f. Disconnect the time-mark generator from the 
2247 A. 



1 1 . X-Y Phase Difference 



a. Set: 

Horizontal MODE A 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 Input COUPLING DC 

b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable and a 50 n 
BNC termination. 

c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for six 
divisions of signal display amplitude at 50 kHz. 

d. Set: 

Horizontal MODE X-Y 

CH 1 Input COUPLING GND 



1 0. X-Axis Gain Accuracy 

a. Set: 



e. Position dot to graticule center. 

f. Set CH 1 Input COUPLING to DC. 



b. 



Horizontal MODE 
Vertical MODE 
CH 1 and CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV 

CH 1 Input COUPLING 
CH 2 Input COUPLING 



X-Y 

CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

10 mV 

DC 

GND 



Connect calibration generator Std Ampl output to 
the CH 1 input via a 50fi precision BNC coaxial 
cable. 



g. CHECK- ellipse opening at the center is 0.3 
division or less, measured horizontally. 



12. X-Axis Bandwidth 



a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 2 (CH 1 off). 

b. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for six 
divisions of horizontal display amplitude at 50 kHz. 



c. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl output, 
50 mV. 



c. Set leveled sine-wave output to 3 MHz. 



d. CHECK-X-Axis amplitude is between 4.85 and 
5.15 horizontal divisions. 



d. CHECK-X-Axis display is 4.2 horizontal divisions 
or more. 



e. Disconnect calibration generator. 



e. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



4-22 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



MEASUREMENT CURSORS 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Time-mark generator 


Calibration generator 


50 A BNC coaxial cable 


50 A BNC termination 


1. K-SEC-* and k- i/SEC Cursor Accuracy 


e. Press TIME button to display the TIME menu. 



Set: 




READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 1 and CH 2 


0.5 V 


Input COUPLING 


DC 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A SEC/DIV 


1 ms 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger SLOPE 


_/- (positive- 
going) 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


MIN 


CH 2 INVERT 


Off 


SCOPE BW 


Off 


FOCUS 


For best 
defined display 



f. Press k- SEC menu button to turn on time 
cursors. 

g. Position the reference cursor to the second time 
marker and the delta cursor to the tenth time marker. 

h. CHECK-that the readout is 7.940 ms to 8.060 ms. 

i. Press the TIME button to display the TIME menu. 

j. Set k- 1/SEC-H on. 

k. Reposition the reference cursor to the second time 
marker and the delta cursor to the tenth time marker. 

l. CHECK— that the readout is 124 Hz to 126 Hz. 



2. k- PHASE -4 Cursor Accuracy 



a. Press the TIME button to display the TIME menu. 

b. Press k- PHASE -H menu selection to display the 
menu choices. 



NOTE 

Before performing this check, go to 
CONFIGURE in the SERVICE MENU and 
select NO for INITIALIZE TIME CURSORS/ 

DELAYS? 

b. Connect time-mark generator (TG 501 ) output via a 
50 fl BNC coaxial cable and a 50 fl BNC termi- 
nation to the CH 1 input. 

c. Set time-mark generator for 1 ms time markers. 

d. Position first time marker horizontally to the first 
vertical graticule line (left-most edge of the 
graticule). 



c. Set I*- SET360°-»I on. 

d. Position the first time marker to first graticule line. 
Then position the Reference cursor to the leading 
edge of the second time marker and the delta cursor 
to the leading edge of the tenth time marker. 

e. Set k- PHASE -*l on. 

f. Position delta cursor to the leading edge of the sixth 
time marker. 

g. CHECK-that the readout is between 177.9 and 
182.1 degrees. 

h. Disconnect time-mark generator. 



4-23 



Performance Check Procedure— 2247 A Service 



3. fc- VOLTS -H Cursor Accuracy 



a. Set: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

SEC/DIV 0.5 ms 

b. Select CURSOR VOLTS menu, then select 
R- VOLTS -N. 

c. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 fi precision BNC coaxial cable. 

d. Set calibration generator to Std Ampl 0.5 V. 

e. Position bottom of the signal to the second hori- 
zontal graticule line from the bottom. 

f. Position the reference cursor to the bottom of the 
signal and the delta cursor to the top of the signal 
(both cursors move with the l«- OR DELAY control). 

g. CHECK-that the readout is between 0.495 V and 
0.505 V. 



4. rh VOLTS-»i Cursor Accuracy 



a. Select CURSOR VOLTS menu, then select 
rh VOLTS-*!. 

b. Position the -H control to align the delta cursor with 
the top of the waveform. 

c. CHECK— that the readout is between 0.495 V and 
0.505 V and none of the cursors move when the 
I*- OR DELAY control is rotated. 



5. Tracking Cursors Position Accuracy 



a. Press CLEAR DISPLAY twice. 



b. Press the CURSOR VOLTS button to display the 
CURSOR VOLTS menu. Press the (TO AUTO 
TRACKING MENU) button. Press the TRACK TRIG 
LVL and TRACK buttons so that those functions are 
underlined. Press the (MENU OFF) button to clear 
the menus. 



c. Set Trigger MODE to AUTO (not AUTO LEVEL). 

d. Adjust Trigger LEVEL control to align trigger level 
cursor with the bottom of the signal. 

e. CHECK-the readout is 0.000 V ±0.005 V and the 
GND cursor is aligned with the bottom of the signal. 

f. Set trigger level cursor to align with the top of the 
signal. 

g. CHECK-the readout is between 0.475 V and 
0.525 V. 



h. Press CLEAR DISPLAY. 



j. Disconnect test equipment if ending here. 



4-24 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



CH 1/CH 2 VOLTMETER 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Calibration generator 


50 O BNC coaxial cable 


Leveled sine-wave generator 


50 n BNC termination 


Function generator 


BNC coupling capacitor 



1 . DC Volts Accuracy 



Set: 




READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


50 mV 


CH 2 INVERT 


Off 


SCOPE BW 


Off 


CH 1 Input COUPLING 


GND 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A SEC/DIV 


1 ms 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger SLOPE 


(positive- 

going) 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


MIN 


FOCUS 


For best 
defined display 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 


Press the VOLTMETER button and then press DC on 
the VOLTMETER menu. 



e. Connect the calibration generator Std Ampl output 
to the CH 1 input via a 50 D, precision BNC coaxial 
cable. 

f. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl output of 
50 mV dc. 

g. Set: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

CH 1 Input COUPLING DC 

h. CHECK -the readout is between 49.0 mV and 
51 .0 mV. 

i. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 0.1 V. 

j. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl output of 
0.5 V. 

k. CHECK— the readout is between 0.495 V and 
0.505 V. 

l. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 V. 

m. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl output of 5 V. 

n. CHECK— the readout is between 4.95 V and 5.05 V. 

o. Disconnect Std Ampl signal from the CH 1 input. 



c. CHECK -ground readout is 0.0 mV +1.2 mV. 

d. Set calibration generator (PG 506) internal Square 
Wave/DC switch to DC. 

NOTE 

The PG 506 must be removed from the TM 
power supply to make the change to dc 
output from the generator. Turn the power 
off before removing or inserting any plug- 
in from the TM power supply 



2. DC Volts Normal Mode Rejection Ratio 



a. Set SEC/DIV to 5 ms. 

b. Connect function generator (FG 502) output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable and a BNC 
coupling capacitor. 

c. Set function generator for a six-division sine-wave 
display amplitude at 50 Hz (with CH 1 VOLTS/DIV at 
IV).' 

d. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 0.2 V. 



4-25 



Performance Check Procedure -2247A Service 



e. CHECK -that the readout is less than + 0.010 V. 



m. Select PK-PK from the VOLTMETER menu and set 
CH 2 INVERT Off. 



f. Disconnect the function generator signal from the 
2247A. 



n. CHECK— the readout is between 46.5 mV and 
53.5 mV. 



3. + Peak, -Peak, Peak-to-Peak Volts Accuracy 



o. Disconnect calibration generator. 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 Input COUPLING 



CH 2 (CH 1 off) 
10 mV 
DC 



4. 25 MHz + Peak, - Peak, and Peak-to-Peak Volts 
Accuracy 



a. Connect leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) out- 
put to the CH 2 input via a 50 n BNC coaxial cable 
and a 50 ft BNC termination. 



b. Press the VOLTMETER button and then press 
+ PEAK on the VOLTMETER menu. 



b. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV. 



c. Set the calibration generator (PG 506) internal 
Square Wave/DC Switch for a square-wave output 
signal. 



c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a 
readout of 100.0 mV ±0.5 mV at 50 kHz. 

d. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for 25 MHz. 



NOTE 



e. CHECK-the readout is between 95.0 mV and 

105.0 mV. 



It is necessary to remove the PG 506 from 
the TM power supply module to set the 
internal Square Wave/DC switch to 
square-wave output. 



Select -PEAK from the VOLTMETER menu. 

CHECK— the readout is between -46.0 mV and 
-54.0 mV. 



d. Connect calibration generator Std Ampl output to 
the CH 2 input via a 50 n precision BNC coaxial 
cable. 

e. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl output of 
50 mV. 

f. CHECK— that the readout is between 47.0 mV and 

53.0 mV. 

g. Set SCOPE BW on. 

h. CHECK-the readout is between 47.7 mV and 
52.3 mV. 

i. Set CH 2 INVERT on and select -PEAK from the 
VOLTMETER menu. 

j. CHECK-the readout is between -47.7 mV and 
-52.3 mV. 

k. Set SCOPE BW off. 

l. CHECK-the readout is between -47.0 mV and 
-53.0 mV. 



h. Select + PEAK from the VOLTMETER menu. 

i. CHECK-the readout is between 46.0 mV and 

54.0 mV. 



5. 100 MHz +Peak, -Peak, and Peak-to-Peak 
Volts Accuracy 



a. Set leveled sine-wave generator (SG 503) output 
frequency to 100 MHz. 

b. CHECK-the readout is between 34.4 mV and 

54.0 mV. 

c. Select -PEAK from the VOLTMETER menu. 

d. CHECK-the readout is between -34.4 mV and 
-54.0 mV. 

e. Select PK-PK from the VOLTMETER menu. 

f. CHECK-the readout is between 69.7 mV and 

107.0 mV. 

g. Disconnect the leveled sine-wave signal from the 
2247A. 



4-26 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



6. Gated Volts Accuracy 



a. Set: 

A SEC/D IV 0.5 ms 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

b. Press the VOLTMETER button and then select (TO 
GATED MEASMT MENU) from the VOLTMETER 
menu. Select GATED + PEAK from the GATED 
MEASMT menu. 

c. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) Std Ampl 
output to the CH 2 input via a 50 fl precision BNC 
coaxial cable. Set the generator to Std Ampl output, 
50 mV. 



d. Set the -M control for minimum intensified zone width 
(counterclockwise rotation). 

e. CHECK -that the width of the dot is less than 0.2 
division. 

f. Set the intensified dot to a positive peak of the dis- 
played waveform, using the k- OR DELAY control. 

g. CHECK— the readout is between 47.0 mV and 
53.0 mV. 

h. Set the intensified dot to a negative peak of the dis- 
played waveform. 

i. CHECK— the readout is 0.0 mV ± 0.5 mV. 

j. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



4-27 



Performance Check Procedure— 2247 A Service 



COUNTER/TIMER 





Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 






Time-mark generator 


50 fl BNC coaxial cables 




Digital delay 


50 n BNC terminations 




Leveled sine-wave generator 




1 . Period 


f. Press the COUNTER/TIMER button. Select PERIOD. 



a. 



b. 



Set: 




READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


VERTICAL MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


0.5 V 


CH 1 Input COUPLING 


DC 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A SEC/DIV 


1 JXS 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 


TRIGGER MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


TRIGGER SOURCE 


VERT 


TRIGGER CPLG 


DC 


TRIGGER SLOPE 


_r (positive- 
going) 


TRIGGER HOLDOFF 


MIN 


TRIGGER LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


Measurements 


All off (press 
CLEAR 
DISPLAY 
three times) 


FOCUS 


For best-defined 
display 



Connect time-mark generator (TG 501 Option 01 ) to 
the CH 1 input connector via a 50 fl BNC coaxial 
cable and a 50 n BNC termination. 



NOTE 

For all of the following steps, the Trigger 
level cursor must be in the middle of the 

waveform. 

g. CHECK-theTriggertrackingcursorfailsinthemid- 
dle of the waveform. If not, set A/B SELECT to B and 
press the TRIGGER MODE t button. CHECK again. 

h. CHECK— for a readout between 0.999,989,9 |is (or 
999.989,93 ns) and 1.000,010,1 tis. 

i. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



2. Width 



a. Set: 



VERTICAL MODE 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 INVERT 
A SEC/DIV 
A/B SELECT 
A SLOPE 

A TRIGGER MODE 
A TRIGGER SOURCE 
A TRIGGER CPLG 



CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

0.5 V 

Off 

20 ns 

A 

J~ 

AUTO LEVEL 

VERT 

DC 



b. Set the time-mark generator (TG 501 Option 01) to 

0.1 p.s. 



c. 

d. CHECK — the time markers are between two and four 
divisions high on the 2247A crt. 

e. Press the CURSOR VOLTS button. Select (TO AUTO 
TRACKING MENU). Select TRACK TRIG LVL. Select 
(MENU OFF) to remove the menu. 



Connect the time-mark generator Marker Out 
through a 50 n coaxial cable and a 50 n terminator 
to the digital delay (DD 501) Events Input. Connect 
the time-mark generator Trigger Out through a 50 fl 
coaxial cable and a 50 n terminator to the digital 
delay Start Input. Connect the digital delay Dly’d 
Trig Out through a 50 n coaxial cable and a 50 fl 
terminator to the CH 2 input connector. 



Set the time-mark generator for 1 p.s time markers. 



4-28 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



d. Set the digital delay Count to 00000, the Events 
Slope to + , and the Start Slope to + . 



e. Press the CURSOR VOLTS button. Select (TO AUTO 
TRACKING MENU). Check that TRACK TRIG LVL is 
underlined. (If it is not underlined, select TRACK 
TRIG LVL from the AUTO TRACKING menu.) 



f. Press the COUNTER/TIMER button. Select FREQ. 



g. Adjust the digital delay trigger levels so that all 
TRIG’D lights are on. Check for a frequency readout 
of approximately 10 MHz; if not, readjust the Events 
and/or Start trigger level on the digital delay until the 
readout is 10 MHz. 



h. Position the trace in the middle of the crt. 



i. Press the COUNTER/TIMER button. Select WIDTH. 



j. Set the digital delay Count to 09999. The trace 
should dim out. (intensity may need to be readjusted 
to see the pulse.) 



k. Set the B Trigger SLOPE to ~r. 



l. CHECK -the Trigger tracking cursor falls in the mid- 
dle of the waveform; if not, push the B TRIGGER 
MODE t button and CHECK again. 

m. WRITE DOWN -the readout (it should be about 
20 ns) in p.s. (If the readout is 20 ns, write down 
0.02 |is.) Keep the readout in the 10 to 35 ns range 
by adjusting the digital delay trigger level slightly. 

n. Set the B SLOPE to . 



o. WRITE DOWN— the readout in n.s. It should be 
about 999 p.s. ADD this to the readout noted in 
step m. 

p. CHECK— that the sum of the two readouts is 
between 999.986 and 1000.014 (is. 



q. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



3. Rise Time Accuracy 



a. Set: 

VERTICAL MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 0.2 V 

A SEC/DIV 0.2 jxS 

A SLOPE -r 

b. Connect sine-wave generator (SG 503) to the CH 1 
Input connector via a 50 fl cable and a 50 n 
terminator. 

c. Set the leveled sine-wave generator Frequency to 
1 MHz and the Ampl. Multiplier to XI . 

d. Press the COUNTER/TIMER button. Select FREQ. 

e. Adjust the sine-wave generator for five divisions of 
signal. 

f. Adjust the sine-wave generatorfor0.998,000,0MHz 
(998.000.00 kHz) to 1 .002,000,0 MHz readout on the 
crt. 

g. Press the TIME button. Select (TO RISE/FALL 
MENU). Select TRIG 10-90. Select RISE. 

h. CHECK-for a readout between 260.11 and 
330.23 ns. 

NOTE 

A 1 MHzsinewave has a 10-90% rise time 
of 295.167 ns; 20-80% rise time is 
204.833 ns. 

i. Move the sine-wave generator to the EXT 
COUNTER/TIMER TIME BASE INPUT on the Rear 
Panel of the 2247A. 

j. Press the COUNTER/TIMER button, and select 
FREQ. 

k. CHECK— The “ct” readout in the right top corner of 
the crt has “ET” above it. (The readout may be 
flashing the message “FINDING PEAKS,” “NO 
START," or “NO RISE." That is okay.) 

NOTE 

If the above check fails, try to readjust the 
sine-wave generator frequency closer to 
1 MHz. See steps c through f. 

l. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247 A. 



4-29 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



EXTERNAL Z-AXIS, PROBE ADJUST, AND 
AUTO SETUP FUNCTIONS 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Calibration generator 


BNC T-connector 


Two 50 ft BNC coaxial cables 
50 ft Precision BNC coaxial cable 


Test oscilloscope with a 10X probe 



1 . Check External Z-Axis Input 



Set: 




READOUT (Intensity) 


For a viewable 
readout 


A INTEN 


For a viewable 
trace 


Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


1 V 


CH 2 INVERT 


Off 


SCOPE BW 


Off 


CH 1 Input COUPLING 


DC 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A SEC/DIV 


0.5 ms 


A/B SELECT 


A Trigger 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger SLOPE 


_r (positive- 
going) 


Trigger HOLDOF r 


MIN 


Measurements 


All off (Press 
CLEAR 

DISPLAY three 
times) 


FOCUS 


For best 
defined display 


Horizontal POSITION 


12 o’clock 



b. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) Std Ampl 
output to the CH 1 and the EXT Z-AXIS inputs via a 
50 ft precision BNC coaxial cable, a BNC T- 
connector, and two 50 ft BNC coaxial cables. Set 
generator to Std Ampl output, 5 V. 



d. CHECK— waveform display intensity starts 

decreasing at 1 .8 V or less and the waveform is com- 
pletely blanked out at 3.8 V. 

e. Set A INTEN to midrange. 

f. Disconnect the test equipment from the 2247A. 



2. PROBE ADJUST Output 



a. Set: 

CH 1 Vertical MODE 10 mV 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 

b. Connect a 10X probe to the CH 1 input connector 
and connect the probe tip to the 2247A PROBE 
ADJUST output. (When using Tektronix coded 
probes the readout changes to .IV.) 

c. CHECK— for a 5-division vertical display of PROBE 
ADJUST square-wave signal (square-wave period 
is typically 1 ms, within 25%). 



3. AUTO SETUP Functional Check 



a. Set: 

CH 1 COUPLING GND 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

A SEC/DIV 20 ns 

b. Press the AUTO SETUP button. 

c. Check that the Probe Adjust waveform is stably dis- 
played on the upper half of the crt. 



4. Run MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS Routine 



a. Press the top and bottom Menu-Select buttons to 

c. Set A INTEN to maximum intensity. display the SERVICE MENU. 



4-30 



Performance Check Procedure -2247 A Service 



b. Press the down-arrow menu button to underline the 
INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU. 

c. Press SELECT. 

d. Press the down-arrow menu button once and press 
RUN to run the MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS routine. 



e. When the routine is finished, press the CLEAR 
DISPLAY button to return to the normal oscilloscope 
mode. 



THIS COMPLETES THE PERFORMANCE CHECK 
PROCEDURE. 



4-31 



Section 5-2247A Service 



ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 

INTRODUCTION 



IMPORTANT-PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS PROCEDURE 



PURPOSE 

This Adjustment Procedure returns the instrument to con- 
formance with the Performance Requirements as listed 
in the specification tables in section 1. Adjustments 
should be done only after the checks in the Performance 
Check Procedure (section 4) have indicated a need for a 
readjustment of the instrument. 



TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 

The test equipment listed in Table 4-1 (section 4) is 
required to complete the Adjustment Procedure in this 
section and the Performance Check Procedure in 
section 4. Test equipment specifications described in 
Table 4-1 are the minimum necessary to provide 
accurate results; you must use equipment that meets or 
exceeds these specifications. Detailed operating 
instructions for test equipment are not given in this pro- 
cedure; if more operating information is required, referto 
the appropriate test equipment instruction manual. 

When equipment other than that recommended is used, 
control settings of the test setup may need to be altered. 
If the exact item of equipment given as an example in 
Table 4-1 is not available, first check the Use column to 
verify use of the item. Then use the Minimum Specifi- 
cation column to determine whether other available test 
equipment can be used. 



LIMITS AND TOLERANCES 

The limits and tolerances stated in this procedure are 
instrument specifications only if they are listed in the 
Performance Requirements column of Table 1-1, 
Electrical Characteristics. Tolerances given are appli- 
cable only to the instrument under adjustment and do not 
include test equipment error. Adjustments must be made 
at an ambient temperature between + 20°C and 



+ 30°C, and the instrument must have had a warm-up 
period of at least 20 minutes. 



PARTIAL PROCEDURES 

This procedure is divided into subsections to permit 
adjustment of individual sections of the instrument 
(except the Power Supply) whenever a complete 
readjustment is not required. For example, if only the 
Vertical section fails to meet the Performance Require- 
ments (or has had repairs made or components 
replaced), it can be readjusted with little or no effect on 
other sections of the instrument. However, if the Power 
Supply section has undergone repairs or adjustments 
that change the absolute value of any of the supply 
voltages, a complete readjustment of the instrument is 
required. 

At the beginning of each subsection is a list of the initial 
front-panel control settings required to prepare the 
instrument for step 1 in that subsection. Each 
succeeding step within a subsection should then be 
done completely and in the sequence given to ensure 
that control settings will be correct for steps that follow. 



INTERNAL ADJUSTMENTS AND 
ADJUSTMENT INTERACTION 

Do not preset any internal controls, since that may make 
it necessary to recheck or readjust a major portion of the 
instrument when only a partial check or adjustment 
might otherwise have been required. To avoid 
unnecessary checks and adjustments, change an in- 
ternal control setting only when a Performance Charac- 
teristic cannot be met with the original setting. When 
independently changing the setting of any internal 
control, always check Table 5-1 for possible interacting 
adjustments that might be required. 



5-1 



Adjustment Procedure -2247A Service 



Table 5-1 

Adjustment Interactions 



ADJUSTMENTS OR 
REPLACEMENTS MADE 


ADJUSTMENTS AFFECTED 1 




s 

2 

< 

> 

10 

£ 


GRID BIAS I 


ASTIGMATISM i 


2 

o 

M 

H 

< 

1- 

S 

ID 

U 

< 

tr 

»- 


GEOMETRY 1 


READOUT JITTER I 


2 

n 

< 

CD 

l 

5 

O 

< 

u 

w 

tr 

UJ 

> 


READOUT VERTICAL CENTERING 1 


ID 

1 

t 

a 

ID 

H 

co 

1-1 

5 


CH 2 STEP BALANCE 1 


CH 3 STEP BALANCE 1 


CH 4 STEP BALANCE 1 


CL 

X 

o 

o 

13 

2 

H 

< 

CD 

b- 

k 

iH 

X 

a 


ID 

a 

2 

JS 

o 

< 

% 

o 

s 

<k 

5 


CH 1 INPUT COMP XiO 1 


CH i INPUT CDMP XiOO I 


2' 

<! 

CD 

5 


CL 

1 

U 
c 0 

2 
l-l 
< 
CD 

£ 

u_ 

X 

CM 

X 

o 


CH 2 INPUT CAPACITANCE i 


o 

-n 

X 

a 

§ 

0 

1 
2 
W 

OJ 

X 

o 


CH 2 INPUT COMP XiOO 1 


i 

2 

M 

< 

a 

OJ 

X 

u 


CH 3 MF/LF COMP 1 


CH 3 GAIN I 


% 

o 

a 

L. 

-J 

V. 

u. 

X 

5 


2 

H 

< 

CD 

5 


DELAY-LINE HF COMP 


i 

* 

o 

CJ 

!fc 

PJ 

X 

u 


CH 4 HF COMP 1 


HORIZONTAL XI GAIN (TIMING) 1 


HORIZONTAL XIO GAIN (TIMING) 1 


READOUT HORIZONTAL GAIN i 


2; 

0 
M 

H 

5 

U) 

)-» 

CD 

1 
CD 

2 


CD 

2 

M 

X 

IH 

»- 

00 

tn 

o 

< 


CD 

2 

M 

X 

M 

1- 

% 

in 

o 

CD 


. 

il 

tH 

X 

M 

1- 

05 

s 


X GAIN 1 


< 

c_> 

CD 

h- 

-J 

§ 


B TRIGGER BANDWIDTH 


cn 

CD 

UJ 

2 

H 

< 

U_ 

i 

C3 

ID 

a: 

u_ 

i 

a 

w 

X 


_l 

<: 

o 

N 

X 

X 

o 

w<! 

\ 

a 


SELF CHARACTERIZATION 


+7.5 V ADJUST 






r 












































22 












GRID BIAS 




22 










r 
















r 
















































_ 

! 








ASTIGMATISM 














1 — 






— 


































































TRACE ROTATION 








% 






r 


































t 






































GEOMETRY 
















































p 


















I 
















z 




READOUT JITTER 
















































p 






































VERTICAL OUTPUT GAIN 
























































; 






























READOUT VERTICAL CENTERING 






































P 
















































CH 1 STEP BALANCE 






































r 
















































CH 2 STEP BALANCE 




















































































% 


CH 3 STEP BALANCE 


















r~ 




































































CH 4 STEP BALANCE 






















































































CH 1 MF/LF GAIN S COMP 




























r~ 
























































22j| 


CH 1 INPUT CAPACITANCE 






























i 






















































_j| 


CH i INPUT COMP X10 






























1 




















— 


































ill 


CH 1 INPUT COMP X100 
























t 




























1 — 
































II 


CH 1 GAIN 




















j 




1 ' 




























































Va 


CH 2 MF/LF GAIN G COMP 






t _ , 














r~— 
































































Vs 


CH 2 INPUT CAPACITANCE 








































p 


b 












































CH 2 INPUT COMP X10 








































22 


1 












































CH 2 INPUT COMP XlOO 










































gg 
































P 












CH 2 GAIN 






















































































CH 3 MF/LF COMP 














































































I 








CH 3 GAIN 






































r 














r~ 










! 
















j 








CH 4 MF/LF COMP 






























































I — 
























CH 4 GAIN 






















































h~ 






! 


























DELAY-LINE HF COMP 






















































































CH 3 HF COMP 























































































CH 4 HF COMP 






















































i 
































HORIZONTAL XI GAIN (TIMING) 














! 










































r 






























HORIZONTAL XIO GAIN (TIMING) 


























































— 

J_ 




























READOUT HORIZONTAL GAIN 


































































P 


1 


















MAG REGISTRATION 






















































































A 0.5*S TIMING 










































i — 

i 
































i - 












B 0.5ms TIMING 










































p 








• 




































2ns TIMING 


















































i 




























1 








X GAIN 














































h 










i 




: 




i 








— 






i 


I — 








VOLTS CAL 














































i 








L 
























h 








B TRIGGER BANDWIDTH 




Ij 
















































































1 


MID-FREQUENCY FLATNESS 
















































































vZ 






C/T lOHHz CAL 


















































































CRT REPLACEMENT 


m 




■ 


vmawmm MMVsismsMSsmA 


■ 


■■■ 


~ 



The use of Table 5-1 is particularly important if only a 
partial procedure is done, or if a circuit requires 
readjustment due to a component replacement. To use 
this table, first find the adjustment that was made 
(extreme left column). Then move to the right, across the 
row, until you come to a darkened square. From the 



darkened square, move up the table to find the affected 
adjustment at the heading of that column. Check the 
accuracy of this adjustment using the Performance 
Check Procedure in section 4. Then, if necessary, make 
a readjustment. 



5-2 






Adjustment Procedure - 2247A Service 



Specific interactions are called out within certain adjust- 
ment steps to indicate that the adjustments must be 
repeated until no further improvement is noted. 

PREPARATION FOR ADJUSTMENT 

It is necessary to remove the cabinet to do the Adjust- 
ment Procedure. See the cabinet removal instructions in 
the Maintenance section of this manual. 

All test equipment items required to do the complete 
Adjustment Procedure are described in Table 4-1 at the 
beginning of section 4, Performance Check Procedure. 
The specific items of equipment needed to do each sub- 
section in this procedure are listed at the beginning of 
that subsection. 

Connect the test equipment and the 2247A to an 
appropriate ac-power source and allow 20 minutes 
warmup before making any adjustments. 

INDEX TO ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 

Power Supply, Display, and Z-Axis 



1 . Power Supply DC Levels (R2252) 5-4 

2. Grid Bias (R2719) 5-5 

3. Astigmatism (R2788) 5-5 

4. Trace Rotation (Front Panel) 5-5 

5. Geometry (R2784) 5-5 

6. Readout Jitter (R724) 5-5 



Vertical 



7. Ch 1 Input Capacitance (Cl 14) 5-7 

8. Ch 1 Input Compensation X10 (Cl 1) 5-7 

9. Ch 1 Input Compensation XI 00 (CIO) . . . 5-7 

10. Ch 1 Gain (R211) 5-7 

1 1 . Ch 2 MF/LF Gain (R23) and 

Compensation (C2) 5-8 

12. Ch 2 Input Capacitance (Cl 24) 5-8 

13. Ch 2 Input Compensation XI 0 (C21) 5-8 

14. Ch 2 Input Compensation XI 00 (C20) . . . 5-8 

15. Ch 2 Gain (R221) 5-8 

16. Ch 3 MF/LF Compensation (C134) 5-8 

17. Ch 3 Gain (R231) 5-8 

18. Ch 4 MF/LF Compensation (Cl 54) 5-9 

19. Ch 4 Gain (R241) 5-9 

20. Delay-line HF Compensation 

(R272, R273, R275, C274, C273) 5-9 

21 . Ch 3 HF Compensation (Cl 38) 5-9 

22. Ch 4 HF Compensation (Cl 58) 5-9 

23. Ch 1 and Ch 2 Bandwidth Check 5-10 

24. Ch 3 and Ch 4 Bandwidth Check 5-10 



Horizontal 

1 . Horizontal XI Gain (Timing) (R826) 5-11 

2. Horizontal XI 0 Gain (Timing) (R825) ... 5-11 



3. Readout Horizontal Gain (R823) and 

MAG Registration (R809) 5-11 

4. A 0.5 ^s Timing (C314) 5-12 

5. B 0.5 (is Timing (C329) 5-12 

6. 2 ns Timing (C807, C814) 5-12 

7. X Gain (R827) 5-12 

Measurement Bandwidth and Seif Characterization 

1. Volts Cal (R920) 5-13 

2. B Trigger Bandwidth (R455) 5-13 

3. Self Characterization 5-13 



1 . Vertical Output Gain (R703) and Readout 



Vertical Centering (R260) 5-6 

2. Ch 1 Step Balance (R12) 5-6 

3. Ch 2 Step Balance (R22) 5-7 

4. Ch 3 Step Balance (R141) 5-7 

5. Ch 4 Step Balance (R161) 



6. Ch 1 MF/LF Gain (R13) and 
Compensation (Cl) 



5-7 Counter/Timer 

5-7 1. Counter/Timer 10MHz CAL (Cl 904) .... 5-15 



5-3 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



POWER SUPPLY, DISPLAY, AND Z-AXIS 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Calibration generator 


Time-mark generator 


Digital multimeter (DMM) 


50 n coaxial cable 


Leveled sine-wave generator 


50 n termination 


Test oscilloscope with 10X probe 





See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 

at the back of this manual for test points and adjustment locations. 



INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 



Set: 

Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


CH 1 COUPLING 


DC 


VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


Vertical POSITION 
Controls 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/D1V 


0.1 ms 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


SLOPE 


_/- 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


CH 1 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


A 1NTEN 


10 o’clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 


SCALE ILLUM 


display 
Fully ccw 



PROCEDURE 



1 . Power Supply DC Levels (R2252) 



a. Connect a Digital Multimeter (DMM) negative lead 
to chassis ground. Connect positive lead to first test 
point listed in Table 5-2 (all test points on J1204, 
Main board). 



b. CHECK- Voltage reading is within the range given 
in Table 5-2. 

c. Move DMM positive lead to each of the other supply 
voltages in Table 5-2 and check that voltage ranges 
are within limits. 



NOTE 

If all supply voltages are within the limits 
given in Table 5-2, it is not necessary to 
adjust the power supply. If voltages are not 
within limits, you will have to adjust the 
+ 7.5 V supply, recheck the other 
voltages, and continue with a complete 
readjustment of the instrument. 



Table 5-2 

Power Supply Voltage Limits 



Nominal 

Supply 

Voltage 


Test Point 
(+ lead) 


Limits 

(0°C to 50°C) 
Min Max 


+130 V 


J1 204-11 


+127 to +135 


+58 V 


J 1204-10 


+55.7 to +59.2 


+15 V 


J 1204-7 


+14.6 to +15.6 


+7.5 V 


J 1204-8 


+7.4 to +7.6 


+5.0 V 


J1 204-1, 2 


+5.0 to +5.3 


-5.0 V 


J 1204-5 


-5.1 to -5.4 


-7.5 V 


J 1204-9 


-7.4 to -7.8 


-15 V 


J1 204-6 


-15.5 to -1 6.6 



5-4 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



d. Connect a digital multimeter (DMM) negative lead to 
chassis ground and positive lead to +7.5V test 
point (J 1204-8). 



4. Trace Rotation (Front Panel) 

a. Set CH 1 COUPLING to GND. 



e. ADJUST- +7.5 V ADJ (R2252) tor +7.5 V and 
check that all supply voltages in Table 5-2 are within 
limits. The + 7.5 V Adjustment is accessible through 
the right side frame. 



f. Disconnect digital multimeter. 



2. 


Grid Bias (R2719) 




a. 


Set: 






HORI2 MODE 


X-Y 




CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


5 V 




CH 1 COUPLING 


GND 




SCOPE BW 


On 




A INTEN 


Fully ccw (off) 




B INTEN 


Fully ccw (off) 




READOUT (Intensity) 


Fully ccw (off) 




SCALE ILLUM 


Fully ccw (off) 


b. 


ADJUST- GRID BIAS (R2719) for a visible dot. 


c. 


Position dot just off center screen with vertical or 
horizontal POSITION controls. 


d. 


Set FOCUS control for a well-defined dot. 


e. 


ADJUST- GRID BIAS (R2719) so that the dot is no 
longer visible. Do not continue adjusting R271 9 past 
the point where the dot disappears. 


3. 


Astigmatism (R2788) 




a. 


Set: 






HORIZ MODE 


A 




A INTEN 


10 o’clock 




READOUT (Intensity) 


12 o’clock 




SEC/DIV 


5 jas 




VAR SEC/DIV 


Detent (fully cw) 




CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


10 mV 




CH 1 COUPLING 


DC 


b. 


Connect leveled sine-wave generator output to the 
CH 1 input connector via a 50 fi BNC coaxial cable 
and a 50 n BNC termination. Set for a 5-division 




display at 50 kHz. 




c. 


ADJUST— ASTIG (R2788) together with front-panel 




FOCUS control for best 
sine-wave display. 


overall resolution of the 


d. 


Disconnect leveled sine- 


■wave generator. 



b. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line and 
beginning of trace to first vertical graticule line. 

c. ADJUST-TRACE ROTATION (front panel) to align 
trace parallel with center horizontal graticule line. 



5. Geometry (R2784) 

a. Set: 



CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 1 COUPLING 
SEC/DIV 

READOUT (Intensity) 



0.1 V 
DC 
50 p.s 

Fully ccw (off) 



b. Connect time-mark generator to CH 1 via 50 Cl 
cable and 50 Cl termination. Display 10 jxs time 
markers. 



c. Position base trace below bottom graticule line. 



NOTE 

It may be necessary to increase the A 
intensity during this step to see the time 

markers. 

d. ADJUST— GEOM (R2784) for minimum bowing of 
time markers across the full graticule area. Vertical 
bowing of time marker across screen should be no 
more than 0.1 division. 

e. Disconnect time-mark generator. 



6. Readout Jitter (R724) 

a. Set: 



READOUT (Intensity) 
SEC/DIV 
CH 1 COUPLING 
A INTEN 



12 o’clock 
10 ms 
DC 

Fully ccw (off) 



b. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) Std Ampl 
output to CH 1 input via 50 n precision coaxial 
cable. Set generator for Std Ampl and 1 volt. 



c. ADJUST — Readout Jitter (R724) for the least amount 
of jitter or sway in the readout. 



d. Disconnect calibration generator. 



5-5 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



VERTICAL 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Calibration generator 


50 n termination 


Leveled sine-wave generator 


Precision normalizer (20 pF) 


50 n coaxial cable 





See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 

at the back of this manual for locations of test points and adjustments. 



INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 



Set: 

Vertical MODE 


CH 1 and CH 2 


INPUT COUPLING 


DC 


VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


Vertical POSITION 
Controls 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.1 ms 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


SLOPE 


_r 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


A INTEN 


10 o’clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 


SCALE ILLUM 


display 
Fully ccw 



PROCEDURE 



1 . Vertical Output Gain (R703) and Readout 
Vertical Centering (R260) 



a. Run ADJUST VERTICAL OUTPUT routine. 

Access the SERVICE MENU by simultaneously 
pressing the top and bottom menu-select buttons. 



Press the down arrow on the SERVICE MENU to 
underline INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU and then 
press SELECT. Press the down arrow on the 
INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU to underline ADJU.ST 
VERTICAL OUTPUT and then press RUN to run the 
ADJUST VERTICAL OUTPUT routine. 



NOTE 

For this adjustment, the 2247 A must be 
placed in the “normal” operating position 
to avoid incorrect alignment due to effects 
of the earth’s magnetic field. 

b. ADJUST- VO GAIN (R703) and RO VERT CEN- 
TERING (R260) alternately until dashed lines pro- 
duced by the diagnostics are aligned with dotted 
lines on the graticule. 

c. Press the CLEAR DISPLAY button to return to the 
normal oscilloscope display. 



2. CH 1 Step Balance (R12) 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 COUPLING GND 

SCOPE BW On 

b. Position trace to center of horizontal graticule line. 

c. ADJUST- R1 2 (CH 1 STEP BALANCE) so the trace 
does not move vertically while switching CH 1 
VOLTS/DIV switch from 10 mV to 50 mV. 



5-6 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



3. CH 2 Step Balance (R22) 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 COUPLING GND 

b. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

c. ADJUST - R22 (CH 2 STEP BALANCE) so that trace 
does not move vertically while switching CH 2 
VOLTS/DIV switch from 10 mV to 50 mV. 



4. CH 3 Step Balance (R1 41) 



a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 3 (CH 2 off). 

b. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

c. ADJUST- R1 41 (CH 3 STEP BALANCE) so that 
trace does not move vertically while switching CH 3 
VOLTS/DIV switch from 0.1 V to 0.5 V. 



7. CH 1 Input Capacitance (Cl 14) 



a. Set: 

CHI VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 

b. Add precision normalizer between termination and 
CH 1 input connector. Set calibration generator 
Period to 1 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for 
5-division display. 

C. ADJUST- Cl 14 (CH 1 INPUT CAPACITANCE) for 
best flat top. 

d. Remove precision normalizer from the input cable. 



8. CH 1 Input Compensation XI 0 (Cl 1 ) 

a. Set: 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

SEC/DIV 50 ms 



5. CH 4 Step Balance (R161) 

a. Set Vertical MODE to CH 4 (CH 3 off). 

b. Position trace to center horizontal graticule line. 

c. ADJUST- R1 61 (CH 4 STEP BALANCE) so that 
trace does not move vertically while switching CH 4 
VOLTS/DIV switch from 0.1 V to 0.5 V. 



6. CH 1 MF/LF Gain (R13) and Compensation 
(Cl) 



a. Set: 



b. Set calibration generator Period to 10 kHz and 
adjust Pulse Amplitude for a 5-division display. 

c. ADJUST - Cl 1 (CH 1 INPUT COMP X10) for flattest 
response. 



9. CH 1 Input Compensation XI 00 (CIO) 



a. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 V. 

b. Set calibration generator amplitude for a 5-division 
display. 

c. ADJUST -CIO (CHI INPUT COMP XI 00) for flattest 
response. 



Vertical MODE 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 1 COUPLING 
SEC/DIV 



CH 1 (CH 4 off) 
50 mV 
DC 
50 p.S 



b. Connect calibration generator (PG 506) High Ampl 
output to CH 1 input via 50 n BNC coaxial cable and 
50 fl BNC termination. Set generator for High Ampl. 
Set Period to 1 0 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for 
a 5-division display. 



10. CH 1 Gain (R21 1) 



a. Set calibration generator to Std Ampl and Amplitude 
to 50 mV. Remove 50 n termination from input 
cable. 

b. Set: 

CHI VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 



c. ADJUST- R1 3 (CH 1 MF/LF GAIN) and Cl (CH 1 
MF/LF COMP) for the flattest response. 



c. ADJUST — CH 1 GAIN (R21 1 ) for exactly a 5-division 
display amplitude. 



5-7 



Adjustment Procedure — 2247 A Service 



11. CH 2 MF/LF Gain (R23) and Compensation 
(C2) 



14. CH 2 Input Compensation XI 00 (C20) 

a. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 1 V. 



a. 



b. 



c. 



Set: 



Vertical MODE 
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
CH 2 COUPLING 
SEC/DIV 



CH 2 (CH 1 off) 
50 mV 
DC 
50 p.S 



b. Set calibration generator amplitude for a 5-division 
display. 

c. ADJUST- C20 (CH 2 INPUT COMP XI 00) for flattest 
response. 



Move calibration generator signal to CH 2 input. Add 
50 n termination. 

Set calibration generator for High Ampl. Set Period 
to 10 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for 5-division 
display. 



15. CH 2 Gain (R221) 



a. Set calibration generator to Std Ampl and Amplitude 
to 50 mV. Remove 50 a termination from the input 
cable. 

b. Set: 



d. ADJUST- R23 (CH 2 MF/LF GAIN) and C2 (CH 2 
MF/LF COMP) for flattest response. 



CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 
SEC/DIV 



10 mV 
0.2 ms 



12. CH 2 Input Capacitance (Cl 24) 



c. ADJUST- CH 2 GAIN (R221) for exactly a 5-division 
display amplitude. 



a. Set: 



16. CH 3 MF/LF Compensation (Cl 34) 



CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 mV 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 

b. Add precision normalizer between termination and 
CH 2 input connector. Set calibration generator 
Period to 1 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for 
5-division display. 

c. ADJUST- Cl 24 (CH 2 INPUT CAPACITANCE) for 
best flat top. 

d. Remove precision normalizer from the input cable. 



13. CH 2 Input Compensation XI 0 (C21) 



a. Set: 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 2 off) 

CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.1 V 

SEC/DIV 50 jjlS 

b. Move calibration generator signal to CH 3 input. Add 
50 a termination. 

c. Set calibration generator for High Ampl. Set Period 
to 10 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for a 
5-division display. 

d. ADJUST- Cl 34 (CH 3 MF/LF COMP) for flattest 
response. 



17. CH 3 Gain (R231) 



a. Set: 



CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

SEC/DIV 50 fiS CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.5 V 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 



b. Set calibration generator Period to 10 kHz and 
adjust Pulse amplitude for a 5-division display. 



b. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl. Set Ampli- 
tude to 2 V. Remove 50 a termination. 



c. ADJUST- C21 (CH 2 INPUT COMP XI 0) for flattest 
response. 



c. ADJUST— CH 3 GAIN (R231) for exactly 4 divisions 
display amplitude. 



5-8 



Adjustment Procedure -2247A Service 



18. CH 4 MF/LF Compensation (Cl 54) 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 4 (CH 3 off) 

CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

SEC/DIV 50 jllS 

b. Move calibration generator signal to CH 4 input. Add 
50 n termination. 

c. Set calibration generator for High Ampl. Set Period 
to 10 kHz and adjust Pulse Amplitude for a 
5-division display. 

d. ADJUST- Cl 54 (CH 4 MF/LF COMP) for flattest 
response. 



19. CH 4 Gain (R241) 



a. Set: 

CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 0.5 V 

SEC/DIV 0.2 ms 

b. Set calibration generator for Std Ampl. Set Ampli- 
tude to 2 V. Remove 50 G termination. 

c. ADJUST— CH 4 GAIN (R241) for exactly a 4-division 
display amplitude. 



d. Position the top of display to the center horizontal 
graticule line. 

e. Set XI 0 MAG on (for a 2 ns per division display) and 
turn the Horizontal POSITION control clockwise until 
the rising edge of the pulse is displayed. 

f. ADJUST- DLY LINE HF COMP adjustments (R272, 
R273, R275) for flattest response and (C274, C273) 
for sharpest front corner with minimum overshoot. 
Figure 5-1 shows the area of the waveform affected 
by each adjustment. 




d. Disconnect calibration generator from CH 4. Figure 5-1 . Areas of waveform affected by HF 

compensation. 

e. Run the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS routine. (See 
Self Characterization in the Measurement Band- 
width and Self Characterization subsection of this 
procedure.) 



Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 1 off) 

CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.5 V 

XI 0 MAG Off 

b. Move calibration generator signal to CH 3. Set Pulse 

Amplitude to maximum to obtain about a 2.5 division 
display. 

c. ADJUST- Cl 38 (CH 3 HF COMP) for flattest 
response. 



b. Connect calibration generator positive-going Fast 
Rise Output to the CH 1 input via a 50 G precision 
coaxial cable and a 50 G termination. 



22. CH 4 HF Compensation (Cl 58) 

a. Set: 



20. Delay-Line HF Compensation (R272, R273, 
R275, C274, C273) 

a. Set: 



Vertical MODE 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
SEC/DIV 
SCOPE BW 



CH 1 (CH 4 off) 
50 mV 
20 ns 
Off 



21. CH 3 HF Compensation (Cl 38) 

a. Set: 



c. Set calibration generator for Fast Rise at 1 MHz and 
adjust Pulse Amplitude for a 5-division display. 



Vertical MODE 
CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 



CH 4 (CH 3 Off) 
0.5 V 



5-9 



Adjustment Procedure - 2247A Service 



b. Move calibration generator signal to CH 4. 

c. ADJUST- Cl 58 (CH 4 HF COMP) for flattest 
response. 

d. Disconnect calibration generator. 



g. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

h. Repeat the complete bandwidth check procedure 
for Channel 2. 



23. CH 1 and CH 2 Bandwidth Check 



a. Set; 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 4 off) 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 2 mV 

SEC/DIV 0.1 ms 

b. Connect leveled sine-wave generator output to the 
CH 1 input via a 50 n precision coaxial cable and a 
50 n BNC termination. 

c. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a six- 
division signal amplitude at 50 kHz. 

d. CHECK-the displayed signal amplitude is 4.2 
divisions or more as the frequency is increased to 
90 MHz. 

e. Repeat the frequency setup and CHECK procedure 
for VOLTS/DIV settings of 5 mV, 50 mV, and 0.5 V, 
except perform CHECK at 100 MHz. 

f. Move the test signal to the CH 2 input. 



24. CH 3 and CH 4 Bandwidth Check 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 3 (CH 2 off) 

CH 3 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

b. Move the leveled sine-wave generator signal to the 
CH 3 input. 

c. Set the generator output for a six-division signal dis- 
play at 50 kHz. 

d. CHECK-signal display amplitude is 4.2 divisions 
or more as the frequency is increased to 100 MHz. 

e. Repeat the procedure for 0.5 VOLTS/DIV setting. 

f. Move the test signal to the CH 4 input. 

9- Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 4 (CH 3 off) 

CH 4 VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

h. Repeat the procedure for CH 4. 

i. Disconnect leveled sine-wave generator. 



5-10 



Adjustment Procedure — 2247A Service 



HORIZONTAL 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Time-mark generator 


50 fi coaxial cable 


Calibration generator 


50 fi termination 



See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 

at the back of this manual for locations of test points and adjustments. 



INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 



Set: 

Vertical MODE 


CH 1 and CH 2 


Input COUPLING 


DC 


VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


Vertical POSITION 
Controls 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.1 ms 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


SLOPE 


-j- 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


A INTEN 


10 o’clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 


SCALE ILLUM 


display 
Fully ccw 



PROCEDURE 



1 . Horizontal XI Gain (Timing) (R826) 

a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 (CH 2 off) 

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 0.5 V 

b. Connect time-mark generator to CH 1 input via 50 fi 
BNC coaxial cable and 50 fi BNC termination. Set 
generator for 0. 1 ms time markers. 



c. Position display to center of screen. 

d. ADJUST- HORIZONTAL IX GAIN (R826) for one 
time marker per division over the center 8 divisions. 



2. Horizontal XI 0 Gain (Timing) (R825) 



a. Set XI 0 MAG to On. 

b. Set time-mark generator for 10 p.s time markers. 

c. Position display to center of screen. 

d. ADJUST- HORIZONTAL XI 0 GAIN (R825) for one 
time marker per division over the centers divisions. 



3. Readout Horizontal Gain (R823) and MAG 
Registration (R809) 



a. Set: 

XI 0 MAG Off 

SEC/DIV 1 ms 

A INTEN ccw (off) 

b. Press the TIME button and then select k- SEC -h 

from the menu. 

c. Rotate the k- OR DELAY control counterclockwise 
and the -X control clockwise until cursors stop 
moving. 

d. ADJUST- MAG REG (R809) and RO HORIZ GAIN 
(R823) alternately until the reference cursor lines up 
exactly with the left graticule line and the delta 
cursor lines up exactly with the right graticule line. 

e. Press CLEAR DISPLAY button once to remove 
CURSORS from screen. 



5-11 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



f. Set: 

SEC/DIV 20 |j.s 

AINTEN 10 o’clock 

g. Set time-mark generator for 0.1 ms time markers. 

h. Position rising edge of middle time marker to the 
center vertical graticule line. 

i. Set XI 0 MAG to On. 

j. INTERACTION -between MAG Registration and 
horizontal positioning of the time cursors. Check for 
less than 0.5 division shift of time marker rising edge 
between MAG on and MAG off. If not within 0.5 
division, recheck the accuracy of R809 and R823 
adjustments; readjust if necessary. 



4. A 0.5 [is Timing (C31 4) 

a. Set: 

XI 0 MAG Off 

SEC/DIV 0.5 ms 

b. Set time mark generator for 0.5 ms time markers. 

c. ADJUST- A 0.5 \i.s TIMING (C314) for one time 
marker per division over the center 8 divisions. 



5. B 0.5 ns Timing (C329) 

a. Set: 



Horizontal MODE 
SEC/DIV (B) 

B Trigger MODE 
B INTEN 



B 

0.5 )xS 

RUNS AFTER 
10 o’clock 



b. Rotate the k- OR DELAY control counterclockwise 
until the readout displays “70.000 ms”. 



c. ADJUST- B 0.5 MS TIMING (C329) for one time 
marker per division over the center 8 divisions. 



6. 2 ns Timing {C807, C81 4) 

a. Set: 



Horizontal MODE A 

SEC/DIV 20 ns 

XI 0 MAG On 

CH 1 0.1 mV 

Horizontal POSITION 12 o’clock 



b. Set time-mark generator for 5 ns time markers. 



c. ADJUST-2 nS TIMING (C807, C814) for 1 cycle for 
each 2.5 divisions over the center 8 divisions. See 
Figure 5-2. Use the vertical transition of the sine 
wave instead of the peaks for better accuracy. 

NOTE 

It may be necessary to readjust the Trigger 
LEVEL to get a stable display of the 5 ns 
time markers. 

d. INTERACTION - between C807 and C81 4. Readjust 
as necessary to make the timing at 2.5, 5, and 7.5 
divisions within +0.2 division (1 minor division). 

e. Disconnect time-mark generator. 




Figure 5-2. 2 ns Timing. 



7. 



X Gain (R827) 



a. Set: 

Off 
X-Y 
CH 2 
10 mV 

For best viewing 

b. Connect calibration generator Std Ampl output to 
CH 1 input via 50 n coaxial cable. Set generator for 
Std Ampl. Set Amplitude to 50 mV. 

c. ADJUST— X GAIN (R827) for 5 divisions of hori- 
zontal signal. 

d. Disconnect calibration generator. 



XI 0 MAG 
Horizontal MODE 
Vertical MODE 
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 
A INTEN 



5-12 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



MEASUREMENT BANDWIDTH AND SELF 
CHARACTERIZATION 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Digital multimeter (DMM) 
Leveled sine-wave generator 


50 ft coaxial cable 



See ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 

at the back of this manual for locations of test points and adjustments. 



INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 



Set: 




Vertical MODE 


CH 1 and CH 2 


Input COUPLING 


DC 


VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


Vertical POSITION 




Controls 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.1 ms 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


SLOPE 


_/~ 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


A INTEN 


10 o’clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 




display 


SCALE ILLUM 


Fully ccw 


PROCEDURE 




1. Volts Cal (R920) 



a. Connect digital multimeter (DMM) LO lead to the 
CH 1 BNC ground shell and the high lead to R921 
pin 6. 



b. ADJUST-VOLTS CAL (R920) so the DMM reads 
0.250 V. 



2. B Trigger Bandwidth (R455) 



a. Set: 

Vertical MODE CH 2 (CH 1 off) 

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 20 mV 

SEC/DIV 50 jxs 

b. Preset potentiometer R455 to midrange. 

c. Run the SELF CAL routine. Press CH 1/CH 2 VOLT- 
METER button and select SELF CAL. 

d. Connect leveled sine-wave generator output to the 
CH 2 input connector via a 50 ft BNC precision 
coaxial cable and a 50 ft BNC termination. Set gen- 
erator for a 5-division display at 50 kHz. 

e. Press the VOLTMETER button and then select 
PK-PK from the VOLTMETER menu. 

f. Set output of the leveled sine-wave generator for a 
peak-to-peak readout display of 100 mV +0.5 mV. 
Adjust generator to 1 10 MHz. 

g. ADJUST - B TRIG BANDWIDTH (R455) for a peak- 
to-peak readout of 75 mV +0.5 mV. 



3. Self Characterization 



a. Run the SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS routine. Press 
both top and bottom menu-item select buttons. 
Select SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS and press RUN 
to start the routine. When the routine is done, 
continue with part b or press QUIT to return to normal 
oscilloscope mode. 



5-13 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



b. Run MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS routine. Press the down-arrow button to select MAKE FACTORY SET- 

down-arrow button to select the INTERNAL TINGS. Press RUN to start the routine. When done, 

SETTINGS MENU. Press SELECT, then press the press QUIT to return to normal oscilloscope mode. 



5-14 



Adjustment Procedure -2247 A Service 



COUNTER/TIMER 



Equipment Required (see Table 4-1) 




Time-mark generator 


50 a termination 


50 a coaxial cable 





INITIAL CONTROL SETTINGS 



1 . Counter/Time 1 0MHz CAL Adjustment (Cl 904) 



Vertical MODE 


CH 1 


Input COUPLING 


DC 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


0.2 V 


Vertical POSITION 
Controls 


12 o’clock 


Horizontal MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.2 jj.s 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


Trigger HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


Trigger SLOPE 




Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


AINTEN 


10 o’clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 


SCALE ILLUM 


display 
Fully ccw 



PROCEDURE 

NOTE 

The 2247 A must be warmed up for at least 
30 minutes before making the following 
adjustment 



a. Connect time-mark generator (TG 501 Option 01 ) to 
the CH 1 input connector via a 50 a coaxial cable 
and a 50 a termination. 



b. Set the time-mark generator for 1 >is time markers. 



c. Press COUNTER/TIMER button and then select 
FREQ. Set A/B SELECT to B. Press the Trigger 
MODE T button until B AUTO LEVEL MODE is 
selected or press the t button once if already in B 
AUTO LEVEL MODE. 



NOTE 



Figure 5-3 shows the location of Cl 904 
(10MHz CAL adjustment). Cl 904 is 
located near the rear edge of the 
Processor board (the top board in the 
2247A). 



d. ADJUST- Cl 904 (10MHz CAL) on the Processor 
board fora readout of 999.994, 10 to 999.995,10 kHz 
(0.999,994,1 to 0.999,995,1 MHz). 



e. Disconnect the test equipment. 



5-15 



Adjustment Procedure -2247A Service 




Figure 5-3. Processor board adjustment location. 



THIS COMPLETES THE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE. 



5-16 



Section 6 -2247 A Service 



MAINTENANCE 



This section of the manual contains information on 
static-sensitive components, preventive maintenance, 
troubleshooting, and corrective maintenance. General 
information regarding the care and handling of semi- 
conductor devices is provided in “Static-Sensitive 
Components,” and routine cleaning and inspection are 



covered in “Preventive Maintenance.” Internal testing 
capabilities and diagnostic test routines are included in 
the “Troubleshooting” subsection. The “Corrective 
Maintenance” part of this section includes circuit board 
removal procedures, maintenance aids, and soldering 
techniques. 



STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENTS 



The following precautions apply when performing any 
maintenance involving internal access to the instrument. 



Table 6-1 

Relative Susceptibility to Static-Discharge 
Damage 



£ CAUTION k 

ivwwwv^ 



Static discharge can damage any semi- 
conductor component in this instrument. 



This instrument contains electrical components that are 
susceptible to damage from static discharge. Table 6-1 
lists the relative susceptibility of various classes of 
semiconductors. Static voltages of 1 kV to 30 kV are 
common in unprotected environments. 



When performing maintenance, observe the following 
precautions to avoid component damage: 



1 . Minimize handling of static-sensitive components. 



2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or 
assemblies in their original containers or on a metal 
rail. Label any package that contains static- 
sensitive components or assemblies. 



3. Discharge the static voltage from your body by 
wearing a grounded antistatic wrist strap while 
handling these components. Servicing static- 
sensitive components or assemblies should be per- 
formed only at a static-free work station by qualified 
service personnel. 



Semiconductor Classes 


Relative 
Susceptibility 
Levels a 


MOS or CMOS microcircuits or 
discretes, or linear microcircuits 
with MOS inputs 
(Most Sensitive) 


1 


ECL 


2 


Schottky signal diodes 


3 


Schottky TTL 


4 


High-frequency bipolar 
transistors 


5 


JFET 


6 


Linear microcircuits 


7 


Low-power Schottky TTL 


8 


TTL 

[Least Sensitive) 


9 



a Voltage equivalent for levels (voltage discharged from a 
100-pF capacitor through a resistance of 100 fi): 



1 = 100 to 500 V 

2 = 200 to 500 V 

3 = 250 V 

4 = 500 V 

5 = 400 to 600 V 



6 = 600 to 800 V 

7 = 400 to 1000 V(est) 

8 = 900 V 

9 = 1200 V 



4. Keep anything capable of generating or holding a 
static charge off the work station surface. 



6-1 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



5. Keep the component leads shorted together when- 
ever possible. 



6. Pick up components by their bodies, never by their 
leads. 



7. Do not slide the components over any surface. 



8. Avoid handling components in areas that have a 
floor or work-surface covering capable of gener- 
ating a static charge. 

9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth 
ground. 

10. Use only approved antistatic, vacuum-type 
desoldering tools for component removal. 



PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 



INTRODUCTION 

Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning, inspec- 
tion, and checking instrument performance. Preventive 
maintenance on a regular basis may prevent instrument 
malfunction and improve instrument reliability. The 
required frequency of maintenance depends on the 
severity of the environment in which the instrument is 
used. A good time to do preventive maintenance is just 
before instrument adjustment. 



INSPECTION AND CLEANING 

Inspect and clean the 2247A as often as operating 
conditions require. Accumulation of dirt in the instrument 
can cause overheating and component breakdown. Dirt 
on components acts as an insulating blanket, preventing 
efficient heat dissipation. It also provides an electrical 
conduction path that could result in instrument failure, 
especially under high-humidity conditions 



r^AAAAAAAA^ 

% CAUTION < 

Do not use chemical cleaning agents which 
might damage the plastics used in this 
instrument. Use a nonresidue-type cleaner, 
preferably isopropyl alcohol or a solution of 1% 
mild detergent and 99% water. Before using 
any other type of cleaner, consult your Tektronix 
Service Center or representative. 



Exterior 

INSPECTION. Inspect the external portions of the instru- 
ment for damage, wear, and missing parts; use Table 
6-2 as a guide. Instruments that appear to have been 
dropped or otherwise abused should be checked 
thoroughly to verify correct operation and performance. 
Deficiencies that could cause personal injury or could 
lead to further instrument damage should be repaired 
immediately. 



p/WVWW^ 

I CAUTION < 

twwwww 

Do not allow moisture to get inside the 
instrument during external cleaning. Use only 
enough liquid to dampen the cloth or 
applicator. 

CLEANING. Loose dust on the outside of the instrument 
can be removed with a soft cloth or small soft-bristle 
brush. The brush is particularly useful on and around the 
controls and connectors. Remove remaining dirt with a 
soft cloth dampened in a mild detergent-and-water 
solution. Do not use abrasive cleaners. 

Clean the light filters and the crt face with a soft lint-free 
cloth dampened with either isopropyl alcohol or a mild 
detergent-and-water solution. 

Interior 

To clean or inspect the inside of the instrument, first refer 
to the Removal and Replacement Instructions in the 
Corrective Maintenance part of this section. 



6-2 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-2 

External Inspection Checklist 



Item 


Inspect For 


Repair Action 


Cabinet, Front Panel, and 
Cover 


Cracks, scratches, deformations, 
damaged hardware or gaskets. 


Touch up paint scratches and 
replace defective components. 


Front-panel controls 


Missing, damaged, or loose knobs, 
buttons, and controls. 


Repair or replace missing or 
defective items. 


Connectors 


Broken shells, cracked insulation, 
and deformed contacts. Dirt in 
connectors. 


Replace defective parts. Clean or 
wash out dirt. 


Carrying Handle 


Correct operation. 


Replace defective parts. 


Accessories 


Missing items or parts of items, 
bent pins, broken or frayed cables, 
and damaged connectors. 


Replace damaged or missing items, 
frayed cables, and defective 
parts. 



Table 6-3 

Internal Inspection Checklist 



Item 


Inspect For 


Repair Action 


Circuit Boards 


Loose, broken, or corroded solder 
connections. Burned circuit boards. 
Burned, broken, or cracked 
circuit-run plating. 


Clean solder corrosion with an 
eraser and flush with isopropyl 
alcohol. Resolder defective con- 
nections. Determine cause of 
burned items and repair. Repair 
defective circuit runs. 


Resistors 


Burned, cracked, broken, or 
blistered. 


Replace defective resistors. Check 
for cause of burned component 
and repair as necessary. 


Solder Connections 


Cold solder or rosin joints. 


Resolder joint and clean with 
isopropyl alcohol. 


Capacitors 


Damaged or leaking cases. 
Corroded solder on leads or 
terminals. 


Replace defective capacitors. Clean 
solder connections and flush with 
isopropyl alcohol. 


Semiconductors 


Loosely inserted in sockets. 
Distorted pins. 


Firmly seat loose semiconductors. 
Remove devices having distorted 
pins. Carefully straighten pins (as 
required to fit the socket), using 
long-nose pliers, and reinsert 
firmly. Ensure that straightening 
action does not crack the pins, 
causing them to break. 


Wiring and Cables 


Loose plugs or connectors. Burned, 
broken, or frayed wiring. 


Firmly seat connectors. Repair or 
replace defective wires or cables. 


Chassis 


Dents, deformations, and damaged 
hardware. 


Straighten, repair, or replace 
defective hardware. 



6-3 



Maintenance— 2247 A Service 



INSPECTION. Inspect the internal parts of the 2247Afor 
damage and wear, using Table 6-3 as a guide. Repair 
any problems found immediately. The repair method for 
most visible defects is obvious, buttake particular care if 
heat-damaged components are found. Since over- 
heating usually indicates other trouble in the instrument, 
the cause of overheating must be found and corrected to 
prevent further damage. 

If any electrical component is replaced, do a Per- 
formance Check for the affected circuit and for other 
closely related circuits (see Section 4 for the 
Performance Check). If repair or replacement work is 
done on any of the power supplies, do a complete 
Performance Check and, if so indicated, an instrument 
readjustment (see Section 5 for Adjustment Procedure) . 



PJVWWWV2 

i CAUTION < 

fcVWWWVV 

To prevent damage from electrical arcing, 
ensure that circuit boards and components are 
dry before applying power to the instrument. 



CLEANING. To clean the interior, blow off dust with dry, 
low-pressure air (approximately 9 psi). Remove any 
remaining dust with a soft brush or a cloth dampened 
with a solution of mild detergent and water. A cotton- 
tipped applicator is useful for cleaning in narrow spaces 
and on circuit boards. If these methods do not remove all 
the dust or dirt, the instrument may be spray washed 
using a solution of 1 % mild detergent and 99% water as 
follows: 

1. Remove covers and shields to reach parts to be 
cleaned (see Removal and Replacement 
Instructions). 

2. Spray wash dirty parts with the detergent-and- 
water solution; then use clean water to thoroughly 
rinse them. 

3. Dry all parts with low-pressure air. 



4. Dry all components and assemblies in an oven or 
drying compartment using low-temperature (125°F 
to 150°F) circulating air. 

SWITCH CONTACTS. Switch contacts are permanently 
treated when assembled. Neither cleaning nor other pre- 
ventive maintenance is necessary, unless the switch 
board is replaced or the switch assembly has remained 
disassembled for a long time. 



LUBRICATION 

A regular lubrication program for the instrument is not 
necessary. Most of the potentiometers used in this 
instrument are permanently sealed and generally do not 
require periodic lubrication. The backs of the front-panel 
knob guides have been lubricated when assembled and 
will require lubrication again only when the front-panel 
assembly is replaced. Rotary switches are installed with 
proper lubrication when assembled and will require 
lubrication only when the rotor is replaced. 



SEMICONDUCTOR CHECKS 

Periodic checks of the transistors and other semi- 
conductors in the oscilloscope are not recommended. 
The best check of semiconductor performance is actual 
operation in the instrument. 



PERIODIC READJUSTMENT 

To ensure accurate measurements, check the per- 
formance of this instrument every 2000 hours of 
operation or, if used infrequently, once each year. If you 
replace any components, it may be necessary to 
readjust the affected circuits. 

Complete performance check instructions are given in 
Section 4 of this manual; adjustment instructions are 
given in Section 5. The Performance Check Procedure 
can be helpful in localizing certain troubles in the instru- 
ment. In some cases, minor problems may be revealed 
or corrected by readjustment. If only a partial adjustment 
is performed, see Table 5-1 (the interaction chart) for 
possible adjustment interaction with other circuits. 



6-4 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



TROUBLESHOOTING 



INTRODUCTION 

Preventive maintenance done on a regular basis should 
reveal most potential problems before an instrument 
malfunctions. However, should troubleshooting be 
needed, the following information will help to locate a 
fault. In addition, the Theory of Operation and the 
Diagrams sections of this manual may be helpful while 
troubleshooting. 

TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS 

Diagnostic Firmware 

This instrument contains built-in diagnostic routines that 
can aid in localizing failures. An automatic power-up 
self test checks the system RAM and ROM and readout 
interface circuitry. If a failure is detected, this information 
is presented in either of two ways: a flashing code 
display on the Trigger LEDs or, if the instrument is 
capable of presenting a readout, error messages in the 
crt display. In addition to the power-on testing, various 
diagnostic routines can be run from the service mode 
using the SERVICE MENU. (See Internal Testing 
Capabilities in this subsection for the details.) 

Schematic Diagrams 

Complete schematic diagrams are located on tabbed 
foldout pages in the Diagrams section. Portions of 
circuitry mounted on each circuit board are enclosed by 
heavyblack lines. The assembly number and name(s) of 
the circuit(s) are shown near the top or the bottom edge 
of each diagram. 

Functional blocks on schematic diagrams are outlined 
with a wide gray line. Components within the outlined 
area perform the function designated by the block label. 
The Theory of Operation uses these functional block 
names when describing circuit operation as an aid in 
cross-referencing between the circuit description and 
the schematic diagrams. 

Component numbers and electrical values of com- 
ponents in this instrument are shown on the schematic 
diagrams. Refer to the first page of the Diagrams section 
for the reference designators and symbols used to 
identify components. Important voltages and waveform 
reference numbers (enclosed in hexagonal-shaped 
boxes) are also shown on each diagram. Waveform 



illustrations are located adjacent to their respective 
schematic diagram. 

Circuit Board Illustrations 

Circuit board illustrations showing the physical location 
of each component are provided for use with the sche- 
matic diagrams. Each board illustration is found in the 
Diagrams section on the back of a foldout page, pre- 
ceding the first related schematic diagram. 

The locations of waveform test points are marked on the 
circuit board illustrations with hexagonal outlined num- 
bers corresponding to the waveform numbers on both 
the schematic diagram and the waveform illustrations. 

Circuit Board Locations 

The location of a circuit board within the instrument is 
shown on the foldout page along with the circuit board 
illustration. 

Circuit Board Interconnections 

A circuit board interconnection diagram (schematic 
Diagram 1 7) is provided in the Diagrams section to aid in 
tracing a signal path or power source between boards. 
All wire, plug, and jack numbers are shown along with 
their associated wire or pin numbers and signal names. 

Power Distribution 

Two power distribution diagrams (schematic Diagrams 
15 and 16) are provided to aid in troubleshooting power 
supply problems. These diagrams show the com- 
ponents that the various voltages are applied to and the 
jumper connections and decoupling components used 
to apply the power to those circuits. Excessive loading 
on a power supply by a circuit fault may be isolated by 
disconnecting the appropriate jumpers. 

Grid Coordinate System 

Each schematic diagram and circuit board illustration 
has a grid border along its left and top edges. A table 
located next to each schematic diagram lists the grid 
coordinates of each component shown in that diagram. 
To aid in physically locating components on the circuit 
board, the table also lists the grid coordinates of each 
component in the circuit board illustration. 



6-5 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



Near each circuit board illustration is an alphanumeric 
listing of all components mounted on that board. The 
second column in each listing identifies the schematic 
diagram in which each component can be found. These 
component-locator tables are especially useful when 
more than one schematic diagram is associated with a 
particular circuit board. 

Component Color Coding 

Information regarding color codes and markings of 
resistors is located in the color-coding illustration 
(Figure 9-1) at the beginning of the Diagrams section. 

RESISTOR COLOR CODE. Resistors used in this 
instrument are carbon-film, composition, or precision 
metal-film types. They are usually color coded with the 
EIA color code; however, some metal-film type resistors 
may have the value printed on the body. The color code 
is interpreted starting with the stripe nearest to one end 
of the resistor. Composition resistors have four stripes; 
these represent two significant digits, a multiplier, and a 
tolerance value. Metal-film resistors have five stripes 
representing three significant digits, a multiplier, and a 
tolerance value. 

CAPACITOR MARKINGS. Capacitance values of com- 
mon plastic capacitors and small electrolytics are 
marked on the side of the capacitor body. Small, 
machine-insertable capacitors are numerically coded in 
picofarads. The first two numbers are the significant 
digits and the third number (if a three-number code) is 
the number of zeros following the digits. When there are 
two numbers separated by the letter “R”, the two num- 
bers are the significant digits; the letter marks the radix 
(decimal point). Some examples of thistype of capacitor 
coding are as follows: 

475 = 47 00000 pF = 4.7 ^F 

472 = 47 00 pF = .0047 m-F 

471 = 47 0 pF 

470 = 47 pF 

4R7 = 4.7 pF 

The code numbers are difficult to locate and read on 
installed parts. Capacitor values may be found by 
referencing the circuit designation number in the 
“Replaceable Electrical Parts” list. 

DIODE COLOR CODE. The cathode end of each 
glass-encased diode is indicated by either a stripe, a 
series of stripes, or a dot. For most diodes marked with a 
series of stripes, the color combination of the stripes 



identif ies three digits of the Tektronix Part Number, using 
the resistor color-code system. The cathode and anode 
ends of a metal -encased diode may be identified by the 
diode symbol marked on its body. 

Semiconductor Lead Configurations 

Figure 9-2 in the Diagrams section shows the lead con- 
figurations for semiconductor devices used in the instru- 
ment. These lead configurations and case styles are 
typical of those used at completion of the instrument 
design. Vendor changes and performance improvement 
changes may result in changes of case styles or lead 
configurations. If the device in question does not appear 
to match the configuration shown in Figure 9-2, examine 
the associated circuitry or consult a manufacturer’s data 
sheet. 

Multipin Connections 

This instrument uses two types of cable connectors. The 
main type is an etched-circuit ribbon cable with pin con- 
nectors crimped directly to the end of the cable. The 
number one pin is indicated by a mark on the ribbon 
cable. The other type of connector is a plastic holder 
containing connectors crimped to the ends of individual 
wires. Orientation, where important, is indicated by a 
triangle (arrow). 



TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT 

The equipment listed in Table 4-1 of this manual, or 
equivalent equipment, may be useful when trouble- 
shooting this instrument. 



TROUBLESHOOTING TECHNIQUES 

The following procedure is arranged in an order that 
enables checking simple trouble possibilities before 
requiring more extensive troubleshooting. The first two 
steps use diagnostic routines built into the operating 
system of the instrument. 

The next four procedures are check steps that ensure 
proper control settings, connections, operation, and 
adjustment. If the trouble is not located by these checks, 
the remaining steps will aid in locating the defective 
component. When the defective component is located, 
replace it by using the appropriate replacement pro- 
cedure given under Corrective Maintenance in this 
section. 



6-6 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



^WWVWV^n 

> CAUTION ? 

UVWWWVW 

Before using any test equipment to make 
measurements on static-sensitive, current- 
sensitive, or voltage-sensitive components or 
assemblies, ensure that any voltage or current 
supplied by the test equipment does not 
exceed the limits of the component to be 
tested. 



1. Power-up Tests 

When the instrument power is applied, seif tests are 
automatically run to verify proper operation of the 
system RAM and ROM and readout interface circuitry. If 
the power-up test fails, failure codes appear in the 
Trigger Mode LEDs to identify the general location of the 
fault. (See Power-Up Testing later in this section for 
failure-code information.) 



2. Diagnostic Routines 

Various diagnostic routines can be run from the service 
mode. The routines can be run at any time by displaying 
the SERVICE MENU and selecting the desired item from 
the menu using front panel pushbuttons. 

Entry into the SERVICE MENU and its uses are explained 
in the Diagnostic Routines discussion later in this 
section. 



3. Check Control Settings 

Incorrect control settings can give a false indication of 
instrument malfunction. If there is any question about the 
correct function or operation of any control, refer to the 
Operating Information in the 2247A Operators Manual. 



4. Check Associated Equipment 

Before proceeding, ensure that any equipment used 
with the 2247 A is operating correctly. Verify that input 
signals are properly connected and that the inter- 
connecting cables are not defective. Check that the ac- 
power-source voltage to all equipment is correct. 



5. Visual Check 



WARNING 



To avoid electrical shock, disconnect the 
instrument from the ac power source before 
making a visual inspection of the internal 
circuitry. 

Look for broken connections or wires, damaged com- 
ponents, semiconductors not firmly mounted, damaged 
circuit boards, or other clues to the cause of an instru- 
ment malfunction. 

6. Check Instrument Performance and 
Adjustment 

Check the performance of either those circuits where 
you suspect trouble or the entire instrument. An apparent 
trouble may be the result of misadjustment. The com- 
plete performance check is given in Section 4 of this 
manual, and adjustment instructions are given in 
Section 5. 

7. Isolate Trouble to a Circuit 

To isolate problems, use any symptoms noticed when 
checking the instrument's operation to help localize the 
trouble to a particular circuit. For example, if the vertical 
deflection is incorrect on all channels, the problem is 
most likely from the delay line driver to the vertical out- 
put; if deflection is bad only on one channel, the problem 
is from the attenuator of that channel to the input of the 
delay line driver. The detailed block diagram shown in 
the foldout section may be used as an aid in determining 
signal flow and control line dependency for correct 
circuit operation. Referto the troubleshooting hints given 
in Table 6-6 for diagnostic routine failures. Trouble- 
shooting hints by diagram are given immediately fol- 
lowing Table 6-6, and Table 6-9 may be used to aid in 
locating a problem in the measurement system. 

8. Check Power Supplies 



WARNING 



For safety reasons, an isolation transformer 
must be used between the ac power main and 
the instrument’s ac power input whenever 
troubleshooting is done with the cabinet 
removed. This is especially important when 
working in the Preregulator and Inverter Power 
Supply sections of the instrument. 



6-7 



Maintenance— 2247 A Service 



When trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit, 
first check the power supplies; then check the affected 
circuits by taking voltage and waveform readings. 
Check first for the correct output voltage of each indi- 
vidual supply. These voltages are measured between 
J1204 (interface connector between power supply and 
main board) and ground (J1204 pin 4 or 8). See the 
associated circuit board illustration and Table 6-4. 

Voltages levels may be measured either with a DMM or 
with an oscilloscope. Voltage ripple amplitudes must be 
measured using an oscilloscope. Use a IX probe with 
as short a ground lead as possible to minimize stray 
pickup. 

NOTE 

Use 20 MHz bandwidth limiting on the test 
oscilloscope. A higher bandwidth may produce 
higher observed ripple levels. 

If the power-supply voltages and ripple are within the 
listed ranges in Table 6-4, the supply can be assumed 
to be working correctly. If they are outside the range, the 
supply may be either misadjusted, operating incorrectly, 
or excessively loaded. The power supply adjustment 
procedure is given in the Power Supply, Display, and 
Z-Axis subsection of Section 5 (the Adjustment 
Procedure). 

A defective component elsewhere in the instrument can 
create the appearance of a power-supply problem and 



may also affect the operation of other circuits. Use the 
power distribution diagrams (schematic Diagrams 15 
and 16 in the foldouts) to aid in localizing a loading 
problem to a particular circuit. 

9. Check Circuit Board Interconnections 

After the trouble has been isolated to a particular circuit, 
again check for loose or broken connections, 
improperly seated semiconductors, and heat-damaged 
components. 

10. Check Voltages and Waveforms 

Often the defective component can be located by 
checking circuit voltages or waveforms. Typical 
voltages are listed on the schematic diagrams. 
Waveforms indicated on the schematic diagrams by 
hexagonal-outlined numbers are shown adjacent to the 
diagrams. Waveform test points are shown in the circuit 
board illustrations. 

NOTE 

Voltages and waveforms indicated on the sche- 
matic diagrams are not absolute and may vary 
slightly between instruments. To establish 
operating conditions similar to those used to 
obtain these readings, see the Voltage and 
Waveform Setup Conditions preceding the 
waveform illustrations in the Diagrams section. 



Table 6-4 

Power Supply Voltage and Ripple Limits 



Nominal 

Supply 

Voltage 


Test Point 
(+ lead) 


Limits 

(0°C to 50°C) 


P-P Ripple a 


Min 


Max 


60-150 Hz 


20-40 kHz 


+ 130 


J1 204-11 


+ 127 


+ 135 


70 mV 


70 mV 


+ 58 


J1204-10 


+ 55.7 


+ 59.2 


40 mV 


120 mV 


+ 15 


J 1204-7 


+ 14.6 


+ 15.6 


8 mV 


4 mV 


+ 7.5 


J 1204-8 


+ 7.4 


+ 7.6 


8 mV 


4 mV 


+ 5.0 


J1 204-1, 2 


+ 5.0 


+ 5.3 


30 mV 


20 mV 


-5.0 


J1 204-5 


-5.1 


-5.4 


4 mV 


4 mV 


-7.5 


J1 204-9 


-7.4 


-7.8 


4 mV 


4 mV 


-15 unreg 


J1 204-6 


-15.5 


-16.6 


10 mV 


100 mV 



a At rated load. 



6-8 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Note the recommended test equipment, front-panel 
control settings, voltage and waveform conditions, and 
cable-connection instructions. Any special control set- 
tings required to obtain a given waveform are noted 
under the waveform illustration. Volts/Div and Sec/Div 
settings of the test oscilloscope for a waveform are 
indicated in the waveform illustration. 

11. Check Individual Components 



WARNING 



To avoid electric shock, always disconnect the 
instrument from the ac power source before 
removing or replacing components. 

The following procedures describe methods of checking 
individual components. Two-lead components that are 
soldered in place are most accurately checked by first 
disconnecting one end from the circuit board. This 
isolates the measurement from the effects of the 
surrounding circuitry. See Figure 9-1 for resistor value 
identification and Figure 9-2 for semiconductor lead 
configurations. Cross check the circuit component num- 
ber with the Electrical Parts List for capacitor values. 

^AAAAAAAArt 

| CAUTION | 

VWWWWO 

When checking semiconductors, observe the 
static-sensitivity precautions given at the 
beginning of this section. 



TRANSISTORS. A good check of a transistor is actual 
performance under operating conditions. A transistor 
can most effectively be checked by substituting a 
known-good component. However, be sure that circuit 
conditions are not such that a replacement transistor 
might also be damaged. If substitute transistors are not 
available, use a dynamic-type transistor checker for 
testing. Static-type transistor checkers are not recom- 
mended, since they do not check operation under simu- 
lated operating conditions. 

When troubleshooting transistors in the circuit with a 
voltmeter, measure both the emitter-to-base and 
emitter-to-collector voltages to determine whether they 
are consistent with normal circuit voltages. Voltages 
across a transistor may vary with the type of device and 
its circuit function. 



Some of these voltages are predictable. The emitter-to- 
base voltage for a conducting silicon transistor will nor- 
mally range from 0.6 V to 0.8 V. The emitter-to-collector 
voltage for a saturated transistor is about 0.2 V. Because 
these values are small, the best way to check them is by 
connecting a sensitive voltmeter across the junction 
rather than comparing two voltages taken with respect to 
ground. If the former method is used, both leads of the 
voltmeter must be isolated from ground. 

If voltage values measured are less that those just given, 
either the device is shorted or no current is flowing in the 
external circuit. If values exceed the emitter-to-base 
values given, either the junction is reverse biased or the 
device is defective. Voltages exceeding those given for 
typical emitter-to-collector values could indicate either 
a nonsaturated device operating normally or a defective 
(open-circuited) transistor. If the device is conducting, 
voltage will be developed across the resistors in series 
with it; if open, no voltage will be developed across the 
resistors unless current is being supplied by a parallel 
path. 

I CAUTION | 

tVWVWWVW 

When checking emitter-to-base junctions, do 
not use an ohmmeter range that has a high 
internal current. High current may damage the 
transistor. Reverse biasing the emitter-to-base 
junction with a high current may degrade the 
current-transfer ratio (Beta) of the transistor. 

A transistor emitter-to-base junction also can be 
checked for an open or shorted condition by measuring 
the resistance between terminals with an ohmmeter set 
to a range having a low internal source current, such as 
the R X 1 kfl range. The junction resistance should be 
very high in one direction and much lower when the 
meter leads are reversed. 

When troubleshooting a field-effect transistor (FET), the 
voltage across its elements can be checked in the same 
manner as previously described for other transistors. 
However, remember that in the normal depletion mode 
of operation, the gate-to-source junction is reverse 
biased; in the enhanced mode, the junction is forward 
biased. 

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. An integrated circuit (1C) can 
be checked with a voltmeter, test oscilloscope, or by 
direct substitution. A good understanding of circuit 
operation is essential when troubleshooting a circuit 
having 1C components. Use care when checking 



6-9 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



voltages and waveforms around the 1C so that adjacent 
leads are not shorted together. An 1C test clip provides a 
convenient means of clipping a test probe to an 1C. 

| CAUTION | 

t'WWWW^ 

When checking a diode, do not use an ohm- 
meter scale that has a high internal current. 

High current may damage a diode. Checks on 
diodes can be performed in much the same 
manner as those on transistor emitter-to-base 
junctions. 

DIODES. A diode can be checked for either an open or a 
shorted condition by measuring the resistance between 
terminals with an ohmmeter set to a range having a low 
internal source current, such as the R X 1 kn range. The 
diode resistance should be very high in one direction 
and much lower when the meter leads are reversed. 

Silicon diodes should have 0.6 V to 0.8 V across their 
junctions when conducting; Schottky diodes about 0.2 V 
to 0.4 V. Higher readings indicate that they are either 
reverse biased or defective, depending on polarity. 

RESISTORS. Check resistors with an ohmmeter. Refer 
to the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the tolerances 
of resistors used in this instrument. A resistor normally 
does not require replacement unless its measured value 
varies widely from its specified value and tolerance. 

INDUCTORS. Check for open inductors by checking 
continuity with an ohmmeter. Shorted or partially shorted 
inductors can usually be found by checking the 
waveform response when high-frequency signals are 
passed through the circuit. 

CAPACITORS. A leaky or shorted capacitor can best 
be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter 
set to one of the highest ranges. Do not exceed the 
voltage rating of the capacitor. The resistance reading 
should be high after the capacitor is charged to the out- 
put voltage of the ohmmeter. An open capacitor can be 
detected with a capacitance meter or by checking 
whether the capacitor passes ac signals. 

12. Repair and Adjust the Circuit 

If any defective parts are located, follow the replacement 
procedures given under Corrective Maintenance in this 
section. After any electrical component has been 



replaced, the performance of that circuit and any other 
closely related circuit should be checked. Since the 
power supplies affect all circuits, performance of the 
entire instrument should be checked if work has been 
done on the power supplies. Readjustment of the 
affected circuitry may be necessary. Refer to the 
Performance Check Procedure and the Adjustment 
Procedure, (sections 4 and 5) and to Table 5-1 (Adjust- 
ment Interactions). 



INTERNAL TESTING CAPABILITIES 

The diagnostics built into the 2247A permit the tech- 
nician to test much of the digital circuitry and the digital— 
to-analog interface. The following text describes the 
testing capabilities of the Measurement Processor and 
the firmware controlled circuitry. 

Power-Up Testing 

The systems shown in Figure 6-1 are tested at power- 
on, Failure codes appear in the Trigger MODE LEDs, 
with ON being shown as “x" and OFF as "o" in the f igure, 
in the event of a display failure where error message 
cannot be displayed on the crt, the codes indicate a 
failure area to begin troubleshooting. 



Tests Run 


Failure Code 
(seen on the 
Trigger LEDS) 


AUTO 

LEVEL 

AUTO 

NORM 

TV 

LINE 

TV 

FIEL0 

SGL 

SEQ 


System RAM 
System ROM 
Readout Interface 
DAC Subsystem 


X 0 0 0 0 0 

0 X 0 0 0 0 

0 0 X 0 0 0 

X 0 X 0 0 0 



6555-22 

Figure 6-1. Power-on test failure codes. 



Power-up tests performed are: 

1. RAM diagnostics— failures indicated by flashing 
AUTO LEVEL lamp. Three diagnostics are run on all 
locations in the RAM: 

a. Store and read 00. 

b. Store and read FF. 

c. Store and read pseudo-random pattern. 



6-10 



Maintenance— 2247 A Service 



2. ROM diagnostics-failures indicated by flashing 
AUTO lamp. Tests all of ROM, except for ROM 
header. Runs proprietary version of CROC test. 

3. Readout interface diagnostics -failures indicated 
by flashing NORM lamp. Performs a marching-one 
test around the loop from D7-D0 to R7-R0 and back. 

4. DAC interface diagnostics -failures indicated by 
flashing AUTO LEVEL and NORM lamps. Performs 
three tests: 



a. Checks that DAC INTR is high after power-up. 



b. Checks that DAC INTR goes low after a byte is 
sent from the Measurement Processor. 



c. Checks that DAC INTR goes high again after 
the DAC Processor reads the byte sent from the 
Measurement Processor. 



SERVICE MODE 

The service mode driver menu is accessed by pressing 
the top and the bottom menu- item buttons at the same 
time. The main SERVICE MENU is shown in Figure 6-2. 
Each service menu display has two parts; the part to the 
left is the service menu, and the part to the right is the 
modifier menu. 



SERVICE MENU/ 



DIAGNOSE T MENU 

CONFIGURE 4, 

SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS 
INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU/ 
EXERCISER MENU/ QUIT 



6555-23 

Figure 6-2. Main SERVICE MENU. 



Each service menu has a title and a number of select- 
able items in the menu. The title appears in the top line of 
the crt display, and the selectable items appear under 
the title, indented (see Figure 6-2). Menu choices that 
are names of sub-menus have a following slash (/) , and 
when one is underlined, the word “SELECT” appears in 
the modifier menu list. When a choice with sub-menus is 
selected, the sub-menu choices are displayed on the 
left side of the screen with the name of the selected sub- 
menu displayed in the top line. 

A menu choice that has no following slash is an exe- 
cutable service routine. The routine may be run by under- 
lining it and pressing the menu button next to the RUN 
label that appears in the modifier menu list. Executable 
servicing selections are: diagnostics that return either a 
pass message or a fail message along with service 
data; one-shot exercisers that carry out some service 
and immediately return to the menu; or regular exer- 
cisers that carry out a service while continuously 
displaying service data. 

An underlined service-menu choice is available for 
selection. To select a menu item, use the buttons next to 
the up-arrow and down-arrow symbols to move the 
underline up or down in the SERVICE MENU. When the 
underline is below the sub-menu title, pressing the 
menu button next to up-arrow MENU label returns to the 
preceding menu containing that sub-menu (an up- 
menu operation). 

Pressing the QUIT selection at anytime the choice is dis- 
played will cause the scope to return to normal oscillo- 
scope mode. If a service routine is operating that has an 
END menu selection displayed, pressing the button next 
to END exits the routine and returns to the selection 
menu (where QUIT is displayed) . Routines that run once, 
return to the selection menu when finished. Pressing the 
CLEAR DISPLAY button while any menu is being dis- 
played will cause the scope to return to normal oscillo- 
scope mode. 

The diagnostic tests in the SERVICE MENU may be run 
with a conditional setting that determines how many 
times the routine is done. The conditional MODE setting 
menu choice appears in the modifier menu when the 
DIAGNOSE choice in the SERVICE MENU is underlined 
(see Figure 6-3) . One of the following mode types will be 
displayed: 

ONCE, CONTINUOUS, UNTIL PASS, or UNTIL FAIL 



6-11 



Maintenance -2247A Service 



Change the mode type displayed in the bottom line by 
pressing the MODE button. When ONCE is the mode, 
the diagnostic is run once, and the result is displayed. 
When CONTINUOUS is the mode, the diagnostics are 
run continuously. When UNTIL PASS is the mode, the di- 
agnostics are run until they pass. When UNTIL FAIL is the 
mode, the diagnostics are run until they fail. In order to 
stop a diagnostic that is looping in the CONTINUOUS, 
UNTIL PASS, or UNTIL FAIL mode, press the HALT but- 
ton. The diagnostic will stop and display the current 
status. When the status is displayed, press END to return 
to the SERVICE MENU choices. 



SERVICE MENU/ 




DIAGNOSE 


T 


CONFIGURE 


4 


SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS 


RUN 


INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU/ 




EXERCISER MENU/ 


QUIT 




MODE: 




ONCE 



( 6555 - 24 ) 6367-36 



Figure 6-3. SERVICE MENU with DIAGNOSE 
choice selected. 



Service Routines 

Descriptions of the available service routines are given 
in Table 6-5. The complete SERVICE MENU has this 
structure: 

SERVICE MENU/ 

DIAGNOSE 

CONFIGURE 

SELF CAL MEASUREMENTS 
INTERNAL SETTINGS MENU / 

MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS 
LOAD STORE/RECALL SETUPS 
ADJUST VERTICAL OUTPUT 
EXERCISER MENU/ 

FRONT PANEL MENU/ 

EXERCISE POTS 
EXERCISE LEDS 
EXERCISE SWITCHES 
PROC BOARD MENU/ 

A TO D MENU/ 

EXERCISE DACS 
EXERCISE PORTS 
READOUT MENU/ 

SHOW READOUT ROM HEADER 
EXERCISE RO INTERFACE 
SHOW SYSTEM ROM HEADER 
EXERCISE TIME REF 
SHOW AUTO RESTARTS 
MAIN BOARD MENU/ 

SHIFT REGISTER MENU/ 

EXERCISE SR 0 
EXERCISE SR 1 
EXERCISE SR 2 
EXERCISE VOLT REF 



6-12 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 





Table 6-5 

SERVICE MENU Selections 


Menu Item 


Action 


3IAGN0SE 


Runs all diagnostics in sequence, stopping at the first failed diagnostic. (See 
Table 6-6 for a diagnostic test failure troubleshooting guide.) Diagnostics are: 
RO (readout) INTERFACE 
ROM RAM 

SLIC CONTROL REG 

SHIFT REGISTERS (in SR2, SRO, SRI, SR3 order) 

DAC 

Triggers 

Counter/Timer 


CONFIGURE 


Configures the scope-mode operation of the instrument according to the users’ 
wishes. Configuration is done by answering yes/no questions. The questions are: 
KEEP MENU ON WHEN MEAS SELECTED? The menu remains displayed after a 
measurement function has been selected from one of the Measurements menus. 

NOTE 

The setting of KEEP MENU ON WHEN MEAS SELECTED does not affect the 
STORE/RECALL SETUP menu that is displayed when the scope is configured 
for RECALL ONLY. 

RECALL ONLY? (IN STORE/RECALL) Selecting YES displays the Recall Only 
menu when the STORE/RECALL SETUP button is pressed. From the Recall Only 
menu you can easily step through all of the stored front-panel setups. 

Selecting NO displays the Store/Recall menu when the STORE/RECALL SETUP 
button is pressed. From the Store/Recall Setup menu you can store, edit, and 
recall front-panel setups. 

MENU ON WHEN S/R SELECTED? Selecting YES causes the STORE/RECALL 
menu to remain displayed after a store or recall function has been selected. 

KEEP READOUT ON IN SGL SEQ? Selecting YES causes the readout to be on 
constantly when in SGL SEQ trigger mode. 

Selecting NO causes the readout to flash on for a brief period after the signal 
display sequence has finished. 

INITIALIZE TIME CURSORS/DELAYS? If YES is selected, under certain conditions 
(see Operators Manual) the cursors or delays will be initialized appropriate to the 
measurement mode. 

Cursors and delays may remain unchanged if there is no A trigger or the trigger 
source channel’s signal has a repetition rate slower than 20 Hz or faster than 
100 MHz. Then a question mark may appear before the value and remain until one 
of the CURSORS/TIME POSITION controls is moved. 

PRESET TV TRIG SLOPE FOR -SYNC? Selecting YES will cause the trigger slopes 
to preset to - (minus) when "TV trig mode is selected. If NO is selected, a second 
question is presented: 

PRESET TV TRIG SLOPE FOR + SYNC? Selecting YES will cause the trigger 
slopes to preset to + when TV trig mode is selected. If NO is selected, the scope 
will not use a preset slope when a TV trig mode is selected. 



6-13 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 





Table 6-5 (cont) 


Menu Item 


Action 


SELF CAL 
MEASUREMENTS 


Self characterizes the gain and offset errors in the vertical system and 
time base so that they may be compensated for in the measurements. This 
should be run only after instrument is warmed up properly, although if desired, 
it can be used to compensate for an unusual operating temperature. 


MAKE FACTORY 
SETTINGS 


Resets the front panel settings to those shipped with the instrument. Used to 
produce a known setup condition. The following is a partial list of settings: 

Vertical MODE CH 1 AND CH 2 

CH 1/CH 2 COUPLING DC 

CH 1,2, 3.4VOLTS/DIV 0.1V 

CH 2 INVERT OFF 

SCOPE BW OFF 

HORIZONTAL MODE A 

A SEC/DIV 0.1 ms 

B SEC/DIV 1 jjlS 

A/B Trigger SLOPE ~r 

A/B Trigger SELECT A 

A Trigger MODE AUTO LEVEL 

B Trigger MODE RUNS AFTER 

A/B Trigger SOURCE CH 1 

A/B Trigger COUPLING DC 

MEASUREMENTS OFF 


LOAD STORE/RECALL 
SETUPS 


Loads eight factory front-panel setups into the Store/Recall memory. The setups 
are stored in memory locations 01 through 08, and all previously stored setups 
in locations 01 through 20 will be deleted. When you select this item, a message 
will be displayed that will give you the choice to continue or not continue with 
the loading of the factory setups. Don’t select YES unless you are sure that you 
want to delete all of your previously stored setups. 


ADJUST VERTICAL 
OUTPUT 


Used to adjust the vertical output gain and centering (see Adjustment Procedure 
in Section 5). 


EXERCISE POTS 


Shows the name of the latest digitized potentiometer moved, along with its hexa- 
decimal value (from FF to 00). Starts by showing the HORIZ POSITION and its 
value until another pot is adjusted. The FOCUS and SCALE ILLUMINATION con- 
trols are not digitized and therefore are not checked with this exercise. Pressing 
END exits the exerciser. 


EXERCISE LEDS 


Uses the delay control to check for adjacent-row or adjacent-column shorts in 
the front panel board and for inoperative LEDs. The exercise will display the cir- 
cuit number and illuminate each LED as the control is rotated. Circuit numbers 
DS2016, DS2017, DS2018, DS2019, DS2024, DS2040, and DS2049 do not corre- 
spond to any LEDs on the front panel. Pressing END exits the exerciser. 


EXERCISE SWITCHES 


Shows the circuit number of the latest momentary-contact button pressed, or the 
name and position of the latest rotary switch turned. Pressing END exits the 
exerciser program and pressing CLEAR MEAS’MT will terminate the Service 
Program. 



6-14 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 





Table 6-5 (cont) 


Menu Item 


Action 


EXERCISE DACS 


Attaches the DAC (U2302, Diagram 11) to a single sample-and-hold channel 
(through U2303), and outputs a sawtooth waveform to that channel. Select the 
channel by pressing STEP. This excerciser may be used to trace a sample-hold 
value through the system, with the DAC system operating in a non-multiplexed 
mode. Pressing END exits the exerciser. 


EXERCISE PORTS 


Continuously does analog-to-digital conversion on a single A-to-D port. Select 
the port by pressing STEP. The exerciser may be used to trace a single potenti- 
ometer wiper value or probe code value through the system by operating the 
A-to-D converter in a non-multiplexed mode. Pressing END exits the exerciser. 


SHOW READOUT 
ROM HEADER 


Shows the Readout ROM part number (U2408, Diagram 9) and its expected and 
actual checksum. 


EXERCISE RO 
INTERFACE 


Continuously echos a marching-bit value across the readout interface. This 
exerciser may be used to check the integrity of the Measurement-Processor-to- 
Readout-Processor communication system. Pressing END exits the exerciser. 


SHOW SYSTEM 
ROM HEADER 


Shows the system ROM part numbers (U2519, Diagram 8) and checksums of 
the installed firmware version. 


EXERCISE TIME REF 


Steps through the timing frequencies used to characterize the horizontal timing 
accuracy. Calibration periods are shown in the following table. 

Time Test Period 

.5 |xs 2 >is 

5 ns 32 jxs 

10 >is 64 jxs 

20 m.s 128 }xs 

50 |iS 256 jxs 

.1 ms 512 jj.s 

.2 ms 1 .024 ms 

.5 ms 2.048 ms 

1 ms 4.096 ms 

2 ms 8.192 ms 

5 ms 32.768 ms 


SHOW AUTO 
RESTARTS 


Shows the address being executed if a software error occurs that causes 
execution out of normal memory space. This is for factory use only and is of no 
use in field servicing of the instrument. If an AUTO RESTART is ever seen, 
record the address displayed and report it to a service center; the error address 
is cleared from memory when SHOW AUTO RESTARTS is exited. 


EXERCISE SR 0 


Shifts alternate zeros and ones through Shift Register 0 (U171, U172, and U173, 
Diagram 1). This shift register sets Attenuator and Input Coupling relay positions 
and Vertical Preamplifier gain settings. 


EXERCISE SR 1 


Shifts alternate zeros and ones through Shift Register 1 (U302 and U303, 
Diagram 5; U1 103, Diagram 3). This shift register sets sweep speeds and 
auxiliary trigger settings (TV Trigger, Scope Bandwidth, XI 0 magnification, and 
X-Y Mode). 



6-15 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-5 (cont) 



Menu Item 


Action 


EXERCISE SR 2 


Shift alternate zeros and ones through Shift Register 2 (U502, Diagram 4). 


EXERCISE VOLT REF 


Steps through all settings of the Voltage Reference Generator (U931, Diagram 7) 
that are used to calibrate the Volts Measurement system. For each setting, 
Channels 1 and 2 are placed into the gain configuration (2 mV through 50 mV) 
that uses that setting. The voltage select lines (VOLTS CAL 2-0) may be 
checked for activity, and the generated VOLTS CAL SIGNAL may be measured 
to check its values. 



VOLTS/DIV 


Cal voltage 


2 mV 


10 mV 


5 mV 


25 mV 


10 mV 


50 mV 


20 mV 


100 mV 


50 mV 


250 mV 



6-16 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



DIAGNOSE Tests 

The complete DIAGNOSE routine may be called up by the service technician as needed to aid in troubleshooting the 
instrument. Testing routines and troubleshooting information for use in the event of a failed test are given in Table 6-6. 





Table 6-6 

DIAGNOSE ROUTINES 


Error Label 


Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 


INTERFACE ERROR 


Measurement Processor to Readout Processor Communications. 

WROTE (hex number that was written, 2 characters). 

READ (hex number that was read, 2 characters). 

This test rotates a 1 through the byte on the bus lines. The difference between 
WROTE and READ indicates which bit is stuck. 

Devices to troubleshoot: 

U2401 , U2402, U2417C and D, and bus lines between Measurement Processor 
and Readout Processor. 

Check U2501 pin 29 for enabling signal to U2402, and U2400 pin 22 for clock. 


RAM ERROR 


Writes and reads test bytes from the Readout RAM (U2406). 
ADDRESS (hex address of error location, 3 characters). 

WROTE (hex data written, 2 characters). 

READ (hex data read, 2 characters). 

The difference between WROTE and READ data indicates a stuck bit. 


(RO RAM) 


PART NUM (Tektronix Part Number without dashes). 

EXPECTED CHECKSUM (hex number, 2 characters). 

ACTUAL CHECKSUM (hex number, 2 characters). 

NOTE 

Readout ROM is internal to the Readout Processor, U2400; 
a failure of this test may mean a bad Readout Processor. 



6-17 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



Table 6-6 (cont) 



Error Label 


Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 


REG SR 2 


Front Panel Potentiometer Multiplexer data path check. 
WROTE (hex data written, 1 character). 

READ (hex data read, 1 character). 

Device Tested: U502, Diagram 4. 


Troubleshooting checks: 

Check pin 11 for correct clock. 
Check pin 2 for data. 

Check pin 12 for multiplexer output. 


REG SR 0 


Attenuator and Preamplifier data path check. 

WROTE (hex data written, 6 characters). 

READ (hex data read, 6 characters). 

Devices Tested: U171, U172, and U173 on Diagram 1. 

NOTE 

U1 71 and U172 have + 15 V clocks and data; U173 has 
+ 5V clocks and data. 


Troubleshooting checks: 

Check pin 3 of each device for correct clock. 

Check pin 9 of each device for marching bit pattern. 

Attenuator relay latches are driven and a clacking sound is heard. 


REG SR 1 


Sweeps and Auxiliary Trigger data path check. 



WROTE (hex data written, 6 characters). 

READ (hex data read, 6 characters). 

Devices Tested: 

U302 and U303 on Diagram 3; U1 103 on Diagram 3. Clock and data levels 
for U302 and U303 are +15 V; they are + 5 V for U1 1 03. 



Troubleshooting checks: 

Check pin 3 of each device for correct clock. 

Check pin 9 of each device for marching bit pattern. 



6-18 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-6 (cont) 



Error Label 



Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 



REG SR 3 



Switch board data path check. 



WROTE (hex data written, 4 characters). 

READ (hex data read, 4 characters). 



NOTE 

There is no exerciser for SR 3, but it is included in "DIAGNOSE. " 

Devices Tested: U2001 and U2002, Diagram 10. 

Troubleshooting Checks: 



DAC ERROR 0 



Check pin 1 0 for serial data in. 

Check pin 9 for serial data out. 

Check pin 2 for clock. 

The A-to-D system. Diagram 1 1 , is not working correctly. Ground level was 
digitized out of the specified error limits. 

Devices to troubleshoot: 



(Triggers) 



U2515 and U2517, Diagram 8; U2306, U2302, U2300, U2313, and U2314, 
Diagram 1 1 ; U506, Diagram 7 

The trigger diagnostic partially checks the Trigger SOURCE, Trigger CPLG, and 
Trigger SLOPE circuitry. 



Error Messages: 



TIME SIGNAL TOO SMALL 

AT A Trigger A Trigger circuitry failed amplitude test. 



TIME SIGNAL TOO SMALL 

AT B Trigger B Trigger circuitry failed amplitude test. 

NO A Trigger FOR TIME 

CAL SIGNAL (2 digit code, see table) 

Trigger never occurred. 



Time Base 

Cal Signal Code 



128 


F S 


0 


8.192 


ms 


1 


256 


ns 


2 


4.096 


ms 


3 


2.048 


ms 


4 


512 


ns 


5 


32.768 


ms 


6 


1.024 


ms 


7 


64 


fs 


13 


32 


FS 


14 



Check U421, U431, U1106A, and associated circuitry, Diagram 3. 



SLIC (Display Logic 1C, U600) and FLIC (Trigger Logic 1C, U602) gate out- 
puts and level shifters, Diagram 4. 



6-19 



Maintenance -2247A Service 



Table 6-6 (cont) 



Error Label 


Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 


C/T STATUS BITS WILL 
NOT RESET 

C CTR WILL NOT RESET 


Counter/Timer checked to see if it will reset. 

Any one of these error messages indicates the C/T will not reset. The diagnostic 
software is unable to locate the exact failure. 


B CTR WILL NOT RESET 


Devices to troubleshoot: 


A CTR WILL NOT RESET 


U1902, U1905, and the resistor network that connects U1902 pins 34-39 to U1905 
pins 27-32; U1903 and the resistor network at its inputs. 




To check this circuitry, exit diagnostic menu, select TOTALIZE measurement, apply 
a trigger signal, and check for proper signal swings. 


C/T BUSY LINE STUCK 
LOW 


Checks to see if BUSY line will go high (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 




U1905, R1941, U1903. 




Check that BUSY signal (U1905 pin 19) toggles normally during a frequency 
measurement. If it doesn’t, U1905 or R1941 may be bad. If BUSY toggles normally, 
the problem may be in U1903 circuitry. 


B CTR NOT CLOCKING 


Checks to see if B counter will increment (Counter/Timer). 


PROPERLY 


Devices to troubleshoot: 




U1905 and the resistor network connected to U1905 pins 27-32. 


UNEXPECTED VALUE 
READ FROM B CTR 


The first five stages of the C/T B counter (in U1905) are exercised first. If the B 
counter does not contain the right count, the error message is displayed. 


VALUE EXPECTED 
XXXXXX 


Next, the microprocessor checks the rest of the B counter (in U1902) and displays 
the error message if an error is found. 


VALUE READ 
YYYYYY 


Devices to troubleshoot: 


(XXXXXX = hexadecimal 
value expected by 
microprocessor) 


If the XXXXXX value is less than 111120 (hexadecimal), the problem is most likely in 
U1905 or the U1903 circuitry. Select TOTALIZE measurement, apply a trigger 
signal, and trace U1905 output pins 11-14 on through U1903. 


(YYYYYY = value actually 
read) 


If the XXXXXX value i s 1 1 1 1 20 (hexadecimal) or higher, the problem is most likely in 
U1902, or else U1904 and its input resistor network are not passing BOUT (U1905 
pin 4) correctly to U1902 pin 28. 



6-20 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-6 (cont) 



Error Label 


Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 


B CTR OVERFLOW NOT 
DETECTABLE 


Checks to see if B counter overflow flag will go high (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 

U1902. The problem must be in U1902 to get this error message. 


C/T BUSY LINE STUCK 
HIGH 


Checks to see if BUSY line will go low (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 

U1905, R1941, and U1903 circuitry. 

Make sure that the BUSY signal (U1 905 pin 1 9) toggles normally during a frequency 
measurement. It it doesn’t, U1 905 or R1 941 may be bad. If BUSY toggles normally, 
the problem may be in the U1903 circuitry. 


C CTR NOT CLOCKING 
PROPERLY 


Checks to see if C counter will increment (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 

U1905, U1902, and R1904 circuitry. 

Make sure that U1902 pin 27 toggles properly during a frequency measurement. 


UNEXPECTED VALUE 
READ FROM C CTR 

VALUE EXPECTED 
XXXX 

VALUE READ 
YYYY 


Checks the rest of the C counter (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 

U1902, U1904 and its input resistor network. 

The most likely problem is that U1902 is bad, or that U1904 and its input resistor 
network are not passing COUT (U1905 pin 2) correctly to U1902 pin 27. 


C CTR OVERFLOW NOT 
DETECTABLE 


Checks to see if C counter overflow flag will go high (Counter/Timer). 


Devices to troubleshoot: 

U1902. The problem must be in U1902 to get this error message. 


A CTR FAULTY OR 
OSC BAD 
A = XXXXXX 


Checks to see if A count is within proper range (Counter/Timer). 

C/T hardware is set for a period measurement, the measurement is started, and 
when the A counter is nearly full , the Measurement Processor checks range. If the A 
count is outside the range of 4000000 to 12000000 (decimal), the error message is 
displayed. 


Components to check: 

10 MHz oscillator circuit and U1905 circuitry (Counter/Timer). 

Phase-locked-loop is either inoperative or oscillating far below normal frequency 
range, or the 10 MHz reference oscillator is faulty. If the A count displayed is very 
small, it may be that the AOUT signal (U1905pin5) is not being passed properly to 
U 1902 pin 29. 

When test stops on this failure, there should be a 10 MHz signal on U1905 pin 5 to 
verify the oscillators and U1905 circuitry. 



6-21 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



Table 6-6 (cont) 



Error Label 


Path, Devices Tested, and Troubleshooting Actions 


A CTR OVERFLOW NOT 
DETECTABLE 


Checks to see if A counter overflow flag will go high (Counter/Timer). 
Components to troubleshoot; 

U1902. 


SCL FAULTY— TIMEBASE 
SELECT CIRCUIT NOT 
WORKING PROPERLY 


Checks time-base selection circuitry in U1902 (Counter/Timer). 


Components to troubleshoot: 

U1902. Only possible cause is a faulty U1902 (SCL). 





TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS BY HORIZONTAL SELF CAL- Checks Sweep 

DIAGRAM Timing 



Vertical SELF CAL- Checks Cursor and 
Preamplifier Outputs 

The circuitry listed below must be operational for Vertical 

SELF CAL to work. Troubleshoot these circuits if voltage 

measurements or tracking cursors are not correct. 

1 . DAC system (U2303, U2304, and U2305, Diagram 
11; U2601 and associated circuitry, Diagram 13). 

2. Trigger Level Comparators (U431 and U421 , Dia- 
gram 3). 

3. VERT COMP feedback (U702, Diagram 2). 

4. ECL-to-CMOS translators (Q604, Q605, Q606, 
Q607, Q602, and Q603) between U600 and U602 
(Diagram 4). 

5. Data to Measurement Processor (data bus and bus 
transceivers, Diagram 8). 

6. VOLTS CAL signal (U931 , Diagram 7). 

7. Vertical Preamps (U210, U220, U230, and U240), 
Delay Line Drivers (Q250, Q251 , Q252, and Q253), 
and Vertical Position Switching circuitry (U203, 
U801B, U201 , U202, U280, Q284 and Q285, 
Diagram 2). 



1. Put the oscilloscope into Self Cal and check at 
U421A pin 4 (Diagram 3) for changing width cali- 
bration signals. 

2. Run the “EXERCISE TIME REF” exerciser and check 
for correct TB CAL signal at U421 A pin 4, Diagram 3 
(see Table 6-5). 

Schematic Diagram 1 —Vertical INPUTS 

1 . Run DIAGNOSE to check for shift register failure. 

2. Run the shift register exerciser for Shift Register 0. 
Check for clock, data, and strobe signals. Check the 
shift register outputs. 

NOTE 

The outputs of U171 and U172 are at 15 V; the 
outputs from U173 are at 5 V, 

3. Check the outputs of the relay driver transistor arrays 
(U174 and U175). When a transistor is blown in one 
of the arrays, the usual symptom is 8 Von its output. 

4. Go to a known setup and check the outputs for 
correct levels (see Circuit Description in Section 3). 
The MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS selection under 
INTERNAL SETTINGS of the SERVICE MENU pro- 
vides known control states. 

5. Check relay contacts. 



6-22 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



6. Follow the signal path and check for correct signal 
and gains. Put in a known signal for each attenuator 
setting and check at the Vertical Preamplifier inputs 
to determine if the signal path is ok. The front panel 
boards and the attenuator shield have to be 
removed to gain access to the solder side of the 
Main Board. 

7. Check the channel input buffer amplifier (U1 12 or 
U122) output if the vertical deflection of either 
channel 1 or channel 2 is defective. If the buffer 
amplifier output is held at -6 V or a strange sawtooth 
signal is present, replace that buffer amplifier. 

8. Check gains and offsets of the CH 3 or CH 4 input 
buffers (Q131 or Q151). 



Schematic Diagram 2— Vertical 

PREAMPLIFIERS, DELAY LINE DRIVERS and 

OUTPUT 

Perform the following troubleshooting checks with no 

signal input. 

1 . Check both inputs of the delay line. If offset on either 
side, troubleshoot the offsetting side. Inputs to the 
bases of Q250 and Q251 should be at + 7.5 V. 

2. Differential voltage across the delay line should be 
0 V +0.5 V. 

3. Check signal gain through the Preamplifier ICs 
(U210, U220, U230, and U240). Gain is 10 mV/ 
division of input signal. 

4. Check INVERT operation. 

5. Check the operation of U260 if the inputs to delay 
line driver are not at 7.5 V. This operational amplifier 
is the bias stabilization circuit that compares the 
average dc level to + 7.5 and moves the emitters 
(and therefore the bases) of Q250 and Q251 to return 
the inputs to 7.5 V. 



WARNING 



Vertical output transistors Q701 and Q702 run 
extremely hot (in excess of 100°C). Use care 
when probing in those areas to not touch the 
heat sinks or cases with bare fingers. 



WARNING | 



The vertical output amplifier runs hot. DO NOT 
touch it with bare fingers. 

i CAUTION I 

iwwwvarJ 

The metal tab on top of the vertical output ampli- 
fier 1C (U701) is NOT ground. Do not connect a 
ground lead to it. Doing so may cause the 1C to 
fail and usually causes R733 from pin 1 4 ofU701 
to the -5 V supply to open. 

6. A common mechanical failure is lead breakage on 
R708. If the resistor pack is moved excessively, the 
leads will break. The resistor pack will then have to 
be replaced. 

NOTE 

The heat sinks on Q701 and Q702 may be 
removed for short periods of time to permit 
access for a test probe around the close-in 
circuitry. DO NOT leave them off for extended 
periods. Check that they are on all the way when 

replaced. 

7. If the heat sinks on the output transistors shake 
loose, the plastic grommet inserted in the top of the 
heat sink prevents the sink from touching the metal 
cabinet. If the grommet is left out, then the metal 
cabinet may come in contact with the heat sink; and 
the transistor, the vertical output amplifier 1C, and 
R733 will usually fail. If the heat sinks are removed 
during maintenance, they must fit tightly when 
replaced and the grommet must be checked. 

NOTE 

The cases ofQ701 and 0702 are the base leads 
of the transistors , not the collector as is usual 
fora T05 case. Also, the tab marks the collector 
lead, not the emitter. 

8. The vertical outputs to the crt may be momentarily 
shorted together to check for offsets in the crt. (This 
should center the vertical trace.) 

9. The output at pins 6 and 7 of U701 may be shorted 
together to check for offsets in the Vertical Pre- 
amplifier. (This should bring the trace to within +0.5 
division of center.) 



6-23 



Maintenance -2247A Service 



10. Pins 18 and 19 of U701 may be shorted together to 
check for offsets from the delay line. (This should 
bring the trace to within ±1 .5 divisions of center.) 

11. Shorting the bases of Q701 and Q702 together 
usually causes the vertical output circuit to oscillate. 

1 2. Check the center lead of R708 for a voltage of about 
+ 60 V, and a common-mode voltage difference 
(between the two deflection plates) of about 0 V 
(when pins 6 and 7 of U701 are shorted together). 

1 3. Check the operation of Vertical Comparator U702 by 
noting if the TRACK MEASUREMENT cursors are off 
screen when called up. (The Vertical Comparator 
circuit is enabled only during a vertical Self Cal.) 

Schematic Diagram 4 -DISPLAY AND 

TRIGGER LOGIC AND PROCESSOR 

INTERFACE 

1 . Put the oscilloscope into A Horizontal Display mode 
with CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical modes on. 

2. Check U600 vertical enables (CH 1 EN, pin 39; CH 2 
EN, pin 38) 

3. Probe U600 A TRIG selects (ATS 0, pin 31; ATS 1, 
pin 32; ATS 2, pin 33; A SLOPE, pin 30) and B TRIG 
selects (BTS 0, pin 27; BTS 1 , pin 28; BTS 2, pin 29; 
B SLOPE, pin 26) while making trigger source and 
slope changes on the front panel. (Probe the A 
select lines for A trigger changes and the B select 
lines for B trigger changes.) 

4. Check the 10 MHz clock at U600 pin 1 and U600 
power sources. Check the 1 kHz clock at pin 2. 

5. Check communication lines (SLIC RD, pin 8; 
SLIC WR , pin 3; ADDR0 through ADDR3, pins 4 
through 7, respectively; and MB DATA, pin 9) for 
activity while making front panel trigger-mode 
changes. 

6. Check TH0 line, pin 17. Signal should go to a logic 
high then low again for every new front-panel setup 
condition, such as changing trigger mode, vertical 
mode, etc. 

7. Check TDI, U600, pin 10, for a CMOS-level 
switching signal. 



8. Check TDO, U602, pin 30, for an ECL-level 
switching signal. 

9. Check the A TRIG signal at U602 pin 7. 

10. Check the A GATE signal at U602 pin 14. Vary the 
Holdoff control to see if the spacing between each A 
GATE pulse changes. 

1 1 . Check the Holdoff oscillator output at U600 pin 15. 
Vary the HOLDOFF control to see if the width of the 
oscillator pulses varies. 

Schematic Diagram 5 — A AND B SWEEPS 

AND DELAY COMPARATORS 

1 . Check that the baseline voltage (level that is present 
during holdoff after retrace) of the A and B ramp 
signals is -2 V. (The baseline level is referenced to 
the output of U309B and controlled by Q302, Q303, 
and Q304 for the A sweep and Q315, Q316, and 
Q317 for the B sweep). 

2. Check the Sweep End Comparators, U316, for 
correct output. The sweep should end at a maximum 
of 2.5 V. Check the outputs (pin 1 5 for the A Sweep 
and pin 2 for the B Sweep) for about 3.8 V (the middle 
of ECL transitions). 

3. Place the oscilloscope in delay and delta delay and 
check the Delay Time Comparators for correct out- 
puts (DLY END 1 and DLY END 0). 

4. Check U301 for correct switching and delay level 
transfer. Vary the Delay Time and the Delta Delay 
time and check for smooth signal change at pins 12 
and 13 of U301C. If not correct, troubleshoot DAC 
system or front panel controls. 

5. Run diagnostics to check for Shift Register 1 (U302 
and U303) failure. 

6. Exercise SR 1 and check switching of U307, U308, 
U310, and U311. 

Schematic Diagram 6 -HORIZONTAL 
OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 

1. Turn off the READOUT and check the ramps for 
equal (but opposite) waveforms on each plate. (Run 
MAKE FACTORY SETTINGS under the INTERNAL 
SETTINGS MENU in the SERVICE MENU.) 



6-24 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



^yvwwwvo 

I CAUTION | 

tVWVWW^ 

DO NOT short the horizontal output leads 
together or to ground. This will cause the output 
amplifier transistors to fail. 

2. If output is railed to one side or the other, check 
U801A and the common-mode feedback. This 
circuit is supposed to keep the outputs at about 70 V 
average to ground. 

NOTE 

Pins 12 and 13 of U802 may be shorted together 
to determine if the unbalance is before or after 
the horizontal preamplifier (U802). DO NOT 
short to ground. 

3. Check the A RAMP and B RAMP input signals (A 
Horizontal mode for A RAMP and B Horizontal mode 
for B RAMP) . They start at -2 V and ramp up to about 
+ 2.5 V. 

4. Check the RO HORIZ input for correct waveform. 

5. Check for the X AXIS input signal on pin 7 of U802 in 
X-Y mode (a signal must be applied to the CH 1 
input). 

6. Check at the junction of R855 and R854 (the 
common-mode bias point of Q810 and Q809) for 
9.5 V. 

7. Check the HDO and HD1 signals to U802 (see Table 
6-7 for display states). 

8. The horizontal preamplifier, U802, runs warm to the 
touch, but not hot. 



Table 6-7 

Horizontal Display State Logic 



HDO 


HD1 


Display 


0 


0 


Readout 


0 


1 


A Sweep 


1 


0 


B Sweep 


1 


1 


X-Y 



Schematic Diagram 7— Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE 
ADJUST, AND CONTROL MUX 



1 . Turn off the Readout (READOUT control fully CCW) 
and test the node between CR2703 and C271 1 for 
correct Z-Axis waveform. Vary INTEN to check 
operation. (Readout signals add confusion to the 
waveforms.) 

2. Check for correct auto-focus operation at the junc- 
tion of CR2715 and the collector of Q2712. Circuit 
action is exactly opposite of the Z-Axis to obtain 
focus tracking. 

3. Parts replaced in the CRT High Voltage circuit and 
Z-Axis are safety controlled parts. Replacements 
need to be exact. The power supply is capable of 
delivering more that 15 watts at high voltages. 



Schematic Diagram 8 — MEASUREMENT 
PROCESSOR 



1 . Check U2501 , pin 57 for a RESET condition. Pro- 
cessor will be in permanent reset condition if RESET 
is high. Check that RESET goes high then low again 
at power on. 



2. Check SYS RESET at U2506C pin 8. 

3. Check that U2502 pin 5 is low when RESET is high. 
(This signal prevents random RAM writes on power 
up and power down when the processor is being 
reset.) 

4. Check the 8 MHz clock (CLK 8M) at U2501 pin 56. 

5. Check address decoding. Use a data analyzer or 
word recognizer probe set up to recognize the 
address that produces a selected enabling strobe 
from the address-decoding circuitry. Observe that 
the strobe is produced when the correct address is 
output by the Measurement Processor. The easiest 
way to generate most addresses during normal 
operation is to change a front-panel setting. See 
Table 6-8 for the addresses. 



6-25 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



Table 6-8 

Measurement Processor I/O Memory Map 



Address range (A19 

Le: Pinor\j 


- AO) 




Signal Name and 
Description 


Signal 

Source 










0110 


0000 


0000 


oxxx 


xxxx 


LED CATH CLK- Latches cathode 
data to Front-Panel LEDs. 


U2501 pin 25 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0000 


1XXX 


xxxx 


LED ANODE CLK- Latches anode 
data to Front-Panel LEDs. 


U2501 pin 27 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0001 


OXXX 


xxxx 


RO BUF WR -Latches Readout 
Processor control datas. 


U2501 pin 28 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0001 


1XXX 


xxxx 


RO BUF RD -Enables Readout RAM data 
onto bus D0-D7 (used for diagnostics 
only). 


U2501 pin 29 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0010 


OXXX 


xooo 


DAC BUF WR- Latches DAC Processor 
control data. 


U2517 pin 15 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0010 


oxxx 


X001 


DAC MSB CLK - Latches the most 
significant byte of data to the D-to-A 
Converter. 


U2517 pin 14 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0010 


oxxx 


X010 


POT MUX CLK - Latches channel 
selection code for pot multiplexer. 


U2517 pin 13 
(Diagram 8) 


0110 


0000 


0010 


oxxx 


X010 


SNAP CLK - Selects whether control 
Of CH 1-CH 4 POSITION, TRACE SEP, A 
INTEN, B INTEN, and READOUT are 
controlled by front-panel pots or fixed 
resistor dividers. 


U2517 pin 12 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


XOOO 


MB CNTL WR -Write enables Pro- 
cessor Interface circuitry (Diagram 4). 


U2518 pin 15 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


0000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


XOOO 


Sets BEAM FIND (U503 pin 7) high ON. 


U503 pin 7 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


X001 


SW BD SR LOAD — Loads column data 
into switch board registers. 


U2518 pin 14 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


X010 


SW BD SR SHIFT - Shifts data in 
switch board registers to the SW BD 
DATA signal line. 


U2518 pin 13 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


X011 


SLIC WR -Write to SLIC, U600 
Diagram 4. 


U2518 pin 12 
(Diagram 8) 



6-26 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-8 (cont) 



Address range (A1 9 
Hs Binary — 


- AO) 
> 




Signal Name and 
Description 


Signal 

Source 


1000 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


XI 00 


FLIC WR - Write to FLIC, U602 
Diagram 4. 


U2518 pin 11 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


0001 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


SR 0 CLK— Clock Shift Register 0. 


U606F pin 12 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0010 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


SR 1 CLK- Clock Shift Register 1 . 


U606B pin 4 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0011 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Sets BEAM FIND (503 pin 7) low (OFF). 


U503 pin 7 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0011 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Sets MSEL (U602 pin 29) low (delta 
or long delay). 


U503 pin 13 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0100 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Sets MSEL (U602 pin 29) high 
reference or short delay). 


U503 pin 13 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0101 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Sets SR DATA signal line low. 


U606C pin 6 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0110 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Sets SR DATA signal line high. 


U606C pin 6 
(Diagram 4) 


1000 


0111 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


Places SR 2 in shift mode (U502 pin 10, 
Diagram 4). 


U2512 pin 5 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


1XXX 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xooo 


A places SR 2 in load mode (U502 
pin 10, Diagram 4). 


U2512 pin 5 
(Diagram 8) 


1000 


1111 


xxxx 


xxxx 


X011 


TRIG CLK —Loads coupling data 
to triggers. 


U600 pin 19 
(Diagram 4) 


1001 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


Counter/Timer subsystem read/write 
enable. 


U2501 pin 37 
(Diagram 8) 


1010 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


xxxx 


Chip enable for Measurement Processor 
RAM (U2521 pin 20). 


U2501 pin 36 
(Diagram 8) 



6-27 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



Schematic Diagram 9 -READOUT SYSTEM 

1. Run EXERCISE POTS (under the EXERCISER and 
FRONT PANEL menus) and check the digitized front 
panel pots for proper operation. The name of the 
exercised pot is displayed in the readout along with 
its current hexadecimal value. The value range from 
at or near 00 to at or near FF and the displayed value 
should change smoothly as the pot is rotated. 
EXERCISE POTS always displays the HORIZ 
POSITION pot when first called. 

2. Check Readout Request pulse (RO REQ, U2410 
pin 14). 

3. Check Readout Blanking signal (RO BLANK, U2410 
pin 16). 

4. Check activity of Readout Processor (U2400). 

5. Check outputs of Vertical and Horizontal Readout 
DACs (U2412 and U2413, respectively). 

6. Check outputs of Vertical and Horizontal Readout 
Mixers (U2416A and U2416B, respectively) and 
multiplexers (U2414 and U2415, respectively). 

Schematic Diagram 10— SWITCH BOARD 

AND INTERFACE 

1 . Run the EXERCISE SWITCHES exerciser and check 
each of the front panel switches for correct 
operation. The circuit number of the latest switch 
pressed is displayed in the readout. 

2. Run the EXERCISE LEDS exerciser and check that 
each of the front panel LEDS may be turned on. The 
circuit number of the lighted LED is displayed in the 
readout. 



Schematic Diagram 11 - ADC, DAC SYSTEM 
and 13 — DAC SUBSYSTEM 

1. Run EXERCISE DACS (under EXERCISER, PROC 
BOARD, and A TO D menus) and probe the de- 
multiplexed outputs of U2303 (Diagram 11), U2604 
and U2605 (Diagram 13) and each of the sample- 
and-hold circuits for proper operation. 

2. Run EXERCISE PORTS (under EXERCISER, PROC 
BOARD, and A TO D menus) and trace the signal 
path of any problems with the A-to-D Converter. 



Schematic Diagram 14 — POWER SUPPLY 



WARNING I 



For safety reasons, an isolation transformer 
must be connected whenever troubleshooting 
is done in the Preregulator and Inverter Power 
Supply sections of the instrument. 

1 . If the fuse blows, check that Q2201 is not shorted. (If 
a variac is available, slowly increase the line 
voltage from 0 V until the voltage across C2202 is 
about 40 V. If the same voltage is across C2203, 
Q2201 is probably shorted.) 

2. IfthePreregulatorfailstocomeup (44 V not present 
across C2203): 

a. Check + DC at the output of the line rectifier 
bridge (across C2202) for approximately 
(VacRMs X 1.414). 

b. Check the Start-up circuit. The voltage across 
C2204 should ramp up to about 20 V, at which 
point Q2204 and Q2211 turn on to supply 
voltage to pin 10 of U2201 . 

c. Check the Preregulator circuit. Voltage pulses 
with a repetition rate of about 25 p.s should be 
present on pin 8 of U2201 whenever supply 
voltage is present on pin 10. 

3. If the power supply is in the chirp mode (continually 
restarting and shutting down), excessive loading of 
the +44 V supply is probable. 



WARNING 



To avoid electrical shock, always disconnect 
the instrument from the ac power source before 
removing or replacing components. 

a. Check that Q2209 and/or Q2210 are not 
shorted. Open W2201 and connect the positive 
lead of an ohmmeter to either collector and the 
negative lead to the emitters. Readings of less 
than 1 00 fl indicate a probable short. If a short is 
found, it will be necessary to unsolder one of the 
collector leads to determine which transistor is 
shorted. Reconnect W2201 when done. 



6-28 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Check the secondary supplies for excessive 
loading. Measure from each supply to ground 
using an ohmmeter at a low range (one that will 
forward bias diodes, usually around the 1 kfl 
range). Use the following as a guideline: 




Nominal Resistance 


Supply 


Ohms 


+ 5 V 


100 


-5 V 


50 


-15 V 


500 


+ 15 V 


400 


+ 7.5 V 


150 


-7.5 V 


180 


+ 58 V 


7500 


+ 130 V 


9000 



TROUBLESHOOTING MEASUREMENT 
ERRORS 

When certain measurement malfunctions occur, the 
symptoms usually indicate the circuit components that 
may be causing the problems. Read the following text to 
become familiar with the terms used in describing a 
measurement failure problem and the setup conditions 
needed to determine the symptoms. Then use Table 6-9 
to check for measurement malfunction symptoms and 
probable causes. 

1. Verify all the following conditions and read the 
definitions before attempting to use Table 6-9 for 
locating the source of measurement-error 
problems. 

Conditions: 

All vertical channels can be successfully displayed 
and positioned independently. 



The A and B sweeps both free-run and trigger 
successfully. 

Both A and B Trigger COUPLING and SOURCE 
operate properly. 

Normal-appearing readout text and cursors can be 
displayed. 

Definition of terms: 

Type 1 volts measurements are: 
k- VOLTS-*! and ib VOLTS-* 

Type 2 volts measurements are: 

DC 

Type 3 volts measurements are: 

+ PEAK, -PEAK, PK-PK 

Type 4 volts measurements are: 

GATED + PEAK, GATED -PEAK, and GATED 
PK-PK 

Measurement value accuracy is the accuracy of 
number displayed in top line of readout on the crt. 

Measurement cursor accuracy is the accuracy of the 
match between cursor position and the measure- 
ment value. 

Trigger value accuracy is the accuracy of the num- 
ber displayed on the trigger level cursor. 

Trigger cursor accuracy is the accuracy of the match 
between cursor position the value displayed on the 
cursor. 

A TL is the A trigger level measurement system. 

B TL is the B trigger level measurement system. 



6-29 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 





Table 6-9 

Measurement Error Troubleshooting Hints 


Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 

VERTICAL INPUTS (schematic Diagram 1) 


Ground relay stuck in 
signal position 


Gross value problems for Types 1-4 volts measurements. 

Gross value problems A TL and B TL. 

Test: Use “EXERCISE VOLT REF." Check that the ground relay is in ground 
position. 


Defective XI 0, XI 00, 
XI , X2, X5 Relays and 
Attenuators 


Gross value problems for affected channel for Types 1-4 volts measurements. 
Gross value problems in A TL and B TL. 

Test: Check channel accuracy at all VOLTS/DIV settings. 


ZERO HYST line stuck 
low (U 173-1 3) 


In Type 4 measurements, minor value problems for + PK cursors when 
gating interval is at negative end of waveform, and for -PK cursors when 
gating interval is at positive end of waveform. 

Test: Turn off all measurements; use the A Horizontal Mode. U431 pin 28 
should be -3.0 volts. 

Switch to ALT Horizontal Mode. U431 pin 28 should be -0.7 volts. 


RO FREEZE line stuck 
high (U173-1 1) 


Gross cursor problems for Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems for A TL and B TL. 

Gross valve problems with Type 1 measurements. 

Test: Monitor during CH 1/CH 2 VOLTMETER menu SELF CAL. Signal 
line should reach TTL low. 



VERTICAL PREAMP AND OUTPUT AMPLIFIER (schematic Diagram 2) 



Preamp Trig Outputs 
Bad 


Gross value problems for Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements for affected 
channel. 

Test: Check B triggering on the affected channel. 


Preamp Vert Outputs or 
Enable Bad 


Gross cursor problems for Types 2, 3, and 4 measurement for affected 
channel. 

Gross value accuracy problems for Type 1 measurements for affected 
channel. 

Test: With only the affected channel selected for display, check that 
channel is shown and check gain accuracy. 


VERT COMP output 
(U702-7) 


Gross value problems with Type 1 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems with Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 

Test: Lift W1 101 and ground the base of Q703. VERT COMP should be 
toggling between TTL high and TTL low either with readout on or with two 
channels on (one at screen top, one at screen bottom). 



6-30 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-9, (cont) 



Circuit 




Problem 


Symptoms 



A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM (schematic Diagram 3) 



A Trig Source 
Multiplexer (U421A) 


“SEARCH FAILED AT 5 jjls” for “SELF CAL” on time measurements unless 
stuck in LINE. 

Minor to gross value problems (depending on which source is stuck) with 
the A TL measurement. 


Test: Set A Trigger SOURCE to VERT. 

For each channel, display only that channel and check that the signal 
applied to the displayed channel appears at pin 25 of U421 . 


A Trig Cplg Multiplexer 
(U421B) 


May get “SEARCH FAILED at . . for "SELF CAL” on time measurements 
if coupling is stuck in HF REF coupling. 

Minor to gross value problems with the A TL if coupling is stuck in any 
position except DC. 


Test: Switch between all A Trigger COUPLING settings with a 10 kHz 
square wave connected to CH 1 input; use CH 1 for the A Trigger 
SOURCE and set A Trigger SLOPE to - ' L - . 

Check signal at U421 pin 25 (square edge for DC or NOISE REJ; rounded 
corner for HF REJ; spiked corner for LF REJ; signal center shifts to ground 
for AC). 


A Trig line stuck high 
or low (U421C-10) 


“SEARCH FAILED AT 5 ji.s for SELF CAL” on time measurements. Gross 
value problems with A TL. 


Test: Set the A Trigger mode to NORM. Check that the sweep can be trig- 
gered on the Channel 1 signal. 


B Trig Source Multiplexer 
(U431A) 


Minor to gross value problems (depending on which bit is stuck) with 
types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 

Minor to gross value problems with B TL. “SEARCH RETURNED BAD 
VALUE AT ...” on time measurements (unless stuck in LINE SOURCE). 


Test: Set B Trigger Source to VERT. For each channel, display only that 
channel and check that the signal applied to the displayed channel 
appears at U431 pin 25. 


B Trig Cplg Multiplexer 
(U431B) 


Minor to gross value problems with Types 3 and 4 measurements (de- 
pending on which coupling bit is stuck). 

Gross value problems with Type 2 measurements (unless stuck in 
measurement mode input). 

Minor to gross value problems with B TL. 


B Trig BW Limit 
circuitry 


Minor value problems with Type 3 and 4 measurements if stuck in limited 
BW position. 

Minor value problems with Type 2 measurements if stuck in full BW 
position. 



6-31 



Maintenance — 2247A Service 



Table 6-9, (cont) 



Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 


BW FULL B line 
(U1 103-14) 


See notes on “B Trig BW limiter." 


Test: Should be CMOS low when SCOPE BW button is lit. 

Should be CMOS high when SCOPE BW button is not lit; use ALT Horizontal 
Mode with B CPLG set to DC. 


BTrig 

(U431C) 


Gross value problems with Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 

Gross value problems with B TL. 

“SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT . . on time measurements. 


B TV TRIG EN line stuck 
high (U1 103-4) 


Gross value problems with Type 2 measurements. 


Test: Run CH 1/CH 2 VOLTMETER DC measurement and check that the B 
TV TRIG EN signal is at TTL low. 


VERT COMP EN line stuck 
high (U 1103-7) 


See notes on “VERT COMP” (schematic Diagram 2). 


Test: VERT COMP EN should be at CMOS high in normal use. Run 
“SELF CAL” from the CH 1/CH 2 VOLTMETER menu and check 
that VERT COMP EN goes to a CMOS low. 


LINE/TIME BASE CAL 
signal Mux stuck in 
LINE position (U1106A) 


“RETURNED BAD SEARCH VALUE AT . . .” from “SELF CAL” for time 
measurements. 


Test: Run “EXERCISE TIME REF” diagnostic and check the output of 
U1 106A (pin 1) for changing signal. 


B Trig Level Multiplexer and 
Output Filter (U1106B and 
associated components) 


Counter/Timer Rise- or Fall-Time measurement result too low, but Rise/Fall 
Time value displayed gets significantly higher when Trigger HOLDOFF 
control is rotated clockwise. 




Check input to B Trigger Comparator (U431 pin 25) for excessive B Trig Level 
settling time when HOLDOFF is at MIN position. 


DC Average circuit 
(U1101B 


Gross value problems for Type 2 measurements (minor value problems with 
low frequencies if RC values in the filter are incorrect). 




Test: Display only CH 1, run DC measurement. Apply to 50 Hz sine-wave 
signal with a DC offset to the CH 1 input. Check that only the dc value 
appears at output of the DC Average circuit. 



DISPLAY AND TRIGGER LOGIC AND PROCESSOR INTERFACE 



(schematic Diagram 4) 



MB RETURN line 
(U502-12) 


See notes on VERT COMP (schematic Diagram 2). 


MP DLY SEL line 
(U503 13 or 
MP DLY SEL Interface 
(U602) 


“SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT 5 ^.s” on time measurements. 


Test: Turn all measurements off. Use the A Horizontal mode. The MP DLY 
SEL signal should be at a TTL high. 



6-32 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-9, (cont) 



Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 


SR DATA line 
(U606C-6) 


Effects are the same as those caused by malfunctions in SR 0 and SR 1 . 


Test: The A Sweep rate changes when SEC/DIV knob is rotated in the A 
Horizontal Display Mode. 


SR 0 CLK line 
(U606F-12) 


Effects are the same as those caused by malfunctions in SR 0. 


Test: Channel 1 sensitivity changes when CH 1 VOLTS/DIV knob is rotated. 


SR 1 CLK line 
(U606B-4) 


Effects same as those caused by malfunctions in SR 1 . 


Test: Check that the A Sweep rate changes when SEC/DIV knob is rotated 
in the A Horizontal Display Mode. 


SR 1 CLK TTL line 
(U501-13) 


Effects same as those caused by malfunctions in auxiliary section of SR 1 
(U1 103, Diagram 3). 


Test: HF noise in trace reduces when SCOPE BW button is lit and 
increases when not lit. 


Processor-to-Display- 
Sequencer Interface 
(U600) 


Gross effects on all voltage and time measurements. 


Test: Run DIAGNOSE and note results of SLIC CONTROL REG test; Set 
the A Trigger Mode to NORM; check that the ATS 0-2 signal lines (pins 
31 -33) change when the A Trigger SOURCE is changed. Check that no 
“LOW REP RATE” warning occurs with Type 4 measurements. 


TDO Level Shifter 
(U603, Q603, Q602) 


Same as Processor-to-Display-Sequencer Interface problem. 


Test: Using NORM mode for both triggers, VERT source for both triggers, 
and CH 1 only displayed; apply a four-division, square-wave signal to the 
CH 1 input. 

In the A Horizontal mode, check that the Trig’d LED light goes off and the 
sweep stops running with the Trigger LEVEL control at full CW rotation. 

Change to AUTO mode for A trigger; check that sweep free runs with the 
Trigger LEVEL control at full CW rotation. 

Check that the Trig’d LED can be lit and the sweep can be triggered when 
the Trigger Level is set to within the signal limits. Keep the A Sweep trig- 
gered for the next check. 

In B Horizontal mode, check that the Trig’d LED goes off, and the sweep 
stops running with the Trigger LEVEL control set at full CW rotation. 

Check that the Trig’d LED can be lit and the sweep made to trigger when 
Trigger Level is set to within the signal limits. 

Change to RUNS AFTER Mode for the B Trigger. Check that the B Sweep 
free runs. 



6-33 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 





Table 6-9, (cont) 


Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 


DLY SEL line stuck low 
(U602-32) 


“SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT 5 rS” for “SELF CAL" on time 
measurements. 

Test: Use settings given in previous test. Set the first delay zone to the 
start of the sweep with k- control. Check that the second delay zone can 
be positioned over the entire sweep length with the -m control. 


DLY SEL line stuck high 
(U602-32) 


“SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT 0.1 ms” for “SELF CAL" on time 
measurements. 

Test: Use settings given in previous test. Set the first delay zone to the 
start of the sweep with k- control. Check that the second delay zone can 
be positioned over the entire sweep length with the -h control. 


ATS 0-2 (U600, pins 31 -33) 
A Trig Source Multiplexer 


See notes on “A Trig Source Multiplexer” (schematic Diagram 4). 


BTS 0-2 (U600, pins 27-29) 
B Trig Source Multiplexer 


See notes on “B Trig Source Multiplexer” (schematic Diagram 3). 


B SLOPE line stuck high 
(U600-26) 


Gross problems with + PEAK value, Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 
Gross value problems with the B TL measurement. 


TRIG CLK line 
(U600-19) 


See notes on “A Trig Cplg Multiplexer” and “B Trig Cplg Multiplexer" 
(U421 and U431 , Diagram 3). 



A AND B SWEEP AND DELAY COMPARATORS (schematic Diagram 5) 



DLY END 0 line stuck 
low or high (U315-15) 


“SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT 5 ^S” for “SELF CAL" on time 
measurements. 

Test: Run the k-TIME-H measurement in ALT Horizontal Mode with the A 
SEC/DIV at 1 ms/div and the B SEC/DIV at 0.1 ms/div. Check that the first 
delay zone can be positioned over the length of sweep using the k- 
control. 


Ref/Delta Delay Muxes 
stuck (U301A & C) 


See notes on DLY SEL (schematic Diagram 4). 


A Sweep Control circuit 
(U302 & U303) 


"SEARCH RETURNED BAD VALUE AT (affected SEC/DIV setting)” for 
"SELF CAL” on time measurements. 

Test: Use “EXERCISE VOLT REF” diagnostic. 


VOLT CAL 0-2 
(U302 & U303) 


Gross value problems with Types 1 , 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 
Gross value and cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 

Test: Use “EXERCISE VOLT REF” diagnostic. 



6-34 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 





Table 6-9, (cont) 


Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 



Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJUST, AND CONTROL MUX (schematic Diagram 7) 



VOLT CAL line 
(U931-3) 


Gross value problems with types 1 , 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 
Gross value and cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 

Test: Use "EXERCISE VOLT REF” diagnostic. 



MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR (schematic Diagram 8) 



TB CAL line 
(U2501-22) 


“SEARCH FAILED AT SWEEP SPEED ...” in “SELF CAL” on time 
measurements. 

Test: Use “EXERCISE TIME REF” diagnostic. 

Check that TB CAL signal is correct and signal path is intact to U421 A pin 
4 (Diagram 3) through U1106A. 


SLIC WR 
(U2518-12) 


See notes on “Processor-to-Display-Sequencer Interface” 
(schematic Diagram 4). 


SLIC RD 
(U2503C-8) 


See notes on “Processor-to-Display-Sequencer Interface” 
(schematic Diagram 4). 


FLIC WR 
(U2518-1 1) 


See notes and tests on “TDO Level Shifter” (schematic 
Diagram 4). 


MB DATA 
(U2515-11) 


See notes on “Processor-to-SLIC Interface” (schematic 
Diagram 4). 


Field & Mixer Control 
Latch or Readout Position 
Mixer stuck (U2411, 
U2414, U2415) 


Gross cursor problems with Types 1 , 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 

Test: Run k- VOLTS-»l CURSOR Measurement mode with only CH 1 
displayed. 

Check that cursors move the CH 1 position control. 

Check that K- cursor moves with k- control and -H cursor moves with -H 
control. 

Check that top and bottom line of readout do not move with any position 
control. 

ADC, DAC SYSTEM (schematic Diagram 11) 


A TRIG LVL 
(U2304C-8) 


See notes for "A TRIG” (schematic Diagram 3). 

Test: Select A trigger, set A Trig mode to NORM. 

Check that A TRIG LVL can be set to any value from -2.5 to +2.5 volts 
using the Trigger LEVEL control. 


B REF TRIG LVL 
(U2304B-7) 


See notes for “B TRIG” (hints for schematic Diagram 3). 

Test: Select B trigger, set B Trig mode to NORM, and select B 
Horizontal mode. 

Check that B REF TRIG LVL can be set to any value from -2.5 to 
+ 2.5 volts with Trigger LEVEL pot. 



6-35 



Maintenance— 2247 A Service 



Table 6-9, (cont) 



Circuit 

Problem 


Symptoms 


REF DLY 
(U2305C-8) 


“RETURNED BAD SEARCH VALUE AT . . for “SELF CAL” on 
time measurements. 


Test: Run k-TIME-H measurement in ALT Horizontal mode; A at 1 ms/div, 

B at 0.1 ms/div. 

Check that first delay zone can be positioned over length of sweep with the 
k- control. 


DELTA DELAY 
(U2305B-7) 


“RETURNED BAD SEARCH VALUE AT . . for “SELF CAL” on on time 
measurements. 


Test: Use the preceding REF DELAY settings, and set first delay zone to 
start of sweep with l<- control. 

Check that second delay zone can be positioned over length of sweep with 
-H control. 


REF CURSOR 
(U2304D-14) 


Gross value problems with Type 1 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems with Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 
Gross cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 


Test: Run k- VOLTS -*i CURSOR Measurement Mode. 

Check that k- cursor can be positioned ±15 divisions around the trace 
ground. 


DELTA CURSOR 
(U2304A-1) 


Gross value problems with Type 1 measurements. 

Gross cursor problems with Types 2, 3, and 4 measurements. 
Gross cursor problems with A TL and B TL. 


Test: Run k- VOLTS -M CURSOR Measurement Mode. 

Check that -h cursor can be positioned ±15 divisions around the 
trace ground level. 


COUNTER/TIMER (schematic Diagram 12) 


Crystal Oscillator 
(Q1901/Y1901) or 
Phase-Locked-Loop 
(Q1903 and associated 
components) 


Frequency and Period measurement errors in the range of 3% or more. 


Check that Counter/Timer is getting a proper trigger signal. If so, check crystal 
oscillator and PLL circuits for proper operation. Run the DIAGNOSE routine. 



6-36 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 



INTRODUCTION 

Corrective maintenance consists of component replace- 
ment and instrument repair. This part of the manual 
describes special techniques and procedures that are 
needed to replace components in this instrument. If it is 
necessary to ship your instrument to a Tektronix Service 
Center for repair or service, refer to the Repackaging for 
Shipment information in this section. 



MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS 

To reduce the possibility of personal injury or instrument 

damage, observe the following precautions. 

1. Disconnect the instrument from the ac-power 
source before removing or installing components. 

2. Verify that the line-rectifier filter capacitors are dis- 
charged prior to performing any servicing. 

3. Use care not to interconnect instrument grounds 
which may be at different potentials (cross 
grounding). 

4. When soldering on circuit boards or small insulated 
wires, use only a 15-watt, pencil-type soldering 
iron. 



mAAAAAAAA ¥% 

I CAUTION \ 

tvwwwwv 

Do not exceed 9 in-lb of torque when tightening 
the 6-32 screws. 

5. Use care not to overtighten screws into chassis. 
Threads that have been formed directly into alumi- 
num components can be stripped out. If this occurs, 
use a 6-32 nut to secure the screw. 



WARNING 



Portions of the power supply are floating at the 
ac line voltage level and pose a shock hazard if 
not isolated from ground. 



6. Use an isolation transformer to supply power to the 
2247A if you troubleshoot in the power supply with 
power applied to the instrument. 



OBTAINING REPLACEMENT PARTS 

Electrical and mechanical replacement parts can be 
obtained through your local Tektronix Field Office or 
representative. However, many of the standard 
electronic components may be obtained from a local 
commercial source. Before purchasing or ordering a 
part from a source other than Tektronix, Inc., please 
check the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the proper 
value, rating, tolerance, and description. 

NOTE 

The physical size and shape of a component 
may affect instrument performance, particularly 
at high frequencies. Always use direct- 
replacement components, unless it is known 
that a substitute will not degrade instrument 
performance. Parts in the crt high-voltage and 
Z-Axis circuits are safety-controlled -USE 
EXACT REPLACEMENTS in these circuits. 



Special Parts 

In addition to the standard electronic components, some 
special parts are used in the 2247A. TTiese components 
are manufactured or selected by Tektronix, Inc. to meet 
specific performance requirements, or are manufactured 
for Tektronix, Inc. in accordance with our specifications. 
The various manufacturers can be identified by referring 
to the Cross Index-Manufacturer’s Code number to 
Manufacturer at the beginning of the Replaceable Elec- 
trical Parts list (Section 8). Most of the mechanical parts 
in this instrument are manufactured by Tektronix, Inc. 
Order all special parts directly from your local Tektronix 
Field Office or representative. 

Ordering Parts 

When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc., 
be sure to include all of the following information: 

1. Instrument type (include modification or option 
numbers). 



6-37 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



2. Instrument serial number. 

3. A description of the part (if electrical, include its full 
circuit component number). 

4. Tektronix part number. 



REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT 

Save the original carton and packing material for reuse if 

the instrument should have to be reshipped on a com- 
mercial transport carrier. If the original materials are unfit 

or not available, repackage the Instrument as follows: 

1 . Use a corrugated cardboard shipping carton with a 
test strength of at least 275 pounds and with an 
inside dimension at least six inches greater than the 
instrument dimensions. 

2. If instrument is being shipped to a Tektronix Service 
Center, enclose the following information: the 
owner’s address, name and phone number of a 
contact person, type and serial number of the instru- 
ment, reason for returning, and a complete descrip- 
tion of the service required. 

3. Completely wrap the instrument with polyethylene 
sheeting or equivalent to protect the outside finish 
and prevent entry of foreign materials into the 
instrument. 

4. Cushion the instrument on all sides, using three 
inches of padding material or urethane foam tightly 
packed between the carton and the instrument. 

5. Seal the shipping carton with an industrial stapler or 
strapping tape. 

6. Mark the address of the Tektronix Service Center 
and also your own return address on the shipping 
carton. 



MAINTENANCE AIDS 

The maintenance aids listed in Table 6-10 include items 
required for performing most of the maintenance pro- 
cedures in this instrument. Equivalent products may be 
substituted for the examples given if their characteristics 
are similar. 



INTERCONNECTIONS 

Several types of mating connectors are used for the 
interconnecting cable pins. The following information 
gives the replacement procedures for the various 
connectors: 

End-Lead Pin Connectors 

Pin connectors used to connect the wires to the inter- 
connect pins are factory assembled. They consist of 
machine-inserted pin connectors mounted in plastic 
holders. If the connectors are faulty, the entire wire 
assembly should be replaced. 

Ribbon-Cable Connectors 

The etch-ribbon cables have the connector pins 
crimped onto the wire runs. If the connectors are defec- 
tive, the entire ribbon cable assembly must be replaced. 



LITHIUM BATTERY (B2501) 

The lithium battery used to supply backup power to the 
System RAM should last for at least 5 years. However, 
when it becomes necessary to replace the battery, be 
sure to observe the following general warning about dis- 
posal of lithium batteries. 



WARNING | 



To avoid personal injury, observe proper 
procedures for handling and disposal of lithium 
batteries. Improper handling may cause fire, 
explosion, or severe burns. Do not recharge, 
crush, disassemble, heat the battery above 
21 2 ° F (100°C), incinerate, or expose contents 
of the battery to water. Dispose of battery in 
accordance with local, state, and national 
regulations. 

Typically, small quantities (less than 20) can be 
safely disposed of with ordinary garbage in a 
sanitary landfill. Larger quantities must be sent 
by surface transport to a hazardous waste dis- 
posal facility. The batteries should be indi- 
vidually packaged to prevent shorting and 
packed in a sturdy container that is clearly 
labeled “Lithium Batteries -DO NOT OPEN." 



6-38 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



Table 6-10 
Maintenance Aids 



Description 


Specification 


Usage 


Example 


Soldering Iron 


15 to 25 W. 


General soldering 
and unsoldering. 


Antex Precision 
Model C. 


Torx Screwdriver Tips 
and Handle 


Torx tips: #T7, #T9, 
#T10, #715, and #720. 

Handle: 1/4 inch hex 
drive. 


Assembly and 
disassembly. 


Tektronix Part Numbers: 

#77 003-1293-00 

#79 003-0965-00 

#710 003-0814-00 

#T15 003-0966-00 

#720 003-0866-00 

Handles: 

8 1/2 in. 003-0293-00 
3 1/2 in. 003-0445-00 


Nutdrivers 


1/4 inch, 5/16 inch, 

1/2 inch, and 9/16 inch. 


Assembly and 
disassembly. 


Xcelite #8, #10, #16 
and #18. 


Open-end Wrench 


9/16 inch and 1/2 inch. 


Channel Input and 
Ext Trig BNC 
Connectors 


Tektronix Part Numbers: 

9/16) 003-0502-00 
1/2) 003-0822-00 


Hex Wrenches 


0.050 inch, 1/16 inch. 


Assembly and 
disassembly. 


Allen wrenches. 


Long-nose Pliers 




Component removal 
and replacement. 


Diamalloy Model 
LN55-3. 


Diagonal Cutters 




Component removal 
and replacement. 


Diamalloy Model 
M554-3. 


Vacuum Solder 
Extractor. 


No Static Charge 
Retention. 


Unsoldering static 
sensitive devices and 
components on multi- 
layer boards. 


Pace Model PC-10. 


Contact Cleaner 


No-Noise.® 


Switch and pot cleaning. 


Tektronix Part Number 
006-0442-02. 


Pin-replacement Kit 




Replace circuit board 
connector pins. 


Tektronix Part Number 
040-0542-01. 


IC-removal Tool 




Removing DIP 1C 
packages. 


AugatT114-1. 


Isopropyl Alcohol 


Reagent grade. 


Cleaning attenuator 
and front-panel 
assemblies. 


2-Isopropanol. 


Isolation Transformer 




Isolate the instrument 
from the ac power 
source for safety. 


Tektronix Part Number 
006-5953-00. 


IX Probe 




Power supply ripple 
check. 


TEKTRONIX P6101A. 



6-39 



Maintenance — 2247 A Service 



TRANSISTORS AND INTEGRATED 
CIRCUITS 

Transistors and integrated circuits should not be 
replaced unless they are actually defective. If one is 
removed from its socket or unsoldered from the circuit 
board during routine maintenance, return it to its original 
board location. Unnecessary replacement or trans- 
posing of semiconductor devices may affect the adjust- 
ment of the instrument. When a semiconductor is 
replaced, check the performance of any circuit that may 
be affected. 

Any replacement component should be of the original 
type or a direct replacement. Bend component leads to 
fit their circuit board holes, and cut the leads to the same 
length as the original component. See Figure 9-2 in the 
Diagrams section for the semiconductor lead- 
configurations. 



I CAUTION I 

After replacing a power transistor, check that 
the collector is not shorted to the chassis 
before applying power to the instrument. 

To remove socketed dual-in-line packaged (DIP) inte- 
grated circuits, pull slowly and evenly on both ends of 
the device. Avoid disengaging one end of the integrated 
circuit from the socket before the other, since this may 
damage the pins. 

To remove a soldered DIP 1C when it is going to be 
replaced, clip all the leads of the device and remove the 
leads from the circuit board one at a time. If the device 
must be removed intact for possible reinstallation, do 
not heat adjacent conductors consecutively. Apply heat 
to pins at alternate sides and ends of the 1C as solder is 
removed. Allow a moment for the circuit board to cool 
before proceeding to the next pin. 



SOLDERING TECHNIQUES 

The reliability and accuracy of this instrument can be 
maintained only if proper soldering techniques are used 
to remove or replace parts. General soldering tech- 
niques that apply to maintenance of any precision elec- 
tronic equipment should be used when working on this 
instrument. 



WARNING I 



To avoid an electrical-shock hazard, observe 
the following precautions before attempting 
any soldering: turn the instrument off, dis- 
connect it from the ac power source, and wait at 
least three minutes for the line-rectifier filter 
capacitors to discharge. 

Use rosin-core wire solder containing 63% tin and 37% 
lead. Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or repre- 
sentative to obtain the names of approved solder types. 

When soldering on circuit boards or small insulated 
wires, use only a 15-watt, pencil-type soldering iron. A 
higher wattage soldering iron may cause etched circuit 
conductors to separate from the board base material 
and melt the insulation on small wires. Always keep the 
soldering-iron tip properly tinned to ensure the best heat 
transfer from the tip to the solder joint. Apply only enough 
solder to make a firm joint. After soldering, clean the 
area around the solder connection with an approved 
flux-removing solvent (such as isopropyl alcohol) and 
allow it to air dry. 



rvAAAAAAAA^ 

£ CAUTION | 

Only an experienced maintenance person, pro- 
ficient in the use of vacuum-type desoldering 
equipment should attempt repair of any circuit 
board in this instrument. Many integrated cir- 
cuits are static sensitive and may be damaged 
by solder extractors that generate static 
charges. Perform work involving static- 
sensitive devices only at a static-free work 
station while wearing a grounded antistatic 
wrist strap. Use only an antistatic vacuum-type 
solder extractor approved by a Tektronix 
Service Center. 



ftAAAA/VWVl 

£ CAUTION I 

WWWWVV^ 

Attempts to unsolder, remove, and resolder 
leads from the component side of a circuit 
board may cause damage to the reverse side of 
the circuit board. The following techniques 
should be used to replace a component on a 
circuit board: 



6-40 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



1 . Touch the vacuum desoldering tool tip to the lead at 
the solder connection. Never place the tip directly 
on the board; doing so may damage the board. 

NOTE 

Some components are difficult to remove from 
the circuit board due to a bend placed in the 
component leads during machine insertion. To 
make removal of machine-inserted com- 
ponents easier, straighten the component 
leads on the reverse side of the circuit board. 

2. When removing a multipin component, especially 
an 1C, do not heat adjacent pins consecutively. 
Apply heat to the pins at alternate sides and ends of 
the 1C as solder is removed. Allow a moment for the 
circuit board to cool before proceeding to the next 
pin. 



I CAUTION I 

WWWWWV 

Excessive heat can cause the etched circuit 
conductors to separate from the circuit board. 
Never allow the solder extractor tip to remain at 
one place on the board for more than three 
seconds. Solder wick, spring-actuated or 
squeeze-bulb solder suckers, and heat blocks 
(for desoldering multipin components) must 
not be used. Damage caused by poor soldering 
techniques can void the instrument warranty. 

3. Bend the leads of the replacement component to fit 
the holes in the circuit board. If the component is 
replaced while the board is installed in the instru- 
ment, cut the leads so they protrude only a small 
amount through the reverse side of the circuit board. 
Excess lead length may cause shorting to other 
conductive parts. 

4. Insert the leads into the holes of the board so that the 
replacement component is positioned the same as 
the original component. Most components should 
be firmly seated against the circuit board. 

5. Touch the soldering iron tip to the connection and 
apply enough solder to make a firm solder joint. Do 
not move the component while the solder hardens. 



6. Cut off any excess lead protruding through the 
circuit board (if not clipped to the correct length in 
step 3). 

7. Clean the area around the solder connection with an 
approved flux-removing solvent. Be careful not to 
remove any of the printed information from the circuit 
board. 



REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT 
INSTRUCTIONS 



^arningJ 

To avoid electric shock, disconnect the instru- 
ment from the power input source before 
removing or replacing any component or 

assembly. 

The exploded view drawings in Replaceable 
Mechanical Parts list may be helpful during removal and 
reinstallation of individual components or sub- 
assemblies. Circuit board and component locations are 
shown in Diagrams section. 

Read these instructions before attempting to remove or 
install any components. 

Cabinet 

To remove the cabinet: 

1. Unplug the power cord from its rear-panel 
connector. 

2. Place the instrument face down on a clean, flat 
surface. 

3. Remove the Torx-head screw from the right side 
near the rear of the cabinet. 

4. Remove the plastic rear cover, held with four Torx- 
head screws. 

5. Slide the cabinet housing up and off the instrument. 



6-41 



Maintenance— 2247 A Service 



WARNING 



To remove the crt: 



Potentially dangerous voltages exist at several 
points throughout this instrument. If it Is oper- 
ated with the cabinet removed, do not touch 
exposed connections or components. Before 
replacing parts or cleaning, disconnect the ac- 
power source from the instrument and check 
that the line-rectifier filter capacitors have dis- 
charged. Also, check the low voltages at the 
Power-Supply/Main-Board interface con- 
nector (J1024). If any of the supply-voltage or 
line-voltage filter capacitors remain charged 
for more that 20 seconds, discharge them to 
ground through a 1 kn, 5- or 6-watt resistor. 



To install the cabinet: 



7. Install the rear-panel. Secure it with four #15 Torx- 
head screws. 

8. Install a Torx-head screw in the right side of the 
cabinet. 



Crt Removal and Replacement 



WARNING 



Use care when handling a crt. Breaking the crt 
can cause high-velocity scattering of glass 
fragments. Protective clothing and safety 
glasses or safety face shield should be worn. 
Avoid striking the crt on any object which might 
cause it to crack or implode. When storing a crt, 
either place it in a protective carton or set it face 
down on a smooth surface in a protected 
location with a soft mat under faceplate. 



WARNING 



To avoid electrical shock, carefully discharge 
the crt anode lead directly to the metal chassis. 

To avoid static-discharge damage to elec- 
tronic components, do not allow the anode lead 
to discharge into the adjacent circuitry. 

1 . Disconnect the high-voltage anode lead. Pull the 
anode-lead coupler apart slowly and carefully. DO 
NOT touch the exposed connector pin as it is with- 
drawn from coupler socket. Discharge the exposed 
anode pin to the metal chassis only. A hole is pro- 
vided in the left side of the power supply chassis for 
the purpose of holding the end of the lead to prevent 
a recharge while it is disconnected. 

2. Unplug the trace rotation cable (P27) from the Main 
board. 

Unplug the two vertical and the two horizontal de- 
flection leads from the crt neck. Grasp each lead 
connector with long-nosed pliers and pull it straight 
away from the crt neck pins. Be careful not to bend 
the neck pins. 

4. Remove the crt implosion shield and bezel frame 
(held with two screws at the lower side). 

5. Place your left hand on crt neck shield and your right 
hand over crt face. Move the crt assembly forward to 
unplug the crt from its socket and carefully withdraw 
it from the instrument while ensuring that the crt 
anode lead clears all obstructions. Do not hold the 
crt assembly by the shield only. 

6. If it is necessary remove the metal shield from crt. 
Carefully slide the shield to rear of the crt. Be careful 
not to damage the neck pins. 

To install the crt: 

7. Install the metal shield over the neck of the crt. Make 
sure that the plastic grommet is in place over the 
front of the shield. Align the neck pins with the shield 
holes. 

8. Check that the graticule scale-illumination light 
pipe is in place at bottom front of crt opening. Also 
make sure that the four crt corner cushions are in 
place in the crt opening of the subpanel. 



6. Carefully slide the cabinet housing over the rear of 

the instrument. Be careful not to snag any of the 3. 
folded ribbon cables. Make sure the cabinet 
housing slides between the plastic front-panel 
housing and the instrument chassis. 



6-42 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



9. Carefully guide the crt, anode lead, and trace 
rotation cable into the instrument. Line up the crt 
base pins with base socket. Make sure that the 
ground clip above the rear of the crt shield goes out- 
side of the shield. Hold in on the rear of the base 
socket with one hand and push on the face of the crt 
with the other hand to completely seat the crt base 
pins. If the crt will not go in all the way, check for bent 
pins. DO NOT FORCE this connection! 

1 0. Connect the trace rotation cable (P27) to the Main 
board. 

1 1 . Connect the vertical and horizontal deflection leads 
to the crt neck pins. The horizontal deflection leads 
(going to bottom pins) should be crossed. 

12. Connect the high-voltage anode lead. 

13. Install the crt implosion shield and frame using two 
7/8 in. Torx-head screws. 

14. Check that the graticule illumination light bulbs are 
in place in the light pipe at the bottom of the crt. 

BNC Connectors (Vertical Inputs) 

To replace BNC Connectors: 

1 . Remove the Main board (see Main board removal 
procedure). 



NOTE 

Do not disconnect the ends of the delay line 
from board as indicated in the Main board 
removal procedure. It is not necessary for 
replacing the input BNC connectors. 

2. Using a 9/16 open-end wrench, remove and 
replace the defective BNC connector(s). 

3. Replace the Main board (see Main board instal- 
lation procedure). 

A15 DAC Subsystem Board 

To remove the DAC Subsystem board: 

1 . Unplug ribbon cables from connectors J2604 and 
J2601 (on Processor board). 

2. Remove the four Torx-head attaching screws. 



3. Remove the DAC Subsystem board from the 
instrument. 

To install the DAC Subsystem board: 

1. Position the board to align the screw holes and 
install the four Torx-head attaching screws (two 5/8 
in. screws in the center and one 7/16 in. screw at 
each corner). 

2. Plug ribbon cables into J2604 and J2601 . Press the 
ribbon cable pins firmly into the connector holes. 

A16 Processor Board 

To remove the Processor board: 

1 . Unplug ribbon cables from Processor board con- 
nectors J1901, J2302, J2501 , J2502, and J2601; 
unplug wire from J1902. To aid the release of the 
ribbon-cable pins from connector, slide a thin- 
shafted, flat-bladed screwdriver between the ribbon 
cable (near the connector) and the connector and 
pry gently upward. 

2. Remove the six Torx-head attaching screws (one at 
each comer and two in the middle). 

3. Unplug the ribbon cable from J2501 on the Potenti- 
ometer board. Lift the Processor board out of the 
instrument. 

To install the Processor board: 



$ CAUTION | 

VWW\AAA/« 

Do not exceed 9 in-lb of torque when tightening 
the 6-32 screws that hold the circuit board to 
the chassis. Damage to the circuit board and lor 
screw threads may result if the screws are 
overtightened. 

4. Position the board to align the screw holes and 
install the six Torx-head attaching screws (two 5/8 
in. screws in the center and one 7/16 in. screw at 
each corner). 

5. Plug in the ribbon cables that were removed in steps 
1 and 3. Press the ribbon cable pins firmly into the 
connector holes. 



6-43 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



A18 Power Supply Board 

To remove the Power Supply board: 

1 . Remove the Processor board (see Processor board 
removal procedure). 



WARNING I 



To avoid electrical shock, carefully discharge 
the crt anode lead directly to the metal chassis. 

To avoid static-discharge damage to elec- 
tronic components, do not allow the anode lead 
to discharge into the adjacent circuitry. 

2. Disconnect the high-voltage anode lead. Pull the 
anode-lead coupler apart slowly and carefully. DO 
NOT touch the exposed connector pin as it is with- 
drawn from coupler socket. Discharge the exposed 
anode pin to the metal chassis only. A hole is pro- 
vided in the left side of the power supply chassis for 
the purpose of holding the end of the lead to prevent 
a recharge while it is disconnected. 

3. Remove the eight screws holding the power supply 
housing shield and remove the shield. 

4. Disconnect the connectors from J2208 and J2225 
and the two wires from ac-line filter. (Note the color 
stripes on the wires to the line filter for reinstallation.) 

5. Pull the HV connector through the grommet in the 
power supply housing. 

6. Set the POWER switch in the OFF (out) position. 



The POWER switch must be in the OFF position 
to safely remove the shaft from the shaft of the 
switch in the following step. Pulling the shaft off 
with the POWER switch on may damage the 
switch shaft and spring assembly. 

7. Remove the power-switch-extension shaft. Snap 
the extension shaft off the transitional pivot assem- 
bly, then pull the shaft off the switch. 

8. Remove the six screws that hold down the Power 
Supply board. 



9. Unplug the Power Supply board from the Main board 
interface connector. Grasp the two heat sinks near 
the center of the board, one with each hand, and pull 
up to disconnect the interface connection. 

1 0. Lift the front of Power Supply board and withdraw the 
board from the power-supply housing. 

To install the Power Supply board: 

11. Place the Power Supply board into power-supply 
housing. First, guide the fuse holder into the rear 
panel, then lower the front end of the board until the 
board interface pins touch the interface connector. 

12. Plug the interface pins into the interface connector. 
With the Power Supply board against the rear panel, 
pull up on the large electrolytic capacitor (near the 
center of the board) with one hand and push down 
on HV multiplier module (at front of board) with the 
other hand. This action tends to align the pins with 
the connector. At the same time you will have to 
move the board around slightly so that the pins will 
easily slide into the connector holes. DO NOT 
FORCE this connection, otherwise you may bend 
the pins. 



r^WWWWi 

> CAUTION | 

fcWWWWv 

Do not exceed 9 in-lb of torque when tightening 
the 6-32 screws that hold the circuit board to 
the chassis. Damage to the circuit board or 
screw threads may result if the screws are 

overtightened. 

13. Secure the circuit board with six screws. 

Install the power-switch-extension shaft. Snap the 
shaft onto the switch, then onto the transitional pivot 
assembly. 

15. Insert the high-voltage lead through the power- 
supply-housing grommet and snap the connector 
shell into the clamp at the front of the power-supply 
housing. 

16. Connect the leads to J2208, J2225, and the ac-line 
filter (observe the color coding noted when the filter 
leads were disconnected). 

17. Install the power-supply-housing shield with eight 
screws. 

18. Connect the crt anode lead to the HV connector. 




6-44 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



19. Install the Processor board (see Processor board 
installation instructions). 

Potentiometer/Switch board Assembly 

To remove the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly: 

1. Unplug ribbon-cable connector P2501 from the 
Processor board and unplug ribbon-cable con- 
nector P2105 from the Potentiometer board. 

2. Remove the CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV VAR knobs 
and the SEC/DIV VAR knob. (A 1/16 in. hexagonal 
wrench is needed for the set screws). 

3. Pull out all the remaining front-panel knobs to the 
right of the crt. Grasp the knobs firmly and pull 
straight out from the front panel. 

4. Pull out on the four captive plastic snap fasteners on 
the back of the switch board that hold the Switch 
board assembly to the front panel (not those that 
hold the Potentiometer board to the Switch board). 
Use long-nose pliers as necessary to reach the 
fasteners. 

5. Unclip the high-voltage connector from the front of 
the power-supply housing. Remove the plastic 
retaining clip from the housing (it is pressed in). 
Move the high-voltage connector to the top of the 
power-supply housing to make room for removing 
the Potentiometer/Switch board. 

6. Move the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly 
back away from the front pane! and lift it out of the 
instrument. 

To separate the A12 Potentiometer board from the 

Switch board: 

7. Pull out on the three snap fasteners that hold the 
Potentiometer board to the Switch board. 

8. Separate the Potentiometer board from the Switch 
board. 

9. If necessary, unplug the VAR control shafts from 
their potentiometers. 

To install the Potentiometer board: 

10. Set the three snap fasteners on the board in the 
released (out) position. 



11. Plug the three VAR control shafts onto the VAR 
potentiometers. 

12. Set the Potentiometer board in place over the Switch 
board and press in on the snap fasteners. 

To install the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly: 

13. Set the four snap fasteners (on the Switch board) in 
the released (out) position. 

14. Guide the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly 
into place behind the front panel and press in on the 
snap fasteners. 

15. Install the control knobs. Push knobs in while 
rotating slightly until they align with the shaft and 
snap in place. The two knobs without a position- 
indicator rib go on the k- and -x control shafts. 

16. Install the three VAR control knobs, using 1/16 in. 
alien wrench. Make sure that VAR controls are in the 
detent (fully CW) position, then rotate the knobs so 
that the VAR label is horizontal before tightening the 
set screws. 

17. Install the high-voltage connector clip to the front 
side of the power-supply housing and snap the con- 
nector shell into it. 

18. Connect ribbon cable J2105 to the Potentiometer 
board and P2501 to the Processor board. Position 
the connector pins in the socket holes and push 
them fully into place. 

A10 Main Board 

NOTE 

This procedure is intended for the complete 
replacement of the Main board. Most repairs 
and component replacements can be done 
without completely removing the Main board. 
When replacing BNC connectors, use the BNC 
Connector replacement procedure previously 
given in this section. 



To remove the Main board: 

1 . Remove the crt (see crt removal procedure). 

2. Pull out and remove the five crt-display control 
knobs. 



6-45 



Maintenance — 2247 A Service 



3. Remove the Processor board (see Processor board 
removal procedure). 

4. Remove the shield from the power-supply housing 
(held with eight screws). 

5. Unplug the three-wire cable from J2208 on the 
Power Supply board. Pull the cable and connector 
through the plastic grommet. 

6. Release the crt socket from its holder on the rear 
panel. First pull off clear plastic socket retainer, then 



push the socket out the rear enough to turn it side- 
ways and push it through to the inside of the 
instrument. 

7. Remove the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly 
(see Potentiometer/Switch board assembly re- 
moval procedure). 

8. Remove the top and bottom attenuator shields. The 
bottom shield is held with 5 screws and the top 
shield is held with one remaining screw. See Figure 
6-4. 




Figure 6-4. Main board removal. 



6-46 



Maintenance— 2247A Service 



NOTE 

If the Main board is being removed to replace or 
repair a component (such as a BNC con- 
nector), it is not necessary to disconnect the 
delay line from the board as indicated in the 
following step. 

9. Unsolder the main delay-line wires from both sides 
of board (see Figures 6-4 and 6-5). 




Figure 6-5. Delay-line connections to top of 
Main board. 



10. Unclip the delay line from both sides of the board 
and from the two clips at the lower side of the rear 
panel. Remove the two clips from the rear panel. 

1 1 . Remove the ten screws that hold the Main board to 
the chassis. Back out the three screws going 
through the rear panel enough to allow removal of 
Main board. See Figure 6-4. 



12. Pull the three ribbon cables through to the bottom of 
the instrument. 

13. Lift the back of main board enough to disconnect 
interface connection between Main board and 
Power Supply board. 

14. Slide the Main board back away from front panel to 
completely remove the board from the instrument. 

To install the Main board: 

1 5. Guide the BNC connectors at front of the Main board 
into the holes in the front panel. Make sure that you 
guide the PROBE ADJUST jack into the front panel 
as well as the BNC connectors. 

1 6. Lower the rear of Main board while guiding the inter- 
face connector onto the power supply interface 
pins. DO NOT FORCE this connection; the pins may 
bend. Make sure that the grommet holding the crt 
and power supply wires is in place between the 
board and the rear panel. 



> CAUTION | 

ivwWWXN 

Do not exceed 9in-lb of torque when tightening 
the 6~32 screws that hold the circuit board to 
the chassis. Damage to the circuit board or 
screw threads may result if the screws are 

overtightened. 

17. Secure the Main board with ten screws. See Figure 
6-4. 

18. Solder both ends of delay line to Main board. Be 
sure to observe the polarity of the leads. See Figures 
6-4 and 6-5. Press the ends of delay line into the 
clips on board. 

1 9. Snap the two plastic clips into the lower edge of the 
rear panel and snap the delay line into them. 

20. Connect the three-wire cable from the crt-socket 
cable assembly to J2208 on the Power Supply 
board. 

21. Install the shield on the power-supply housing 
(eight screws). 

22. Install the inside attenuator shield (secure with one 
screw). Then install the outside attenuator shield 
(secure with five screws). 



6-47 



Maintenance -2247 A Service 



23. Install the Potentiometer/Switch board assembly 
(see Potentiometer/Switch board assembly instal- 
lation procedure). 

24. Install the Processor board. 

25. Dress the two ribbon cables to the top of the instru- 
ment. Connect them to the Processor and Potenti- 
ometer boards. 



26. Install the crt socket. Turn the socket sideways and 
push it through the crt-socket holder in the rear 
panel. 

27. Install the crt (see crt installation procedure). 



6-48 



Section 7-2247A Service 



OPTIONS 



INTRODUCTION 

This section contains a general description of the instru- 
ment options available at the time of publication. 
Additional information about instrument options can be 
obtained either by consulting the current Tektronix 
Product Catalog or by contacting your local Tektronix 
Field Office or representative. 



INTERNATIONAL POWER CORDS 

Instruments are shipped with the detachable power- 
cord option ordered by the customer. Descriptive infor- 
mation about the international power-cord options is 
provided in Section 2 “Preparation for Use.” The 
following list describes the power cords available forthe 
2247A. 



Standard 


North American 
120 V, 60 Hz, 74 in. 


Option A1 


Universal Euro 220 V, 
50 Hz, 2.5 m 


Option A2 


UK 240 V, 50 Hz, 
2.5 m 


Option A3 


Australian 240 V, 
50 Hz, 2.5 m 


Option A4 


North American 
240 V, 50 Hz. 2.5 m 


Option A5 


Switzerland 220 V, 
50 Hz, 2.5 m 



OPTION 1R 

RACKMOUNTED INSTRUMENT 



When the 2247A Portable Oscilloscope is ordered with 
Option 1R, it is shipped in a configuration that permits 
easy installation into a 19-inch-wide equipment rack. 
Also, an optional rackmounting kit may be ordered to 
convert the standard 2247A to a rackmounted instru- 
ment. Installation instructions for rackmounting are 
provided in the documentation supplied with the 
rackmounting kit and the 1 R Option. 



OTHER AVAILABLE OPTIONS 



Option 02 


Front Panel Cover and 
Accessory Pouch 


Option 1C 


C-5C Option 02 Camera 


Option IK 


K212 Portable Instrument 
Cart 


Option 17 


P6408 Logic 
Probe included 


Option 22 


Two P6109 Option 1 
10X voltage probes 


Option 23 


Two P6062B 1X/10X 
voltage probes, 6 feet 



7-1 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - Z247A Service 



REPLACEABLE 
ELECTRICAL PARTS 

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION 



Replacement parts are available from or through your local 
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. 

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to 
accommodate improved components as they become available, 
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements 
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore impor- 
tant, when ordering parts, to includethe following information in 
your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial 
number, and modification number if applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or 
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or represen- 
tative will contact you concerning any change in part number. 

Change intormation. if any, is located at the rear of this 
manual. 



LIST OF ASSEMBLIES 

A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the 
Electrical Parts List. The assemblies are listed in numerical order. 
When the com plete component number of a part is known, this list 
will identify the assembly in which the part is located. 

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO 
MANUFACTURER 

The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer index for the 
Electrical Parts List is located immediately after this page. The 
Cross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufac- 
turers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Abbreviations contorm to American National Standard Y1 .1 . 



COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of the 
Electrical Parts List) 



A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies, 
subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering method 
and typical expansions are illustrated by the following: 



Example a. 

A23R1234 
Assembly number 



component number 
A2T*^mi234 




Circuit number 



Read: Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23 



Example b. 

A23A2R1234 
Assembly 
number 



component number 
A23 A2 R1234 




Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23 



Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams and 
circuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit board 
illustration is clearly marked with the assembly number. 
Assembly numbers are also marked on the mechanical exploded 
views located in the Mechanical Parts List. The component 
number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the 
circuit number. 

The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged by 
assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g., assembly A1 with its 
subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its sub- 
assemblies and parts). 

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix 
and are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List. 



TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of the 
Electrical Parts List) 

indicates part number to be used when ordering replace- 
ment part from Tektronix. 



SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and four 
of the Electrical Parts List) 

Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the 
part was first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial number at 
which the part was removed. No serial number entered Indicates 
part is good for all serial numbers. 



NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of the 
Electrical Parts List) 

fn the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the 
description by a colon {:). Because of space limitations, an Item 
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item 
Name identification, the U S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 
can be utilized where possible. 



MFR. CODE (column six of the Electrical Parts 
Ust) 

Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the 
part. {Code to name and address cross reference can be found 
immediately after this page.) 



MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of the 
Electrical Parts List) 

Indicates actual manufacturers part number. 



8-1 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - Z247A Service 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mfr. 



Code 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City, State, ZiD Code 


00136 


MCCOY ELECTRONICS CO 


100 WATTS ST 
PO BOX B 


MT HOLLY SPRINGS PA 17065-1821 


00779 


AMP INC 


2800 FULLING MILL 
PO BOX 3608 


HARRISBURG PA 17105 


01121 


ALLEN-BRADLEY CO 


1201 S 2ND ST 


MILWAUKEE WI 53204-2410 


01295 


TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC 
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP 


13500 N CENTRAL EXPY 
PO BOX 655012 


DALLAS TX 75265 


02114 


AMPEREX ELECTRONIC C0RP 
FERROXCUBE DIV 


5083 KINGS WY 


SAUGERTIES NY 12477 


02735 


RCA C0RP 

SOLID STATE DIVISION 


ROUTE 202 


SOMERVILLE NJ 08876 


03508 


GENERAL ELECTRIC CO 
SEMI-CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPT 


W GENESEE ST 


AUBURN NY 13021 


04222 


AVX CERAMICS 
DIV OF AVX CORP 


19TH AVE SOUTH 
P 0 BOX 867 


MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577 


04713 


MOTOROLA INC 

SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR 


5005 E MCDOWELL RD 


PHOENIX AZ 85008-4229 


05397 


UNION CARBIDE CORP 
MATERIALS SYSTEMS DIV 


11901 MADISON AVE 


CLEVELAND OH 44101 


05828 


GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 
GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS DIV 


600 W JOHN ST 


HICKSVILLE NY 11802 


06665 


PRECISION MONOLITHICS INC 
SUB OF BOURNS INC 


1500 SPACE PARK DR 


SANTA CLARA CA 95050 


08806 


GENERAL ELECTRIC CO 
MINIATURE LAMP PRODUCTS DEPT 
LIGHTING BUSINESS GROUP 


NELA PK 


CLEVELAND OH 44112 


09922 


BURNDY CORP 


RICHARDS AVE 


NORWALK CT 06852 


11236 


CTS CORP 
BERNE DIV 

THICK FILM PRODUCTS GROUP 


406 PARR ROAD 


BERNE IN 46711-9506 


14433 


ITT SEMICONDUCTORS DIV 




WEST PALM BEACH FL 


14552 


MICROSEMI CORP 


2830 S FAIRVIEW ST 


SANTA ANA CA 92704-5948 


19701 


MEPCO/CENTRALAB 
A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CO 
MINERAL WELLS AIRPORT 


PO BOX 760 


MINERAL WELLS TX 76067-0760 


24546 


CORNING GLASS WORKS 


550 HIGH ST 


BRADFORD PA 16701-3737 


24931 


SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC 


2100 EARLYWOOD DR 
PO BOX 547 


FRANKLIN IN 46131 


27014 


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 


2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR 


SANTA CLARA CA 95051-0606 


32997 


BOURNS INC 
TRIMPOT DIV 


1200 COLUMBIA AVE 


RIVERSIDE CA 92507-2114 


34335 


ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES 


901 THOMPSON PL 


SUNNYVALE CA 94086-4518 


50434 


HEWLETT-PACKARD CO 
OPTOELECTRONICS DIV 


370 W TRIMBLE RD 


SAN JOSE CA 95131 


51642 


CENTRE ENGINEERING INC 


2820 E COLLEGE AVE 


STATE COLLEGE PA 16801-7515 


52763 


STETCO INC 


3344 SCHIERHORN ' 


FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131 


52769 


SPRAGUE-GOODMAN ELECTRONICS INC 


134 FULTON AVE 


GARDEN CITY PARK NY 11040-5352 


54473 


MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA 


ONE PANASONIC WAY 
PO BOX 1501 


SECAUCUS NJ 07094-2917 


54583 


TDK ELECTRONICS CORP 


12 HARBOR PARK DR 


PORT WASHINGTON NY 11550 


55680 


NICHICON /AMERICA/ CORP 


927 E STATE PKY 


SCHAUMBURG IL 60195-4526 


56289 


SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 
WORLD HEADQUARTERS 


92 HAYDEN AVE 


LEXINGTON MA 02173-7929 


57668 


ROHM CORP 


8 WHATNEY 
PO BOX 19515 


IRVINE CA 92713 


59660 


TUSONIX INC 


7741 N BUSINESS PARK DR 
PO BOX 37144 


TUCSON AZ 85740-7144 


71400 


BUSSMANN 

DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 


114 OLD STATE RD 
PO BOX 14460 


ST LOUIS MO 63178 


71590 


CRL COMPONENTS INC 


HWY 20 W 
PO BOX 858 


FORT DODGE IA 50501 


75042 


IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 
PHILADELPHIA DIV 
TRW FIXED RESISTORS 


401 N BROAD ST 


PHILADELPHIA PA 19108-1001 


80009 


TEKTRONIX INC 


14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR 
PO BOX 500 


BEAVERTON OR 97077-0001 



8-2 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Mfr. 



Code 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City. State. Zip Code 


91637 


DALE ELECTRONICS INC 


2064 12TH AVE 
P0 BOX 609 


COLUMBUS NE 68601-3632 


TKC961 


NEC ELECTRONICS USA INC 


401 ELLIS ST 


MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94039 




ELECTRON DIV 


PO BOX 7241 




TK1650 


AMP INC 


19200 STEVENS CREEK BLVD 
SUITE 100 


CUPERTINO CA 95014 



REV MAR 1990 



8-3 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assart)! y No. Mfr. 



Caiuonent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A8 


670-9783-01 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY: CRT CONTROL 


80009 


670-9783-01 


A10 


671-0422-00 


8010100 


B010599 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-00 


A10 


671-0422-01 


B010600 


B020178 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-01 


A10 


671-0422-02 


8020179 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY.'AIO MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-02 


A12 


672-0262-00 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY : FRDNT PANEL MODULE 


80009 


672-0262-00 


A12A12 


670-9402-01 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY: POTENTIOMETER 


80009 


670-9402-01 


A12A14 


670-9399-01 






CIRCUIT BD ASSYrSWITCH 


80009 


670-9399-01 


A15 


671-0247-00 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY :DAC SUBSYS 


80009 


671-0247-00 


A16 


671-0812-00 


B010100 


B010515 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR 


80009 


671-0812-00 


A16 


671-0812-01 


B0 1051 6 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR 


80009 


671-0812-01 










(DOES NOT INCLUDE U2519) 






A16 


672-0247-00 


B010100 


B010515 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR 


80009 


672-0247-00 


A16 


672-0247-01 


B010516 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR 


80009 


672-0247-01 










(INCLUDES U2519) 






A18 


670-9398-04 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY:LV POWER SUPPLY 


80009 


670-9398-04 


A8 


670-9783-01 






CIRCUIT BD ASSY: CRT CONTROL 


80009 


670-9783-01 


A8R901 


311-2344-00 






RES , VAR , NONWW : CKJ BD.4.7K 0HM.ZCM.25W 


71590 


BA1 7 140001 


A8R902 


311-2344-00 






RES , VAR , NONWW : CKT BD.4.7K OHM,20%,1.Z5W 


71590 


BA17140001 


A8R903 


311-2344-00 






RES , VAR , NONWW : CKT BD.4.7K 0ffl.2QM.25U 


71590 


BA1 7 140001 


A8R905 


311-2344-00 






RES,VAR,N0NWW:CKT BD.4.7K 0HM,20%,1.25W 


71590 


BA1 7 140001 


A8W900 


131-4038-00 






CONN, RCPT, ELEC: HDR.l X 8.RTANG.0.1 SPACING 


00779 


640453-8 



A10 


671-0422-00 B010100 


B010599 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY :MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-00 


A10 


671-0422-01 B010600 


B020178 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-01 


A10 


671-0422-02 B020179 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY:A10 MAIN 


80009 


671-0422-02 


A10AT117 


307-2135-01 




ATTENUATOR: 1M OM ATTENUATOR NETWORK 


80009 


307-2135-01 


A10AT127 


307-2135-01 




ATTENUATOR: 1M OEM ATTENUATOR NETWORK 


80009 


307-2135-01 


A10C101 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1QC102 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,2(K,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1QC103 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C104 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXO,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C105 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C106 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1B223M-T 


A10C107 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF, 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C108 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C111 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI : D.022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C112 


283-0414-01 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%, 500V 


80009 


283-0414-01 


A10C 113 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C114 


281-0214-00 




CAP.VAR.CER DI:0.6-3PF,400V 


52763 


313613-140 


A10C121 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF.20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C122 


283-0414-01 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 022UF ,20%, 500V 


80009 


283-0414-01 


A10C123 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10CI24 


281-0214-00 




CAP.VAR.CER DI : 0. 6-3PF.400V 


52763 


313613-140 


A10C125 


281-0770-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 1000PF, 20%, 100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A10C126 


281-0770-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 1000PF, 20%, 100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A10C131 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C132 


281-0938-00 




CAP.FXD.CER 01 :20PF. 2%. 500V 


04222 


MA107A2006AA 


A10C133 


281-0799-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : B2PF, 2%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A620GAA 


A10C134 


281-0306-00 




CAP.VAR.CER DI :3.3-20PF 


52769 


GKU 18000 


A10C135 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF , 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C136 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C137 


281-0797-00 




CAP.FXD.CER 01 : 15PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C138 


281-0315-00 




CAP.VAR.CER DI:2.8-10PF 


52769 


GKU 10000 


A10C139 


281-0797-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:15PF,10%.100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C140 


290-0974-01 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 



8-4 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247 A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assent! y No. Mfr. 



Coiponent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No* 


A10C151 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 022UF . 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C152 


281-0938-00 


CAP, FXD,CER DI :20PF,2%,500V 


04222 


MA107A200GAA 


A10C153 


281-0799-00 


CAP, FXD.CER DI:62PF,2%,10CV 


04222 


MA101A620GAA 


A10C154 


281-0306-00 


CAP,VAR,CER DI :3.3-20PF 


52769 


GKU 18000 


A10C155 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A 10C 156 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :Q.D22UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1B223M-T 


A10C157 


281-0797-00 


CAP, FXD,CER DI :15PF, 10% r 100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C158 


281-0315-00 


CAP,VAR,CER DI : 2 . 8-10PF 


52769 


GKU 10000 


A10C159 


281-0797-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:15PF,10%,100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C171 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C172 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD r CER DI:0.022UF ( 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C173 


281-0772-00 


CAP, FXD.CER DI : 4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A10C180 


290-0944-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 220UF, 20%, 10V 


55680 


UVX1C221MPA1TA 


A10C181 


290-0944-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 220UF, 20%, 10V 


55680 


UVX1C221MPA1TA 


A10C190 


281-0797-00 


CAP, FXD,CER DI:15PF,10%,100V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C191 


281-0797-00 


CAP, FXD,CER DI :15PF, 1 0% , 1 00V 


04222 


SA106A150KAA 


A10C201 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C202 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF , 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C203 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C204 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF , 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C205 


281-0909-00 


CAP, FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C206 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C210 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%.50V 


■54.583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C211 


281-0759-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A10C212 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7Rlh£23M-T 


A10C213 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C214 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C215 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF,20%,50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C216 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C217 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0.022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C218 


281-0775-01 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 1UF, 20%, 50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C219 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C220 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C221 


281-0759-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A10C222 


281-0909-00 


CAP, FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C223 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C224 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C225 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C228 


281-0775-01 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0. 1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C229 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C232 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C233 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C234 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C235 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : IOUF.20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C238 


281-0775-01 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C239 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 022UF ,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C242 


281 -09 OS -00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF.20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C243 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C244 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C245 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD. ELCTLT : 10UF,20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C248 


281-0775-01 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 1UF,20%, 50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C249 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C258 


290-0974-01 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF,20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C265 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C268 


281-0770-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 1000PF, 20%, 100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A10C271 


281-0798-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 51PF, 1%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A10C272 


281-0819-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C273 


281-0307-00 


CAP.VAR.CER DI:3-8-25PF 


52769 


GKU 25000 



REV MAR 1990 



8-5 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 





Tektronix 


Serial/Assentoly No. 




Mfr. 


Mfr. Part No. 


Component No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Cods 


A10C274 


281-Q305-00 






CAP f VAR,CER 01:1. 5-4. 0PF 


52769 


GKU 4R000 


A10C275 


281-0872-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI:91PF,5% r 100V 


04222 


MC101A910J 


A10C282 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%.50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C283 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER D1 : 0. 022UF , 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C297 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. G22UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C298 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C301 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C302 


281-0770-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 1000PF, 20%, 100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A10C303 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, Iff/., 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C304 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FX0,CER DI :0. 022UF, 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C305 


290-0183-00 






CAP f FXD, ELCTLT : lUF r 10%, 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C306 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :1UF, 10% f 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C307 


295-0198-00 






CAP SET, MATCHED: (I), 10. 0UF,1.5%,25V/ (1)0. 1U 
F,1.5%,35V/(1)0.0099UF,1.5%,50V 
(LOCATION A,B,C) 


80009 


295-0198-00 
MAI 2X7R1H223M-T 


A10C308 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0 . 022UF ,20% ,50V 


54583 


A10C309 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 5DV 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C310 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C311 


281-0798-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI:51PF,1%100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A10C312 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C313 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.022UF,20%.50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C314 


281-0307-00 






CAP,VAR,CER DI:3-8-25PF 


52769 


GKU 25000 


A10C315 


281-0798-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF,1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A10C316 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%.50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C317 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C318 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C319 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%. 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


AI0C320 


281-0909-00 






CAP. FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF. 20%, 50 V 


54583 


MA12X7R1HZ23M-T 


A10C321 


281-0798-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF,1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A10C326 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 022UF , 20% , 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C329 


281-0307-00 






CAP.VAR.CER DI : 3— 8-25PF 


52769 


GKU 25000 


A10C330 


281-0799-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:62PF,27.,100V 


04222 


MA101A620GAA 


A10C337 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C338 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C339 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C351 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7RIH223M-T 


A10C417 


281-0915-00 


B010600 




CAP, FXD , CER DI : 1 . 8PF.+/-0 . 25PF, 200WVDC 


04222 


SA102A1R8CAA 


A10C421 


281-0775-01 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C422 


281-0861-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A1X423 


281-0864-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:430PF,5%.100V 


54583 


MA12COG2A431J 


A10C424 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF. 10%, 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C425 


281-0820-00 


B010100 


B020178 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 680 PF,10%,50V 


04222 


SA101C681KAA 


A10C425 


281-0861-00 


B020179 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C426 


281-0864-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :430PF, 5%, 100V 


54583 


MA12C0G2A431J 


A10C432 


281-0767-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:330PF,20%,100V 


04222 


MA106C331MAA 


A10C442 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER 01:0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7RIH223M-T 


A10C444 


281-0765-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:100PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C445 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD. ELCTLT : 1UF, 10%. 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C447 


281-0765-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :100PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C451 


281-0775-01 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A10C452 


281-0861-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C453 


281-0864-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :430PF,5%. 100V 


54583 


MA12C0G2A431J 


A10C454 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 10%, 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C455 


281-0820-00 


B010100 


B020178 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :680 PF,10%,50V 


04222 


SA101C681KAA 


A10C455 


281-0861-00 


B020179 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A27IJAA 


A10C462 


281-0864-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :430PF,5%,100V 


54583 


MA12C0G2A431J 


A10C463 


281-0813-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.047UF,20%,50V 


05397 


C412C473M5V2CA 


A10C474 


281-0776-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:120PF,5%,100V 


20932 


401E0100AD121J 



8-6 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247 A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assent! y No. Hfr. 



Caroonent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


□scant 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10C475 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD. ELCTLT : 1UF, 105S.35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C476 


281-0819-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI:33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C477 


281-0872-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :91PF, 5%, 100V 


04222 


MC101A91GJ 


A10C478 


281-0864-00 






CAP, FXD,CER 


DI : 430PF , 5%, 100V 


54583 


MA12COG2A431J 


A10C481 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF f 20%50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C482 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FX0,CER 


01 :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C483 


281-0820-00 






CAP,FXD r CER 


DI : 680 PF,10%,50V 


04222 


SA1G1C681KAA 


A10C484 


281-0861-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C485 


281-0765-00 


B010100 


B010169 


CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:100PF,5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C485 


281-0861-00 


B0 10170 




CAP,FXD r CER 


DI:270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C486 


281-0765-00 


B010100 


B010169 


CAP,FXD,CER 


DI:100PF,5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


AIX487 


281-0765-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:100PF.5%.100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C488 


281-0765-00 


B010100 


B010169 


CAP,FXD,CER 


DI : 100PF, 5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C489 


281-0765-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI : 1D0PF, 5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C490 


281-0864-00 


B010600 




CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :430PF,5%,100V 


54583 


MA12C062A431J 


A10C491 


281-0819-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C492 


281-0819-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI : 33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A1X493 


281-0819-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C494 


281-0819-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A1X496 


281-0864-00 


B010600 




CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :430PF,5%,10QV 


54583 


MA12COG2A431J 


A10C501 


281-0909-00 






CAP r FXD,CER 


DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MAI 2X7R1 H223M-T 


A10C502 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C503 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C505 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C600 


281-0861-00 






CAP,FXD r CER 


DI:270PF,5%,50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C601 


281-0861-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI : 270PF , 5%. 50V 


04222 


SA101A271JAA 


A10C6Q2 


281-0819-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C603 


281-0819-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C604 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C605 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C606 


281-0909-00 






CAP r FXD f CER 


DI :0.022UF r 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C607 


281-0765-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 100PF, 5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C6O8 


281-0765-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:100PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C609 


281-0909-00 






CAP r FXD r CER 


DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C610 


281-0909-00 






CAP f FXO f CER 


DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C611 


281-0810-00 






CAP f FX0 f CER 


DI:5.6PF,+/-0.5PF,100V 


04222 


MA101A5R6DAA 


A10C612 


281-0810-00 






CAP, FXD,CER 


DI:5.6PF,+/-0.5PF,100V 


04222 


MA101A5R6DAA 


A10C613 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


D 1 : 0 . 022UF , 20% , 50 V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C614 


281-0776-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 120PF, 5%, 100V 


20932 


4D1E0100AD121J 


A10C666 


281-0819-00 


B020471 




CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


GC105A330J 


A10C701 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C702 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C703 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


D I : 0 . 022UF , 20% , 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C704 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C705 


283-0057-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 0. 1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C706 


281-0893-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :4.7PF,+/-0.5PF,100V 


04222 


MA101A4R7DAA 


A10C707 


281-0798-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:51PF,1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A10C708 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C711 


283-0201-01 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:27PF,10%,50V 


51642 


ADVISE 


A10C712 


283-0201-01 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 27PF, 10%, 50V 


51642 


ADVISE 


A10C801 


283-0057-00 






CAP. FXD.CER 


DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C802 


283-0057-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C803 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C804 


283-0057-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI :0. 1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C805 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C806 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C807 


281-0214-00 






CAP.VAR.CER 


DI:0.6-3PF,400V 


52763 


313613-140 


A10C808 


281-0765-00 






CAP, FXD.CER 


DI:100PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 



REV MAR 1990 



8-7 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assenbly No. Mfr. 



tarponent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10C809 


283-0057-00 






CAP, FXD, CER DI:0. 1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C811 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C814 


281-0214-00 






CAP,VAR,CER DI :0.6-3PF,400V 


52763 


313613-140 


A10C815 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,C£R DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C816 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20% r 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C817 


290-1198-00 






CAP, FXD, EICTLT: 100UF, 20%, 10VAC 


80009 


290-1198-00 


A10C818 


283-0057-00 






CAP, FXD.CER DI : 0. 1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C819 


281-0765-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :100PF,5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C820 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,2G%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C821 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF r 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C822 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022LF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C860 


281-0872-00 


B010100 


B010599 


CAP,FXD,CER DI:91PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MC101A910J 


A10C860 


281-0765-00 


B010600 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:100PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C870 


281-0798-00 


B010100 


B010599 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF, 1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A1X870 


281-0816-00 


B010600 




CAP,FXD,CER DI : 82 PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA106A820JAA 


A10C880 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C901 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C902 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022LIF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C903 


290-0974-01 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF,20%, 50 V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C9G4 


290-0974-01 






CAP, FXD. ELCTLT : 10UF , 20% , 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C910 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C935 


285-1339-00 






CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 022UF, 10%, 63 V 


55112 


185/0, 022/K63AAA 


A10C1001 


290-0974-01 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C1Q02 


290-0974-01 


B010100 


B010686 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100NWA1TA 


A10C1002 


290-0974-00 


B010687 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF, 20%, 50VDC 


55680 


ULB1H100MAA 


A10C1003 


290-0974-01 


B010100 


B010686 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C1003 


290-0974-00 


B010687 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF, 20%,50VDC 


55680 


ULB1H100MAA 


A10C1004 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C1005 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C1006 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C1101 


281-0909-00 


B010100 


B020545 


CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X1101 


290-0183-00 


B020546 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF,10%,35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A10C1102 


281-0909-00 


B010100 


B020545 


CAP,FXD,CER 01 :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10CU02 


290-0183-00 


B020456 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :1UF, 10%, 35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A1X1103 


290-0183-00 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1UF, 10%,35V 


05397 


T3228105K035AS 


A1X1104 


281-0909-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X1105 


290-0974-01 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A10C1106 


281-0820-00 






CAP,FXO,CER DI : 680 PF,1Q%,50V 


04222 


SA101C681KAA 


A1X1107 


281-0765-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :100PF,5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A10C1108 


290-0183-00 


B020546 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 10%, 35V 


05397 


T3228105KD35AS 


A10C1110 


281-0799-00 






CAP, FXD, CER DI :62PF,2%,100V 


04222 


MA101A620GAA 


A10C1111 


281-0799-00 






CAP,FXD,CER DI :62PF,2%,100V 


04222 


MA101A620GAA 


A10C1114 


290-0974-01 






CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF, 20%, 50V 


55680 


UVX1H100MAA1TA 


A1XU30 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD, CER DI ;0.022UF,20% P 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C1143 


281-0770-00 


B020546 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :1000PF, 20%,100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A10C1154 


281-0909-00 






CAP, FXD, CER DI :0.022UF,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X1155 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


AiOC1158 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20% t 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C1159 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X1160 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C2701 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :Q.022UF,2Q%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C2702 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF.20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C2703 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C2704 


283-0348-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.5PF,+/'0.1PF,100V 


51642 


W150100NP0508B 


A10C2705 


281-0771-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 2200PF, 20%, 200V 


04222 


SA106E2234AA 


A10C2706 


281-0893-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :4.7PF,+/-0.5PF,100V 


04222 


MA101A4R7DAA 


A1X2707 


281-0893-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :4.7PF,+/-0.5PF,100V 


04222 


MA101A4R7DAA 


A10C2708 


283-0057-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0 . 1 UF , +80-20% , 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 



8~8 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Ser i al /Assent)! y No. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10C2709 


283-0057-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C2710 


283-0057-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 1UF, +80-20% , 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C2711 


285-1184-01 


CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 01UF , 20% , 4KV 


56289 


430P103X040 


A10C2712 


285-1040-00 


CAP, FXD, PLASTIC : 1200PF, 1G%,4QXV 


04099 


TEK-17A 


A10C2713 


281-0771-00 


CAP.FXD.CER 01 : 2200PF, 20%, 200V 


04222 


SA106E222MAA 


A10C2715 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A10C2716 


281-0771-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI : 2200PF, 20%,200V 


04222 


SA106E222MAA 


A10C2717 


283-0057-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.1UF.+80-20%,200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C2719 


285-1184-01 


CAP , FXD, MTLZD: 0 . 01UF, 20%, 4KV 


56289 


430P103X040 


A10C2720 


285-1040-00 


CAP, FXD, PLASTIC: 1200PF, 10%, 4000V 


04099 


TEK-17A 


A10C2721 


281-0771-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :2200PF,20%,200V 


04222 


SA106E222MAA 


A10C2723 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X2724 


285-1184-01 


CAP, FXD.MTLZD: 0 . 01UF, 20%, 4KV 


56289 


430P103X040 


A10C2759 


281-0759-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:22PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A10C2783 


283-0057-00 


CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A10C2784 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A1X2785 


283-0057-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.1UF, +80-20%, 200V 


04222 


SR306E104ZAA 


A1QCR131 


152-0246-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,Sl,40V,200MA,D0-7 


14433 


WG1537TK 


A10CR151 


152-0246-00 


SEMICOND OVC, DI :SW,$I,40V,200MA,D0-7 


14433 


WG1537TK 


A10CR171 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V,150MA,30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1M4152) 


A10CR201 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR202 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : SW, SI . 30V , 1 50MA, 30V , DO-35 


03508 


0A2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR260 


152-0066-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A, DO-41 


05828 


GP10G-020 


A10CR261 


152-0066-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI:RECT,SI, 400V, 1A, DO-41 


05828 


GP10G-020 


A10CR3Q1 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR432 


152-0246-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 40V, 200MA, DO-7 


14433 


WG1537TK 


A10CR462 


152-0246-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,40V,2 OOMA , DO-7 


14433 


WG1537TK 


A10CR601 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 
(OPTION 15 ONLY) 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR602 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 30V, 150MA,30V,DO-35 
(OPTION 15 ONLY) 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR603 


152-0141-02 


SEMI COND DVC , D I : SW , S I , 30V , 150MA, 30V , DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR612 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW,SI,30V,150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR801 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW,S1,30V,150MA.30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR802 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW, SI, 30V,150MA,30V,D0-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR935 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : SW. S I , 30V, 1 50MA , 30V , DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1QCR936 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC , D I : SW, SI , 30V, 1 50MA , 30V , DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR1001 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : SW, SI , 30V, 150MA , 30V , DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR1002 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V.150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR1003 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, D1:SW,SI,30V,150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1XR1004 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW,SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A10CR1005 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, DI:$W,$I, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1XR2701 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : RECT , S 1 , 400V , 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A10CR2702 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI: RECT , SI , 400V , 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A10CR2703 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,0I:RECT,SI,400V,1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A1XR2704 


152-0400-00 


SEMICO!® DVC.DI :RECT, SI, 400V.1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A1XR2705 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI : SW. SI ,30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1XR2707 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :SW.SI,30V,150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1XR2713 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : SW, SI , 30 V , 150MA , 30V , DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A1XR2714 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :RECT, SI, 400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A10CR2715 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,400V,1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A1XR2716 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :RECT, SI, 400V.1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A1XR2717 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :RECT, SI, 400V.1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A1XR2718 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI :RECT,SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A10DL22 


119-2119-01 


DELAY LINE, ELEC: 


80009 


119-2119-01 


A100S901 


150-0146-00 


LAMP , I NCAND : 14V ,80MA , 73E .WEDGE BASE 


08806 


73E 


A10DS902 


150-0146-00 


LAMP, INCAND: 14V, 80MA.73E, WEDGE BASE 


08806 


73E 


A10DS903 


150-0146-00 


LAMP, INCAND:14V,80MA,73E, WEDGE BASE 


08806 


73E 



REV MAR 1990 



8-9 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Caroonent No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assaibly No. 
Effective Oscont 


Ham & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No, 


A10DS2701 


150-0035-00 




LAMP, GLOW: 90V MAX, 0.3MA,AID-T, WIRE LD 


TK0213 


JH005/3011JA 


A10DS2702 


150-0035-00 




LAMP, GLOW :90V MAX,0.3MA,AID-T,WIRE LD 


TK0213 


JH005/3011JA 


A10DS2703 


150-0035-00 




LAMP, GLOW: 90V MAX, 0.3MA,AID-T, WIRE LD 


TK0213 


JH005/3011JA 


A10DS2704 


150-0035-00 




LAMP, GLOW: 90V MAX,0.3MA,AID-T,WIRE LD 


TK0213 


JH005/3011JA 


A10J11 


131-3731-00 




CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, MALE 


24931 


28JR377-1 


A10J12 


131-3731-00 




CONN, RCPT, ELEC :BNC, MALE 


24931 


28JR377-1 


A10J13 


131-3731-00 




CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, MALE 


24931 


28JR377-1 


A10J14 


131-3731-00 




CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, MALE 


24931 


28JR377-1 


A10J15 


131-3464-00 




CONTACT, ELEC: BRASS 


80009 


131-3464-00 


A10J601 


131-3626-00 




CONN, RCPT, ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 17 POSITION 


00779 


643649-1 


A10J927 


131-4546-00 




CONN , RCPT , ELEC : HEADER , 3 POS W/0.025 Sq 


80009 


131-4546-00 


A10J1204 


131-3638-00 




CONN , RCPT r ELEC : HEADER, 13 CIRCUIT , 0.156 
SPACING 


80009 


131-3638-00 


A10K100 


148-0174-00 




RELAY, ARMATURE: 1 FORM C r 12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K101 


148-0174-00 




RELAY , ARMATURE : 1 FORM C , 12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K102 


148-0173-01 




RELAY , ARMATURE : 12VDC 


TK1689 


RK1EDC12V 


A10K103 


148-0173-01 




RELAY, ARMATURE: 12VDC 


TK1689 


RK1EDC12V 


A10K104 


148-0174-00 




RELAY, ARMATURE :1 FORM C,12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K105 


148-0174-00 




RELAY, ARMATURE :1 FORM C, 12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K107 


148-0174-00 




RELAY, ARMATURE :1 FORM C,12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K108 


148-0174-00 




RELAY , ARMATURE : 1 FORM C , 12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K1D9 


148-0173-01 




RELAY, ARMATURE :12VDC 


TK1689 


RK1EDC12V 


A10K110 


148-0173-01 




RELAY, ARMATURE :12VDC 


TK1689 


RK1EDC12V 


A10K111 


148-0174-00 




RELAY, ARMATURE: 1 FORM C,12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10K112 


148-0174-00 




R ELAY, ARMATURE :1 FORM C.12VDC 


TK1689 


DS1EM-DC 12V 


A10L101 


108-1319-00 




I NDUCTOR , FIXED : 33UH , 10% , 1 . 8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A10L102 


108-1319-00 




INDUCTOR, FIXED : 33UH, 10%, 1 .8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A10L130 


108-0682-00 




COIL,RF: FIXED, 61NH 


80009 


108-0682-00 


A10L140 


108-0682-00 




COIL r RF: FIXED, 61NH 


80009 


108-0682-00 


A10L201 


108-1319-00 




INDUCTOR, FIXED:33UH, 10%, 1 M 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A10L216 


108-1339-00 




C0IL,RF:FXD,330NH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L217 


108-1339-00 




C0IL,RF:FXD,330NH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L426 


108-1281-00 




COIL,RF:FXD,2.2UH,10% 


54583 


SP0305-2R2K 


A10L432 


108-1341-00 




C0IL,RF:FXD,180NH r 10%,Q.l QHM,1100MA MI 
AXIAL LEADS 


80009 


108-1341-00 


A10L445 


108-1339-00 




COIL r RF:FXD,330NH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L462 


108-1341-00 




COIL,RF: FXD t 180NH, 10%, 0. 1 OHM,1100MA MI 
AXIAL LEADS 


80009 


108-1341-00 


A10L475 


108-1339-00 




C0IL r RF:FXD,330NH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L701 


108-1339-00 




CDIL,RF:FXD,33QNH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L702 


108-1339-00 




CDIL,RF:FXD,330NH 


80009 


108-1339-00 


A10L703 


120-1688-00 




TRANSFORMER , RF : TAPPED INDUCTOR 


TK1441 


86-504-1 


A10L704 


120-1688-00 




TRANSFORMER, RF: TAPPED INDUCTOR 


TK1441 


86-504-1 


A10Q131 


151-1042-00 




SEMICOND DVC SE:FET,SI ,T0-92 
( LOCATIONS A & B) 


80009 


151-1042-00 


A10Q151 


151-1042-00 




SEMICOND DVC SE:FET,SI ,T0-92 
(LOCATIONS A & B) 


80009 


151-1042-00 


A10Q171 


151-0164-00 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


04713 


MPS2907A 


A10Q250 


151-0712-00 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI ,T0-92 


04713 


SPS8223 


A10Q251 


151-0712-00 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 


04713 


SPS8223 


A10Q252 


151-0271-05 




TRANSISTOR: PNP,SI,30MA, 2GHZ , TO-92 


80009 


151-0271-05 


A10Q253 


151-0271-05 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI ,30M4,2GHZ JO-92 


80009 


151-0271-05 


A10Q284 


151-0192-00 




TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,T0-92 


D4713 


SPS88G1 


A10Q285 


151-0192-00 




TRANSISTOR:NPN, SI JO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


A10Q301 


151-0254-03 




TRANS I STOR : DARL I NGTON , N PN , S I 


TK1016 


MPSA14, TPE2 


A10Q302 


151-0188-00 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q303 


151-0188-00 




TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q3Q4 


151-0830-00 




TRANS I STOR : NPN , SI , AMPLI F I ER , 625 , TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 



8”10 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Ccroonent No. 


Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. 

Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part Mo. 


A10Q305 


151-0830-00 


TRANSIST0R:NPN,SI, AMPLIFIER, 625.T0-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q306 


151-0830-00 


TRANSISTORrNPN, SI, AMPLIFIER, 625, TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q307 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR : PNP , SI , T0-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q308 


151-0830-00 


TRANS I ST0R : NPN , S I , AMPL I FI ER , 625 , TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q309 


151-0830-00 


TRANS I ST0R : NPN , SI , AMPL I FI ER , 625 , T0-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q310 


151-1042-00 


SEMIC0ND DVC SE:FET, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-1042-00 






(LOCATIONS A & B) 






A10Q311 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI J0-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q312 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q313 


151-0736-00 


TRANSIST0R:NPN, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A10Q315 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q316 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q317 


151-0830-00 


TRANSI STOR : NPN , SI , AMPLI FI ER , 625 , TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q318 


151-0830-00 


TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI , AMPLI FIER , 625, TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q320 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q321 


151-0830-00 


TRANSIST0R:NPN, SI, AMPLIFIER, 625, TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q322 


151-0830-00 


TRANS I STOR : NPN , S I , AMPLI FI ER , 625 , TO-92 


80009 


151-0830-00 


A10Q323 


151-1042-00 


SEMICOND DVC SE:FET, SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-1042-00 






(LOCATIONS A & B) 






A10Q325 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q326 


151-0736-00 


TRANS I STOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A10Q328 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q329 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q330 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR : PNP , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q331 


151-0829-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0829-00 


A10Q332 


151-0736-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A10Q333 


151-0736-00 


TRANSISTOR:NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A1GQ440 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR:PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q444 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q470 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q474 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q480 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR : PNP , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q600 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q601 


151-0424-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN r SI,TO-92 


04713 


SPS8246 


A10Q602 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q603 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP,SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q604 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q605 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI ,TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q606 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR:PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q607 


151-0188-00 


TRANS I STOR : PNP , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q60S 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q701 


151-0846-00 


TRANSISTOR:NPN, SI, 5W JO-39 


80009 


151-0846-00 


A10Q702 


151-0846-00 


TRANS ISTOR : NPN , SI , 5W JO-39 


80009 


151-0846-00 


A10Q703 


151-0190-00 


TRAN$ISTOR:NPN,SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q704 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q801 


151-0270-00 


TRANS I STOR : PNP , S I , TO-39 


04713 


ST919 


A10Q802 


151-0274-00 


TRANSISTOR : NPN, SI r TO-5 


04713 


SS7394 


A10Q803 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q804 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q805 


151-0270-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI JO-39 


04713 


ST919 


A10Q806 


151-0274-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,T0-5 


04713 


SS7394 


A10Q807 


151-0164-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP,SI JO-92 


04713 


MPS2907A 


A10Q809 


151-0711-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,TO-92B 


80009 


151-0711-00 


A10Q810 


151-0711-00 


TRANS I STOR : NPN , SI , TO-92B 


80009 


151-0711-00 


A10Q811 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q812 


151-0220-06 


TRANSISTOR: PNP,$I 


80009 


151-0220-06 


A1QQ905 


151-0622-00 


TRANS I STOR : PNP , SI , 40V , 1 A , TO-226AE/ 23 7 


04713 


SPS8956(MPSW51A) 


A10Q907 


151-0622-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI f 40V, 1AJO-226AE/237 


04713 


SPS8956(MPSW51A) 



REV MR 1990 



8-11 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assenbly No. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10Q908 


151-0622-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP , SI , 40V, 1A J0-226AE/237 


04713 


$ PS8956 { MP5W5 1 A ) 


A10Q1001 


151-0424-00 


TRANSISTOR : KPN , SI , TO-92 


04713 


SPS8246 


A10Q1002 


151-0424-00 


TRANSISTOR :NPN, SI, TO-92 


04713 


SPS8246 


A10Q1003 


151-0424-00 


TRANS ISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


04713 


SPS8246 


A10Q1004 


151-0424-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI J0-92 


04713 


SPS8246 


A10Q1005 


151-0216-04 


TRANSISTOR ; PNP, SI , TO-92 ; 


80009 


151-0216-04 


A10Q1101 


151-0216-04 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0216-04 


A10Q11Q2 


151-0192-00 


TRANSISTOR :NPN t SI r TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


A10Q1103 


151-0216-04 


TRANS ISTOR : PNP , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0216-04 


A10Q1104 


151-0192-00 


TRANS IST0R:NPN f SI JO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


A10Q1105 


151-0216-04 


TRANS I STDR : PNP , $ I , TO-92 


80009 


151-0216-04 


A10Q1106 


151-0192-00 


TRANSISTOR:NPN, SI, TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


A10Q2701 


151-0164-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , T0-92 


04713 


MPS2907A 


A10Q27Q2 


151-0164-00 


TRANS ISTOR : PNP , SI , TO-92 


04713 


MPS2907A 


A10Q2703 


151-0736-00 


TRANSISTOR:NPN,$I f TO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A 10Q2704 


151-0736-00 


TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0736-00 


A10Q2705 


151-0192-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-92 


04713 


SPS8801 


A10Q2706 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR :NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q2707 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,T0-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10Q2708 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI .TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q2709 


151-0188-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP.SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A10Q2711 


151-0199-00 


TRANSISTOR:PNP, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0199-00 


A10Q2712 


151-0347-00 


TRANS3ST0R:NPN, SI JO-92 


04713 


SPS7951 


A10Q2713 


151-0350-00 


TRANSISTOR: PNP.SI JO-92 


04713 


2N5401 


A10Q2715 


151-0190-00 


TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI JO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A10R101 


313-1822-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM: 8 . 2K, OHM, 5%. 0. 2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A10R102 


313-1822-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM: 8 . 2K, OHM. 5%. 0. 2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A10R103 


313-1822-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:8.2K,0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A10R104 


313-1822-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:8.2K r 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A10R105 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R106 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R107 


313-1103-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 10K 0tW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R108 


313-1103-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R111 


315-0620-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 62 0HM,5%,0.25W 


19701 


5043CX63ROOJ 


A10R113 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R114 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 DHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R115 


322-3085-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,1%,0.ZW,TC=T0 


57668 


CR820 FXE 75E0 


A10R121 


315-0620-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 62 0HM,5%,0.25W 


19701 


5043CX63R00J 


A10R123 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R124 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R125 


322-3085-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,1%,0.2W ,TC=TO 


57668 


CR820 FXE 75 EO 


A10R131 


315-0390-00 


RES,FXD,F1LM:39 0HM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E39E0 


A10R132 


322-3443-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 402K OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=TO 


91637 


CCF50G40202F 


A10R133 


322-3443-00 


RES, FXD. FILM: 402K OHM. 1%0. 2W ,TC=T0 


91637 


CCF50G40202F 


A10R134 


322-3414-00 


RES.FXD,FILM:200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


91637 


CCF50G20002F 


A10R135 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R136 


322-3284-00 


RES,FXD,F1LM:8.87K 0HU%,0.2WJC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 8K87 


A10R137 


322-3217-00 


RES , FXO , FILM: 1 . 78K OHi , 1% , 0 . 2W ,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K78 


A10R138 


322-3210-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: I . 5K OHM, 1%, 0.2W ,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K50 


A10R139 


322-3085-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0M,1%,0.2W,TC=TQ 


57668 


CR820 FXE 75E0 


A10R140 


322-3085-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM ,1%,0.2WJC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 75E0 


A10R141 


311-2224-00 


RES , VAR , NONWW : TRMR , 20 0HM,20%,0.5W 
LINEARTAPE & REEL 


TK1450 


GF06UT 


A10R142 


322-3056-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:37.4 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3056-00 


A10R151 


315-0390-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39 OHM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E39E0 


A10R152 


322-3443-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:402K OHM, 17..0. 2W ,TC=TO 


91637 


CCF50G40202F 


A10R153 


322-3443-00 


RES . FXD, FI LM-.402K OHM ,1%, 0. 2W ,TC=TO 


91637 


CCF50G40202F 


A10R154 


322-3414-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:200K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


91637 


CCF50620002F 



8-12 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Hfr. Part No. 


A10R155 


313-1100-00 






RES, FX0, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJE10E0 


A1QR156 


322-3284-00 






RES , FXO, FI LM : 8 . 87K 0W,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 8K87 


A10R157 


322-3217-00 






RES , FXD r FI LM : 1 . 78K 0W,1%,0. 2V, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K78 


A10R158 


322-3210-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1.5K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K5Q 


A10R159 


322-3085-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 75EO 


A10R160 


322-3085-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CR820 FXE 75EO 


A10R161 


311-2224-00 






RES , VAR , NONWW : TRMR , 20 0HM,Z0%,0.5W 


TK1450 


GF06UT 










LINEARTAPE & REEL 






A10R162 


322-3055-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:37.4 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3056-00 


A10R171 


313-1471-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 470 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R175 


313-1204-00 






RES , FXD, FILM: 200K,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 200K 


A10R176 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM r 5% f 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R177 


313-1472-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A10R178 


313-1472-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A10R179 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10KO 


A10R18C 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R181 


313-1101-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:I00 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R182 


308-0058-00 






RES, FXD, WW: 1.5 OHM,10%,1W 


75042 


BW-20-1R500K 


A10R201 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FI LM: IK OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1KOO 


A10R202 


322-3193-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE IKOO 


A10R203 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM, l% r 0.2W ,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R204 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FI LM: IK 0HM,1%,Q.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE IKOO 


A10R205 


322-3150-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:357 0HM,L%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 357E 


A10R206 


322-3236-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:2.8K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K80 


A10R207 


322-3150-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:357 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 357E 


A10R208 


313-1100-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,O.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE10EO 


A10R209 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R210 


313-1331-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R211 


311-2329-00 


B010100 


B010620 


RES , VAR , NONWW : TRI MMER , 5K OHM, 10% 


32997 


3386R- EA5-502 


A10R211 


311-2454-00 


B010621 




RES , VAR , NONWW : TRMR , 5K OHM , 20%, 0 , 5W, LOG 


80009 


311-2454-00 


A10R212 


313-1511-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R213 


313-1243-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:24K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R214 


322-3285-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 9. 09K 0W.1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 9K09 


A10R215 


313-1821-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R218 


322-3237-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 2 . 87K Om , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


80009 


322-3237-00 


A10R219 


313-1104-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1Q0K 


A10R220 


313-1331-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R221 


311-2329-00 


B010100 


B010620 


RES , VAR, NONWW : TRIMMER , 5K OHM, 10% 


32997 


3386R-EA5-502 


A10R221 


311-2454-00 


B010621 




RES , VAR, NONWW : TRMR , 5K OHM , 2 0% , 0 . 5W , LOG 


80009 


311-2454-00 


A10R222 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R223 


313-1243-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:24K OHM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R224 


322-3285-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:9.09K OEW,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 9K09 


A10R225 


313-1472-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A10R226 


313-1027-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R227 


313-1472-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A10R228 


322-3237-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 2 . 87K 0rtU%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3237-00 


A10R229 


313-1104-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R230 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R231 


311-2329-00 


B010100 


B010620 


RES , VAR , NONVM : TRI MMER , 5K OHM, 10% 


32997 


3386R-EA5-502 


A10R231 


311-2454-00 


B010621 




RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 5K. 0HM,20%,0.5W,L0G 


80009 


311-2454-00 


A10R232 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R233 


313-1243-00 






RES,FX0,FILM:24K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R234 


322-3285-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:9.09K 0IM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 9K09 


A10R235 


322-3237-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:2.87K OWU%,O.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3237-00 


A10R238 


313-1100-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R240 


313-1331-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R241 


311-2329-00 


B010100 


B010620 


RES, VAR, NONWW: TRIMMER, 5K OHM, 10% 


32997 


3386R-EA5-502 


A10R241 


311-2454-00 


B010621 




RES,VAR,N0NWW:TRMR,5K OHM, 20%, 0.5W.L0G 


80009 


311-2454-00 



REV MAR 1990 



8-13 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Asssibly Ho. Mfr. 



Ccupanent No. 


Part No . Ef fecti ve Dscorrt 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R242 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:51Q QHM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R243 


313-1243-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 24K 0HM r 5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R244 


322-3285-00 


RES T FXD , FI LM : 9 . 09K 0HU%, 0 . 2W r TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 9K09 


A10R245 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R248 


322-3237-00 


RES r FXD, FILM: 2 , 87K 0 W f 1% r 0 . 2WJOTO 


80009 


322-3237-00 


A10R250 


307-0792-00 


RES NTWK,FXD,FI :7,82 0HM,2%,0.15W EACH 


11236 


750-81 -R82 


A10R251 


307-0792-00 


RES NTWK,FXD,FI:7,82 0HM,2%,0.15W EACH 


11236 


750-81 -R82 


A10R254 


322-3318-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20K 0HM,1%,0.2W ,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 20KO 


A10R255 


322-3318-00 


RES , FX0 , FI LM : 20K OHM , 1%, 0 . 2W f TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 20K0 


A10R256 


313-1103-00 


RES,FXQ,FILM:10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R260 


311-2234-00 


RES , VAR, NONWW : TRMR, 5K 0HM,20%,0.5W LINEARTA 
PE & REEL 


TK1450 


GF06UT 5K 


A10R261 


313-1243-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM:24K 0HM r 5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R262 


322-3083-00 


RES,FXD r FILM: 71.5 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 71E5 


A10R263 


322-3083-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 71 . 5 OHM, 1%, 0. 2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 71E5 


A10R264 


322-3083-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 71. 5 OHM r l%O.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 71E5 


A10R265 


322-3083-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 71 .5 OHM,l% f 0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 71E5 


A10R266 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM r 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE O3K0 


A10R267 


322-3164-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 499 0HM,l%,0.2W f TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 499 E 


A10R268 


322-3158-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 432 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB2D FXE 432 


A10R269 


322-3158-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 432 OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=T0 


57668 


CRB2D FXE 432 


A10R270 


313-1751-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 750 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 750E 


A10R271 


313-1912-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 9. IK 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20 FXE 9. IK 


A10R272 


311-2232-00 


RES , VAR, NONWW : TRW? , 2K OHM,20%,0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 2K 


A10R273 


311-2230-00 


RES, VAR f NONWW: TRMR, 500 OHM, 20%, 0.50 LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 500 


A10R274 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10EO 


A10R275 


311-2227-00 


RES , VAR , NONVW : TRMR , 1 00 OHM,20% f 0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 100 


A10R276 


322-3213-00 


RES, FXD , FI LM : 1 . 62K 0 M , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC-TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K62 


A10R277 


322-3213-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 1 . 62K OhW , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K62 


A10R278 


322-3141-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 287 OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W . TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 287E 


A10R279 


322-3141-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 287 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 287 E 


A10R280 


322-3098-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 102 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 102E 


A10R281 


322-3098-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 102 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 102E 


A10R282 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE10E0 


A10R283 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R284 


313-1393-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R285 


313-1393-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 39K OW,5%,G.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R286 


322-3097-00 


RES , FXD , F I LM : 1 00 OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 100E 


A10R287 


322-3097-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 100E 


A10R288 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,l% f 0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R289 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R290 


322-3123-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 187 OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 187E 


A10R291 


322-3123-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 187 0HM,1%,Q.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 187E 


A10R292 


313-1752-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 7. 5K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 07K5 


A10R293 


313-1752-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 7. 5K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 07K5 


A10R294 


313-1202-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2K 0M,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE02K0 


A10R295 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R296 


322-3117-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 1 62 Offl , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=TO 


57668 


CRB 20 FXE 162E 


A10R297 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2GJE10E0 


A10R298 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 OW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R301 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R302 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R303 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KD 


A10R304 


313-1470-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 47 OWI,5%,G.2W 


57668 


TR2GJE 47E 


A10R305 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R306 


313-1051-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05E1 


A10R307 


322-3328-02 


RES, FXD, FILM: 25. 5K OHM, 0.5%,0. 2W,TC=T2 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 25K5 


A10R308 


322-3319-02 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20. 5K GW,0.5Xo,0.2W ,TC=T2 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 20K5 



8-14 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr. 



Corponent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R309 


322-3289-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CR820 FXE 10K0 


A10R310 


313-1473-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:47K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 47K 


A10R311 


322-3269-02 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.19K 0HM,0.2W,5% 


57668 


CRB DYE 6K19 


A10R312 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD r FILM: 10 OHM,5%Q.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R313 


307-2132-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI :REF VOLTAGE DIVIDER 


80009 


307-2132-00 


A10R314 


322-3333-02 


RES,FXD,FILM:28.7K 0W,0.2W,5% 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 28K7 


A10R315 


313-1470-00 


RES, FXD r FILM: 47 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 47E 


A10R316 


313-1270-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:27 OHM 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 27E 


A10R317 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1Q0E 


A10R318 


313-1681-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:68Q 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 680E 


A10R319 


313-1562-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. 6K 0HM,5%,O.2tf 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R320 


313-1470-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 47 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 47E 


A10R321 


307-2133-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI: RESISTOR NETWORK 


80009 


307-2133-00 


A10R322 


313-1512-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5. IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R323 


313-1512-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. IK 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R325 


313-1132-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K 0hW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K3 


A10R326 


313-1132-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K3 


A10R327 


313-1470-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 47 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 47E 


A10R328 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A1QR329 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R330 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R331 


313-1392-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3.9K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K9 


A10R332 


313-1820-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:82 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R333 


313-1120-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 12 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R334 


313-1151-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R335 


313-1162-00 


RES.FXD,FILM:1.6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R336 


313-1162-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:1 .6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R337 


313-1151-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R338 


313-1132-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K3 


A10R339 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R340 


313-1820-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:82 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R341 


313-1162-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2DJT681K6 


A10R342 


313-1132-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 1 ,3K 0HM.5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K3 


A10R343 


313-1162-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 1 . 6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R344 


313-1332-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 0 3K3 


A10R345 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R346 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R347 


313-1202-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JED2K0 


A10R348 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R349 


322-3193-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K0D 


A10R350 


307-0540-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI: (5) IK OHM,10%,0.7W 


11236 


750-6I-R1K0HM 


A10R352 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1%,D.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R353 


313-1152-00 


RES,FXD,F1LM:1.5K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K5 


A10R354 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R355 


313-1681-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:680 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 680E 


A10R356 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R357 


307-0540-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI: (5) IK 0M,10%,0.7W 


11235 


750-61-R1K0HM 


A10R358 


313-1561-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 560 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 560E 


A10R359 


313-1162-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R360 


313-1162-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R361 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R362 


313-1392-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 3. 9K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K9 


A10R363 


313-1332-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K3 


A10R364 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R365 


313-1132-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K3 


A10R366 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R367 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R369 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,F1LM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 



REV MAR 1990 



8-15 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R370 


313-1820-00 


RES f FXD,FILM:82 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R371 


313-1120-00 


RES.FXD, FILM: 12 01M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R372 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R373 


313-1820-00 


RES,FXD,FIIM:82 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R374 


313-1100-00 


RES r FXD , FI LM : 1 0 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R375 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R376 


313-1332-00 


RES,FX0,FILM:3.3K OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K3 


A10R377 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R378 


313-1820-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 82 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R379 


322-3193-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R380 


313-1820-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:82 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R381 


313-1270-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 27 OHM 5%Q.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 27E 


A1QR382 


322-3193-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R383 


313-1151-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:150 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R384 


313-1512-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.1K 0M,55S,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R385 


313-1162-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R386 


313-1162-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R387 


313-1820-00 


RES , FXD, FILM:S2 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R388 


313-1820-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 82 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 82E 


A10R390 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R392 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,®,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R393 


313-1471-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:470 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R394 


313-1471-00 


RES, FXD, FILM.-470 OHM,5%,0 ,2W 


57668 


TR2QJE 470 E 


A10R395 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5K.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R396 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KD 


A10R401 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R402 


313-1101-00 


RES. FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,O.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R403 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R410 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R411 


313-1151-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: 150 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R412 


313-1151-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:150 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R413 


313-1331-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R414 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:330 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330 E 


A10R415 


313-1151-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R416 


313-1151-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R417 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:330 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R420 


313-1271-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 270 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R421 


322-3279-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:7.87K 0W,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R422 


322-3279-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 7 . 87K OHU% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R423 


322-3279-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 7 . 87K OW , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57868 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R424 


322-3279-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 7. 87K 0FM,1%,0.2W ,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB 20 FXE 7K87 


A10R425 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R426 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R430 


313-1 271-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 270 0HM.5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R431 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0hW,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R432 


322-3074-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 57. 6 OHM,l%,O.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3074-00 


A10R440 


313-1104-00 


RES.FXD, FILM: 100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R441 


313-1621-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:620 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A10R442 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R443 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05KB 


A10R444 


313-1561-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 560 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 56QE 


A10R445 


322-3143-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM: 301 OHM , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 301 E 


A10R446 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:330 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R447 


322-3285-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:9.09K 0tfU%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 9K09 


A10R448 


322-3333-02 


RES, FXD, FILM: 28. 7K 0W,0.2W,5% 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 28K7 


A10R449 


313-1392-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3.9K 0HM.5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K9 


A10R450 


313-1271-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:270 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R451 


322-3279-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM: 7 .87K OFM , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 



8-16 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Caipanerrt No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assenfoly No. 
Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R452 


322-3279-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 7.87K Off!, 1%,0. 2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R453 


322-3279-00 






RES , FXD, FILM: 7 . 87K OW . 1 % , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R454 


322-3279-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 7 . 87K 0IW , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 7K87 


A10R455 


311-2230-00 






RES , VAR , N0NWW : TRMR , 500 OHM, 20%, 0.50 LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 500 


A10R456 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD.FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,G.2W 


57668 


TR2GJE10K0 


A10R460 


313-1271-00 






RES, FXD r FILM: 270 OHM,5% r G.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R461 


313-1101-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R462 


322-3074-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:57.6 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3074-00 


A10R463 


313-1120-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 12 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R470 


313-1104-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 100K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R471 


313-1621-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 620 OHM,5%,G.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A10R472 


313-1562-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R473 


313-1562-00 






RES , FXD, FILM: 5. 6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A1GR474 


313-1561-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:560 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 560E 


A10R475 


322-3328-02 






RES, FXD, FILM: 25. 5K 0W r 0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 25K5 


A10R476 


313-1392-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 3 * 9K 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K9 


A10R477 


322-3284-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:8.87K OHM, 1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 8K87 


A10R478 


322-3232-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 2 . 55K OHM , 1%, 0 . 2W , TC=TO 


80009 


322-3232-00 


A10R479 


322-3143-00 






RES , FXD, FILM: 301 OHM,l%, 0.2W, TOTO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 301 E 


A10R480 


313-1051-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05E1 


A10R481 


313-1051-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05E1 


A10R483 


313-1151-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM,5%,G.2W 


57668 


TR20JE150E 


A10R484 


313-1202-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE02K0 


A10R485 


313-1392-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 3. 9K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K9 


A10R486 


313-1512-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:5.1K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A1QR487 


313-1331-00 


B010100 


B010599 


RES, FXD, FILM: 330 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R487 


313-1027-00 


B010600 




RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R490 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R491 


313-1511-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:510 0FW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R492 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FI LM:510 OhW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R493 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD,FILM:510 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R494 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0H4,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R495 


313-1511-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R496 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 51 OE 


A10R497 


313-1511-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R498 


313-1511-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R501 


307-0446-00 






RES NTWK, FXD, FI : 10K OHM.20%, (9)RES 


11236 


750-101-R10K 


A10R502 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJE1OK0 


A10R503 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1OKO 


A10R504 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R505 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1OKO 


A10R506 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10KO 


A10R507 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R508 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R510 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R512 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R601 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R602 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1°/.,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R603 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K00 


A10R604 


322-3231-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K 0FM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A10R605 


322-3193-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1KOO 


A10R606 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KO 


A10R609 


313-1101-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R610 


313-1391-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 390 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 390E 


A10R611 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R612 


313-1391-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:390 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 390E 


A10R613 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R814 


313-1391-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 390 Om,5%,D.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 390E 



REV MAR 1990 



8-17 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assentoiy No. Mfr. 



Caroonent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R615 


313-1471-00 


RES, FXD r FILM: 470 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R616 


313-1471-00 


RES r FXD r FILM: 470 OW,5% f 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R617 


313-1471-00 


RES r FXD r FILM: 470 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R618 


313-1821-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R619 


313-1821-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 820 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57658 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R620 


313-1821-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:820 QFM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R621 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,?/»,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R622 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R623 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R624 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OFM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R625 


313-1201-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R626 


313-1390-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39E 


A10R627 


313-1390-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39E 


A10R628 


307-0503-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI : (9) 510 Orti,20%,0.125W 


11236 


750-101-R510 


A10R630 


313-1103-00 


RES f FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R631 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R636 


313-1303-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:30K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 3 OK 


A10R637 


313-1822-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:8.2K,0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A10R638 


313-1104-00 


RES,FXD r FILM:100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R639 


313-1512-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R640 


313-1512-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R641 


313-1821-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 820 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R642 


313-1821-00 


RES, FX0 , FILM:820 QHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R643 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD f FILM:5.6K 0hW,5% f D.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R644 


313-1562-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. 6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R645 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R646 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R647 


313-1821-00 


RES, FX0, FILM: 820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R648 


313-1471-00 


RES,FX0,FILM:470 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R649 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE Q3K0 


A10R650 


313-1751-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM: 750 0HM,5%,O.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 750E 


A10R651 


313-1331-00 


RES, FXD, FI U 1 ): 330 0Hi5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R552 


313-1331-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33Q 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R653 


313-1471-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:470 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 470E 


A10R654 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,Ki,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R655 


313-1821-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JF 820E 


A10R656 


313-1201-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R657 


313-1201-00 


RES. FXD, FILM:200 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R658 


313-1821-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R659 


313-1821-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A10R662 


313-1393-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 39K 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R663 


313-1393-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R664 


313-1393-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R665 


313-1393-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R666 


313-1393-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:39K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R669 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 51 OE 


A10R670 


313-1511-00 


RES. FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R671 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD .FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R672 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R673 


313-1331-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R674 


313-1201-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R680 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R681 


313-1161-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:160 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE160E 


A10R682 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R683 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,57„0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R684 


313-1161-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:160 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE160E 


A10R685 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,57,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R686 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 



8-18 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Conucnent No. 


Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. 

Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R687 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R688 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R689 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD. FILM: 75 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R69Q 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R691 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R692 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R693 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R694 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,5%,O.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R701 


322-3226-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 2 . 21K OhW , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K21 


A10R702 


322-3226-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 21K 01+1, 1%,0. 2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K21 


A10R703 


311-2230-00 


RES , VAR , N0NVM : TRMR , 500 01+1,20%, 0.50 LINEAR 


1X1450 


GF06UT 500 


A10R706 


322-3085-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,l%,O.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 75E0 


A10R707 


322-3085-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 75EO 


A10R708 


307-2130-00 


RES NTWK,FXD,F1:DUAL LOAD RESISTOR 


80009 


307-2130-00 


A10R709 


313-1027-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R710 


313-1134-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 130K OHM 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 130K 


A10R711 


313-1100-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R712 


313-1100-00 


RES,FXD r PlLM:10 OHM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1OE0 


A10R715 


313-1103-00 


RES r FXD f FJLM: 10K 0HM f 5% f 0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJE1GK0 


A10R716 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM; .1 OK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R717 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R718 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.ZW 


57668 


TR2OJE01K0 


A10R719 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R720 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R721 


313-1134-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 130K OHM 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 130K 


A10R722 


313-1134-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 130K OHM 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 130K 


A10R723 


313-1027-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7 0I+1,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R724 


311-2234-00 


RES , VAR , NONVW : TRMR , 5K OHM,20%,0.5W UNEARTA 


TK1450 


GF06UT 5K 






PE & REEL 






A10R725 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R726 


313-1103-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R727 


313-1104-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R728 


313-1824-00 


RES , FXD , F I LM : 820K 0HM,0.2W,5% 


91637 


CCF50-2-8?002vl 


A10R729 


313-1202-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE02K0 


A10R730 


313-1102-00 


RES. FXD, FI LM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K0 


A10R731 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,5%,Q.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R732 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R733 


313-1027-00 


RES,FX0,FILM:2.7 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A10R734 


313-1120-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 12 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R801 


313-1681-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:680 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 680E 


A10R802 


313-1750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R803 


313-1272-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7K 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R804 


313-1273-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:27K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 27K 


A10R805 


313-1273-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:27K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 27K 


A10R806 


323-0310-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: 16. 5K Ot+1, 1%,0. 5W,TC=T0 


75042 


CECT0-1652F 


A10R807 


313-1750-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:75 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R808 


313-1272-GO 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R809 


311-2234-00 


RES , VAR , NONWW : TRMR , 5K OHM,20%,0.5W LINEARTA 


TK1450 


GF06UT 5K 






PE 8. REEL 






A10R8J0 


313-1272-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM; 2 . 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R811 


322-3265-00 


RES , FXD . FI LM: 5 . 62K 01+1,1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


80009 


322-3265-00 


A10R812 


322-3265-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. 62K DFM,l%,O.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3265-00 


A10R813 


313-1272-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R814 


313-1272-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R820 


322-3402-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 150K 


A10R821 


322-3402-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 150K 


A10R822 


322-3265-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.62K Ort1,l%,O.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3265-00 



REV MAR 1990 



8-19 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr. 



Ccrrrwnent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Nate & Description 


Code 


Mfr. P&rt No. 


A10R823 


311-2230-00 






RES , VAR , N0NWW : TRMR , 500 OHM,20%,0.50 LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 500 


A10R825 


311-2234-00 






RES , VAR , N0NWW : TRMR , 5K 0HM,20%,0.5W LINEARTA 


TK1450 


GF06UT 5K 










PE & REEL 






A10R826 


311-2234-00 






RES , VAR, NONWW : TRMR , 5K OHM,20%,0.5W LINEARTA 


TK1450 


GF06UT 5K 










PE & REEL 






A10R827 


311-2229-00 






RES , VAR , NONWIV : TRMR , 250 0ffl,20%,0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GFQ6UT 250 


A10R828 


313-1133-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 13K r l%,0.2W 


91637 




A10R829 


313-1133-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 13K, 1%,0.2W 


91637 




A10R830 


313-1133-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 13K,1%,0.2W 


91637 




A10R831 


313-1133-00 






RES , FXD, FI LM: 13K, 1%, 0 . 2W 


91637 




A10R836 


322-3152-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 374 OHM, 1%, 0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 374E 


A10R837 


313-1100-00 






RES r FXO, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R854 


313-1201-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R855 


313-1201-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 200 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R856 


322-3289-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 1%, 0. 2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 10K0 


A10R857 


322-3265-00 






RES, FXD, FI LM: 5. 62K OFM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3265-00 


A10R860 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R861 


313-1272-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R862 


322-3083-00 


B010100 


B010599 


RES,FXD,FILM:71.5 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 71 E5 


A10R862 


322-3077-00 


B010600 




RES, FXD, FI LM: 61 .9 OHM, 1%, 0. 2W,TC=T0 


91637 


CCF1G61R90F OF 


A10R863 


313-1201-00 


B010100 


B010599 


RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R863 


313-1271-00 


B010600 




RES,FXD,F'ILM:270 0»1,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R871 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJE10KQ 


A10R872 


313-1200-00 


8010100 


B010599 


RES,FXD,FILM:20 OHM,5%,O.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R872 


313-1510-00 


B010600 




RES, FXD, FILM: 51 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1510-00 


A10R873 


313-1201-00 


B010100 


B010599 


RES,FXD,FILM:200 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE200E 


A10R873 


313-1271-00 


BO 10600 




RES, FXD, FILM: 270 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 270E 


A10R891 


313-1681-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 680 0hW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 680 E 


A10R892 


313-1750-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,5Xo,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75E 


A10R893 


313-1391-00 






RES , FXD, FILM:390 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 390E 


A10R894 


313-1100-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R896 


323-0310-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:16.5K 0FM,1%0.5W,TC=T0 


75042 


CECT0-1652F 


A10R897 


313-1100-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R898 


313-1100-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5^,0. 2W 


57668 


TR2QJE10EQ 


A10R906 


313-1120-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 12 Ott1,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R907 


313-1120-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 12 OWI,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R908 


313-1120-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 12 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12E0 


A10R909 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R91Q 


313-1101-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R911 


311-1239-00 






RES,VAR,N0NWW:TRMR,2.5K 0H4.0.5W 


32997 


3386X-T07-252 


A10R915 


322-3289-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 10K0 


A10R916 


322-3289-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1QK0 


A10R920 


311-2228-00 






RES , VAR , NONVW : TF^4R , 200 0HM,20%0.5W LINEAR 


80009 


311-2228-00 


A10R921 


307-2131-00 






RES NTWK, FXD , FI : PRECES I ON VOLTAGE DIVIDER 


80009 


307-2131-00 


A10R922 


313-1103-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0m,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R923 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,S£,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R924 


313-1103-00 






RES,FX0,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE10K0 


A10R930 


313-1751-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:750 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 750E 


A10R931 


322-3193-02 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 1KG0 


A10R932 


322-3239-03 






RES, FXD, FILM: 3. OIK OFM,0.25%,0.2W,TC=T2 MI, 


57668 


CRB20 CYE 3K01 










SMALL BODY 






A10R933 


313-1272-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R934 


313-1122-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K2 


A10R935 


313-1243-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 24K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1243-00 


A10R936 


322-3489-02 






RES,FXD,FILM:3.52K OW,0.2W,5% 


57668 


CRB20 DYE 3K52 


A10R937 


322-3126-02 






RES, FXD, FILM: 200 0HM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=T2 


80009 


322-3126-02 


A10R938 


313-1752-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 07K5 


A10R939 


313-1152-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 1.5K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K5 



8-20 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assaibly No. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R94O 


313-1122-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 1 . 2K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEG1K2 


A10R1001 


322-3232-00 


RES , FXD r FI LM : 2 . 55K 0W,1%,0.2W ,TC=TQ 


80009 


322-3232-00 


A10R10Q2 


322-3232-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 2 . 55K 0FN,1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


80009 


322-3232-00 


A10RI003 


313-1512-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5. IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R1004 


322-3232-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 2 . 55K OHM , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


80009 


322-3232-00 


A10RI005 


322-3251-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 4 . 02K OhM , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K02 


A10R100B 


322-3184-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 806 OHM, 1%, 0.2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 806E 


A10R1007 


322-3251-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 4 . 02K OFM , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K02 


A10R1008 


322-3184-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM:806 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 806E 


A10R1009 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: 10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R1010 


313-1103-00 


RE$,FXD,F3LM:10K OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R1020 


313-1272-00 


RES r FXD,FILM:2.7K OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R1021 


313-1512-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 5 . IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A1QR1022 


313-1272-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R1023 


313-1512-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:5. IK OHM,5%,D.2W 


57668 


TR20JE SKI 


A10R1024 


313-1272-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K7 


A10R1025 


313-1512-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A10R1026 


313-1100-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10EQ 


A10R1027 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R1028 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R1103 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OFW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A1OR1104 


313-1682-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K OHM ,3%, 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A10R1105 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R1106 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5% t 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A10R11O8 


313-1100-00 B020546 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R1110 


313-1682-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A10R1111 


313-1303-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 30K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 30K 


A10R1112 


313-1302-00 


RES , FXD .FILM: 3K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R1113 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A1QR1114 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R1115 


313-1682-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A10R1116 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K0 


A10R1117 


313-1162-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R1118 


313-1751-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 750 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 750E 


A10R1120 


313-1682-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A10R1121 


313-1303-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:30K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 3 OK 


A10R1122 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A10R1123 


313-1101-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 100 OM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R1124 


313-1103-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R1125 


313-1682-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A10R1126 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KO 


A10R1127 


313-1162-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT681K6 


A10R1128 


313-1751-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 750 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 750E 


A10R1131 


313-1472-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 4 . 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A1GR1132 


313-1223-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:22K,OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 22K 


A10R1133 


313-1104-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100K 0HM,5°/„0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R1134 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A10R1135 


313-1204-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:200K,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 200K 


A10R1136 


313-1204-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:200K,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJE 200K 


A10R1142 


313-1223-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:22K,0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 22K 


A10R1143 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R1144 


313-1753-00 


RES,FX0,FILM:75K 0HM,SS,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75K 


A10R1145 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R1150 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R1154 


315-0205-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2M 0HM,5%,0.25W 


01121 


CB2055 


A10R1155 


315-0205-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2M 0HM,5%,0.25W 


01121 


CB2055 


A10R1158 


313-1100-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R1159 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 



REV MAR 1990 



8-21 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assenbly No. Mfr. 



Caifxnent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10R1160 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 


A10R1162 


313-1302-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3K OHM, SX, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE Q3KO 


A10R1163 


313-1152-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:! . 5K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K5 


A10R1170 


313-1152-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.5K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K5 


A10R2701 


322-3112-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 143 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3112-00 


A10R2702 


313-1393-00 


RE$,FXD,FILM:39K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A10R2703 


322-3282-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM:8.45K OHM, 1 %, 0. 2W, TC=T0 


80009 


322-3282-00 


A10R2704 


322-3164-00 


R£S,FXD,FILM:499 0HM.1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 499 E 


A10R2705 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R2706 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A10R2708 


322-3289-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,1%,0.2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 10K0 


A10R2709 


322-3289-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:10K 0W,l% r 0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 10K0 


A10R2710 


313-1331-00 


RES, FXD r FILM: 330 0HM r 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A10R2711 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A1QR2712 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K OHM r 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2713 


313-1333-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 33K OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2714 


313-1333-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 33K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2715 


313-1104-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R2716 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2717 


313-1562-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.6K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 05K6 


A10R2718 


315-0750-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 75 0HM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E75E0 


A10R2719 


311-2236-00 


RES , VAR, NONWV : TRMR , 20K 0HM,20%,0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 2 OK 


AI0R2720 


315-0203-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:20K OHM.5%, 0.25V 


57668 


NTR25J-E 20K 


A10R2721 


315-0472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E04K7 


A10R2722 


315-0244-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 240K 0HM,57.,0.25W 


19701 


5043CX240K0J 


A10R2723 


315-0511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 OHM,5%, 0.25V 


19701 


5043CX510R0J 


A10R2724 


315-0625-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 6. 2M 0HM,5%,0.25W 


01121 


CB6255 


A10R2726 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R2727 


322-3213-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 1 . 62K OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K62 


A10R2728 


313-1200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE20E 


A10R2729 


322-3210-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.5K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K50 


A10R2733 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM, 5% 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R2734 


313-1101-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:100 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R2735 


315-0122-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: l.ZK 0HM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E01K2 


A10R2736 


301-0203-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:20K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX20KOOJ 


A10R2737 


313-1104-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:100K OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A10R2738 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K 0M,5%,0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2739 


313-1752-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:7.5K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 07K5 


A10R274D 


315-0750-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75 OHM, 5%, 0.25V 


57668 


NTR25J-E75E0 


A10R2741 


315-0472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 


57668 


NTR25J-E04K7 


A10R2742 


315-0244-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:240K OHM, 5%, 0.25V 


19701 


5043CX240K0J 


A10R2743 


315-0122-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.2K 0W,5°X, 0.25V 


57668 


NTR25J-E01K2 


A10R2745 


315-0122-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.2K OHM, 5%, 0.25V 


57668 


NTR25J-E01K2 


A10R2750 


315-0511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:510 0HM,57=,0.25W 


19701 


5043CX510R0J 


A10R2751 


315-0625-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.2M OHM, 5%, 0.25V 


01121 


CB6255 


A10R2758 


311-1933-00 


RES , VAR , NONVW : PNL , 5M 0HM,10%,0.5V 


01121 


23M909 


A10R2760 


307-2173-00 


RES NTWK, FXD, FI :HIGH VOLTASE, FINISHED 


80009 


307-2173-00 


A10R2765 


322-3188-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 887 OHM , 17, , 0 . 2W , TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 887E 


A10R2783 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A10R2784 


311-2239-00 


RES , VAR, NGNW : TRMR , 100K OHM,20%,0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06UT 100K 


A10R2785 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R2786 


313-1753-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75K 0HM,5%,0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE 75K 


A10R2787 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K 0HM,57»,0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A10R2788 


311-2239-00 


RES , VAR , NONW : TRMR , 100K OHM,20%,0.5W LINEAR 


TK1450 


GF06JT 100K 


A10R2789 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A10R2795 


322-3268-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:6.04K 0FW,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 6K04 


A10R2796 


313-1100-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%, 0.2V 


57668 


TR20JE10E0 



8-22 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 





Tektronix 


Serial/Assenfcly No. 




Mfr. 




CaiDonent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10U112 


165-2232-01 






M I CROCK! , L I NEAR : BUFFER AMPLIFIER W/3 GAIN 
SETTINGS 


80009 


165-2232-01 


A10U122 


165-2232-01 






MI CR0CKT , L I NEAR : BUFFER AMPLIFIER W/3 GAIN 
SETTINGS 


80009 


165-2232-01 


A10U171 


156-0796-00 






MI CR0CKT „ DGTL : 8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD4094BF 


A10U172 


156-0796-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: 8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD4094BF 


A10U173 


156-0796-00 






M I CROCK! r DGTL: 8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD4094BF 


A10U174 


156-1190-00 






MICR0CKT r LINEAR:7 XSTR 


02735 


CA3082-98 


A10U175 


156-1190-00 






MICR0CKT r LINEAR:7 XSTR 


02735 


CA3082-98 


A10U201 


156-2571-00 






M I CROCK! r DGTL : HCMOS , ANALOG MUX,TPL,2 CHAN 


80009 


156-2571-00 


A10U202 


156-2571-00 






M1CR0CKT r DGTL : HCMQS , ANALOG MUX,TPL,2 CHAN 


80009 


156-2571-00 


A10U203 


156-2667-00 






MICROCKT f LINEAR:QUAD LOW PWR f OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIERS MC3403 r 14 DIP f MI 


80009 


156-2667-00 


A10U210 


234-0238-20 






QUICK CHIP: VERTICAL PREAMP, PACKAGE IC 


80009 


234-0238-20 


A1 01)220 


234-0238-20 






QUICK CHIPiVERTICAL PREAMP, PACKAGE IC 


80009 


234-0238-20 


A10U230 


234-0238-20 






QUICK CHIP: VERTICAL PREAMP, PACKAGE IC 


80009 


234-0238-20 


A10U240 


234-0238-20 






QUICK CHIPrVERTICAL PREAMP, PACKAGE IC 


80009 


234-0238-20 


A10U260 


156-0067-01 






MICROCKT r LIN£AR:OPNL AMPL, CHECKED 


80009 


156-0067-01 


A10U280 


156-1349-00 






MI CROCK! .LINEAR: DUAL INDEP DIF AMPL 


80009 


156-1349-00 


A10U301 


156-2571-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: HCMOS, ANALOG MUX,TPL,2 CHAN 


80009 


156-2571-00 


A10U302 


156-0795-00 






MICR0CKT,DGTL:8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD4094BF 


A10U303 


156-0796-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: 8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD4094BF 


A10U304 


156-2873-00 






MICROCKT, LINEAR:DUAL B I FET. OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIER 


80009 


156-2873-00 


A10U307 


156-0514-00 






IC t MI SC: CMOS, ANALOG MUX;DUAL 4 CHANNEL ;CD40 
52,DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A10U308 


156-0514-00 






IC,MISC:CMOS r ANALOG MUX; DUAL 4 CHANNEL ;CD40 
52,DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A10U309 


156-0158-07 






M ICROCKT f LINEAR : DUAL OPNL AMPL, SCREENED 


01295 


MC1458JG4 


A10U310 


156-0514-00 






I C , M I SC : CMOS , ANALOG MUX;DUAL 4 CHANNEL ;CD40 
52,DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A10U311 


156-0514-00 






IC,MISC:CMO$, ANALOG MUX;DUAL 4 CHANNEL;CD40 
52 r DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A10U313 


156-1349-00 






MICROCKT, LINEAR: DUAL INDEP DIFF AMPL 


80009 


156-1349-00 


A10U315 


156-1640-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: ECLJPL LINE RCVR 


04713 


MC10B116(L OR P) 


A10U316 


156-0308-00 






IC , D IGITAL : ECL , BUUFFER ; QUAD DIFFERENTAL 
LINE RECEIVER CERAMIC PKG;10115,DIP16.3 


04713 


MC10115L OR P 


A10U421 


234-0239-30 


B0 10 100 


B010599 


QUICK CHIP:TRIGGER IC PACKAGE 


80009 


234-0239-30 


A10U421 


234-0239-31 


8010600 




QUICK CHIP: TRIGGER CIRCUIT, 28PLCC W/AU LEAD 


80009 


234-0239-31 










FRAME 






A10U431 


234-0239-30 


B010100 


B010599 


QUICK CHIP: TRIGGER IC PACKAGE 


80009 


234-0239-30 


A10U431 


234-0239-31 


B010600 




QUICK CHIPiTRIGGER CIRCUIT, 28PLCC W/AU LEAD 


80009 


234-0239-31 










FRAME 






A10U441 


156-2027-00 






IC , DIGITAL :HCCMOS, GATES; HEX INV;74HC04,DIP1 
4. 3, TUBE 


27014 


MM74HC04N 


A10U442 


156-1640-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL:ECL,TPL LINE RCVR 


04713 


MC10H116 (L OR P) 


A10U501 


156-0469-00 






IC , DIGITAL : LSTTL , DEMUX/DECODER ; 3-TO-8 DECOD 
ER ; 74 LS138 r D I PI 6 . 3 r TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS138N 


A10U502 


156-0768-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, SHIFT REGISTER; 8-BIT 
BIDIRECTIONAL UNIVERSAL; 74LS 194 ,DIP16. 3 TUB 


01295 


SN74LS194AN 


A10U503 


156-0804-00 






IC,DIGITAL: LSTTL, LATCH; QUADRUPLE S-R;74LS27 
9 , DI P16 . 3 , TUBE 


04713 


74LS279(N OR J) 


A 101)506 


156-0513-00 






IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;8 CHANNEL ;CD4051 r DI 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A10U600 


156-2655-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: CMOS, SEMI CUSTOM, STD CELL, 
SLOW LOGIC 


80009 


156-2655-00 


A10U601 


156-1126-00 






MICROCKT, LINEAR:VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 


01295 


LM311P 


A1DU602 


156-2654-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: ECL, SEMI CUSTOM, FAST LOGIC 


80009 


156-2654-00 



REV MAR 1990 



8-2C 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 





Tektronix Serial/Assertily No. 




Mfr. 




Caiponent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr; Part No. 


A10U603 


156-0631-00 


MICR0CKT , DSTL : ECL , QUAD 2 INP 0R/N0R GATE 


04713 


MC10101 ( L OR P) 


A10U604 


156-0860-00 


MICROCKT f DGTL : ECL f TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER 


04713 


MC10116L 


A10U606 


156-0140-00 


M I CROCK! , DGTL : TTL , HEX BUFFER/DRIVER 


01295 


SN7417N 


A10U701 


155-0322-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 


80009 


155-0322-00 


A10U702 


156-1126-00 


MICROCKT , L I NEAR : VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 


01295 


LM311P 


A10U8D1 


156-0158-07 


MICROCKT r L I NEAR : DUAL OPNl AMPL, SCREENED 


01295 


MC1458JG4 


A10U8Q2 


234-0401-21 


QUICK CHIP: GPS HORIZ PREAMP 


80009 


234-0401-21 


A10U901 


156-2702-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:DUAL OP AMP, HIGH OUTPUT 
CURENT 


80009 


156-2702-00 


A10U930 


156-0158-07 


M I CROCKT .LINEAR: DUAL OPNL AMPL, SCREENED 


01295 


MC1458JG4 


A10U931 


156-2605-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL;HCMOS, ANALOG MUX, 8 CHANNEL 


80009 


156-2605-00 


A10U932 


156-1173-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:VOLTAGE REFERENCE 


04713 


MC1403UDS 


Aiouiaoi 


156-0495-00 


M I CROCKT , L I NEAR : OPNL AMPL 


01295 


LM324N 


A10U1101 


156-2873-00 


MICROCKT , LINEAR: DUAL 81 FET , OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIER 


80009 


156-2873-00 


A10U11Q2 


156-1225-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:DUAL COMPARATOR 


01295 


LM393P 


A10U1103 


156-0796-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL: 8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR 


02735 


CD40948F 


A10U1104 


156-0515-00 


IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;TRIPLE SPDT;CD4053, 
DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4053BF 


A10U1106 


156-0515-00 


I C , M I SC : CMOS , ANALOG MUX;TRIPLE SPDT;CD4053, 
DIP16.3 


02735 


C04053BF 


A10VR301 


152-0437-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,8.2V,2%,0.4W,DO-7 


80009 


152-0437-00 


A10VR302 


152-0437-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :ZEN , SI ,8 . 2V , 2%, 0 . 4W f DO-7 


80009 


152-0437-00 


A10VR303 


152-0437-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,8.2V,2%,0.4W,DQ-7 


80009 


152-0437-00 


A10VR304 


152-0437-00 


SEMICOND DVC.DI:ZEN,SI,8.2V,2%,0.4W,D0-7 


80009 


152-0437-00 


A10VR308 


152-0437-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :ZEN , SI , 8 . 2V r 2%, 0 , 4W, DO-7 


80009 


152-0437-00 


A10VR309 


152-0166-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : ZEN , SI , 6 . 2V , 5%,40DMW , DO-7 


04713 


SZ11738RL 


A1QVR310 


152-0166-00 


SEMICOND DVC , D I : ZEN , SI , 6 . 2V , 5%, 400W , DO-7 


04713 


SZ11738RL 


A10VR311 


152-0168-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : ZEN , SI , 12V , 5% , 0 . 4W , D0-763B 


80009 


152-0168-00 


A10VR312 


152-0168-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : ZEN , SI , 12V, 57. , 0 . 4W, D0-763B 


80009 


152-0168-00 


A10VR801 


152-0055-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : ZEN , SI , 1 IV , 5% , 0 . 4W, DO-7 


14433 


Z5407 


A10VR2701 


152-0306-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : ZEN , SI , 9 . IV , 57, 0 . 4W, DO-7 


80009 


152-0306-00 


A10W9 


198-5523-00 


WIRE SET, ELEC: SOCKET ASSY CRT 


80009 


198-5523-00 


A10W17 


196-3069-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 22 AW3,5.0 L,9-N 


80009 


196-3069-00 


A10W18 


196-3069-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 22 AWG,5.0 L,9-N 


80009 


196-3069-00 


A10W19 


196-3069-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 22 AWG.5.0 L,9-N 


80009 


196-3069-00 


A10W20 


196-3069-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 22 AWG.5.0 L,9-N 


80009 


196-3069-00 


A10W100 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 00 X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W101 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


QMA 07 


A10W102 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W200 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES. 0. 094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W201 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W202 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR :DUMY RES ,0. 094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W2C3 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES. 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W2C5 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W206 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W207 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A1QW208 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W209 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUfW RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W210 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCT OR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W223 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W231 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUNWY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W232 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUNWY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W235 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W304 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0. 094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W305 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24 546 


OMA 07 


A10W401 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 



8-24 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247 A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assent)! y No. Mfr. 



Caipcnent No. 


Part No. Effective Oscont 


Name & Description 




Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10W406 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUWY RES ,0.094 0D X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W413 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W414 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 0D X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W415 


174-0733-01 


CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:4,26 AWG.4.5 L, RIBBON 




80009 


174-0733-01 


A10W416 


174-0732-01 


CA AS$Y,$P f ELEC: 4, 26 AWG,3.0 L, RIBBON 




80009 


174-0732-01 


A10W501 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W502 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W503 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES ,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W504 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W505 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W506 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W507 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W510 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W601 


174-1070-00 


CA ASSY, SP, ELEC: 17 ,26 AWG,7.7 L 




80009 


174-1070-00 


A1QW603 


131-0566-00 


BUS,CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W604 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W605 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W606 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES ,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W607 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W610 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W611 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W802 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W805 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W806 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W807 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W808 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTS: DUMMY RES, 0.094 00 X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W810 


131-0566-00 


BUS CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W811 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W815 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W820 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCT OR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W821 


131-0566-00 


BUS .CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W906 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1000 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1101 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DIMW RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1102 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUNWY RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A1 0W1 103 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1104 


131-0566-00 B020546 


BUS . CONDUCTOR ; DUMMY RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


GMA 07 


A1 0W1 105 


131-0566-00 B020546 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES ,0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1106 


131-0566-00 


BUS .CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES t 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1108 


131-0566-00 


BUS .CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1200 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1201 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1202 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1203 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1204 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1205 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1209 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1210 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUWY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1216 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1217 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1218 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUNW RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1221 


131-0566-00 


BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1222 


131-0566-00 


BUS .CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1223 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1231 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1237 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1247 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 


L 


24546 


OMA 07 



REV MAR 1990 



8-25 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Component No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assenbly No. 
Effective Dscorrt 


Name & Description 


Mfr. 

Cods 


Mfr. Part No. 


A10W1248 


131-0566-00 






BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 0D X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1249 


131-0566-00 






BUS , CONDUCTOR : DOW Y RES, 0.094 00 X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1250 


131-0566-00 






BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A1QW1251 


131-0566-00 






BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1252 


131-0566-00 






BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W 1255 


131-0566-00 






BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1277 


131-0566-00 






BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W1288 


131-0566-00 






BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, D. 094 OD X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10W2302 


174-1041-00 






CA ASSY, SP, ELEC : 18 COND.8.5 L, RIBBON 


80009 


174-1041-00 


A10W2304 


174-1039-00 






CA ASSY, SP, ELEC: 12 CQND.11.3 L, RIBBON 


80009 


174-1039-00 


A10W2502 


175-9903-00 






CA ASSY, SP, ELEC: 25, 27 AWG.6.0 L 


80009 


175-9903-00 


A10W2701 


131-0566-00 






BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 00 X 0.225 L 


24546 


OMA 07 


A10XU421 


136-1005-00 


B010100 


B010599 


SKT.PL-IN ELEK : MI CROCKT , 28 PIN 


TK1650 


3-821581-1 


A1QXU421 


136-1065-00 


B0 10600 




SKT, PL-IN. ELEK: MI CROCKT, 28 PIN, LOW PROFILE 


TK1650 


641746-3 


A10XU431 


136-1005-00 


B010100 


B010599 


SKT, PL-IN ELEK: MI CROCKT, 28 PIN 


TK1650 


3-821581-1 


A10XU431 


136-1065-00 


B010600 




SKT, PL-IN ELEK;MICR0CKT,28 PIN, LOW PROFILE 


TK1650 


641746-3 


A10Y600 


119-2051-00 






RESONATOR, CER:10MHZ 


80009 


119-2051-00 



A12 


672-0262-00 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: FRONT PANEL MODULE 


80009 


672-0262-00 


A12A12 


670-9402-01 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: POTENTIOMETER 


80009 


670-9402-01 


A12A12J21Q5 


131-3626-00 


CONN, RCPT, ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 17 POSITION 


00779 


643649-1 


A12A12R2101 


311-2343-00 


RES, VAR, NON W: CKT BD r 5K 


OHM,20% f 0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0119 


A12A12R2102 


311-2345-00 


RES f VAR,NONW:CKT BD 5K 


OHM,20% r 0.5W 


32997 


9 1 Z 1 AZ45EA01 1 7 


A12A12R2103 


311-2343-00 


RES , VAR , NONVW : CKT BD,5K 


OHM r 20% f 0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0119 


A12A12R2104 


311-2345-00 


RES,VAR,NONLW:CKT BD 5K 


0HM r 2Q%,O.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2105 


311-2345-00 


RES , VAR r NONW : CKT BD 5K 


DW,20%,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2106 


311-2345-00 


RES,VAR,NGNWW:CKT BD 5K 


OHM f 20%,O.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2107 


311-2343-00 


RES,VAR ( NONWW:CKT BD f 5K 


DhM r 20%,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0119 


A12A12R2108 


311-2345-00 


RES,VAR,NONWW:CKT BD 5K 


0W r 2Cf/o,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2109 


311-2345-00 


RES,VAR,NONVW:CKT BD 5K 


0m f 20%,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2110 


311-2345-00 


RES f VAR t NONVJW : CKT BD 5K 


OhM # 20%,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA01 1 7 


A12A12R2111 


311-2181-00 


RES,VAR,N0NWW:LINEAR,5K 


OHM f 30% f 0.25W 


32997 


91Z2D-Z45-EA0020 


A12A12R2112 


311-2345-00 


RE$,VAR,NONWW:CKI BD 5K 


0HM,20%,0.5W 


32997 


91Z1AZ45EA0117 


A12A12R2113 


311-2181-00 


RES, VAR, NQNWW: LINEAR, 5K 


0EM,3Q%,0.25W 


32997 


91Z2D-Z45-EA0020 



A12A14 


670-9399-01 


CIRCUIT BD ASSYrSWITCH 


80009 


670-9399-01 


A12A14C2001 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20% r 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A12A14CR2001 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :SW, SI, 30V r 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14CR2002 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC r DI:SW,SI f 30V f 150MA,30V r DO~35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14CR2003 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :SW,SI,30V,150MA,30V r DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14CR2004 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :SW, SI, 30V, 150MA ,30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14CR2005 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :SW, SI , 30V , 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14CR2006 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A12A14DS2001 


150-1160-00 


LT EMIHING DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2002 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2003 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO :GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2004 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2005 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2006 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2007 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2008 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2Q09 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2010 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2011 


150-1160-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 1587 


A12A14DS2012 


150-1161-00 


LT EMITTING DIO:YELLCW 


50434 


QLMP 1487 



8-26 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Corponent No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial /Assembly No. 
Effective Dscont 




Name & Description 


Hfr. 

Code 


Mfr. 


Part No. 


A12A14DS2013 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2014 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A140S2015 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2020 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2021 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIQ:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2022 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: YELLOW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2023 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:YELLOW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2025 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2026 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2027 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO :GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2028 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2029 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2030 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2031 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2032 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO :GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A1 2A14DS 2033 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2034 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO'.YELLCW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2035 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO .GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2036 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO: GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2037 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2038 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2039 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:YELL0W 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2041 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2042 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DI0:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2043 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2044 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIOrYELLOW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2045 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO : YELLOW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2046 


150-1161-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:YELLOW 


50434 


QLMP 


1487 


A12A14DS2047 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIOrGREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14DS2Q48 


150-1160-00 




LT 


EMITTING 


DIO:GREEN 


50434 


QLMP 


1587 


A12A14R2001 


307-0675-00 




RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9.1K OHM,2%1.25W 


11236 


750-101-R1K OW 


A12A14R2002 


307-0675-00 




RES NTVK r FXD,FI:9.1KOHM,2%1.25W 


11236 


750-102— R1K Om 


A12A14U2001 


156-0789-00 




IC,DISITAL:LSTTL, SHIFT REGISTER; 8-BIT PIS0; 
74LS1 65 , 01 P16 . 3 r TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS165N 


A12A14U2002 


156-0789-00 




IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, SHIFT REGISTER; 8-BIT PIS0; 
74LS165, DI P16.3 ,TU8E 


01295 


SN74LS165N 


A12A14W2501 


175-9902-00 




CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:20,27 AWG r 8.05 L 


80009 


175-9902-00 



A15 


671-0247-00 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY:DAC SUBSYS 


80009 


671-0247-00 


A15C2601 


281-0809-00 


CAP,FXO,CER DI:200 PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A201JAA 


A15C2602 


285-1300-01 


CAP , FXD , MT LZD : 0 . 1UF , 10% , 53 V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2603 


285-1300-0 1 


CAP, FXD,MTLZD:0. 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2604 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF, 10%. 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2605 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2606 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD.MTLZD : 0. 1UF, Wo, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2607 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD.MTLZD : 0 . 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2608 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD , MTLZD : 0 . 1UF , 10% , 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2609 


285-1300-01 


CAP , FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2610 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD, MTLZD: 0. 1UF, Wo, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2611 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD.MTLZD: 0. 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2612 


285-1300-01 


CAP, FXD , MTLZD : 0. 1UF, 10%, 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2613 


285-1300-01 


CAP , FXD , MTLZD : 0 . 1UF , 10%, 63 V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A15C2614 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C2615 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C2616 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C2617 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 



REV MAR 1990 



8-27 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Seri al /Assort)! y No. Mfr. 



Caroonent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscorrt 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part Mo. 


A15C2618 


281-0909-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C2619 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER 01 :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C262Q 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER 01:0. 022UF t 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A15C2630 


283-0177-05 


CAP.FXD.CER 01 :1UF, +80-20%, 25V 


04222 


SR305E105ZAATR 


A15J2604 


136-0948-00 


SKT r PL-IN ELEK: 12 P0S,S1P,L0W PROFILE 


80009 


136-0948-00 


A15R2601 


322-3260-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K 0FM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K99 


A15R2602 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: 4 . 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A15R2603 


322-3231-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 2 . 49K OHM, 1%,0 . 2W ,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A15R2604 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD f FILM: 100 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A15R2606 


307-0675-00 


RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,1K 0HM,2%1.25W 


11236 


750-101-R1K OW 


A15R2607 


307-0675-00 


RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,1K 0HM,2%1.25W 


11236 


750-101-R1K OhM 


A15R2608 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K0 


A15R2609 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2610 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2611 


313-1102-00 


RES r FXD r FILM: IK OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2612 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2613 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2614 


313-1102-00 


RES r FXD,FILM:lK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2615 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A15R2616 


313-1184-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 180K 0HM,5%,O.2W 


57668 


TR20JE180K 


A15R2617 


313-1184-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 180K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE180K 


A15R2618 


313-1184-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 180K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE180K 


A15R2619 


313-1184-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 180K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE180K 


A15R2620 


313-1393-00 


RES r FXD, FILM:39K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 39K 


A15U2601 


160-5054-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL: 8-BIT MICROCOMPUTER 


80009 


160-5054-00 


A15U2602 


156-1589-00 


MICR0CKT f LI NEAR : D/A CONVERTER, 12 BIT, HIGH S 
PEED, MONOLITHIC 


06665 


DAC312FR 


A15U2603 


156-0382-00 


IC , DIGITAL : LSTTL, GATES ; QUAD 2-INPUT NAND;74 
LS00,DIP14.3,TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS00(N OR J) 


A15U2604 


156-0513-00 


IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;8 CHANNEL ; CD4051 , DI 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A15U2605 


156-0513-00 


IC r M I SC : CMOS , ANALOG MUX;8 CHANNEL;CD4051,DI 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A15U26Q6 


156-1200-00 


M I CROCKT , L I NEAR : B I FET , QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL074CN 


A15U2607 


156-1200-00 


MICROCICF, LINEAR :BIFET, QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL07CN 


A15U2608 


156-1200-00 


MICROCKT , L I NEAR : B I FET , QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL07CN 


A15U2609 


156-1191-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR :BI FET, DUAL OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL072CP 


A15W2601 


174-1042-00 


CA ASSY ,SP t ELEC: 25 C0ND,1.6 L, RIBBON 


80009 


174-1042-00 


A15XU2601 


136-0755-00 


SKT, PL-IN ELEK: MICROCIRCUIT , 28 DIP 


09922 


DILB28P-108 



A16 


671-0812-00 


B010100 


B010515 


CIRCUIT BO ASSY : PROCESSOR 


80009 


671-0812-00 


A16 


671-0812-01 


B010516 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY : PROCESSOR 


80009 


671-0812-01 










(DOES NOT INCLUDE U2519) 






A16 


672-0247-00 


B010100 


B010515 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY PROCESSOR 


80009 


672-0247-00 


A16 


672-0247-01 


B010516 




CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR 


80009 


672-0247-01 










(INCLUDES U2519) 






A16BT2501 


146-0055-00 






BATTERY , DRY : 3 . OV , 1 200 MAH, LITHIUM 


TK0510 


BR-2/3A-E2P 


A16C1901 


281-0798-00 


B010100 


B010515 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 51 PF, 1%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C1902 


281-0765-00 


B010100 


B010555 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 100PF, 5%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A101JAA 


A16C1902 


281-0816-00 


BO 10556 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :82 PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA106A820JAA 


A16C1903 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1904 


281-0158-00 






CAP.VAR.CER DI : 7— 45PF, 100WVDC SUBMIN CER DI 


59660 


518-006 G 7-45 










SC TOP ADJ 






A16C1905 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1906 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1907 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1908 


281-0909-00 






CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 



8-28 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assentoly No. Mfr. 



Ccnponent No. 


Part No. Effective 


Dscorrt 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A16C1909 


281-0775-01 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.1UF f 20% f 50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A16C1910 


281-0812-00 




CAP.FXD.CER 01 :1000PF r 10% r 100V 


04222 


MA101C102KAA 


A16C1911 


281-0812-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 1000PF, 10% r 100V 


04222 


MA101C102KAA 


A16C1912 


281-0763-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:47PF r 10% r 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C1913 


281-0819-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :33 PF,5%,50V 


04222 


6C105A330J 


A16C1914 


281-0763-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:47PF,1Q%,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C1915 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1916 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,2Q%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1917 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C1920 


281-0909-00 




CAP r FXD r CER DI : 0. 022UF r 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2300 


281-0759-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 22PF , 10% , 1 00V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A16C2301 


285-1300-01 




CAP , FXD r MTLZD : 0 . 1UF , 10% , 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A16C2302 


285-1300-01 




CAP r FXD r MTL2D:0. lUF r 10% f 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A16C2303 


285-1300-01 




CAP,FXD,MTLZD:Q. 1UF,10%,63V 


55112 


185/0. l/K/63/ ABA 


A16C2304 


281-0909-00 




CAP r FXD r CER DI : 0. Q22UF r 20% r 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2305 


285-1300-01 




CAP r FXD f MTLZD : 0 . 1UF r 10% , 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A16C2306 


285-1300-01 




CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.1UF,10%,63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A16C2307 


285-1301-01 




CAP r FXD, MTLZD :0.47UF r 10%, 50V 


55112 


1850.47K50ABB 


A16C2308 


285-1348-00 




CAP, FXD, MTLZD :0.22UF f 10% r 63V 


TK1573 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A16C2309 


285-1301-01 




CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0.47UF, 10%, 50V 


55112 


1850.47K50A8B 


A16C2310 


285-1348-00 




CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 22UF, 10%, 63V 


TK1573 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A16C2311 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI : 0. 022UF , 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2312 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI ;0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2313 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2314 


281-0775-01 




CAP r FXD,CER DI :0.1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A16C2315 


281-0775-01 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A16C2316 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022lfF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2317 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF r 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2318 


281-0809-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI ; 200 PF,5%.100V 


04222 


MAI 01A201 JAA 


A16C2319 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER D1:0.022UF,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2320 


281-0798-00 B01Q1Q0 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF,1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A5106AA 


A16C2320 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :47PF, 10% ,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2321 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%.50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2322 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:51PF, 1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2322 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:47PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2323 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF, 1%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A5106AA 


A16C2323 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:47PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2324 


285-1300-01 




CAP , FXD , MTLZD : 0 . 1UF, 10% . 63V 


55112 


185/0. 1/K/63/ABA 


A16C2401 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER 01 :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2402 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :Q.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2403 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2404 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2405 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2406 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.022UF.20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2407 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2408 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF, 20%.5QV 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2409 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF,20%.50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2410 


281-0909-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :0.022UF T 20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2411 


281-0809-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 200 PF.5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A201JAA 


A16C2412 


281-0809-00 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 200 PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A201JAA 


A16C2415 


281-0775-01 




CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0, 1UF. 20%, BOV 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A16C2416 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:51PF, 1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2416 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :47PF.10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2417 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI :51PF,1% ,100V 


04222 


MA101A5106AA 


A16C2417 


281-0763-00 B0 1061 5 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :47PF.10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2418 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:51PF,1%.100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2418 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP.FXD.CER DI :47PF p 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2419 


281-0798-00 B010100 


BQ1Q614 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 51PF, 1%. 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 



REV MAR 1990 



8-29 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr. 



Caiponent No. 


Part No. Effective 


Dscont 


Nane & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A16C2419 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP,FXD,CER DI : 47PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2420 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP r FXD,CER DI:51PF,l%rl00V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2420 


281-0763-00 B01Q615 




CAP,FXD,CER 01 : 47PF , 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A47CKAA 


A16C2501 


281-0909-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2502 


281-0909-00 




CAP r FXD,CER DI :0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2503 


281-0909-00 




CAP f FXD r CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2504 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2505 


281-0909-00 




CAP , FXD, CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2506 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2507 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2508 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :0.022UF,20%,50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2509 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :0.022UF,20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2510 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2511 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 0 . 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2514 


281-0759-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI :22PF t 10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A16C2515 


281-0759-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :22PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A220KAA 


A16C2516 


285-1301-01 




CAP , FXD , MTLZD : 0 . 47UF , 10% , 50V 


55112 


1850.47K50ABB 


A16C2517 


281-0775-01 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :Q. 1UF,20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A16C2518 


285-1301-01 




CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0.47UF, lffi, 50V 


55112 


1850.47K50ABB 


A16C2521 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :4700PF r 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2522 


281-0772-00 




CAP,FXD,CER DI :4700PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2523 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2524 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2525 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI:4700PF,1D%,1D0V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2526 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2530 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI:0.022UF,20%50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2531 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2532 


281-0909-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 0. 022UF, 20%, 50V 


54583 


MA12X7R1H223M-T 


A16C2541 


290-0748-00 




CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 10UF,+50-2Q%, 25WVDC 


54473 


ECE-BI EV100S 


A16C2543 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2544 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI:4700PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2545 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2546 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 4700PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2547 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI:4700PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2548 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD,CER DI : 4700PF, 10%. 100V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2549 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 4700PF, 10% , 1 00V 


04222 


MA201C472KAA 


A16C2550 


281-0772-00 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :4700PF, 10%, 10DV 


04222 


MA2Q1C472KAA 


A16C2551 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP, FXD, CER DI :51PF, 1% , 1 00V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2551 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 47PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2552 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP, FXD, CER 01 : 51 PF , 1% , 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2552 


281-0763-00 B0 1061 5 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :47PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2553 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP, FXD, CER DI : 51PF, 1%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2553 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :47PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2554 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP, FXD, CER 01 : 51PF, 1%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2554 


281-0763-00 B010615 




CAP, FXD, CER DI : 47PF, 10%, 100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16C2555 


281-0798-00 B010100 


B010614 


CAP, FXD, CER DI:51PF,1%,100V 


04222 


MA101A510GAA 


A16C2555 


281-0763-00 B01Q615 




CAP, FXD, CER DI :47PF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA101A470KAA 


A16CR1901 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A16CR1902 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A16CR1903 


152-0269-00 




SEMICOND DVC.DI :WC,SI,35V,33PF AT 4V.D0-7 


04713 


SMV1263 


A16CR1904 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC, DI :SW,SI ,30V , 150MA.30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A16CR1905 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


03508 


0A2527 (1N4152) 


A16CR2501 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW,SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 ( 1N4152) 


A16CR2502 


152-0951-00 




DIODE, SIG: SCHTKY, ; 60V, 2 . 25PF; 1N6263(HSCH100 
1), DO-35, TR 


80009 


152-0951-00 


A16CR2504 


152-0141-02 




SEMICOND DVC, DI:SW, SI, 30V, 150MA.30V, DO-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A16CR2505 


152-0951-00 




DIODE , SIG.: SCHTKY, ;60V, 2 . 25PF ; 1N6263(HSCH100 


80009 


152-0951-00 



1),D0-35,TR 



8-30 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247 A Service 





Tektronix 


Serial /Assent)! y No. 




Hfr. 




Canxjnent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A16DS2501 


150-1161-00 






LT EMITTING DI0:YELLCW 


50434 


QLMP 1487 


A16J1901 


131-3626-00 






CONN, RCPT, ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 17 POSITION 


00779 


643649-1 


A16J19Q2 


131-2921-00 






CONN f RCPT , ELEC : HEADER , 1 X 2,0.1 SPACING 


00779 


1-86479-3 


A16J1905 


136-0813-00 






SKT,PL-IN ELEK:CHIP CARRIER, 68 CONTACTS 


19613 


268-5400-00-1102 


A16J2302 


136-0949-00 






SKT,PL-IN ELEK: 18 P0S,$IP,L0W PROFILE 


80009 


136-0949-00 


A16J2304 


136-0948-00 






SKT.PL-IN ELEK: 12 PO$ r SIP,LOW PROFILE 


80009 


136-0948-00 


A16J2501 


131-3624-00 






CONN, RCPT, ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 20 POSITION 


00779 


643652-1 


A16J2502 


131-3623-00 






CONN , RCPT , ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 25 POSITION 


00779 


643657-1 


A16J2503 


131-4529-00 






CONN r RCPT f ELEC : HEADER r 1 0 PIN 


80009 


131-4529-00 


A16J2601 


131-3623-00 






CONN, RCPT, ELEC: SIP STRIP RCPT 25 POSITION 


00779 


643657-1 


A16L1901 


108-0606-00 






COIL,RF:FTXED,31NH 


80009 


108-0606-00 


A16Q1901 


151-0190-00 






TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI r TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A16Q1902 


151-0190-00 


8010100 


B010515 


TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI , TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A16Q1903 


151-0369-00 






TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI r X-55 


80009 


151-0369-00 


A16Q2501 


151-0716-01 






TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI f PWR DARLINGTON r 1W, TO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2502 


151-0716-01 






TRANS I STOR : NPN , SI , PWR DARLI NGTON , 1W, TO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2503 


151-0716-01 






TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,PWR DARLINGTON, 1W, TO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2504 


151-0716-01 






TRANS I STOR : NPN , SI , PWR DAR L I NGTON f 1W r TO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2505 


151-0716-01 






TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI r PWR DARLINGTON, 1W JO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2506 


151-0716-01 






TRANSISTOR : NPN , SI , PWR DARLINGTON , 1W, TO-92 
PLUS 


80009 


151-0716-01 


A16Q2S07 


151-0190-00 






TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A16R1901 


313-1333-00 


B010100 


B010515 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A16R1901 


313-1473-00 


B010516 




RES,FXD,FILM:47K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 47K 


A16R1902 


313-1123-00 


B010100 


8010515 


RES,FXD,FILM:12K 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE12KO 


A16R1902 


313-1682-00 


B01Q516 




RES,FXD,FILM:6.8K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 06K8 


A16R1903 


313-1332-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:3.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K3 


A16R1904 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,K,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R1905 


313-1511-00 


B010100 


B010515 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A16R1905 


313-1102-00 


B010516 




RES,FXD,FILM:IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R1906 


313-1102-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1K0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R1907 


313-1912-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:9 . IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20 FXE 9. IK 


A16R1908 


313-1302-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:3K 0m,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K0 


A16R1909 


313-1121-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 120 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1910 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE01K0 


A16R1911 


313-1821-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:820 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A16R1912 


313-1821-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:820 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A16R1913 


313-1821-00 






RES.FXD, FILM:820 OHM,5%,Q.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A16R1914 


313-1821-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A16R1915 


313-1821-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:820 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20J £ 820E 


A16R1916 


313-1821-00 






RES. FXD, FILM: 820 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 820E 


A16R1917 


307-1175-00 






RES NTWK,FXD,FI:2.2K Offl.2% 


91637 


CSC10A01-222G 


A16R1918 


307-0539-00 






RES NTWK, FXD, FI: (7)510 OHM.IOX.IW 


11236 


750-81-R51Q Om 


A16R1919 


313-1331-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1920 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1921 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1922 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1923 


313-1331-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1924 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1925 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1926 


313-1331-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 330 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 330E 


A16R1927 


307-1175-00 






RES NTWK, FXD, FI:2.2K OHM, 2% 


91637 


CSC10A01-222G 


A16R1928 


322-3260-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 4 . 99K OhM , 1%, 0 . 2W, TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K99 



REV MAR 1990 



8-31 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Asseitily Ho. Mfr. 



Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A16R1929 


322-3260-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHU%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K99 


A16R1930 


313-1222-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 2K OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K2 


A16R1931 


313-1183-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 18K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 18K 


A16R1932 


313-1222-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2 . 2K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K2 


A16R1933 


313-1683-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:68K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 68K 


A16R1934 


313-1221-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 220 OHM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE220E 


A16R1935 


313-1333-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:33K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 33K 


A16R1936 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10KO 


A16R1937 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R1938 


313-1431-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 430 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 430E 


A16R1939 


313-1112-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.1K,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1112-00 


A16R1940 


313-1362-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:3.6K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K6 


A16R1941 


313-1511-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A16R1942 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A16R1943 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 0HM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1944 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 0HM,5%0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1945 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1946 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1947 


313-1221-00 


RES, FXD. FILM: 220 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE220E 


A16R1948 


313-1221-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2 20 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE220E 


A16R1949 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 0HM r 5%,0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1950 


313-1121-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 120 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


80009 


313-1121-00 


A16R1951 


313-1221-00 


RES, FXD,FILM:220 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE220E 


A16R1952 


313-1221-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 220 0HM,5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE220E 


A16R2301 


322-3260-00 


RES, FXD,FILM:4.99K OW,1%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K99 


A16R2302 


313-1472-00 


RES.FXD,FILM:4.7K 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE D4fC7 


A16R2303 


322-3231-00 


RES . FXD, FI LM : 2 . 49K 0W,1% , 0 . 2W , TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A16R2304 


313-1203-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20K 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20K 


A16R2305 


313-1203-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:20K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20K 


A16R2306 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2307 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2308 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2309 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2310 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2311 


322-3231-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 2 . 49K. OW , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A16R2312 


322-3252-00 


RES , FXD , FI LM : 4 . 12K 0W , 1% , 0 . 2W, TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K12 


A16R2313 


322-3252-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.12K 0f+1,l%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 4K12 


A16R2314 


322-3231-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K 01fU%,0.2W,TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A16R2315 


322-3238-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.94K 0W,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K94 


A16R2316 


322-3231-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A16R2317 


322-3231-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K OFM,l%,O,2V/,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K49 


A16R2318 


322-3238-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.94K 0W1,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 2K94 


A16R2319 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2320 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2321 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2322 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2324 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE G4K7 


A16R2325 


307-0499-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:9,100K 0HM,5%,0.125W 


11236 


750-101— R100K 


A16R2328 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2329 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2330 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2331 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2337 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2338 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2339 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2340 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2341 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A18R2342 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 



8-32 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Seri a] /Assent)! y No. Wfr. 



Carponent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A16R2343 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2344 


313-1472-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 4 . 7K 0HM F 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2345 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2346 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2347 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM f 5% r 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2348 


313-1472-00 


RE$,FXD, FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2349 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2350 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2351 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2352 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2355 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM , 5% , 0 . 2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1KG 


A16R2356 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2357 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2361 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K OHM,5%.0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2362 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2363 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD r FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2364 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2365 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2400 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4,7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2401 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2402 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2404 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2405 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2406 


322-3220-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 1 .91K OFM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3220-00 


A16R2407 


322-3176-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 665 OHM,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


91637 


CCF50-2 


A16R2408 


322-3172-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 604 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 604E 


A16R2409 


322-3220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.91K OHM, 1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3220-00 


A16R2410 


322-3172-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 604 OHM,l%,O.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 604E 


A16R2411 


322-3220-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.91K 0hfl,l%,0.2W,TC=T0 


80009 


322-3220-00 


A16R2412 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K0 


A16R2413 


322-3202-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.24K 0HM,17„0.2W.TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K24 


A16R2414 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEQ1K0 


A16R2415 


322-3202-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1.24K 0HU%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K24 


A16R2416 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2417 


322-3202-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1.24K OEM, 1%,0.2W,TOTO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 1K24 


A16R2418 


322-3077-00 


RES , FXD . FI LM: 61 . 9 OHM , 1 % , 0. 2W , TC=T0 


91637 


CCF1G61R90F OF 


A16R2419 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2420 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,O.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2421 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2501 


313-1621-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2502 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2503 


313-1621-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2504 


313-1472-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2505 


313-1621-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2506 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,57.,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2507 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,S%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2508 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM.5M.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A18R2509 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXO, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2510 


313-1511-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 510E 


A16R2511 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2512 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2513 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 04K7 


A16R2514 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2515 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0M,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2516 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2517 


313-1621-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2518 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5K,0,2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2519 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM:620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 



REV MR 1990 



8-30 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial /Assenbly No. Mfr. 



CaiDonent No, 


Part No, Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Kfr. Part No. 


A16R2520 


307-0499-00 


RES r FXD r FILM:9,100K OHM,5%0. 125W 


11236 


750-101-R100K 


A16R2521 


307-0499-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 9 , 100K 0HM,5%,G.125W 


11236 


750-101-R1QQK 


A16R2522 


307-0499-00 


RES, FXD,FILM:9, 100K OHM , 5%, 0 . 125W 


11236 


750-1G1-R100K 


A16R2523 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,S?/ o ,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KD 


A16R2524 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2525 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2526 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 OW,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2527 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2528 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FI LM: 620 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620E 


A16R2529 


313-1621-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 620 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 620 E 


A16R2532 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2534 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2536 


313-1102-00 


RE$,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0,2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2538 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JEG1K0 


A16R2540 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01KD 


A16R2542 


313-1102-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2546 


313-1220-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:22 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2547 


313-1220-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:22 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2548 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2549 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2550 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2551 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2552 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2553 


313-1220-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE22E 


A16R2554 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A16R2555 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2560 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2561 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10QE 


A16R2562 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2563 


313-1101-00 


RES , FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16R2564 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 GHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A16U1901 


156-1647-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:COMPARATOR,QUAD 


04713 


MC3431P 


A1 61)1902 


156-3573-00 


MICROCKT , OGTL : CMOS .SEMI CUSTOM, STD CELL 


80009 


156-3573-00 


A16U1903 


156-1647-00 


MI CROCKT , LI NEAR : COMPARATOR, QUAD 


04713 


MC3431P 


A16U1904 


156-1647-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:COMPARATOR.QUAD 


04713 


MC3431P 


A16U1905 


156-3574-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL:BIPOLAR,$EMI CUSTOM 


80009 


156-3574-00 


A16U2300 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT, OGTL :HCCMOS, OCTAL D TYPE F 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2301 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT , DGTL : HCCMOS .OCTAL 0 TYPE F 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2302 


156-1589-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:D/A CONVERTER, 12 BIT, HIGH S 
PEED, MONOLITHIC 


06665 


DAC312FR 


A16U2303 


156-0513-00 


IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;8 CHANNEL ; CD4051 , DI 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A16U2304 


156-1200-00 


MICROCKT , L I NEAR : BI FET , QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL074CN 


A16U2305 


156-1200-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:BIFET, QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL074CN 


A16U2306 


156-1126-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR :VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 


01295 


LM311P 


A16U2308 


156-0513-00 


I C, MI SC: CMOS .ANALOG MUX; 8 CHANNEL ; CD4051 , DI 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A16U2309 


156-0513-00 


IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;8 CHANNEL ;CD4051,D I 
P16.3 


04713 


MC14051BCL 


A16U2313 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL: HCCMOS, OCTAL D TYPE F 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2314 


156-1149-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR:OPERATIONAL AMP.JFET INPUT 


27014 


LF351N/GLEA134 


A16U2400 


160-3493-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL:8 BIT MICROCOMPUTER .MASKED F 
OR READOUT SYSTEM 


80009 


160-3493-00 


A16U2401 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL : HCCMOS .OCTAL D TYPE F 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2402 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL: HCCMOS, OCTAL D TYPE FF 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2403 


156-1646-00 


MICROCKT, DGTL:HCCMOS,OCTAL D TYPE F 


TK0Z73 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2404 


156-0412-00 


IC.DIGITAL : LSTTL, COUNTER; SYNCH 4-BIT 
UP/DOWN BINARY ; 74LS193 , DIP1B.3 TUBE 


80009 


156-0412-00 



8-34 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 





Tektronix 


Serial/Assentoly No. 




Hfr. 




Corponent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Hfr. Part No. 


A16U2405 


156-0412-00 






IC, DIGITAL : LSTTL, COUNTER ; SYNCH 4-BIT 
UP/DOWN BINARY ; 74LS193, DI P16 .3 TUBE 


80009 


156-0412-00 


A16U2406 


156-1594-00 


B0 10100 


B010614 


IC, MEMORY :NM0S, SRAM ;2K X 8 r 150NS;,DIP24.6 


65786 


CY6116-55PC 


A16U2406 


156-2016-00 


BO 1061 5 




IC r MEMORY : NM0$ , SRAM ; 2K X 8, 100N$,OE; r DIP24. 


TK1016 


TMM2016AP-10 


A16U2407 


156-1172-00 






g 

IC , DIGITAL : LSTTL, COUNTER ; DUAL 4-BIT BINARY; 
74LS393 , DI P14 . 3 r TUBE 


80009 


156-1172-00 


A16U2408 


160-5391-00 






M I CR0CKT , DGTL : NM0S , 4096 X 8 EPROM, PRGM 


80009 


160-5391-00 


A16U2409 


156-1172-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, COUNTER; DUAL 4-BIT BINARY; 
74LS393 , D I P14 . 3 , TUBE 


80009 


156-1172-00 


A16U2410 


160-4085-00 






MICROCKT , DGTL : TTL , OCTAL 16 INPUT REGISTERED 


80009 


160-4085-00 










AND/OR 






A16U2411 


156-1646-00 






M I CROCK! , DGTL : HCCMOS .OCTAL D TYPE FF 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2412 


156-1255-00 






M I CROCK! , LINEAR : D/A CONVERTER ,8 BIT 


06665 


DAC08-157Q 


A16U2413 


156-1255-00 






M I CROCKT „ L I NEAR : 0/ A CONVERTER ,8 BIT 


06665 


DAC08-157Q 


A16U2414 


156-0514-00 






I C , M I SC : CMOS , ANALOG MUX;DUAL 4 CHANNEL;CD40 
52.DIP16.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A16U2415 


156-0514-00 






IC,MISC:CMOS, ANALOG MUX;DUAL 4 CHANNEL ;CD40 
52 , DI P26.3 


02735 


CD4052BF-98 


A16U2416 


156-1200-00 






M I CROCKT , L I NEAR : B I FET f QUAD OPNL AMPL 


01295 


TL074CN 


A16U2417 


156-0382-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, GAT ES;QUAD 2-INPUT NAND;74 
LSOO , DI P14 . 3 , TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS00(N OR J) 


A16U2501 


156-2003-01 






MICR0CKT,DGTL:M0S,8 BIT MICROPRO, 8 MHZ 


34335 


R80188 


A16U2502 


156-2396-00 






MICROCKT, LINEAR:BIPOLAR,MPU RESET GENERATOR 


01295 


TL7705 ACP 


A16U2503 


156-0479-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, GATES; QUAD 2-INPUT OR;74LS 
32 ,DI P14 . 3 , TUBE 


80009 


156-0479-00 


A16U2506 


156-0382-00 






IC .DIGITAL; LSTTL , GATES ; QUAD 2-INPUT NAND;74 
LS00,DIP14.3,TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS00{N OR J) 


A16U2512 


156-1065-00 






I C , DI GITAL : LSTTL .LATCH ; OCTAL D-TYPE TRANSPA 
RENT , 3-STATE; 74LS373 , DI P20 . 3 .TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS373N 


A16U2513 


156-1065-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL, LATCH ;0CTAL D-TYPE TRANSPA 
RENT , 3-STATE ; 74LS373 , DI P20 . 3 , TUBE 


01295 


5N74LS373N 


A16U2514 


156-1111-00 






MICROCKT,DGTL:OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVERS 


01295 


SN74LS245N 


A16U2515 


156-1111-00 






MICROCKT , DGTL : OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVERS 


01295 


5N74LS245N 


A16U2517 


156-0469-00 






IC , DIGITAL : LSTTL , DEMUX/DECODER; 3-T0-8 DECOD 
ER ; 74LS138 , DI P16. 3 , TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS138N 


A16U2518 


156-0469-00 






IC, DIGITAL: LSTTL , DEMUX/DECODER ; 3-T0-8 DECOD 
ER; 74LS138 , DI P16 . 3 , TUBE 


01295 


SN74LS138N 


A16U2519 


160-5663-01 






MICROCKT, DGTL:NMOS, 131072 X 8 EPROM, PRGM 27 
010.DIP32.6 


80009 


150-5663-01 


A16U2521 


156-2473-00 






IC, MEMORY: CMOS, SRAM;8K X 8,200NS,10UA,OE; ,D 
IP28.6 


TK0961 


uPD4464C-20 


A16U2523 


156-1646-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL: HCCMOS, OCTAL D TYPE FF 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2524 


156-1646-00 






MICROCKT, DGTL:HCCMOS,OCTAL D TYPE FF 


TK0273 


MD74HCT374RE 


A16U2525 


156-1058-00 






IC, DIGITAL :STTL, BUFFER/DRIVER; I NV OCTAL. LI 
NE DRIVER, 3-STATE ; 74S240 , D I P20 . 3 , TUBE 


80009 


156-1058-00 


A16W2105 


174-1040-00 






CA ASSY, SP, ELEC: 17 COND.5.1 L, RIBBON 


80009 


174-1040-00 


A16XU2400 


136-0755-00 






SKT, PL-Ifrl ELEK:MICR0CIRCUIT,28 DIP 


09922 


DILB28P-108 


A16XU2501 


136-0813-00 






SKT.PL-IN ELEK:CHIP CARRIER, 68 CONTACTS 


19613 


268-5400-00-1102 


A16XU2519 


136-0963-00 






SKT.PL-IN ELEK:MICR0CKT,32 PIN 


TK1650 


2-644018-3 


A16XY1901 


352-0096-00 






HLDR.XTAL UNIT:CIRCUIT BOARD 


80009 


352-0096-00 


A16Y1901 


158-0129-00 






XTAL UNIT,QTZ:10MHZ 0.001%, PARALLEL 


00136 


20-9-1 


A16Y2501 


119-2936-00 






RESONATOR: 16MHZ.CER 


80009 


119-2936-00 



A18 


670-9398-04 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY : LV POWER SUPPLY 


80009 


670-9398-04 


A18C2201 


285-1177-01 


CAP, FXD, PLASTIC : 1UF, 10%, 450V 


80009 


285-1177-01 


A18C2202 


290-1206-00 


CAP , FXD , ELCTLT : 270UF , 20% , 450V 


TK0900 





REV MAR 1990 



8-35 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Assentoly No. Mfr. 



Caiponent No. 


Part No. Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A18C2203 


290-0922-01 


CAP , FXD, ELCTLT : 1000UF,4100% -10%, 50V 


56289 


674D108H050JJ5A 


A18C2204 


290-1151-00 


CAP , FXD, ELCTLT : 100UF , 20% , 63V 


55680 


UEB1J101MRAICA 


A18C2206 


281-0775-01 


CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF r 20%,50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A18C2207 


281-0775-01 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.1UF r 20% ( 50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A18C2208 


290-1144-00 


CAP . FXD, ELCTLT : 4 . 7UF , 20% , 100V 


80009 


290-1144-00 


A18C2209 


281-0773-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.01UF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C103KAA 


A18C2210 


290-1144-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 4 . 7UF , 20% , 100V 


80009 


290-1144-00 


A18C2211 


281-0773-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.01UF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C103KAA 


A18C2212 


281-0761-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :27PF,5%,100V 


04222 


MA101A270JAA 


A18C2213 


285-1381-00 


CAP, FXD,MTLZD:1500PF,10%, 250V 


TK0515 


PME271Y415 


A18C2214 


285-1381-00 


CAP, FX0,MTLZD: 1500PF, 10%, 250V 


TK0515 


PME271Y415 


A18C2215 


285-1252-00 


CAP, FXD, PLASTIC : 0. 15UF, 10%, 250VAC 


D5243 


F1772-415-2000 


A18C2216 


285-1252-00 


CAP, FXD, PLASTIC :0. 15UF, 10%,250VAC 


D5243 


F1772-415-2000 


A18C2217 


285-1381-00 


CAP , FXD , MTLZD : 1 500PF ,10%, 250V 


TK0515 


PME271Y415 


A18C2218 


281-0813-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V 


05397 


C412C473M5V2CA 


A18C2219 


281-0773-00 


CAP.FXD.CER DI : 0. 01UF, 10% r 100V 


04222 


MA201C103KAA 


A18C2221 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1000UF I +100%-10%, 12V 


56289 


ORDER 8Y DESCR 


A18C2222 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1 000 UF , + 1 00%- 1 0% , 12V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2223 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1000UF,+100%-10%, 12V 


56289 


ORDER 8Y DESCR 


A18C2224 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1000UF, +1007.-10%, 12V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2225 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: IOOOUF.h-100%-10%. 12V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2226 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1000UF,+100%-10%, 12 V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2227 


290-1129-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1000UF,+100%-10%, 12V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2228 


290-1129-00 


CAP,FXD, ELCTLT: 1000UF,+100%- 10%, 12V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2229 


290-1128-00 


CAP , FXD , ELCTLT : 470UF , +100%, 25V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2230 


290-1128-00 


CAP , FXD , ELCTLT : 470UF , +100%, 25V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2232 


290-1130-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 39UF,+100%-10%, 150V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2233 


290-1130-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 39UF,+100%-10%, 150V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2234 


290-1128-00 


CAP , FXD , ELCTLT : 47 OUF , +1 00%, 25 V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2236 


290-1128-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 470UF,+100%, 25 V 


56289 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18C2238 


290-1144-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 4. 7UF,20%, 100V 


80009 


290-1144-00 


A18C2239 


281-0775-01 


CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.1UF,20%, 50V 


04222 


SA105E104MAA 


A18C2243 


281-0770-00 


CAP,FX0 f CER DI :1000PF,20%, 100V 


04222 


MA101C102MAA 


A18C2244 


285-1184-01 


CAP, FXD, MTLZD: 0.01UF,20%,4KV 


56289 


430P103X040 


A18C2245 


285-1184-01 


CAP, FXD, MTLZD : 0 . 01UF, 20%, 4KV 


56289 


430P103X040 


A18C2248 


290-1151-00 


CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 100UF, 20%, 63V 


55680 


UEB1J1G1MRAICA 


A18C2249 


281-0773-00 


CAP,FXD,CER DI:0,01UF,10%,100V 


04222 


MA201C103KAA 


A18CR2201 


152-0661-01 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT,SI,600V,3A 


80009 


152-0661-01 


A18CR2202 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2204 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2205 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, 01 :RECT,SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2206 


152-0582-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT,SI ,20V,3A, SCHOTTKY 


80009 


152-0582-00 


A18CR2207 


152-0582-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT , SI , 20V, 3A, SCHOTTKY 


80009 


152-0582-00 


A18CR2208 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2209 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,0I :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2210 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : RECT, $1 ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2211 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2212 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2213 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC t DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2214 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI: RECT, SI, 400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2215 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT, SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2216 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI:RECT,SI, 400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2218 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT,SI ,400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2219 


152-0581-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :RECT,SI ,20V, 1A.A59 


04713 


1N5817 


A18CR2220 


152-0581-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : RECT , SI , 20V , 1A, A59 


04713 


1N5817 


A18CR2227 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI: RECT, SI, 400V ,1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2228 


152-0400-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI :RECT,SI,400V,1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR223I 


152-0040-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI :RECT , S 1 , 600V f 1A , DO-41 


80009 


152-0040-00 



8-36 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247A Service 



Tektronix Serial/Asserbly No. Mfr. 



Conpcnent No. 


Part No. 


Effective 


Dscont 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A18CR2232 


152-0040-00 






SEMIC0ND DVC , DI : RECT , S I , 600V , 1A , D0-41 


80009 


152-0040-00 


A18CR2233 


152-0040-00 






SEMI C0ND DVC, DI :RECT , S I , 600V , 1A , DO-41 


80009 


152-0040-00 


A18CR2234 


152-0040-00 






SEMIC0ND DVC, DI : RECT , S I , 600V , 1A , DO-41 


80009 


152-0040-00 


A18CR2235 


152-0400-00 






SEMIC0ND DVC, DI: RECT, SI. 400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2236 


152-0400-00 






SEMIC0ND DVC, DI:RECT,SI, 400V, 1A 


14552 


MB2501 


A18CR2237 


152-0141-02 






SEMIC0N0 DVC , DI : SW, SI , 30V , 150MA , 30V, 00-35 


03508 


DA2527 (1N4152) 


A18DS2201 


150-0035-00 






LAMP, GLOW :90V MAX, 0.3MA.AI0-T, WIRE LD 


TK0213 


JH005/3011JA 


A18J2208 


131-3645-00 






CONN , RCPT , ELEC : 3 POSITION, 0.01 SPACING 


80009 


131-3645-00 


A18J2225 


131-3486-00 






CONN , RCPT , ELEC : HEADER , RTANG , 2 P0S.0.1 SPACI 


00779 


640452-2 


A18L2201 


108-1324-00 






Nb 

C0IL,RF:FXD,33UH, POWER 


54583 


0L1338-330K5R0 


A18L2202 


108-1319-00 






INDUCTOR, FIXED: 33UH, 10%, 1 .8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A18L2203 


108-1319-00 






INDUCTOR, FIXED : 33UH , 10%, 1 . 8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A13L2204 


108-1319-00 






INDUCTOR, FIXED :33UH, 10%, 1 .8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A18L2205 


108-1319-00 






INDUCTOR, FIXED : 33UH , 10% , 1 . 8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A18L2206 


108-1396-00 


B010100 


B021651 


INDUCTOR, FIXED : 150UH , 0 . 82A 


TK2058 


TSL1110-151KR82 


A18L2206 


108-1319-00 


B020652 




I NDUCTOR .FIXED : 33UH , 10% , 1 . 8A 


80009 


108-1319-00 


A18L2207 


108-1357-00 






COIL, RF:FXD, POWER 


TK1441 


86-343-2 


A18L2208 


108-1357-00 






COIL, RF:FXD, POWER 


TK1441 


86-343-2 


A18P2204 


131-3637-00 






CONN, RCPT, ELEC:HEA0ER,13 CIRCUIT, 0.156 SPAC 


80009 


131-3637-00 


A18Q2201 


151-1214-00 






llNb 

TRANS I STOR : MOS FET , S I ,T0-2 20 


80009 


151-1214-00 


A18Q2202 


151-0190-00 






TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI r T0-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A18Q2203 


151-0188-00 






TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A18Q2204 


151-0190-00 






TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A18Q2206 


151-0565-00 






THYRISTOR, SCR:8A,200V, SENS GATE.T0-220 W/LE 


80009 


151-0565-00 










AD FORM 






A18Q2208 


151-0190-00 






TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0190-00 


A18Q2209 


151-0476-03 






TRANSISTOR: POWER, W/LEAD FORM.TO-220 


80009 


151-0476-03 


A18Q2210 


151-0476-03 






TRANSISTOR : POWER , W/LEAD F0RM.T0-220 


80009 


151-0476-03 


A18Q2211 


151-0188-00 






TRANSISTOR:PNP, SI, TO-92 


80009 


151-0188-00 


A18Q2212 


151-0276-01 






TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 


TK1016 


S1423-TPE2 


A18Q2213 


151-0276-01 






TRANSISTOR:PNP, SI, TO-92 


TK1016 


S1423-TPE2 


A18Q2214 


151-1197-00 






TRANSISTOR: FET, MOS PWR.N-CHAN.T0-220 


04713 


IRF533WLEADF0RM 


A18R2201 


308-0678-00 






RES,FXD,WW:0.1 OHM,5%,2W 


75042 


BWH-R1000J 


A18R2203 


301-0184-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:180K 0EM,5%,0.5W 


57668 


TR50J-E180K 


A18R2204 


301-0184-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 180K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


57668 


TR50J-E180K 


A18R2205 


313-1104-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM : 1 00K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A18R2206 


313-1104-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A18R2207 


322-3164-00 






RES, FXD, FILM:499 0HM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 499E 


A18R2208 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE01K0 


A18R2209 


313-1104-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: 100K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A18R2210 


313-1513-00 






RES,FXD,CMPSN:51K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 51K 


A18R2211 


313-1332-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:3.3K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 03K3 


A18R2212 


313-1822-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:8.2K,0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 08K2 


A18R2215 


313-1272-00 


B010100 


B010684 


RES,FXD,FILM:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2GJE 02K7 


A18R2215 


313-1222-00 


B010685 




RES,FXD,FILM:2.2K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02K2 


A18R2216 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A18R2218 


313-1101-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A18R2219 


313-1105-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1M 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1M 


A18R2220 


313-1105-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:1M 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1M 


A18R2221 


313-1203-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:20K 0FM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE20K 


A18R2222 


313-1103-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2OJE10K0 


A18R2223 


313-1105-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM: 1M 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE1M 


A18R2224 


313-1101-00 






RES,FXD,FILM:100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A18R2225 


313-1101-00 






RES , FXD, FILM: 100 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A18R2226 


301-0274-00 






RES , FXD , FI LM: 270K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX270KOJ 


A18R2227 


313-1102-00 






RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM, St, 0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 



REV MAR 1990 



8-37 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - Z247A Service 





Tektronix Serial/Assanbly No. 




Mfr. 




Component No. 


Part No. Effective Dscorrt 


Name & Description 


Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A18R2228 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:lK0HM r K,0.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A18R2229 


301-0823-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 82K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX82K00J 


A18R2230 


301-0823-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:82K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX82K00J 


A18R2231 


315-0101-03 


RES, FXD, CMPSN: 100 OHM,5%.0.25W 


01121 


CB1015 


A18R2232 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A18R2233 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1GK 0HM,5%,Q.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A18R2236 


313-1104-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100K OHM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100K 


A18R2237 


313-1105-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1M 0HM,5%,0.ZW 


57668 


TR20JE1M 


A18R2238 


313-1753-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 75K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 75K 


A1SR2239 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A18R2240 


313-1204-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:200K,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 200K 


A18R2241 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10KD 


A18R2242 


313-1027-00 


RES , FXD, FI LM : 2 . 7 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A18R2243 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2. 7 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 02E7 


A18R2245 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 1 OK 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A18R2246 


313-1513-00 


RES,FXD,CMPSN:51K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 51K 


A18R2247 


322-3289-00 


R ES , FX D , F I LM : 1 OK OHM , 1% , 0 . 2W , TC=TO 


57668 


CRB20 FXE 10K0 


A18R2248 


313-1513-00 


RES,FXD r CMPSN:51K 0W,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 51K 


A18R2250 


301-0106-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10M 0HM,5%,0.50W 


01121 


EB1065 


A18R2252 


311-2270-00 


RES,VAR,N0NWW;TRMR,10K 0HM,20%,0,5W 


80009 


311-2270-00 


A18R2253 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM t 5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A18R2254 


313-1051-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 GHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05E1 


A18R2255 


313-1051-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR2QJT68 05E1 


A18R2256 


301-0274-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 270K OHM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX270K0J 


A18R2257 


301-0200-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 20 OHM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX20R00J 


A18R2259 


315-0472-03 


RES , FXD , CMPSN : 4 . 7K QhW, 5%,0.25W 


01121 


CB4725 


A18R2260 


301-0560-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 56 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX56R00J 


A18R2265 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE100E 


A18R2266 


315-0472-03 


RES , FXD , CMPSN : 4 . 7K OM,5%0.25W 


01121 


CB4725 


A18R2267 


307-0113-00 


RES, FXD, CMPSN: 5.1 OHM,5%,0.25W 


01121 


CB51G5 


A18R2268 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10KQ 


A18R2270 


313-1103-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A18R2271 


313-1512-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE 5K1 


A18R2272 


313-1051-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 OHM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05 El 


A18R2273 


313-1051-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JT68 05E1 


A18R2274 


313-1103-00 


RE$,FXD,FILM:10K 0HM,5%,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE10K0 


A18R2275 


301-0432-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:4.3K 0HM,5%,0.5W 


19701 


5053CX4K300J 


A18R2276 


313-1102-00 


RES,FXD,FILM:1K 0HM f 5K,0.2W 


57668 


TR20JE01K0 


A18RT2201 


307-0863-00 


RES r THERMAL : 10 0HM.10MTC 


15454 


SG-13S 


A1852201 


260-2443-00 


SWITCH , PUSH : POWER , DPST , 6A, 250VAC 


80009 


260-2443-00 


A18S2202 


260-2318-00 


SWITCH ,THRMSTC : NC , 105 DEG C OPEN, 80 DEG C C 
LQSED,10A,24QVAC 


80009 


260-2318-00 


A18T22D3 


120-1686-00 


TRANSFORMER, RF: COUPLED INDUCTOR 


80009 


120-1686-00 


A18T2204 


120-1685-01 


XFMR, PWR,STU:HIGH VOLTAGE 


75498 


ORDER BY DESCR 


A18T2205 


120-1347-00 


TRANS FORMER , RF : DR I VER SATURATING 


80009 


120-1347-00 


A18T2206 


120-1401-00 


XFMR, TRIGGER: LINE, 1 : 1 TURNS RATIO 


54937 


DMI 500-2044 


A18U2201 


156-2395-00 


MI CROCK! , L I NEAR : B I POLAR , PW POWER SUPPLY, CO 
NTROLLER 


80009 


156-2395-00 


A18U2230 


152-0926-00 


SEMICOND DVC,DI : 


80009 


152-0926-00 


A18VR2201 


152-0255-00 


SEMICOND DVC , DI : ZEN , SI , 51V , 5% , 0 . 4W , DO-7 


80009 


152-0255-00 


A18VR2202 


152-0166-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : ZEN , SI , 6 . 2V , 5%, 400MW, DO-7 


04713 


SZ11738RL 


A18VR2203 


152-0304-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI :ZEN, SI f 20V , 5% , 0 . 4W, DO-7 


15238 


Z5411 


A18VR2204 


307-0456-00 


RES, V SENSITIVE : 250VAC , 20W, METAL OXIDE 


03508 


MOV-V250LA15A 


A18VR2205 


152-0166-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : ZEN , SI , 6 . 2V , 5%,400MW , DD-7 


04713 


SZ11738RL 


A18VR2206 


152-0282-00 


SEMICOND DVC,OI:ZEN, SI, 30V,2%,400MW, DO-35 0 
R DO-7 


14552 


1N972B 


A18VR2207 


152-0304-00 


SEMICOND DVC, DI : ZEN , SI , 20V . 5% , 0 . 4W. DO-7 


15238 


Z5411 


A18W28 


196-3093-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 18 AWG,3.3 L,8-9 


80009 


196-3093-00 



8“38 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Electrical Parts - 2247 A Service 



CanDonent Mo. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assentoly No, 
Effective Dscont 


Name & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


A18W29 

A18W31 

A18W32 

A18W2201 


196-3092-00 

196-3094-00 

196-3094-00 

131-0566-00 




LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 18 AW3.3.3 L.8-0 
LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 26 AW3,2.6 L.9-N 
LEAD , E L ECTR I CAL : 26 AWG,2.6 L.9-N 
BUS , CONDUCTOR : DUMMY RES, 0.094 0D X 0.225 L 


80009 

80009 

80009 

24546 


196-3092-00 
196-3094-00 
196-3094-00 
OMA 07 



A25E1502 


276-0635-00 B020340 


CORE r EM : T OROI D , FERR I T E 


02114 


768 T188/3E2A 


B25 


119-2063-00 


FAN , TUBEAXIAL : 12V , 130MA, 19.4 CFM 


61529 


A1F891003 


DL21 


119-2118-01 


DELAY LINE, ELEC: 


80009 


119-2118-01 


F2201 


159-0023-00 


FUSE , CARTRIDGE : 3A6 , 2A r 250V, SLOW BLOW 


71400 


MDX2 


FL2201 


119-2055-00 


FI LTER ,RFI:3A,1 15-230V , 48-440HZ 


05245 


3EF1F 


J16 


131-0955-00 


CONN, RCPT, ELEC :BNC, FEMALE 


13511 


31-279 


J19 


131-0955-00 


CONN, RCPT, ELEC :BNC, FEMALE 


13511 


31-279 


VI 


154-0905-00 


ELECTRON TUBE: CRT 


80009 


154-0905-00 


W30 


195-3990-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 18 AWG,4.5 L,5-4 


80009 


195-3990-00 


W1902 


196-3223-00 


LEAD r ELECTRICAL:22 AWG,3.75 L,9-N 


80009 


196-3223-00 



REV MAR 1990 



8»39 



Section 9 — 2247A Service 



DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS 



Symbols 

Graphic symbols and class designation letters are 
based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1 975. 



Logic symbology is based on ANSI/IEEE 91-1984. 
Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and may 
differ from the manufacturer s data. 



The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal 
performs its intended function when it is in the LO state. 

Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1. 1-1972. 



Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation 
of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc., are: 



Y1 4.1 5-1 966 Drafting Practices. 

Y14.2M-1979 Line Conventions and Lettering. 

ANSI/IEEE 280-1985 Letter Symbols for Quantities 
Used in Electrical Science 
and Electrical Engineering. 

American National Standards Institute 
1430 Broadway 
New York, New York 10018 

Component Values 

Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in 
the following units unless noted otherwise: 

Capacitors Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF). 

Values less than one are in microfarads (mF)- 
Resistors Ohms (fl). 



The information and special symbols below may appear in this manual. 



Assembly Numbers and Grid Coordinates 

Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an 
assembly number (e.g., A20). The assembly number 
appears on the circuit board outline on the diagram, in the 
title for the circuit board component location illustration, 
and in the lookup table for the schematic diagram and 
corresponding component locator illustration- The 
Replaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged by assemblies 
in numerical sequence; the components are listed by 
component number *(see following illustration for 
constructing a component number). 



The schematic diagram and circuit board component 
location illustration have grids. A lookup table with the 
grid coordinates is provided for ease of locating the 
component. Only the components illustrated on the facing 
diagram are listed in the lookup table. When more than 
one schematic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry on 
a circuit board, the circuit board illustration may only 
appear opposite the first diagram on which it was il- 
lustrated; the lookup table will list the diagram number of 
other diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit board 
appears on. 






©0 and 0 
® —multiplier 



1st, 2nd, and 3rd significant figures 



0 



—tolerance 



COLOR 


SIGNIFICANT 

FIGURES 


RESISTORS 


MULTIPLIER 


TOLERANCE 


BLACK 


0 


1 


— 


BROWN 


1 


10 


±i% 


RED 


2 


10 J or 100 


±2% 


ORANGE 


3 


10 3 or 1 K 


±3% 


YELLOW 


4 


1 0 4 or 1 0 K 


±4% 


GREEN 


5 


10 s or 100 K 


±34% 


BLUE 


6 


10 6 or 1 M 


±%% 


VIOLET 


7 


— 


±1/10% 


GRAY 


8 


— 


— 


WHITE 


9 


— 


— 


GOLD 


- 


10' 1 or 0.1 


±5% 


SILVER 


- 


10' J or 0.01 


±10% 


NONE 


- 


— 


±20% 



(1 861 *20A)6557-87 



Figure 9-1. Color codes for resistors. 



Schematic Name 
and Number 



Q701 & 
Q702 



T0-92B 





O® and 0 — 1st, 2nd, and 3rd significant figures 
® —multiplier —tolerance 



COLOR 


SIGNIFICANT 

FIGURES 


RESISTORS 


MULTIPLIER 


TOLERANCE 


BLACK 


0 


1 


— 


BROWN 


1 


10 


±i% 


RED 


2 


10 2 or 100 


±2% 


ORANGE 


3 


10 3 or 1 K 


±3% 


YELLOW 


4 


10 4 or 10 K 


±4% 


GREEN 


5 


10 s or 100 K 


±%% 


BLUE 


6 


10 6 or 1 M 


±54% 


VIOLET 


7 


— 


±1/10% 


GRAY 


8 


— 


— 


WHITE 


9 


— 


— 


GOLD 


- 


10" 1 or 0.1 


±5% 


SILVER 


- 


10' 2 or 0.01 


±10% 


NONE 


- 


— 


±20% 



(1 861 -20A)6557-87 



Q801. Q802. Q806. Q807 
MOS FET 



FET TO-92 




METAL CASE , { PLASTIC CASE , 

TRANSISTORS TRANSISTORS 





L 



INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



LEAD CONFIGURATIONS AND CASE STYLES ARE TYPICAL, BUT MAY VARY DUE TO VENDOR CHANGES OR 
INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS. 



6081-20 



Figure 9-1. Color codes for resistors. 



Figure 9-2. Semiconductor lead configurations. 




2247A Service 



1. Locate the Circuit Board Illustration. 



2. Determine the Circuit Number and Schematic Diagram. 



3. Locate the Component on the Schematic Diagram, 



To identify any component mounted on 
a circuit board and to locate that compo- 
nent in the schematic diagram. 



a. Identify the Assembly Number of the circuit board that the component is 
on by using the Circuit Board location illustration in this section or the 
mechanical parts exploded views at the rear of this manual. 

b, In the manual, locate the tabbed foldout page that corresponds with the 
Assembly Number of the circuit board. The circuit board assembly num- 
bers and names are printed on the back side of the tabs (facing the rear of 
the manual). 




a. Compare the circuit board with its illustration, Locate the component you 
are looking for by area and shape on the illustration to determine its Circuit 
Number, 

b. Scan the lookup table next to the Circuit Board illustration to find the 
Circuit Number of the component. 



c. Read the SCHEM NUMBER column next to the component's circuit num- 
ber to find the Schematic Diagram number. 




a. Locate the tabbed page that corresponds to the Schematic Diagram num- 
ber. Schematic diagram numbers and names are printed on the front side 
of the tabs (facing the front of the manual). 

b. Locate the Assembly Number in the Component Location lookup table 
next to the schematic diagram. Scan the CIRCUIT NUMBER column of 
that table to find the Circuit Number of the component you are looking for 
In the schematic. 



c. In the SCHEM LOCATION column next to the component, read the grid 
coordinates of the component in the schematic. 

d. Using the grid coordinates given, find the component in the schematic 
diagram. 



PULL-OUT 
PAGE TABS 
FOR 

CIRCUIT BOARD 
ILLUSTRATION 



f B 1 c D 




/ 



CWOWfl WMtHUWU 



ftgun 154 U6-XY PtottH burd. 



ASSEMBLY NUMBER 
AND 

CIRCUIT BOARD 
NAME 



\ 



MO-XT PLOTTER BOARD 



AW— XY PLOTTED BOARD 




SCHEMATIC 

LOOKUP 

TABLE 



ILLUSTRATION FOR 
INSTRUMENT 
BOARD 
LOCATION 




1. Determine the Circuit Board Illustration and Component Location. 



2, Locate the Component on the Circuit Board. 



To identify any component in a sche- 
matic diagram and to locate that compo- 
nent on its respective circuit board. 



a. From the schematic diagram, determine the Assembly Number of the cir- 
cuit board that the component is on, The Assembly Number and Name is 
boxed and located in a corner of the heavy line marking the circuit board 
outline in the schematic diagram. 



b. Find the Component Location table for the Assembly Number found on the 
schematic. Scan the CIRCUIT NUMBER column to find the Circuit Num- 
ber of the component. 




a. In the manual, locate the tabbed page that corresponds to Assembly Num- 
ber the component is on. Assembly numbers and names for circuit boards 
are on the back side of the tabs. 

b. Using the Circuit Number of the component and its given grid location, find 
the component in the Circuit Board illustration. 



c. From the small circuit board location illustration shown next to the circuit 
board, find the circuit board’s location in the instrument. 

d. Find the circuit board in the instrument. Compare it with the circuit board 
illustration in the manual to locate the component on the circuit board 
itself. 



c. Look in the BOARD LOCATION column next to the component number 
and read its circuit board grid coordinates. 



Figure 9-3. Locating components on schematic diagrams and circuit board illustrations. 



VOLT CAL 



| CH \ | 



ZERO 

HYST 

<§>* 



CH 1 INPUT 
COLLINS 6 
ATTENUATORS 
ATI 17, Ui 12 



^ H) CH 1 
PREAMP IN+ 



CH 2 INPUT 
COUPLING 6 
ATTENUATORS 
AT127, U122 



CH 2 

PREAMP IN+ 



ATTENUATOR S 
SAIN CONTROL 
RE6ISTERS-SR0 
U171-U175 



ATTEN g CPLG 
CONTROL 



SR DATA 



SRO CLK 



TL 



CH 3 INPUT 
AMPLIFIER 
Q131A, B 



CH 4 INPUT 
AMPLIFIER 
Q151A, B 



CH 3 

PREAMP IN+ 



CH 4 

PREAMP IN+ 



❖ 



CD 



CH 1 VAR — 
CH 2 VAR— » 



CD- 



PROCESSOR 

CONTROL 



CDr 



RO REQ 



RO BLANK 



GAIN 



r 



CH 1 
PREAMP 



U210 



CH 1 TR+ 
► — 



GAIN INVERT 

irt — ► 



CH 2 
PREAMP 
U220 



CH 2 TR+ 



> 






CH 1-4 EN 



\ 



CH 3 
PREAMP 



U230 



CH 3 TR+ 
► — 



CH 4 
PREAMP 
U240 



CH 4 TR+ 



CD 



DELAY LINE 
DRIVER 
U260, 

Q250, 0251, 
0252,0253 



RO POS 
ENABLES 5 



DELAY LINE 
OL21 



TRACE SEP EN 

► 



\ 



RO VERT EN 



CH 1-CH 4 PROBE CODES 



BEAM FIND, RO RES OLY 



PROCESSOfl/INTERFACE 
U501, U502, U503, 
U606B, C, F 






it 



SRI CLOCK 



TRIGGER 

LOGIC 

U602 



CD 



> CD 



ASS TRIGGERS 4, 



LEVEL SHIFTERS 
U603A, B, C, 0, 
U604A, U606E, 
0602-0607 



DISPLAY 
LOGIC 
U600, Q60B, 
Y600 



VERTICAL POSITION 
SNITCHING 
U201.U202, 
U203A, B, C, □, 
U2B0, UB01B, 
Q2B4, 0205 



VERT OUTPUT 
AMPLIFIER 
U701, 3701. 
0702 



VERTICAL 
COMPARATOR 
U702, 0703 



RO VERT 



W 0 . 

0 uj 
Q. 5) 

V UJ 

1 a 

it 

CD 



SR DATA 



A, B, C 
GATES 



A GATE T 



aK IK 



TRIGGER aK 
„ fi CONTRa 



V PLY SEL, H6E 2 



HOLDOFF 
OSCILLATOR 
U601, 
0600, 0601 



<4> 



HOLDOFF 



NOTE: 

CD 



INOJCATES TQ/fROH 



CD 



ON FIG. 9-43 {PART 2) . 



CD 



\ 



VEBT COMP 






CH 1-4 TR+ 



+ VERTICAL OUTPUT 



-VERTICAL OUTPUT 



HORIZ 

POS 



© 



VERT COMP EN 



-© 



BN LIMIT 



LINE TRIG <U> - 
TBCAL 



O' 



SRI aOCK TTL 



X-AXIS 



A TRIGGER 
SOURCE 
SELECTOR 
U421A 



SaECTED A TRIGGER 



I 



TRIGGER 
SNITCHING 
LOGIC 
U421A (A) , 
U431A (B) , 
U1106A, Ul 103 



A SLOPE 



TV FIELD 



A AUX 
DATA 



TV TRIG6ER 
DETECTOR 
U1101A, U1102A, B, 
U1104A, B.U1106C, 
01101-01106 



TV TRIG 



A TRIGGER 
COUPLING 
SELECTOR 
U421B 



BN LIMIT 



A TRIGGER 
BN LIMIT 
U441E, F, 
Q440. 0444 



A TRIGGER 
COMPARATOR 
U421C, U442C 






3 

■v 7 " 



X-Y 



MAG 



B TRIGGER 
SOURCE 
SELECTOR 
U431A 



AUX DATA 



BN FULL B 



1 TV TRIG EN 



SELECTED 
B TRIGGER 



B TRIGGER 
COUPLING 
SELECTOR 
U431B, UliOlB, 
U1104C 



B TRIGGER 
BN LIMIT 
U441B, C, 
0470, 0474 






ZERO HYST 



n 



H, 

3 






B TRIGGER 
COMPARATOR 
AND 

MEASUREMENT 
A/0 CONVERTER 
U431C, U442A, 
U1106B, Q490. DL22 



Q(0 



BEAM FIND, RO REG OLY 



A G B TRIGGERS 



4 - 



VOLT CAL 0-2 



SWEEP CONTROL 
SHIFT REGISTERS 
U302, U303 



SNEEP CONTRa 
LOGIC LINES 






2 A SATES 
-/ 1 



A SNEEP 
START 
Q308, 0309, 
0311, 0326. 
Q333 



© 



TIME VAR 



+2,5 V, 






BASELINE 
STABALIZER 
U309A, Q302, 
0303, Q304, 
0315, 0316, 
0317 



1 GATES 



B SNEEP 
START 
0313, 0321, 
0322, 0332 



A SNEEP 
TIMING 
U307, U30B, 
U304A, 0307, 
0330, 0326, 
0305, 0301 



TIMING 
DIVIDER 
R313A, B. C, D, 
0301, U309B 



aY 

SEL 



DELAY-TIME 
SWITCHING 
U301A, C 



A SWEEP 
BUFFER 
Q310A, B, 
0312 






A RAMP 



I RAMP 



3 SWEEP TIMING 
U304B, 

U310, U311, 
0320, Q331, 
0318, 0329 



B SHEEP 
BUFFER 
Q323A, B, 
0325 



“CD 



A, 8, C 6/iTE 

- A fi B TllISGERSf H J 
tt-Y SEL, MGE 



DELAY-TIME 
COMPARATOR 
U313, U315A, C 



DLY END 
0-1 



A RAMP 



I RAMP 



SWEEP-END 
COMPARATORS 
U316A, B, C, 0 



A.B 

SWP END 



\ 



<§> 



r 



<3> 



2247A Service 



SCALE ILLUhI j PROBE ADJUST [ 



p HOO.HOl 




<2> 



© 






SCALE 

ILLUMINATION 
Q905, Q907, 
0908 



PROBE ADJUST 
U930A, B 



CLK IK 



+2.5 V 
+2.5 V 



VOLT CAL 



3 VOLT CAL 0-2 
-V > 



VaTS CAL 
SIGNAL SOURCE 
U931. A921 



MAIN BO HUX 



® POT^ PDTZ 



CONTROL 

MULTIPLEXER 

U506 







INTENSITY GATES 



AC INPUT 
AND PRIMARY 
POWER RECTIFIER 
FL2201, RT2201, 
VR2204, F2201, 
CR2231, CR2232, 
CR2233, CR2234 



STARTUP 
CIRCUIT 
Q2204, / - "N 

02211 JS2202V 



[ext z-axis| — 



-LINE TRIG 






A INTEN 



B INTEN 



READOUT 



HORIZ ■ 



X-AXIS 



BEAM FIND, 
RORES OLY 



XY 



MAG 



DIG 

HORIZ POS 



A RAMP 



S RAMP 



HOO.HOl 



RO HORIZ 



HORIZONTAL 

PREAMP 

U301B, 

UB02 



COMMON-MODE 

STABILIZER 

U801A 



HORIZ + 



HORIZONTAL 
OUTPUT 
AMPLIFIERS 
QB01.Q802, 
0605, 0B06 



DRIVER 
AMPLIFIERS 
QB03, 0604, 
0807, 0809, 
0610, 0811, 0612 



<§> 



A INTEN 



EN^B INTEN^I 



RO INTEN 



Z-AXIS FOCUS DRIVER 
U 100 IB, C, 0, 
01001, 01002, 01003, 
010040201005 



Z-AXIS S AUTO FOCUS 
AMPLIFIERS 
02701-02709. 
02711, 02712, 02713, 
02715, DS27Q1-4 



+44 V 



PREREGULATOR 
CIRCUITS 
02201, T2203. 
02202, Q2203, 
U2201, 02200, 
02206, VR2201 



INVERTER 

CONTRa 

CIRCUIT 

02212, 

02213 



THERMAL 

CUTOUT 



inverter 

POWER 

SWITCHING 

02209, 

02210, 

02214 



T2204 



LON VOLTAGE , 
r- SECONDARY “*> 

y Pitnni rep 



c: 

e: 



130 VAC 



SUPPLIES 



AUTO FOCUS 



ANODE 



INTENSITY 



-2.7 KV 



\ ■/ 




BOTTOM 




130V DC 



LON VOLTAGES 
TO ALL CIRCUITS 



HI6H VaTAGE 
POKER SUPPLY 
U2230 



+13.7 KV 



<$> 



A 



$ 



Figure 9*4a. Detailed block diagram— part 1. 



6367-18 



2247A Service 




2247 A Service 



Table 9-1 

SIGNAL LINE LOCATIONS 



SIGNAL NAME 


ORIGINATES® 

DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


GOES TO 
DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


AGATE 


4/U603-1 1 


5A/R302 


AGATE 


4/U603-14 


5/VR301;12/U 1905-37 


A GATE T 


4/Q604 


9/U2410-9 


A INTEN 


1 3/U2607-8(R261 0) 


7/U1001-12 


A INTEN GATE 


4/U602-17 


7/Q1001 


A RAMP 


5/Q312.Q328 


6/U802-3 


A SLOPE 


4/U600-30 


3/U421 -8(R493) 


A SWP END 


5/U31 6-1 5(R378) 


4/U602-8 


A TRIG 


3/U421-10(R411) 


4/U602-7;12/U 1905-34 


A TRIG LVL 


11/U2304-8 


3/U421 -24(R448) 


AD COMP 


11/U2306-7 


8/U2515-12(R251 1) 


ADDRO 


8/U251 2-1 5(R2560) 


4/U501-1 ,U602-38(R61 9),U600-4 


ADDR1 


8/U25 1 2-6(R256 1 ) 


4/U501-2,U602-39(R618),U600-5 


ADDR2 


8/U25 1 2- 1 6(R2562) 


4/U501 -3.U600-6 


ADDR3 


8/U25 1 2-5(R2563) 


4/U502-10.U600-7 


ATS 0 


4/U600-31 


3/U421 -13(R490) 


ATS 1 


4/U600-32 


3/U421-12(R491) 


ATS 2 


4/U600-33 


3/U421 -9(R492) 


AUX DATA 


5/U303-9 


3/U1 1 03-2(R1 1 62) 


B DELTA TRIG LVL 


1 1/U2305-1 


3/U 1106-5 


B GATE 


4/U603-9 


5/VR304 


B GATE 


4/U603-15 


5/VR303;12/U1905-41 


B INTEN 


1 3/U2607-7(R2609) 


7/U1001-5 


B INTEN GATE 


4/U602-18 


7/Q1004 


BRAMP 


5/Q325,Q329 


6/U802-5 


B REF TRIG LVL 


1 1/U2304-7 


3/U1 106-3 


B SLOPE 


4/U600-26 


3/U431 -8(R497) 


B SWP END 


5/U316-2(R380) 


4/U602-37 


BTRIG 


3/U431 -11 (DL22 + ) 


4/U602-34;12/U 1905-39 


BTRIG 


3/U431 -12(DL22-) 


4/C612 


BEAM FIND 


4/U503-7 


7/Q2706(R2705);2/U701 -21 ;6/U802-14 


BTS 0 


4/U600-27 


3/U431-13 (R494) 


BTS 1 


4/U600-28 


3/U431-12(R495) 


BTS 2 


4/U600-29 


3/U431-9(R496) 


BUSY 


12/U1 905-18 


4/U602-6 


BW LIMIT 


3/U1 103-11 


4/U502-4;2/U701 -22;3/U441 -1 1 . 
U441-13 


C GATE 


4/U604-6 


12/U 1905-45 


CH 1 EN 


4/U600-39 


2/U210-11(R213) 


CH 1 POS 


1 3/U2608-1 4(R261 9) 


2/U203-3 


CH 1 PRB 


1/R105 


7/U506-15 


CH 1 PREAMP 0 


1/U 172-4 


2/U210-1(CR201) 


CH 1 PREAMP 1 


1 /U 171—11 


2/U210-2(CR202) 


CH 1 PREAMP IN + 


1/U112-8 


2/U210-7 


CH 1 TR + 


2/U21 0-20 


3/U421 -7.U431 -7 



MORE 



Table 9-1 (cont) 



SIGNAL NAME 


ORIGINATES® 

DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


GOES TO 
DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


CH 1 VAR 


13/U2606-1 (R2612) 


2/ U210-10(R225) 


CH 2 EN 


4/U600-38 


2/U220-1 1 (R223) 


CH 2 INVERT 


1/U173-6 


2/U220-12 


CH 2 POS 


13/U2608-8(R2618) 


2/U203-5 


CH 2 PRB 


1/R106.C121 


7/U506-12 


CH 2 PREAMP 0 


1/U173-5 


2/U220-1 


CH 2 PREAMP 1 


1/U 173-4 


2/U220-2 


CH 2 PREAMP IN + 


1/U 122-8 


2/U220-7 


CH 2 TR + 


2/U220-20 


3/U421 -5.U431 -5 


CH 2 VAR 


13/U2607-1 4(R261 1) 


2/U220- 1 0(R227) 


CH 3 EN 


4/U600-37 


2/U230-1 1 (R233) 


CH 3 POS 


1 3/U2608-7(R261 7) 


2/U203-10 


CH 3 PRB 


1/R107.C131 


7/U506-1 


CH 3 PREAMP 1 


1/U173-7 


2/U230-2 


CH 3 PREAMP IN + 


1/Q131A(R139),Q131B(R139) 


2/U230-7 


CH 3 TR + 


2/U230-20 


3/U421 -3 , U43 1 -3 


CH 4 EN 


4/U600-36 


2/U240-11(R243) 


CH 4 POS 


1 3/U2608-1 (R261 6) 


2/U203-12 


CH 4 PRB 


1/R108.C151 


7/U506-5 


CH 4 PREAMP 1 


1/U173-14 


2/U240-2 


CH 4 PREAMP IN + 


1 /Q1 51 A(R1 59) ,Q1 51 B(R 1 59) 


2/U240-7 


CH 4 TR + 


2/U240-20 


3/U421-1.U431-1 


CLK1K 


7/U930-7 (R933 , R934) 


4/U600-2 


CLK4M 


9/U2417-3 


13/U2601-4 


CLK8M 


8/U2501 -56 


9/U2409-1 


DAC0 


11/U2301-12 


1 3/U260 1 -20, U2602- 1 2 


DAC1 


11/U2301-9 


13/U2601 -21 .U2602-1 1 


DAC2 


11/U2301-15 


1 3/U2601 -22.U2602- 1 0 


DAC3 


11/U2301 -6 


1 3/U2601 -23 , U2602-9 


DAC4 


11/U2301-16 


13/U2601 -24.U2602-8 


DAC5 


11/U2301-5 


1 3/U2601 -25.U2602-7 


DAC6 


11/U2301-19 


1 3/U260 1 -26, U2602- 6 


DAC7 


11/U2301-2 


1 3/U2601 -27.U2602-5 


DAC BUF WR 


8/U2517-15 


13/U2603-1 


DAC BUF RD 


13/U2601-18 


1 1/U2301— 1 


DAC INTR 


13/U2603-6 


8/U251 5-1 6(R2554) 


DAC MUX OUT 


13/U2602-19(U2609-7) 


1 1/U2303-3 


DAC MSB CLK 


8/U2517-14 


11/U2300-1 1 


DATA BUS 


8/U2514 


9/U2401 , U2402; 1 0/U2523 , U2524; 
1 1/U2300.U2301 ,U2307,U2313 


DELTA CURSOR 


1 1/U2304-1 


9/U24 1 4-2, U24 1 5-2 


DELTA DELAY 


11/U2305-7 


5/U301-12(R330),U313-6(R330) 


DIG HORIZ POS 


11/U2305-14 


6/U301 -3(R369);2/U702-3(R722) 


DLY END 0 


5/U315-15(R388) 


4/U602-36 


DLY END 1 


5/U315-2(R387) 


4/U602-35 


DLY SEL 


4/U600-25 


5/U301-1 1 ;3/U1 1 06-9; 1 2/U1 905-47 



Table 9-1 (cont) 



SIGNAL NAME 


ORIGINATES* 


GOES TO 




DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 


CH 1 VAR 


1 3/U2606- 1 (R26 1 2) 


2/U210-10(R225) 


CH 2 EN 


4/U600-38 


2/U220-1 1 (R223) 


CH 2 INVERT 


1/U173-6 


2/U220-12 


CH 2 POS 


1 3/U2608-8(R261 8) 


2/U203-5 


CH 2 PRB 


1/R106.C121 


7/U506-12 


CH 2 PREAMP 0 


1/U173-5 


2/U220-1 


CH 2 PREAMP 1 


1/U173-4 


2/U220-2 


CH 2 PREAMP IN + 


1/U 122-8 


2/U220-7 


CH 2 TR + 


2/U220-20 


3/U421 -5.U431 -5 


CH 2 VAR 


13/U2607-14(R261 1) 


2/U220-1 0(R227) 


CH 3 EN 


4/U600-37 


2/U230-1 1 (R233) 


CH 3 POS 


1 3/U2608-7 (R26 1 7) 


2/U203-10 


CH 3 PRB 


1/R107.C131 


7/U506-1 


CH 3 PREAMP 1 


1/U 173-7 


2/U230-2 


CH 3 PREAMP IN + 


1/Q131A(R139),Q131B(R139) 


2/U230-7 


CH 3 TR + 


2/U230-20 


3/U421-3.U431-3 


CH4 EN 


4/U600-36 


2/U240- 1 1 (R243) 


CH 4 POS 


13/U2608-1 (R261 6) 


2/U203-12 


CH 4 PRB 


1/R108.C151 


7/U506-5 


CH 4 PREAMP 1 


1/U173-14 


2/U240-2 


CH 4 PREAMP IN + 


1/Q151 A(R159),Q151B(R159) 


2/U240-7 


CH 4 TR + 


2/U240-20 


3/U421-1,U431-1 


CLK IK 


7/U930-7 (R933 , R934) 


4/U600-2 


CLK4M 


9/U2417-3 


13/U2601-4 


CLK8M 


8/U2501 -56 


9/U2409-1 


DAC0 


1 1/U2301-12 


1 3/U2601 -20.U2602-1 2 


DAC1 


11/U2301-9 


1 3/U2601 -21 .U2602-1 1 


DAC2 


11/U2301-15 


1 3/U2601 -22.U2602-1 0 


DAC3 


11/U2301-6 


1 3/U2601 -23.U2602-9 


DAC4 


11/U2301-16 


1 3/U2601 -24,U2602-8 


DAC5 


11/U2301-5 


1 3/U260 1 -25, U2602-7 


DAC6 


1 1/U2301— 19 


1 3/U2601 -26.U2602-6 


DAC7 


11/U2301-2 


1 3/U2601 -27.U2602-5 


DAC BUF WR 


8/U2517-15 


13/U2603-1 


DAC BUF RD 


13/U2601-18 


11/U2301-1 


DAC INTR 


1 3/U2603-6 


8/U251 5-1 6(R2554) 


DAC MUX OUT 


1 3/U2602-1 9(U2609-7) 


1 1/U2303-3 


DAC MSB CLK 


8/U2517-14 


1 1/U2300— 1 1 


DATA BUS 


8/U2514 


9/U2401 ,U2402; 1 0/U2523.U2524; 
1 1/U2300.U2301 .U2307.U2313 


DELTA CURSOR 


1 1/U2304-1 


9/U241 4-2.U241 5-2 


DELTA DELAY 


1 1/U2305-7 


5/U301 -1 2(R330),U313-6(R330) 


DIG HORIZ POS 


11/U2305-14 


6/U301 -3(R369);2/U702-3(R722) 


DLY END 0 


5/U315-15(R388) 


4/U602-36 


DLY END 1 


5/U315-2(R387) 


4/U602-35 


DLY SEL 


4/U600-25 


5/U301 - 1 1 ;3/U 1 1 06-9 ; 1 2/U 1 905-47 



Table 9-1 (cont) 



SIGNAL NAME 



ORIGINATES* 

DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 



GOES TO 
DIAG/CIR#(VIA) 



8/U2518-1 1 



4/U602-40(R647) 



FLIC WR 

HDO 

HD1 

HOLDOFF 

+ HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 
- HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 



IZ INTEN GATE 



LED ANODE CLK 

LED CATH CLK 
LINE TRIG 

MAG 

MAIN BD MUX 
MB CNTLWR 
MB DATA 
MB RETURN 
MGE 
MUXO 
MUX1 
MUX2 
MUX3 

POT5 

POT6 

POT7 

POT MUX CLK 
RD 

REF CURSOR 
REF DELAY 
RO BLANK 
RO BUF RD 
RO BUF WR 
RO CH 1 POS EN 
RO CH 2 POS EN 
RO CH 3 POS EN 
RO CH 4 POS EN 
RO FREEZE 
RO HORIZ 
RO INTEN 
RO INTEN GATE 
RO INTR 
RO REQ 



4/U600-24 
4/U600-23 
1 3/U2606- 1 4(R261 5) 
5/Q805(R819),Q806(R819) 
5/Q801 (R802),Q802(R802) 

4/U602-19 

8/U2501-27 
8/U2501-25 
1 4/T2206 

3/U1 103-6 
7/U506-3(R503) 

8/U251 8- 1 5(R2564) 

8/U251 5-1 1 (R2555) 

4/U502-12 

4/U600-35 

13/U2601-12 

13/U2601-13 

13/U2601-14 

13/U2601-15 

1 1/U2313-5 
11/U2313-19 
11/U2313-2 
8/U2517-13 

8/U2501 - 62 
1 1/U2304-14 
11/U2305-8 
9/U24 1 0- 1 6(R24 1 9) 
8/U2501 -29(R251 5) 
8/U2501 -28(R251 6) 
9/U2403-19 
9/U2403-2 
9/U2403-5 
9/U2403-6 
1/U173-1 1 
9/U2416-8 
1 3/U2607- 1 (R2608) 
4/U602-20 
9/U2417-1 1 
9/U241 0-1 4(R2420) 



6/U802-8 
6/U802-1 1 
4/Q600(R636) 

7 A/1 -R 
7A/1-L 

7/Q1003 

1 0/U2523-1 1 (R2528) 

1 0/U2524-1 1 (R2529) 

3/U 1106-2 

6/U802-6 

1 1 /U2309-1 2(R2352) 
4/U501-4 

4/U600-9.U602-1 2.U502-2 
8/U251 5-1 4(R2509) 

12/U 1905-49 
11/U2303-11 
11/U2303-10 
11/U2303-9 
1 1 /U2303-6 

7/U506-1 1 (R508) 

7/U506- 1 0(R51 0) 
7/U506-9(R512) 

1 1/U2313— 1 1 

12/U1902-19 
9/U241 4-5.U241 5-5 
5/U301-13(R329) 
4/U600-12 
9/U2402-1 

9/U2417-9.U2401-1 1 

2/U202-10 

2/U202-1 1 

2/U201 -9 

2/U201-10 

4/U502-5.U503-3 

6/U802-1 

7/U1001-10 

7/Q1002 

8/U251 5-1 5(R2508) 
4/U503-2.U600-1 1 



VOLTAGE/WAVEFORM SETUP CONDITIONS 



WAVEFORMS 

Test waveforms are shown on a page just before the 
schematic diagram to which they apply. Normal control 
settings for the test oscilloscope are given in the 
readouts shown in each waveform illustration. Unless 
otherwise indicated near the waveform, setup con- 
ditions for the oscilloscope under test are as follows: 

1 . Set up the 2247A front-panel controls as follows: 



VERTICAL MODE 


CH 1 (other 


CH 1 COUPLING 


channels off) 
DC 


CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 


0.1 V 


VERTICAL POSITION 
Controls 


12 o'clock 


SCOPE BW 


On 


HORIZONTAL MODE 


A 


A/B SELECT 


A 


SEC/DIV 


0.1 ms 


Trigger LEVEL 


12 o’clock 


HOLDOFF 


MIN (ccw) 


SLOPE 


_r 


Trigger MODE 


AUTO LEVEL 


Trigger SOURCE 


VERT 


Trigger CPLG 


DC 


MEASUREMENTS 


Off 


MENU Displays 


Off 


A INTEN 


10 o'clock 


READOUT 


12 o’clock 


FOCUS 


For well-defined 


SCALE ILLUM 


display 
Fully ccw 



through an isolation transformer, then connect 
probe ground wire to ground “P” (rear side of 
R2256). See Figure 9-12 to locate ground “P”. 



WARNING | 

To avoid electrical shock and instrument 
damage, always connect the power cord of the 
instrument under test through an isolation 
transformer when viewing waveforms or 
measuring voltages In the low-voltage power 
supply. 



DC VOLTAGES 

Dc voltages shown on the schematic diagrams are 
typical of a normally operating instrument. Voltages are 
referenced to chassis ground, except in the isolated 
portion of the low-voltage power supply where they are 
referenced to ground “P” (at R2256 as shown in Figure 
9-12). Make sure that the DMM leads are floating 
(isolated from chassis ground) when measuring 
voltages in this section. 



TEST EQUIPMENT 

The following test equipment is recommended for 
obtaining waveforms and voltages from the 2247A 
Oscilloscope. Other similar equipment can also be 
used. 



2. Connect the front panel PROBE ADJUST output to 
the CH 1 input connector. 

3. For all waveforms, except those obtained from the 
low-voltage power supply, connect the test 
oscilloscope probe ground wire to the chassis. 
When obtaining waveforms from the power supply, 
first connect the power cord of the 2247A under test 



1. Test Oscilloscope with 10X probe(s) — 
TEKTRONIX 2246A or TEKTRONIX 2247A. 



2. Digital Voltmeter -TEKTRONIX DM501 A. 



3. Power-Line Isolation Transformer— Tektronix Part 
No. 006-5953-00. 



OTHER PARTS 



2247A Service 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


circuit 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


B25 


14 


6N 


P25 


14 


6N 


S2202 


14 


3E 








P26 


7 


1L 








FL2201 


14 


2A 


P27 


7 


2M 


VI 


7 


1M 








P601 


12 


2B 








J16 


7 


7A 


P1901 


12 


2B 


W601 


12 


88 


J19 


12 


2B 


P1902 


12 


8B 


W1902 


12 


88 



1 

2 

i 

3 

i 

4 

i 

5 

i 

6 

i 

7 

i 

8 

i 

9 

• 

0 



Service 

A 



D 



J 



ft I S3 



W14 -; ^5 



ft 1. 3$ Z' 



CS1SJ 

' R18I * C1S& ■•• 

* < tD < * 

■»£ § 5 Ri6i 

5 O § ;- * 

* ' R155 

G i-sS 
CRJ3J * 

RISC' * CjM 

1 «C« : * 

RT41 

. 55/^- 

" > R136 X 



• '£ l?6 v 
..* € 5 26 S 
L140 * 

ci&i * 

KISS' 

Rietv 



rt486 



C4V6 * f478 ^ 

^ C463 



Cl 3$ 



Ul 7 i « 



: U17& 



v Cl 59 
*R153 , 



' C l 39 
: ft i 3# 



'<• «* ur - y «■ 
ft * 4 <ft 

um * * ui7^ 



; V R48^ 

£ Z « £ 



C*3S 



I « * ■« 

1» ■* 

4)240 « 



' <n to 

, COiCv: 

OW 



to. to 

R4fc3f 2 5 

C475 ' - * 

I * C490 



OUGZ*- L462; * £ < 

* t45S5* ffcOo* ... £! 

* ,* 4 31 x> * %*g* « * C452-- * «; 

13 " 1g436’< ’ !*416* 0486 5 

82 i w ItUSSo.* ^ 

ff447 =•* * *448 * C425. - ~ 

#445 ' * :CR432 * U32j. * § V* 

£447 .:.* * C432 .* *JU$2* *&W<f J £: 

^SS25-5|SSS: 

•fapP * * * j— * 



. R50.1 

> & *t K * * » ¥ 



.:*. W2b02/P250? 



* f rR209»* 

}*usoi;* 



f *Cfei3 



>4 41* 



UL 22 
#442** 



*1221 



* R23^ 



> c*| 



:r2s- 




9? 



* * * M2 3* 

* R424* 5 r 4 



4-122^0 ., 



id f r; 



C20 

AT127 



fti 10 



C221. 

18228, j 



; R£2i 



r C- r- oc <d r~ £»*»; «, v 

ej.Al CNJ NM NX) <5 ; 

tec ec ac « a: uk * 

r ‘ "« 'w > R27^ ^ °* * 

i *. *? * *-R£j67':*S^ 

= ffi S; ^266:*^: 



■ >^29.4 * 
^R2IS^ 



kioi ; L *-- ■ 




»: * • 




ft' 




O 


;S<>' 


o 




xr 


* <-> 

5 *. to 


w i ' :;; 




* 8 r : 




? ; 




♦ :ft 104 ; -. 


4eifa 


ft ft 10* 


:0 0 


•*. 


«-S 


QO ^ PQ 

1 r> — • -* 


■ft ft 


OC ft. to IK.)K 

V 




:C422'^ 

R4i^ *»4I J^ t 

J'R4il < ^ :.$S4-Uf .L 

1484.^^489. ^ - 

G487 * £% *** 

* iEfr ; 0 « '*+1 S i- 

fO'o^r-cceSii 
*•«*;££» 

_ 3F > ** A 

3 : V*^ho'* c<,f4 & 

JU i lOz’-^Lwto.'**: 

— .-, 'RHOSu ^ 

C272* -;tl10r 

; ' > 8 *RU42 

^ I pyj73 1 r £?fGZ 



>442- 



V ^ *S- 

fr <-^i« to : 



!»il*;j(SaSSSS.» 4 4». «K1?> 

£ .^ccos*ac^aco;^R292& * 

Igi '» *..» „*..#. * » * *.R2S^ 




* K321D: * 

R493: 9 

fUSOi < - 

R49t * 

R492 * 

k R498: * 

' * R4Q3 :« ^ ^ 

* 14.414..; * : 

' ft4ia. * 

1445 j-;-* 
f «1102i * 

* ftllQl^ :; «W1104 

^imir * 

* R U 27) » 

«RUQ 2 i^ 

wnoS fti no} * 

. f H1.209; 

1 j» ^:D CU03 



S " 

o * 

£ jfUB03^ 



«■ A 4601% * 

$> * # 

cn cno 

o to9> 

Wt 

» * c3f ^ 

^ O to K* csi : A 



R693 * 
« * ^m94 - y 



XgS *0604*- 

❖ (} c? 



to <».£<£ 

% *c ? * 

$6^? » ♦ o 




* *■ «: * «-A«r i •* « « * 

* * *5 « ^ V> g g 

N^eiobi. S 0 ‘ X 

fa to o o +- ** ^ a-- v 

to to 42 ^ 55 5? <> 

.mi 



,81 



g to ♦ 



0© 

>'■ l.' 4 •»•/*.•« J 



^cfeoe ^ 

> £. *► *» -<ir <ic * 

<?4' 



<VA w ••' 

SI >HS4S- 

R64.4 



i ^e&o^ 



to; 




* ^ •$■■*"&'&# -& ft- » '•<{ 4n * # R619- * 

* R618i ^ 
«>£„. ^.643 3^ 

U602 <48> 

»»: * fl.65.9 * 

S W3;* 

•» •* -* #•*■*.« (ft * A- * S 95 ^641 •* 

« * * *c8t#-$<£ * QKKJ4 * (31®Q2 *■ ?em '* 

pr? - to — e^ cv' 5 CR60 1 

| CR602 

% 



* 4 



* to to 

: *« 26 %S?S 

■ X * i* ft 

■R2W " ^ 

R289^ ^ 
tJ?84 : ♦ R29^- i ; (4 U 
v ftlMii'' * 

^ R284^ ||gj 



ft ft 



RZC^ /A U202ji. ’ U20U 

o ft *-*zxm * l A A 

« * ^R20«» .i , a I 

* » ^C2ie^ 

* U280^ & 

t | ® « ft ^ 5ft -ft ft ft « ft- *> 

■» s ft^fabobjhtotaotoiv) 

; DDbOOOiD-DDriN®: 
w> y-nA-v. rvjoj«sjtsitft< > 4Cvia><Ni«M^JiDc: i 'v 

* w Ox-ft 3 t ^ j* at 3 sc ji ft: {atjP^ « . ... 

» * * * s : * « ft <» * «- ♦ 



^•12)7 : to 
* ikfill'i * 



I*;#: 



jft- 

*-jgC(;: 



^ _ 4R.i:i i» 

9 -2 S ^ ■jri i ll 1 * to 

| g: S ^llf- Si 

S t» » «tiI29£4 

" ^ «ries ^ ^. „ 

*- ^ ^1159 «R'1.12© 2 ^ ; £ ; 

l a ii fwa*s>4, £ * * < 

i* «i! S§gi2:*it 

to ; — ' rc? )" 

!&•: :<P 3t’— j-«- *-*S 

^ : tree. —? 

i 



R%is.a.^o£8giN» 

;. O^P^O 

^ «»E'«S-‘*2 



g i;g * K821- * 



^65 * 

^$73 » 
^R67*« 

4i6.5^* 

crsq^^ 

*0BG 1 f* 



...H5.06 . 



»«so4|J 



S C503* 



■u^iof 



$>11 of ‘ 



K607 



ciai 



fei7 



Sigi, 

-y to CO o ■ 



Q 270 a:, s^a f B .02716 mn& * %£ 

: * *827 i& g S 4 



to*C7J?> : 

j «C2784? 



’*' -. « ft 

far tofto di 
(r> p-.orri 'A CT> m 

fttnOTO W 07 CD 

« * W *• * ->■ 



J ^ ft 
«f> M ^ A 

cc> 

<7> 0>C»-cn ov 
^ ttCO^XKftC: 

* >ft 



> C3J«9. .ft R30^ 



C3078 



' U93f 



w9o r’ 



: usof 



Vfts 

: R90> 
R908 



» R.39£ 
C 35 1 ¥ 



«* ^ 
XMCft: 
CJCCSI 



ft W1218ft 

ft Wi2oi * 

* R922 ft 

^ R923 * 

ft R924 « 

R309 



* US0C‘ 



730# 



f * ft o 



VR302 «-m 
ft VR30i *7 
r;VR3p9 5 

■0 ft ;C? 1 5 ft 

: 3 



fR340c: 
I R 33-2ft 

lR333ft 
i R3KH' * ^30^ 
> R3tfif * R36 Ja 
5ft R3 34f 

- C3» 



W12Q4 
: R392 



4 C 309ft 6 ” ’ « 

*3 <.<11804 



toO-^ 
toto to; 
oririK 



OC A£ r l 

* ft ^C8?1^ 



027083 



* wees 

W8C8 



ftHl.2 



toto to 
to toto. 
at top 







5ftR822« 



f :C819 * 
f> - R806 

* ;8?V 

0804^ 



r>.r- t» r>. r» 



9m 

3a$%o 



^52 m 

Cyoc 03 

Jir' — iBCrW.P 



_ 080 

^R828^ « R829* 
*R801« 




erf^ ,' 



^27i8c 

-VR2701 

ta siP,, I 

bb t> ^ {n® ftj {u P .. 

Orsosta* ofU^-tSoe'^g^ - * 5 ^ Q21VG 

O * * * * * *$*%*%% QZ7Q2* ^ f. 

eft2701 *% «2 70ft *- *■ •ftRZ^S 

W ?.v P > - 8 .07 ^ s«27»» «270i : 

^ ® ft«27^ 



.f.iaci -3 



CR2704*;:: 



- 1 



^ eos A,esilSl?} : S E 

go^ ^1023 a * 

*R 1 02 » -41100 * ftC 1 00$ 

““““' ft » B 1028 



uS.g" 



— oo to " "Ti oui’- 
f g * 8804ft fteB03 



' U30| 



J3C^ 



<3314 ' 



- R369-. 
> R358 
ft R 3 5 3- 



;: u^of 



»- R 3 0 3-ft 
ft- R 36 ?ft <! 
* R3S& < 

ft R335> • 
« R336' 
ft R 3 4 1ft 
> R3*3^ 

' C302 



• $ C320\ 

l ft-R387= ■ 

J ft R 359c ^ g 
* R36& fa 
ftR38&-^^ ; 
ftR3S0ft 
j*R3iG 



: U 8 °Z: w5‘P^ 

* aft to to . 37 * cc 
■/,\r> oal 
- „ ooto- h 
<kr. U . 1 



® 1^626 



toVR30r- 

>R35^ 

• R3S«ft 



ft© 



* R607 * j 

« Rrtr? :; 

« C258 
« C8O0 < 



* R87l» N <-> 

s 8834c- *» S>- 



?Nj«l £ 



^8701^ 

*8702* 

WOt 



^ ? R891' 
-R831ft«830 



K17/P17 ^ 
* M 1250 * 

' C804 

-xki23i;» 

^ 8 /pie . 



8 «a *« W24 * 

Poo ftR102S * 
^Todft * 

V; a a 



'ft far 




X. # JO'tS) ;---— 

^ ^ 10 ? 



„ . «G«2718j>n 

61 ** R 274 Z f a R2T4 3 « 



ft R504- 
V-C505 



>*31 (f * U3 1 C 



i4 RSfMfc 
R51Q 
2 -RSI 2 c 



w ft C337, 
ft 8 378ft 
* R374> 
VR312 "I 
<R3IS* 
* «375> 



ft g3^ 



V 



& C32& 
R36& , 




C329 




Q701 . 

ft £ fa* 
O ae 






R896 


f 0806 3 

: M *■ ft f 


-ft 8837- 


>8723-; 


ft fi? 2 Ssc& j* 


<d 

P 


f C707. 


* <• C704fe>^ £ 


ec • 


i ft 


ec ft: 

<• ft ft 


<? 




^U702* 0703 


41724 


ft 


4 * tftnu 



ftfi2i4r« 2 

to ^2750 ft 
ft3R27i&>C: 
pcft£ii%n 
[ - R27$ l; ft 
r ! DSf70^ 



5^- 

W9/P9 



«♦ 



R2739 
ft 82735*1 



OS|7O3«CR270l;ftr> 
^ *R2729ft 

S-CR2702V-O 
^82124* 



*R2734 

82736 



3 2 1 

W9/P9 



a) oi 
J9"27 



•ft * ■> * f W, 2302/P2302 
> W2$04.>P2304 ' ^ 



vR727 



0$m ftC240* * 

Figure 9-5, A10 — Main board. 



t206> < R728, V, K12&. 

* R20& C^ 04 '' * 726s 



® 



Static Sensitive Devices 

Pee Wai/ite/jance Section 



COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE 

foropone/jf /Vuvn&er 



.A23,A2. .RX234, 

. . , j : SchemtL: 

/IjsemWy » 5— dre^ 

Number Subassembly Number 

Number pYusedj 



Chassis- mo unled components have no Assembly Number 
txelu— see end o- Reotaceable fJectncal Pans list 



ft,. 




A10-MAIM BOARD 



REV MAY 1990 



6367-20A 



A10— MAIN BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 










C488 


3 














AT1 17 


1 


C235 


15 


C489 


3 


Cl 155 


3 


J14 


1 


Q328 


5 


ATI 27 


1 


C238 


2 


C490 

C491 


3 


C1158 


15 


J15 


7 


Q329 


5 






C239 


15 


C492 


2 


Cl 159 


15 


J601 


4 


Q330 


5 


Cl 


1 


C242 


2 


0493 


2 


C1160 


15 


J927 


7 


0331 


5 


C2 


1 


C243 


2 


C494 

C4Qfi 


7 


C2701 


15 


J1204 


15 


0332 


5 


CIO 


1 


€244 


15 


C501 


il 


02702 


15 






Q333 


5 


C11 


1 


C245 


15 


C502 


15 


C2703 


7 


K100 


1 


0440 


3 


C20 


1 


C248 


2 


C503 


15 


C2704 


7 


K101 


1 


Q444 


3 


C21 


1 


C249 


15 


C505 


15 


C2705 


7 


K102 


1 


0470 


3 


C1Q1 


1 


C258 


2 


C600 


4 


C2706 


7 


K103 


1 


0474 


3 


C102 


1 


C265 


15 


C801 


4 


C2707 


7 


K104 


1 


0480 


3 


C103 


1 


C268 


2 


C602 


4 


C2708 


7 


K105 


1 


0600 


4 


C104 


1 


C271 


2 


C603 


4 


C2709 


15 


K107 


1 


0601 


4 


C106 


1 


C272 


2 


C604 


15 


C2710 


7 


K106 


1 


0602 


4 


C106 


1 


C273 


2 


C605 


15 


C2711 


7 


K109 


1 


0603 


4 


C107 


1 


C274 


2 


0606 


15 


C2712 


7 


K110 


1 


0604 


4 


Cl 06 


1 


C275 


2 


0607 


4 


C2713 


7 


Kill 


1 


0605 


4 


cm 


1 


C282 


15 


0608 


4 


0271 5 


7 


K112 


1 


Q6O6 


4 


C112 


1 


C283 


15 


C609 


15 


C2716 


7 






0607 


4 


C113 


1 


C297 


15 


C610 


15 


C2717 


7 


LI 01 


15 


0608 


4 


Cl 14 


1 


C296 


15 


con 


4 


C2719 


7 


LI 02 


15 


Q701 


2 


C121 


1 


C301 


5 


C612 


4 


C2720 


7 


LI 30 


1 


0702 


2 


Cl 22 ! 


1 


C302 


5 


C613 


15 


C2721 


7 


LUO 


1 


0703 


2 


Cl 23 


1 


0303 


5 


C614 


4 

A 


C2723 


7 


L201 


15 


0704 


2 


Cl 24 


1 


C304 


15 


C666 

C701 


15 


C2724 


7 


L216 


15 


0801 


6 


Cl 25 


1 


0305 


5 


0702 


15 


C2759 


7 


1217 


15 


Q802 


6 


C126 


1 


C306 


5 


C703 


15 


C2783 


7 


L426 


3 


Q8Q3 


6 


C131 


1 


0307 


5 


C704 


15 


C2784 


7 


L432 


3 


0804 


6 


Cl 32 


1 


C308 


5 


C705 


15 


02785 


7 


L445 


15 


0805 


6 


C133 


1 


C309 


15 


C706 


2 


CR131 


1 


L462 


3 


Q806 


6 


C134 


1 


C310 


5 


C707 


2 


CR151 


1 


L475 


15 


Q807 


6 


035 


15 


C311 


5 


C708 


15 


CR171 


1 


L701 


2 


0809 


6 


036 


15 


0312 


5 


C711 


2 


CR201 


2 


L702 


2 


0810 


6 


037 


1 


C313 


5 


C712 


2 


CR202 


2 


L703 


2 


0811 


6 


036 


1 


C314 


5 


caoi 


15 


CR260 


2 


L704 


2 


0812 


6 


039 


2 


C315 


5 


C802 


6 


CR261 


2 






0905 


7 


040 


15 


C316 


15 


0803 


6 


CR301 


5 


P8 


7 


0907 


7 


051 


1 


C317 


15 


C804 


6 


CR432 


3 


P9 


7 


0908 


7 


052 


1 


0318 


15 


C805 


6 


CR462 


3 


P17 


6 


OlOOl 


7 


053 


1 


C319 


6 


C806 


15 


CR601 


4 


P18 


6 


Q1002 


7 


054 


1 


C320 


15 


0807 


6 


CR602 


4 


PI 9 


2 


01 003 


7 


055 


15 


C321 


5 


C808 


6 


CR603 


4 


P20 


2 


Q1004 


7 


056 


15 


0322 


15 


C809 


6 


CR612 


4 


P2302 


7 


01005 


7 


057 


1 


0326 


5 


C811 


2 


CR801 


6 


P2302 


15 


01 101 


3 


058 


1 


C329 


5 


C814 


6 


CR802 


6 


P2304 


7 


01 102 


3 


059 


2 


C330 


5 


C815 


15 


CR803 


6 


P2502 


4 


Oil 03 


3 


071 


15 


C337 


15 


C816 


15 


CR807 


8 


P2502 


15 


Q1104 


3 


072 


15 


C338 


15 


C817 


6 


CR935 


7 






01105 


3 


073 


1 


C339 


15 


0818 


15 


CR936 


7 


0131 


1 


Q1106 


3 


080 


15 


C351 


15 


0819 


6 


CR1001 


7 


0151 


1 


0270 1 


7 


081 


15 


0421 


3 


C820 


6 


CR1002 


7 


Q171 


1 


02702 


7 


090 


1 


C422 


3 


C821 


15 


CR1003 


7 


0250 


2 


02703 


7 


091 


1 


C423 


3 


C822 


15 


CR1004 


7 


0251 


2 


Q2704 


7 


C201 


2 


C424 


3 


C860 


6 


CR1005 


7 


Q25 2 


2 


Q2705 


7 


C202 


2 


0425 


3 


C870 


6 


CR2701 


7 


Q253 


2 


Q2706 


7 


C203 


2 


C426 


3 


0880 


6 


CR2702 


7 


G284 


2 


02707 


7 


C204 


2 


C432 


3 


C901 


15 


CR2703 


7 


0285 


2 


Q2708 


7 


C205 


15 


C442 


15 


C902 


15 


CR2704 


7 


0301 


5 


Q2709 


7 


C206 


15 


0444 


3 


C903 


15 


CR2705 


7 


0302 


5 


Q2711 


7 


C210 


2 


C445 


15 


C904 


15 


CR2707 


7 


0303 


5 


Q2712 


7 


C211 


2 


0447 


3 


C910 


7 


CR2713 


7 


Q304 


5 


0271 3 


7 


C212 


2 


0451 


3 


C935 


7 


CR2714 


7 


Q305 


5 


02715 


7 


C213 


2 


0452 


3 


C1001 


7 


CR2715 


7 


Q306 


5 






C214 


15 


0453 


3 


Cl 002 


7 


CR2716 


7 


Q307 


5 


R12 


1 


C215 


15 


0454 


3 


Cl 003 


7 


CR2717 


7 


Q308 


5 


R13 


1 


C216 


15 


C455 


3 


Cl 004 


7 


CR2718 


7 


0309 


5 


R22 


1 


C217 


15 


0462 


3 


Cl 005 


15 


DL21 


2 


Q310 


5 


R23 


1 


C218 


2 


0463 


3 


Cl 006 


15 


DL22 


3 


0311 


5 


R101 


1 


C219 


15 


0474 


3 


C1101 


15 






Q312 


5 


R102 


1 


C220 


2 


0475 


15 


Cl 102 


15 


DS901 


7 


Q313 


5 


R103 


1 


C221 


2 


C476 


3 


Cl 103 


3 


DS902 


7 


Q315 


5 


R104 


1 


C222 


2 


0477 


3 


C1104 


15 


DS903 


7 


Q316 


5 


RIOS 


1 


C223 


2 


C478 


3 


Cl 105 


3 


DS2701 


7 


0317 


5 


R106 


1 


C224 


15 


C480 


15 


Cl 106 


3 


DS2702 


1 7 


Q318 


5 


R107 


1 


C225 


15 


C481 


15 


Cl 107 


3 


DS2703 


7 


Q320 


5 


R108 


1 


C226 


2 


0482 


15 


C1110 


3 


DS2704 


7 


0321 


5 


Rill 


1 


C229 


15 


C483 


3 


C1111 


3 






Q322 


5 


R113 


1 


C23 2 


2 


0484 


3 


C1114 


3 


J11 


1 


Q323 


5 


R114 


1 


C233 


2 


0485 


3 


Cl 130 


3 


J12 


1 


Q325 


5 


R115 


2 


C234 


15 


C486 


3 


C1154 


3 


J13 


1 


0326 


5 


R121 


1 






C487 


3 



















MORE 












A10— MAIN BOARD (cont) 










CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


R123 


1 


R255 


2 


R341 


5 


R447 


3 


R641 


4 


R812 


6 


R124 


1 


R256 


2 


R342 


5 


R448 


3 


R642 


4 


R813 


6 


Rt25 


2 


R260 


2 


R343 


5 


R449 


3 


R643 


4 


R814 


6 


R131 


1 


R261 


2 


R344 


5 


R450 


3 


R644 


4 


R820 


6 


R132 


1 


R262 


2 


R345 


15 


R451 


3 


R645 


4 


R821 


6 


R133 


1 


R263 


2 


R346 


5 


R452 


3 


R646 


4 


R822 


6 


R134 


1 


R264 


2 


R347 


5 


R453 


3 


R647 


4 


R823 


6 


R135 


1 


R265 


2 


R348 


5 


R454 


3 


R648 


4 


R825 


6 


R136 


1 


R266 


2 


R349 


5 


R455 


3 


R649 


4 


R826 


6 


R137 


1 


R267 


2 


R350 


5 


R456 


3 


R650 


4 


R827 


6 


R130 


2 


R268 


2 


R352 


5 


R460 


3 


R651 


4 


R828 


6 


R139 


1 


R269 


2 


R353 


6 


R461 


3 


R652 


4 


R829 


6 


R140 


2 


R270 


2 


R354 


5 


R462 


3 


R653 


4 


R830 


5 


R141 


1 


R271 


2 


R355 


5 


R463 


3 


R654 


4 


R831 


6 


R142 


1 


R272 


2 


R356 


5 


R470 


3 


R655 


4 


R836 


6 


R151 


1 


R273 


2 


R357 


5 


R471 


3 


R656 


4 


R837 


15 


R152 


1 


R274 


2 


R358 


6 


R472 


3 


R657 


4 


R854 


6 


R153 


1 


R275 


2 


R359 


5 


R473 


3 


R658 


4 


R855 


6 


R154 


1 


R276 


2 


R360 


5 


R474 


3 


R659 


4 


R856 


6 


R155 


1 


R277 


2 


R361 


5 


R475 


3 


R662 


4 


R857 


6 


R156 


1 


R278 


2 


R362 


5 


R476 


3 


R663 


4 


R860 


6 


R157 


1 


R279 


2 


R363 


5 


R477 


3 


R664 


4 


R861 


6 


R158 


2 


R280 


2 


R364 


5 


R478 


3 


R665 


4 


R862 


6 


R159 


1 


R281 


2 


R365 


5 


R479 


3 


R666 


4 


R863 


6 


R160 


2 


R282 


15 


R366 


5 


R480 


15 


R669 


4 


R871 


6 


R161 


1 


R283 


15 


R367 


5 


R481 


15 


R670 


4 


R872 


6 


R162 


1 


R284 


2 


R369 


6 


R483 


3 


R671 


4 


R873 


6 


R171 


1 


R285 


2 


R370 


5 


R484 


3 


R672 


4 


R891 


6 


R175 


1 


R286 


2 


R371 


5 


R485 


3 


R673 


4 


R892 


6 


R176 


1 


R287 


2 


R372 


5 


R486 


3 


R674 


4 


R893 


6 


R177 


1 


R288 


2 


R373 


5 


R487 


3 


R686 


4 


R894 


6 


R178 


1 


R289 


2 


R374 


15 


R490 


3 


R687 


4 


R896 


6 


R179 


1 


R290 


2 


R375 


5 


R491 


3 


R688 


4 


R897 


6 


R180 


1 


R291 


2 


R376 


5 


R492 


3 


R689 


4 


R898 


5 


R181 


1 


R292 


2 


R377 


5 


R493 


3 


R690 


4 


R906 


7 


R182 


15 


R293 


2 


R378 


5 


R494 


3 


R691 


4 


R9Q7 


7 


R201 


2 


R294 


2 


R379 


5 


R495 


3 


R692 


4 


R908 


7 


R202 


2 


R295 


2 


R380 


5 


R496 


3 


R693 


4 


R909 


7 


R203 


2 


R296 


2 


R381 


5 


R497 


3 


R694 


4 


R910 


7 


R204 


2 


R297 


15 


R382 


5 


R498 


3 


R701 


15 


R911 


7 


R205 


2 


R298 


15 


R383 


5 


R501 


4 


R702 


2 


R915 


15 


R206 


2 


R301 


5 


R384 


5 


R502 


4 


R703 


2 


R916 


15 


R207 


2 


R302 


5 


R385 


5 


R503 


7 


R706 


2 


R920 


7 


R208 


t5 


R303 


5 


R386 


5 


R504 


15 


R707 


2 


R921 


7 


R209 


2 


R304 


5 


R387 


5 


R508 


7 


R708 


2 


R922 


7 


R210 


2 


R305 


5 


R388 


5 


R510 


7 


R709 


15 


R923 


7 


R211 


2 


R306 


5 


R390 


15 


R512 


7 


R710 


2 


R924 


7 


R212 


2 


R307 


5 


R392 


15 


R601 


4 


R71 1 


2 


R930 


7 


R213 


2 


R308 


5 


R393 


5 


R602 


4 


R712 


2 


R931 


7 


R214 


2 


R309 


5 


R394 


5 


R603 


4 


R715 


2 


R932 


7 


R215 


2 


R31C 


5 


R395 


5 


R604 


4 


R716 


2 


R933 


7 


R218 


2 


R311 


5 


R396 


5 


R605 


4 


R717 


2 


R934 


7 


R219 


2 


R312 


15 


R401 


3 


R606 


4 


R718 


2 


R935 


7 


R220 


2 


R313 


5 


R402 


3 


R609 


4 


R719 


2 


R936 


7 


R221 


2 


R314 


5 


R403 


3 


R610 


4 


R720 


2 


R937 


7 


R222 


2 


R315 


5 


R410 


3 


R611 


4 


R721 


2 


R938 


7 


R223 


2 


R316 


5 


R411 


3 


R612 


4 


R722 


2 


R939 


7 


R224 


2 


R317 


5 


R412 


3 


R613 


4 


R723 


15 


R940 


7 


R225 


2 


R318 


5 


R413 


3 


R614 


4 


R724 


2 


R941 


7 


R226 


15 


R319 


5 


R414 


3 


R615 


4 


R725 


2 


R1001 


7 


R227 


2 


R320 


5 


R415 


3 


R616 


4 


R726 


2 


R1002 


7 


R228 


2 


R321 


5 


R416 


3 


R617 


4 


R727 


2 


R1003 


7 


R229 


2 


R322 


5 


R417 


3 


R618 


4 


R728 


2 


R1004 


7 


R230 


2 


R323 


5 


R420 


3 


R619 


4 


R729 


2 


R1005 


7 


R231 


2 


■ R325 


5 


R421 


3 


R620 


4 


R730 


2 


R1006 


7 


R232 


2 


R326 


5 


R422 


3 


R621 


4 


R731 


2 


R1007 


7 


R233 


2 


R327 


5 


R423 


3 


R622 


4 


R732 


2 


R1008 


7 


R234 


2 


R328 


5 


R424 


3 


R623 


4 


R733 


15 


R1009 


7 


R235 


2 


R329 


5 


R425 


3 


R624 


4 


R734 


15 


R1010 


7 


R238 


2 


R330 


5 


R426 


3 


R625 


4 


R801 


6 


R1020 


7 


R240 


2 


R331 


5 


R430 


3 


R626 


4 


R802 


6 


R1021 


7 


R241 


2 


R332 


5 


R431 


3 


R627 


4 


R803 


6 


R1022 


7 


R242 


2 


R333 


5 


R432 


3 


R628 


4 


R804 


6 


R1023 


7 


R243 


2 


R334 


5 


R440 


3 


R630 


4 


R805 


6 


R1024 


7 


R244 


2 


R335 


5 


R441 


3 


R631 


4 


R806 


6 


R1025 


7 


R245 


15 


R336 


5 


R442 


3 


R636 


4 


R807 


6 


R1026 


15 


R248 


2 


R337 


5 


R443 


3 


R637 


4 


R808 


6 


R1027 


15 


R250 


2 


R338 


5 


R444 


3 


R638 


4 


R809 


6 


R1028 


7 


R251 


2 


R339 


15 


R445 


3 


R639 


4 


R810 


6 


R1101 


15 


R254 


2 


R340 


5 


R446 


3 


R640 


4 


R811 


6 


R1102 

R1103 


15 

3 



MORE 




A10— MAIN BOARD (cont) 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


R1104 


3 










R1105 


3 


R2715 


7 


U201 


2 


R1106 


3 


R2716 


7 


U201 


15 


R11Q8 


15 


R2717 


7 


U202 


2 


R1110 


3 


R2718 


7 


U202 


15 


Rim 


3 


R2719 


7 


U203 


2 


R1112 


3 


R2720 


7 


U203 


15 


R1113 


3 


R2721 


7 


U210 


2 


R1114 


3 


R2722 


7 


U210 


15 


R1115 


3 


R2723 


7 


U220 


2 


R1116 


3 


R2724 


7 


U220 


15 


R1117 


3 


R2726 


7 


U230 


2 


R111B 


3 


R2727 


7 


U230 


15 


R1120 


3 


R2728 


7 


U240 


2 


R1121 


3 


R2729 


7 


U240 


15 


R1122 


3 


R2733 


7 


U260 


2 


R1123 


3 


R2734 


7 


U260 


15 


R1124 


3 


R2735 


7 


U280 


2 


R1125 


3 


R2736 


7 


U301 


5 


R1126 


3 


R2737 


7 


U301 


6 


R1127 


3 


R2738 


7 


U301 


15 


R1128 


3 


R2739 


7 


U302 


5 


R1131 


3 


R2740 


7 


U302 


15 


R 1 132 


3 


R2741 


7 


U303 


5 


FM 133 


3 


R2742 


7 


U303 


15 


R1134 


3 


R2743 


7 


U304 


5 


R1135 


3 


R2745 


7 


U304 


15 


R1136 


3 


R2750 


7 


U307 


5 


R1142 


3 


R2751 


7 


U307 


15 


R1143 


3 


R2756 


7 


U308 


5 


R1144 


3 


R2760 


7 


U308 


15 


R1145 


3 


R2765 


7 


U309 


5 


R1150 


3 


R2783 


15 


U309 


15 


R1154 


3 


R2784 


7 


U310 


5 


R1155 


3 


R2785 


7 


U310 


15 


R1158 


15 


R2786 


7 


U311 


5 


R1159 


15 


R2787 


7 


U311 


15 


R1160 


15 


R2788 


7 


U313 


5 


R1162 


3 


R2789 


7 


U315 


5 


R1163 


3 


R2795 


7 


U315 


15 


R1170 


3 


R2796 


7 


U316 


5 


R2701 


7 






U316 


15 


R2702 


7 


U112 


1 


U421 


3 


R2703 


7 


U112 


15 


U421 


15 


R2704 


7 


U122 


1 


U431 


3 


R2705 


7 


U122 


15 


U431 


15 


R2706 


7 


U171 


1 


U441 


3 


R2708 


7 


U171 


15 


U441 


15 


R2709 


7 


U172 


1 


U442 


3 


R2710 


7 


U172 


15 


U442 


15 


R2711 


7 


U173 


1 


U501 


4 


R2712 


7 


U173 


15 


U501 


15 


R2713 


7 


U174 


1 


U502 


4 


R2714 


7 


U175 


1 


U502 


15 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


U503 


4 


VR801 


6 


W802 


5 


U503 


15 


VR2701 


7 


W805 


6 


U506 


7 






W806 


6 


U506 


15 


W9 


7 


W807 


6 


U600 


4 


W11 


1 


W808 


6 


U600 


15 


W12 


1 


W810 


6 


U601 


4 


W13 


1 


W811 


6 


U601 


15 


W14 


1 


W815 


2 


U602 


4 


W16 


7 


W820 


6 


U602 


15 


W17 


6 


W821 


6 


U603 


4 


W18 


6 


W900 


15 


U603 


15 


W19 


2 


W906 


7 


U604 


4 


W20 


2 


W1000 


7 


U604 


15 


W100 


1 


W1101 


3 


U606 


4 


W101 


1 


W1102 


3 


U606 


15 


W102 


1 


W1103 


3 


U701 


2 


W200 


2 


W1104 


15 


U701 


15 


W201 


2 


W1105 


15 


U702 


2 


W202 


2 


W1106 


3 


U702 


15 


W203 


2 


W1108 


3 


U801 


2 


W205 


2 


W1200 


15 


U801 


6 


W206 


2 


W1201 


15 


U801 


15 


W207 


2 


W1202 


15 


U802 


6 


W208 


2 


W1203 


15 


U802 


15 


W209 


2 


W1204 


15 


U901 


15 


W210 


2 


W1205 


15 


U930 


7 


W223 


2 


W1209 


15 


U930 


15 


W231 


2 


W1210 


15 


U931 


7 


W232 


2 


W1216 


15 


U931 


15 


W235 


15 


W1217 


15 


U932 


15 


W304 


5 


W1218 


15 


U1001 


7 


W305 


6 


W1221 


15 


U1001 


15 


W401 


3 


W1222 


15 


U1101 


3 


W406 


3 


W1223 


15 


U1101 


15 


W413 


3 


W1231 


15 


U1102 


3 


W414 


3 


W1237 


15 


U1102 


15 


W415 


2 


W1247 


15 


U1103 


3 


W416 


2 


W1248 


15 


U1103 


15 


W501 


15 


W1249 


15 


U1104 


3 


W502 


4 


W1250 


15 


U1104 


15 


W503 


4 


W1251 


15 


U1106 


3 


W504 


4 


W1252 


15 


U1106 


15 


W505 


4 


W1255 


15 






W506 


4 


W1277 


15 


VR301 


5 


W507 


4 


W1288 


7 


VR302 


5 


W510 


4 


W2302 


7 


VR303 


5 


W603 


4 


W2302 


15 


VR304 


5 


W604 


4 


W2304 


7 


VR3O0 


5 


W605 


4 


W2502 


4 


VR309 


5 


W606 


15 


W2502 


15 


VR310 


5 


W607 


15 


W2701 


7 


VR311 


5 


W610 


4 






VR312 


5 


W611 


4 


Y600 


4 



REV MAY 1990 



2247 A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 1 





15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 



12 11 10 9 8 7 

AT1 17 
ATI 27 

— O 

1 2 3 4 5 6 



6555-70 



Figure 9-6. Hybrid pin identifiers. 



S R 111 
62 

; Wr- 

TJii 



U12 



[ R131 

133^3^ 



S VOLT CAL _ 
' FROM U931-3 



RlOl < 
8.2KS 



cioi i 

.022 T 






ftlOSXcm TO U506-15 
10K | 022 *<£> 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


+ 15V 


+7.5V 


+5V 


GNO 


-7.5V 


U112 




5. 14 




1. 3. 6, 15 


7, 13 


U 122 




5. 14 




1. 3. 6, 15 


7. 13 


U171 


16 






8 




U172 


16 






8 




U173 






16 


6 





+2 - 5Vp 



W12 


R1025 

B.2K5 








C102^ 


*"9106 


•J-C121 1 


R121 

L 62 


'“‘I 


10K 


j® 



CH 2 PRB 
r 0 U506-12 

*<?> 



U171 

4094 



SO DATA fr 
FROM W5J0 



e<3> 



C125-L 

1000 J 



R175-* 
200K i 



+ 15V A -^ 



0171 

470 



SRO CLK < 
FROM H506 






0173 

0047 



0171 






R176 

10K 



R177’ 

4.7K< 



C2 

EN3 




SRG8 

>C1/— 
H r 


r* 


ID 




































n 



U172 

4094 



+ 15 V A - 



C2 

EN3 




SH68 

>C1/— 
h p 


r 


ID 


20 3^7 
































“1 



"1 



+2 . 5Vp 



R103 2 
0. 2K 5 



C103 i 

- 022 T 



-Wy—* ■ 

R107 X CJ3J 
10K 



-CH 3 PRB 
TO U506-1 



5 <S> 



fATTENUATOR S GAIN] 
[CONTROL REGISTERS 
(SRO) _J 



12 



0179 ^ 

10K5 



91702 
4 . 7KS 



R114 Rll3 
10 20 

olif ‘»i_oZ. 

V »2J 



U174 

CA3O02 



Cl 12 
? . 022 





11 




f 11 


r--J 


h 


9 1 r- 1 


I Il4 9 



^ CIO CH 1 INPUT COMP X100 
Q Cll CH 1 INPUT COMP XJO 



fcHi “T npuTbuffer amplifTer! 

{ & IX, 2X, 5X ATTENUATORS 



12 CH 1X10 1 



2 CH 1 X10 2 



C106 

.022 



LIT 



7 4 






-~lll a 



p 



0114 ; 
.6-3.0 / 



LJL 



4 



v 4 

T 




\ INPUT 
CAPACITANCE 



12 , 



U112 

0 Cl CH 1 MF/LF COMP 
0 R13 CH 1 MF/LF GAIN 
g) R12 CH 1 STEP BALANCE { 



~«L 



mf 7 i2 j\ 



10 



CHI INPUT COUPLING £ 1 
llOX, 100X ATTENUATORS \ 



-4F*> 



CH 1 PREAMP IN + lfi /p\ 
TO U210-7 10 NX 






*W v.;Wv* 

CH 1 PREAMP 1 
CH 1 PREAMP 0 



1 



j»» tfsrWfiw*: jewougM*#, YufeA'm >***(— «. ><“-*;» >*.A>' V < 



-CH 1 PREAMP 1 TO CR202 
-CH 1 PREAMP 0 TO CR201 



> 8 <a> 



R124 R123 

10 20 
— Wv t' MA — 
C123 X 

. 022 T 



U175 

CA3082 



c. 



i ci 22 

I .022 

14 H 100 



<z: 



tip 1 

C107 

.022 



K109 


11 


11 


I 


! — 


h 


al r- 1 


! 1 14 9 



c: 



| CH 2 GND 




nr 


I 




HH 


p 




cios 


12 CH 2 X10 1 


uio? 


.022 



0 C20 CH 2 INPUT COMP XlOO 
0 C21 CH 2 INPUT COMP X10 



c. 



H 



8 . 10 



ti !g 



Lit 



CL 



CH 2 XI 



4 



«Wf*fcBW«i 8M.%*Sfci *?!%.?*« V *to*»V*. ^ jo* 

[CH2 INPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER I 
i S IX, 2X. 5 X attenuators! 




\ INPUT 
CAPACITANCE 



U122 

0 C2 CH 2 MF/LF COMP 
0 R23 CH 2 MF/LF GAIN 
QBggCHg STEP BALA 



xXl 



. Kill 

IqLVii 



of Kll^j 



l!fl! 7 



a — ► 



CH 2 PREAMP IN + 



8<$> 



>300 



CL 



CH 2 X5 



I CH2 INPUT COUPLING S f 
jlOX, 100X ATTENUATORS j 



-MF-* 



U173 

4094 



C2 

EN3 




SRG8 

>Cl/-^ 

h r 


... r 


10 


2D 3V 
































“I 



CH 2 PREAMP 1 
CH 2 PREAMP 0 
CH 2 INVERT 
CH 3 PREAMP 1 
CH 4 PREAMP 1 



ZERO HYST 
TO R484 ®< 



CH 2 PREAMP 1 TO U220-2 
CH 2 PREAMP 0 TO U220-1 
CH 2 INVERT TO W223 
CH 3 PREAMP 1 TO U230-2 
CH 4 PREAMP 1 TO U240-2 




R132 R133 
402K 402K 
— jAA/V-pVVJ — 

C132 
20 



R 180 

100 

-VW- 



♦7 5V B 

^FrQ131A 



?R134 
f 200K 



R136 

B.87K 

AW4 



. ROTREETE 4C /\ 

TO W507 NX 



-” i r/°‘ 3 "P 4 s 

/ ,SR1< 

CH 3 MF/LF COMp* *> 20 



Cl 38 
2 . 0-10 



CH 3 
HF COMP 



R137 < 
1.78K < 



Tc 



R139 

75.0 

-W- 



C190 

15 



• CH 3 PREAMP IN ♦ 



*<§> 



+2.5V P 



R 104 ^ 

B.2KS 



-7.5V* BALANCE 
♦7 5V B 





C 104 I- 


1 — W\r 

RlQS 


icis* 


R151 
Ls 39 


• oaa ; 


10K 


z™ 



R152 R553 
402K 402K 
-#-AAAr — VW»- 



Hi81 /^ C 
JSSr— affl. 



Q 151 A 



C152 

20 



> R154 

L 200K C 153 ^ ^C 154 

7 62^ J\ 3.3-20 

§J 6 5jT 1 Q151 |^ 

CH 4 MF/LF COMp/ 



| CH3 S CH4 | 
i INPUT 
I AMPLIFIERS] 






Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



R156 

0.87K 

HAM 



“E£T 



R159 

75.0 

— AAA— 



y R161 
>20 

CH 



C150 

2.8-10 



CH 4 
HF COMP 



R157> 

1-7BK2 



CH 4 PREAMP IN * 
TO U240-7 



3<g> 



A10 



-7.SV. 



C191 

15 



L140 

66nH 



FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SUPPLY 
CONNECTIONS AND POWER SUPPLY 
DECOUPLING NETWORKS SEE: 

MAIN BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION <^> 



2247A 



6367-01 



VERTICAL INPUTS 








2247 A Service 



VERTICAL INPUTS DIAGRAM 1 



ASSEMBLY A10 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CtRCUfT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


AT1 17 


1J 


6B 


Cl 52 


8H 


2A 


Q131A 


7K 


2B 


R151 


8A 


1A 


AT 127 


3H 


4B 


Cl 53 


8J 


IB 


Q131B 


7J 


2B 


R152 


8H 


2A 








C154 


8J 


IB 


Q151A 


8K 


IB 


R153 


8H 


1A 


Cl 


IK 


6C 


C157 


8L 


1C 


01518 


8J 


IB 


R154 


8H 


1A 


C2 


4K 


4C 


Cl 58 


8K 


1C 


Q171 


5C 


2B 


R155 


8J 


IB 


CIO 


2H 


6C 


Cl 73 


5C 


3B 








R156 


8K 


1C 


C11 


2J 


8C 


C190 


7L 


2C 


R12 


2K 


6C 


R157 


8K 


1C 


C20 


4H 


4C 


0191 


8L 


1C 


R13 


2K 


6C 


R159 


8L 


1C 


C21 


5J 


4C 








R22 


4K 


5C 


R161 


8J 


IB 


C101 


IB 


6A 


CR13t 


6H 


2B 


R23 


4K 


4C 


R162 


8J 


IB 


C102 


3B 


4A 


CR151 


8H 


IB 


R101 


IB 


7B 


R171 


5B 


3B 


C103 


7 B 


3A 


CRt71 


5B 


3B 


R102 


3B 


7B 


R175 


5B 


3B 


Cl 04 


SB 


1A 








R103 


7B 


7A 


R176 


6C 


3C 


C105 


IF 


6B 


J11 


1A 


6A 


R104 


7B 


7A 


R177 


6C 


2C 


C106 


2G 


5A 


J12 


4A 


4A 


R105 


IB 


7A 


R178 


6E 


2C 


0107 


4F 


5B 


J13 


7A 


3A 


R106 


3B 


7B 


R179 


6E 


3C 


C108 


5G 


4A 


J14 


8A 


1 A 


R107 


7B 


7B 


R180 


QJ 


2B 


cm 


IB 


IOC 








R108 


8B 


7B 


R181 


8J 


IB 


C112 


IF 


6A 


K100 


IF 


6A 


R111 


1A 


6A 








C113 


IF 


5A 


K101 


1G 


5A 


R113 


1G 


5A 


U112 


1L 


6C 


Cl 14 


2J 


5C 


K102 


1G 


5B 


R114 


IF 


5A 


U122 


4L 


4C 


C121 


3B 


IOC 


K103 


1H 


68 


R121 


3A 


4A 


U171 


4C 


3B 


C122 


4F 


4A 


K104 


2L 


5D 


R123 


3G 


4A 


U172 


6D 


38 


C123 


4F 


4A 


K105 


2K 


6D 


R124 


3F 


3A 


U173 


6E 


3C 


Cl 24 


4J 


4C 


K107 


4F 


4A 


R131 


7A 


2A 


U174 


IE 


3A 


Cl 25 


4B 


ID 


K108 


4G 


4A 


R132 


6H 


2A 


U175 


4E 


3C 


C126 


7F 


ID 


K109 


4G 


4B 


R133 


6H 


2A 








C131 


7B 


IOC 


K110 


4H 


5B 


R134 


7H 


2A 


W11 


IB 


8A 


Cl 32 


7H 


2A 


Kill 


5L 


4D 


R135 


7J 


2B 


W12 


3A 


5A 


Cl 33 


7J 


2B 


K112 


5K 


4D 


R136 


7K 


2C 


W13 


7A 


3A 


C134 


7J 


2B 








R137 


7K 


2C 


W14 


7A 


2A 


Cl 37 


7L 


2C 


LI 30 


7L 


2C 


R139 


7L 


2C 


W100 


4F 


5C 


Cl 38 


7K 


2C 


LI 40 


8L 


1C 


RT4 1 


7J 


28 


W101 


5G 


5C 


C151 


8B 


IOC 








R142 


7J 


2B 


W102 


5G 


3B 



Partial A10 also shown on diagrams 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 f 7 and 15. 






WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 2 





SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF). 





+6,7 V 



+6.7 V 




2 

< 



< 

5 



SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF). 




"*% *k .VH % M i 




SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF). 




6555-40 



VERTICAL PREAMPS AND OUTPUT AMPLIFIER DIAGRAM 2 



ASSEMBLY AtO 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


! BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C139 


4C 


2C 


0251 


40 


4F 


R250C 


5E 


5F 


R711 


3L 


9J 


Cl 59 


5C 


1C 


0252 


3J 


4E 


R250O 


3E 


5F 


R712 


4L 


10J 


C201 


7C 


4G 


0253 


4J 


4F 


R250E 


2E 


5F 


R715 


1L 


10K 


C202 


7C 


4H 


0284 


0F 


6E 


R250F 


IE 


5F 


R716 


2L 


10K 


C203 


7C 


4H 


0285 


6F 


5E 


R250G 


5F 


5F 


R717 


2M 


9 K 


C204 


8C 


5H 


0701 


3M 


9H 


R251A 


4H 


5F 


R718 


1M 


9K 


C210 


1C 


6E 


0702 


4M 


10H 


R251B 


5H 


5F 


R719 


3M 


10H 


C211 


2D 


5E 


0703 


2M 


9K 


R251C 


5E 


5F 


R720 


4M 


10H 


0212 


IE 


5E 


0704 


6 K 


10H 


R251D 


4E 


5F 


R721 


1L 


9K 


C213 


2E 


5E 








R251E 


2E 


5F 


R722 


2L 


9K 


C216 


6B 


10G 


R115 


ID 


50 


R251F 


IE 


5F 


R724 


4K 


9K 


C220 


3C 


4D 


R125 


2D 


4D 


R251G 


5F 


5F 


R725 


4K 


9K 


C221 


3D 


4E 


R138 


4C 


2C 


R254 


3G 


5F 


R726 


6K 


10J 


C222 


3£ 


4E 


R140 


4D 


2C 


R255 


3G 


5F 


R727 


5K 


10K 


C223 


3£ 


4E 


R158 


5C 


1C 


R250 


2G 


6F 


R720 


5K 


10H 


C228 


7B 


10G 


R160 


5D 


1C 


R260 


7G 


5E 


R729 


5K 


10H 


C232 


4E 


2E 


R201 


6E 


5G 


R261 


7G 


5E 


R730 


5K 


9K 


C233 


5£ 


2E 


R202 


7E 


5G 


R262 


3F 


5F 


R731 


3M 


9H 


C238 


7B 


10G 


R203 


8E 


5G 


R263 


4F 


5F 


R732 


4M 


10H 


C242 


5E 


IE 


R204 


8E 


5Q 


R264 


3F 


5F 








C243 


6E 


IE 


R205 


7D 


6H 


R265 


4F 


5F 


U201 


8D 


5H 


C248 


8B 


10G 


R206 


BE 


5G 


R266 


2G 


4F 


U202 


70 


5G 


C258 


8C 


4H 


R207 


7C 


90 


R267 


2G 


4F 


U203A 


6B 


10G 


C 288 


7D 


9G 


R209 


7C 


1M 


R268 


4 J 


5F 


U203B 


78 


10G 


C271 


3H 


4F 


R210 


IE 


6E 


R269 


2J 


5F 


U203C 


70 


10G 


C272 


3 H 


4F 


R211 


IE 


6E 


R270 


3J 


4F 


U203D 


8B 


10G 


C273 


3H 


4F 


R212 


2C 


2L 


R271 


4H 


4F 


U210 


ID 


5E 


C274 


3 H 


4F 


R213 


2C 


1M 


R272 


3H 


4F 


U220 


2D 


4E 


C275 


4Q 


4F 


R214 


2C 


BH 


R273 


3H 


40 


U230 


3D 


3E 


C491 


2E 


2E 


R215 


7C 


5N 


R274 


3J 


3E 


U240 


5D 


2E 


C492 


3E 


2F 


R218 


2C 


5E 


R275 


3G 


4E 


U260 


2F 


5F 


C493 


4E 


2E 


R219 


1C 


5D 


R276 


4G 


4F 


U280 


8F 


5G 


C494 


6E 


2F 


R220 


2E 


4E 


R277 


3G 


4F 


U701 


2L 


10J 


C706 


3L 


10H 


R221 


2E 


4E 


R278 


3J 


3F 


U702 


1M 


9K 


C707 


6L 


0J 


R222 


3C 


2L 


R279 


4J 


3F 


U801B 


8B 


7H 


C711 


3L 


9J 


R223 


3C 


1M 


R260 


3J 


3F 








C712 


4L 


10J 


R224 


3C 


6H 


R281 


4J 


3F 


W19 


4M 


10H 


C811 


8B 


7J 


R225 


1C 


8C 


R284 


6E 


6F 


W20 


3M 


9H 








R227 


2C 


8C 


R285 


6G 


6E 


W200 


3C 


6G 


CR201 


2C 


5D 


R228 


3C 


4E 


R286 


7F 


5G 


W201 


2C 


6G 


CR202 


1C 


5D 


R229 


1C 


5D 


R287 


7F 


5F 


W202 


7E 


5G 


CR260 


3J 


4F 


R230 


4E 


3E 


R288 


70 


6F 


W203 


7D 


6H 


CR261 


4J 


4F 


R231 


4E 


3E 


R289 


60 


5F 


W205 


7B 


6G 








R232 


5C 


1L 


R290 


7F 


6F 


W206 


6B 


60 


DL21 


3K 


3F 


R233 


5C 


1M 


R291 


7F 


5F 


W207 


7B 


60 


DL21 


3K 


9J 


R234 


4C 


5H 


R292 


8E 


5G 


W208 


6B 


60 








R235 


5D 


3E 


R293 


8F 


50 


W209 


8C 


60 


L701 


5L 


9J 


R238 


5C 


2D 


R294 


8G 


5G 


W210 


BB 


10G 


L702 


6L 


10J 


R240 


5E 


2E 


R295 


8G 


50 


W223 


3C 


5E 


L703 


3M 


OH 


R241 


5E 


2E 


R296 


7F 


5F 


W231 


4E 


2E 


L704 


4M 


10H 


R242 


6C 


1L 


R702 


5K 


9J 


W232 


4E 


2E 








R243 


6C 


1M 


R703 


5K 


10J 


W415A 


IE 


5E 


P19 


4N 


10H 


R244 


6C 


5H 


R706 


3K 


9K 


1 W415B 


IE 


3F 


P20 


3N 


9H 


R248 


6D 


2E 


R707 


4K 


10K 


W416A 


3E 


3E 








R250A 


2H 


5F 


R708 


3M 


10H 


W416B 


3E 


3E 


0250 


3G 


4E 


R250B 


3H 


5F 


R710 


1L 


10K 


W815 


8B 


80 


Partial A1Q also shown on diagrams 1, 3, A, 5, 6, 7 and 15. 









/X CH i preamp in** 
V*/ FROM J112-B 



«<J> ( 



CH 1 VAfl . 
FROM *2304-0 



gyACH i PREAMP 1 
X/ FROM U171-11 i 
^ CH 1 PREAMP 0 I 
^Sy FROM U172-4 



*<3> 



CH i EH 
FROM U600-39 



8B<3> 

<^>CH 2 PREAMP IN* 



HO CH 1 POS EN 
FROM *2502-6 



FROM U122-B 



x/j\ CH 2 VAfl 
“NxFROM *2304-9 



I CH 2 PREAMP 1 
FROM U173-4 
CH 2 PREAMP 0 
FROM U173-5 
CH 2 INVERT 
FROM U173-6 



3H /j\ CH 2 EN 
X'FROM U600-38 

aa4>w ch 2 pos en , 
"V FROM W2502-7 




6H <5 >C F!WH P U173^7 1 ' 



rm/XcH 4 PREAMP 1 , 
FROM U 173- 14 



3M /4\ CH 4 EN i 
X/FROM U600-36 

/jS RO CH 4 POS EN , 
^ FROM *2502-9 



3 < 3 >. 



, CH 1 POS , 
FROM *2304-1 



U210 



+7.5V 0 



R225 <H 
4.7K 

Wr •— 

+7.5V b C210J. 



R219 5 
10 OK 5 



CR202 
M 



> R229 
f 100K 



:}• 



R2J4 2 
9.09K ? 



R212 i 
510. 


> ^ R2ia| Xc2ii * 

1 24K 2.87K? T 22 




V iz 

7 




Rl25 

-75.0 a 

R227 <3— VVV— 

4.7K J0 




C22°X v«_4 

.022T <J 




1 




*223 12 




+BV 

R22*i 

®: 09K ?W200 n 



CR210 
► 330 



CH i 
GAIN 



R231F 




U220 



jV . . 

PS3\1— I 

V0 



R250E 

B2 



1 V* 

VERTICAL 


t rVWt 

>R220 0 5 


PREAMP 


S 330 


M37 6-003 


[ — icw 




|®<R221 CH 2 R251E 


V- 


i3^5K 62 



oh 



C222 
17 






70 J1B04 | 

itstsA 
» (( Jo4 



I tO CH 2 TR+ 
=•* TO R402, 
U431-6 



<3> 



C223 

.022 



I 



-> C492 
33 



R222 

310 



X\ CH 3 PREAMP IN* ►_ 
X/ FROM Cl 90. Li 30. RISIT^ 
7M 



VERTICAL 

PREAMPLIFIERS 



3m /iS CH 3 EN ►_ 
"X/FROM U600-37 

BflAW CH 3 POS EH ^ 
FROM *2502-8 

A OM PREAMP IN* 

V FROM C191. U40. Rl5^^ 



R242< 

510? 



U203A 

3. MC3403 



R223 

24K m 



U230 



R238 

10 



R130 

1.50K 



R234< 

8.09KS 

-vw4 

R233 

24K 



f R235 
i 2.B7K 



Cl 58 

jiiSj 

R158 

1 . BOK 10 





I 






VERTICAL 
PREAMP 
M3 7 6-003 


V* 


-IN 






VAR 




V- 


BND 




T* 


ifVM 




INV 




T8- 






T- 


EN 


XTHERM 


U240 




$ 


V'f 


+ IN 


VERTICAL 

PREAMP 

M376-003 




-IN 






VAR 




V- 


8ND 




T+ 



R2500 

82 



>R231 

?5K 



CH 3 
GAIN 



C232 
17 *P?2 



.\ 






1H> 



\T "232 cife 
■i(ri 33 



V 

| V_0 



CH 3 TR+ 
TO U421-4, 
U431-4 

<§> 

BA 



R2442 

S.09K5 

-VW-i 

R243 

24K 



JR248 

S2.87K 



i} s 



R250C 

82 



rR240 
>330 

Lew 

Vi R241 CH 4 
13^ 5K 6AIN 



17 



1 



r<tH> <3> 

C494 

J 33 



XTHERM — 0243 
.022 



iiel \ y 

•*; ei 



3 /y\ CH 2 POS , 
3 X/FftOM *2304-2 



3 /t\ CH 3 POS _ 
X/FROM *2304-3 



3Q /7S TRACE SEP . 
X/FROM *2304-6 



*/9S CH 4 POS _ 
* X/FROM *2304-4 



U203B 

^MC3403 



C201“t 

'“j 



RO VERT EM , 
FROM 

RS02. U503-4 



=<3> 



R215 *203 
820 



*205 _ 

*C202X + 

IOjiFT 



C238-4- 

•■‘I 



U203C 

w MC3403 

a *Z07 



FROM *2302-2 
»»<£> 



R207 R205 

357 357 

— ♦ vw— 

I J -C288 
.001 






+7.5V A 



0204. 

39K; 



F201 
1 . OK 
— VW — 



A, 12 

R202 

/u 



U202 

74HC4053 



C203-L7 

io^T 

U0O1B ^ 



<» 



MCI 433 



R209 

TRACE SEP EN 510 
FROM 
0600-22 



MAAr- 



ca i*X T^>z 

.022T 



U203D 

MC3403 



*206 
C258-J* 

10^J 



y\BO TR SEP EN 
<» FROM 
V M9S02-10 



-H* 

^a 2 



■"f 



’•‘I cO 



*C204 
v 10nF 



n 3 lyOtt 
R206 



ai 



R204 
1 .0* 



ET75V) 



© 



R2S6 

tOK 

U260 

741 



*15V a 




+15V B 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


*15V 


*7.5V 


*5V 


5N0 


-5V 


U201 






16 


8 


7 


U202 






16 


8 


7 


U203 






4 




11 


U210 




3 






5. 6. 15. 16 


U220 




3 






5. 6. 15. 16 


U230 




3 






5, 6. 15. 16 


U240 




3 






5. 6. 15. 10 


U260 


7 






4 




U701 


5 




4 


8. 10 


14 


U702 






8 




4 


U801 


B 








4 



IVERTICArCOMPARATORl 



R710 

130K 

DIG HORIZ POS 
FROM *2302-6 




18 



<2> 



c R721 
> 130K 



CR716 

>10K 




<R7l8 

SlK 



. VERT COMP 
TO U502-6 



<*> 



R267 

499 



R264 5 
71.52 



R262 5 
71.52 



(+OV) 



R250A 

82 

id 



<pr&> 



Q250 




R250B 
82 

* DLY LINE COMP ADJUSTMENTS 

(tsTov) 



+15V b 
^ R269 
>432 



Q252\ 



-sv 0 



R2S5 
20. OK 



-«Vn 



R263 < 
71. 5$ 




r R275# 
100 



» R273 
500 



£C275 

91 



; C273# ; 
3.8-25 I 



_LC271 

'51 



> R272* 
r» 



*C274 ; 
1.5-4- 



R271 
9. IK 



L l 


rrr 


i R2B02 


■ B274 j 1 1 


> IK? 


1 <] 


-4W4I 


> R201S 


III 


1 t02 l 


: - Jul 



DL 21 



1 

iff I 

IF»-> 

!1U_ 



=<^ 




Q703 



R717 

IK 



<t90MY)l 



£72iv)iR 



) Q253 






9707 

17 



Q251 



R251A 

02 



id 

R25I3 

B2 






RO JITTER R7 fjJ< 



P725 
IK 23 



sDELAY-LINE 



e < 3 >f 1 



CR730 

ilK 



r R2516 
82 



NyFROM *1106 




T^nSr 



iM. 



B*L B L 



Q70 1 



* D 



P20 

’►VERTICAL 

(*40V ) OUTPUT 
rn 



*20 



CR7 19 

52O 



C706X 1 -tS5V H 



cR720 

S20 



300| 

V--*38v a 

3002 



*19 P 



R732 

75 



" (*40V) N OUTPUT 
TO VI 



^"io 8 Q70a 



1L701 

}330nH 



-C707 

51 



JL702 

233CMTH 



.*d^*i,* 



Q285J. 



R286 

100 

—wv— 



C3284 



R290 

187 

— VW- 



R291 

187 

~Wr 



R287 

100 



+7 :5 y A 



<L 



<4^ 



+ 7 :^A 



R289 
1 .OK 
— WV— 



-3V E 



U280 

CA3054 



"iof 



-5V E 



-3V e 



♦7.5V C 

ig 60 



RO VERT 
“CENTERING 



VERTICAL I 
POSITION 
SSWITCHINGI 



fvERTfiCALdiufF 






U201 

74HC4053 



Static Sensitive Oevices 

Sea Maintenance Section 



FOR XNTESRATED CIRCUIT SUPPLY 
CONNECTIONS AND POWER 8UPPLY 
DECOUPLING NETWORKS SEE: 

MAIN BOARO POWER DISTRIBUTION <^5> 



-5V E 



A10 



2247A 



5367-02 
REV MAY 1990 



VERTICAL PREAMPS AND OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 



2247 A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 3 




0 V 




0 





SET HORIZONTAL MODE TO ALT. 




CONNECT 4-DIVISION COMPOSITE 
VIDEO SIGNAL. SET TRIGGER MODE 
TO TV FIELD. 



CONNECT 4-DIVISION COMPOSITE 
VIDEO SIGNAL. SET TRIGGER MODE 
TO TV FIELD. 





MORE 



CONNECT 4-DIVISION COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL. 
SET SLOPE TO *\- (NEGATIVE-GOING) FOR 
BOTH 2247A AND TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. 



CONNECT 4-DIVISION COMPOSITE 
VIDEO SIGNAL. SET TRIGGER MODE 
TO TV FIELD. 




» 




i ) ! . i 


0 cl: :fi 


\ ( 


h .f: i ! i 1 

| | j : | | 

1 * : 

\ •* ; : • : 

• : * l : i 


•; > j ; 


1 


itTTTTl 

*■ l ? : 





OV 




SET SLOPE TO *V_ (NEGATIVE-GOING) FOR 
BOTH 2247A AND TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. 




OV 



CONNECT 4-DIVISION COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL. 
SET TRIGGER MODE TO TV FIELD. 

SET SLOPE TO (NEGATIVE-GOING) FOR 
BOTH 2247A AND TEST OSCILLOSCOPE. 





DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISE TIME REF AT S 




KT-fe a rr : - 



( 6555 - 41 ) 5367-37 



A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM DIAGRAM 3 



ASSEMBLY A10 


CIRCUIT 


SC HEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C417* 


6M 


2H 


0444 


2L 


2F 


R463 


6L 


IF 


R1136 


4F 


4H 


C421 


1H 


2G 


0470 


5K 


1H 


R470 


6L 


1G 


R1142 


3G 


4G 


C422 


2H 


3H 


0474 


7K 


IF 


R471 


5K 


1H 


R1143 


4G 


4H 


C423 


2H 


2G 


0480 


8L 


IF 


R472 


5K 


1H 


R1144 


3H 


4H 


C424 


2H 


3G 


01 101 


5E 


5J 


R473 


6K 


1H 


R1145 


3H 


4H 


C425 


2J 


2G 


01102 


4E 


5J 


R474 


6K 


1H 


R1150 


2D 


3G 


C426 


2D 


3H 


01103 


5F 


5J 


R475 


8K 


IF 


R1154 


6F 


4G 


C432 


1L 


2G 


01104 


3E 


5J 


R476 


8L 


IF 


R1155 


6F 


4G 


C444 


2L 


2F 


01105 


3E 


5J 


R477 


8L 


IF 


R1162 


5A 


5K 


C447 


3L 


2F 


01106 


3F 


5J 


R478 


7L 


IF 


R1163 


5A 


5K 


C451 


6G 


1G 








R479 


7L 


IF 


R1170 


3A 


4J 


C452 


7H 


2H 


R401 


2C 


3F 


R483 


3B 


3F 








C453 


8G 


1G 


R402 


2C 


3F 


R484 


QK 


IE 


U421A 


1C 


3F 


C454 


7G 


1G 


R403 


3L 


3J 


R485 


8L 


IF 


U421B 


IK 


3F 


C455 


6H 


tG 


R410 


1M 


3G 


R406 


8L 


IE 


U421C 


1L 


3F 


C462 


6L 


1G 


R41 1 


1M 


3G 


R487 


8L 


IF 


U431A 


7D 


2F 


C463 


6L 


IF 


R412 


2M 


3G 


R490 


3B 


2J 


U431B 


6J 


2F 


C474 


6K 


tF 


R413 


2M 


3G 


R491 


4B 


3J 


U431C 


6L 


2F 


C476 


7K 


IF 


R414 


6M 


3H 


R492 


4B 


3J 


U441A 


4K 


1H 


C477 


7L 


tF 


R415 


6L 


2G 


R493 


4B 


2J 


U441B 


5K 


1H 


C478 


8K 


IE 


R416 


6L 


2G 


R494 


7B 


2J 


U441C 


7K 


1H 


C483 


3B 


2F 


R417 


6M 


2H 


R495 


7B 


2J 


U441D 


4K 


1H 


C484 


4B 


3G 


R420 


2E 


2G 


R496 


8B 


2J 


U441E 


2K 


1H 


C485* 


8B 


2H 


R421 


1H 


2G 


R497 


88 


2J 


U441F 


IK 


1H 


C486* 


88 


2G 


R422 


2H 


2G 


R498 


38 


3J 


U442A 


6M 


2H 


C487 


3B 


3F 


R423 


2H 


3G 


R1103 


30 


3G 


U442B 


4K 


2H 


C488* 


8b 


2H 


R424 


2H 


3G 


R1104 


3D 


4G 


U442C 


1M 


2H 


C489 


4B 


3G 


R425 


2H 


2G 


R1105 


8J 


5K 


U1101A 


2E 


4G 


C490* 


7B 


2G 


R426 


2D 


2H 


R1106 


8J 


5K 


U1101B 


6G 


4G 


C496* 


8B 


20 


R430 


2K 


2G 


R1110 


5E 


4K 


U1102A 


3G 


4G 


Cl 103 


3A 


4J 


R431 


IK 


2F 


R1111 


4E 


5K 


U1102B 


3H 


4G 


Cl 105 


3E 


5K 


R432 


2L 


2G 


R1112 


4E 


4K 


U1103 


5B 


5K 


C1106 


3H 


4G 


R440 


1L 


2G 


R1113 


4E 


5K 


U1104A 


3J 


4H 


Cl 107 


3H 


4G 


R441 


1L 


2H 


R1114 


4F 


5K 


U1104B 


4G 


4H 


C1110 


3D 


3G 


R442 


IK 


2H 


R1115 


4F 


4J 


U1104C 


6H 


4H 


C1111 


3H 


4G 


R443 


IK 


2H 


R1116 


5F 


4J 


U1106A 


2B 


5L 


Cl 114 


5E 


4J 


R444 


2K 


3H 


R1117 


4F 


3J 


U1106B 


8J 


5L 


Cl 130 


4G 


4G 


R445 


2L 


2F 


R1118 


5F 


4J 


U1106C 


4J 


51 


Cl 143* 


4H 


4H 


R446 


2M 


3F 


R1120 


3E 


5K 








Cl 154 


6F 


4G 


R447 


3L 


2F 


R1121 


4E 


5K 


W401 


2D 


4H 


Cl 155 


6G 


4G 


R448 


3L 


2F 


R1122 


3E 


5K 


W406 


3J 


3H 








R449 


2M 


3F 


R1123 


4E 


5K 


W413 


1M 


3J 


CR432 


IK 


2G 


R450 


6E 


1G 


R1124 


4F 


5K 


W414 


2M 


3J 


CR462 


6K 


1G 


R451 


7G 


1G 


R1125 


3F 


5J 


W1101 


5C 


5K 








R452 


7G 


1G 


R1126 


3F 


5J 


W1102 


3D 


3J 


DL22 


6M 


2K 


R453 


8H 


2G 


R 1 127 


4F 


3J 


W1103 


6C 


5K 


DL22 


6M 


2H 


R454 


7H 


2G 


R1128 


3F 


5J 


W1106 


83 


5L 








R455 


6D 


1H 


R 1 1 31 


3G 


4G 


W1108 


3K 


5K 


L426 


2D 


3H 


R456 


6F 


1G 


R1132 


3H 


4G 








L432 


2L 


2G 


R460 


6K 


1G 


R1133 


3H 


4H 








L462 


6K 


tG 


R461 


6K 


1G 


R1134 


3J 


4H 














R462 


6L 


1G 


R1135 


4F 


4H 








0440 


1L 


2H 




















Partial A10 also shown on^dtagrams 7, 2, 4, 


5, 6, 7 and 75. 



















*See Parts Ust for 
serial number ranges. 




B367-G3 
REV MAY 1990 



AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM 



2247 A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 4 





•f 3.5 V 



SET SEC/OIV TO 20 p 9. WAVEFORM 
VARIES WITH SETTING OF TRIGGER 
HOLDOFF CONTROL. 





SET A & B SEC/DIV TO 0.1 m3, REAOOUT 
CONTROL CCW (OFF), AND HORIZONTAL 
MODE TO ALT. 




+2.65 V 





MORE £> 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 4 (cont) 




0 V 





DISPLAY AND TRIGGER LOGIC AND PROCESSOR INTERFACE DIAGRAM 4 



ASSEMBLY A10 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C600 


8J 


3N 


R604 


7K 


IN 


R647 


5F 


1J 


U502 


5D 


4N 


C601 


8J 


3N 


R605 


8L 


IN 


R648 


5F 


3K 


U503 


3D 


5N 


C602 


1G 


4L 


R606 


8J 


2N 


R649 


5F 


3K 


U600 


3L 


2M 


C603 


1G 


3L 


R609 


3K 


2K 


R650 


6K 


2M 


U601 


8K 


IN 


C607 


6J 


2L 


R610 


3K 


2K 


R651 


2L 


4M 


U602 


1G 


3K 


C608 


6K 


3M 


R61 1 


2K 


3K 


i R652 


5E 


4M 


U603A 


3H 


2K 


C611 


1L 


4K 


R612 


2K 


3M 


R653 


4F 


3K 


U603B 


3H 


2K 


C612 


1L 


3K 


R613 


3J 


2K 


R654 


4F 


3K 


U603C 


1H 


2K 


C614 


5D 


4M 


R614 


3J 


3L 


R655 


4F 


3L 


U603D 


2H 


2K 


C666* 


5J 


4K 


R615 


5F 


4K 


R656 


5H 


4K 


U604A 


4J 


2L 








R616 


6F 


3K 


R657 


4J 


4K 


U604B 


2H 


2L 


CR6Q1 


2M 


4M 


R617 


6F 


3K 


R658 


5H 


4K 


U604C 


8F 


2L 


CR602 


2M 


4M 


R61& 


6F 


3M ! 


R659 


5J 


4M 


U606A 


5D 


3M 


CR603 


5 J 


4M 


R619 


6F 


3M 


R662 


4K 


2L 


U606B 


3E 


3M 


CR612 


0H 


5N 


R620 


6F 


4M 


R663 


6H 


3K 


U606C 


4E 


3M 








R621 


5F 


4L 


R664 


6J 


3K 


U606D 


4E 


3M 


J6Q1 


1M 


2K 


R622 


6F 


3K 


R665 


5H 


4M 


U606E 


2L 


3M 








R623 


6F 


3K 


R666 


5J 


4K 


U606F 


3E 


3M 


P2502 


2M 


1L 


R624 


4J 


2L 


R669 


3H 


3L 








P2502 


4A 


1L 


R625 


4J 


2L 


R670 


4J 


4K 


W502 


4C 


3M 








R626 


1G 


4L 


R671 


6K 


3M 


W503 


7C 


3M 


Q600 


&J 


2N 


R627 


2G 


3L 


R672 


6J 


2M 


W504 


5C 


3M 


0601 


&J 


2N 


R628 


4H 


2K 


R673 


5D 


4M 


W505 


4C 


3M 


0602 


3K 


2K 


R630 


6L 


2N 


R674 


5D 


4M 


W506 


3E 


3N 


0603 


3K 


2K 


R631 


4J 


3L 


R686 


2H 


3L 


W507 


4C 


5N 


Q604 


2K 


3K 


R636 


8H 


5N 


R687 


2J 


3L 


W510 


4E 


6M 


0605 


2K 


3K 


R637 


8H 


3N 


R688 


2J 


3K 


W603 


1G 


4L 


0606 


3J 


2K 


R63& 


8J 


3N 


R689 


1L 


2K 


W604 


4J 


3L 


0607 


3J 


2K 


R639 


1H 


3L 


R690 


1L 


2K 


W605 


6L 


5L 


0608 


6K 


2M 


R640 


2H 


3L 


R691 


tl 


2L 


W610 


3K 


3N 








R641 


5H 


4M 


R692 


1L 


2L 


W61 1 


2L 


3N 


R501 


6B 


1L 


R642 


5J 


3M 


R693 


2L 


2L 


W2502 


3M 


1L 


R502 


4E 


5N 


R643 


5H 


3M 


R694 


2L 


2L 


W2502 


8A 


1L 


R601 


7J 


3N 


R644 


5J 


3M 














R602 


8K 


2N 


R645 


6H 


3M 


U501 


3C 


5M 


Y600 


6K 


3M 


R603 


7K 


IN 


R646 


4K 


3M 














Partial A10 also shown on diagrams 1, 2, 3 , 5, 6, 7 and 15. 



*See Parts List for 
serial number ranges. 



TO/ 

FROM 

J2502-{ 



< 5 > 

1A 

3M 

<S> 




ROCH1POSEN<- 

RO CH 2 POS EN 4 
RO CM 3 POS EN 4 
RO CH 4 POS EN 4 

RO TR SEP EN <- 

TB CAL ^ 



6367-04 
REV MAR 1990 



DISPLAY AND TRIGGER LOGIC AND PROCESSOR INTERFACE 



2247A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 5 



SET A SEC/DIV TO 2 m». 





HORiZ MODE ALT, A SEC/DIV 2 M 8, 

B SEC/DIV .Sus, HOLDOFF MIN, 
DELAY-INTENSIFIED ZONE STARTS MIDSCREEN 






HORIZ MODE A, A SEC/DIV 2 M S, 
HOLDOFF MIN (CCW) 




A AND B SWEEPS AND DELAY COMPARATORS DIAGRAM 5 



ASSEMBLY A10 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUfT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


0301 


40 


8F 


Q326 


5D 


7F 


R333 


5D 


80 


R381 


7D 


10F 


0302 


70 


9F 


Q328 


4K 


8E 


R334 


5B 


80 


R382 


6L 


7G 


C303 


3D 


8C 


Q329 


6K 


9E 


R336 


3L 


9F 


R383 


8B 


90 


C306 


4B 


9D 


0330 


4H 


8F 


R336 


3L 


9F 


R384 


56 


8D 


C306 


4A 


7C 


0331 


0H 


9F 


R337 


2M 


8F 


R385 


1M 


9G 


C307A 


5J 


7E 


0332 


7B 


OF 


R338 


4L 


8E 


R386 


1M 


9G 


C307B 


53 


7E 


Q333 


5B 


8F 


R340 


6C 


7G 


R387 


1M 


8G 


C307C 


7J 


10F 








R341 


1L 


OF 


R388 


3M 


8G 


0308 


4H 


7E 


R301 


ec 


9E 


R342 


2L 


9E 


R393 


4H 


10F 


C310 


4J 


7E 


R302 


4J 


7E 


R343 


1L 


OF 


R394 


8H 


10E 


0311 


5C 


7F 


R303 


4C 


8F 


R344 


4K 


8E 


R395 


5 J 


8E 


0312 


3J 


9E 


R304 


5C 


8F 


R346 


6K 


8E 


R396 


7J 


106 


0313 


2J 


9E 


R305 


5C 


8G 


R347 


5K 


8E 








0314 


5J 


7F 


R306 


4B 


7C 


R348 


5L 


8H 


U301A 


IK 


9D 


C315 


5J 


7G 


R307 


4A 


7C 


R349 


5L 


7H 


U301C 


2K 


9D 


0321 


7C 


9F 


R308 


4A 


7C 


R350A 


6M 


7H 


U302 


IB 


60 


0328 


7H 


10E 


R309 


3C 


9C 


R350B 


7M 


7H 


U303 


2C 


90 


0329 


7J 


10F 


R310 


3C 


7C 


R350C 


6L 


7H 


U304A 


3 H 


BO 


0330 


7J 


10G 


R311 


3D 


8C 


R350E 


5L 


7H 


U304B 


8H 


6° 








R313A 


4D 


7D 


R352 


6L 


7H 


U307 


2F 


70 


CR301 


3C 


7C 


R313B 


3D 


7D 


R354 


6B 


9E 


U308 


2Q 


7D 








R313C 


3D 


7D 


R355 


6C 


96 


U309A 


4A 


7C 


0301 


3D 


70 


R313D 


3D 


7D 


R358 


7B 


9F 


U3098 


3D 


7C 


0302 


4B 


8E 


R314 


3D 


7C 


R357B 


1M 


8F 


U310 


5F 


100 


0303 


4C 


8F 


R315 


8K 


106 


R357C 


1M 


8F 


U311 


50 


1QO 


0304 


4D 


8F 


R316 


5D 


7F 


R357D 


3M 


8F 


U313 


3M 


BE 


0305 


4J 


7E 


R317 


4B 


BE 


R357E 


3M 


8F 


U315A 


1M 


8F 


0306 


4J 


7E 


R318 


4C 


8E 


R359 


2M 


8G 


U315B 


4M 


8F 


0307 


3H 


8D 


R319 


58 


8F 


R380 


3M 


80 


U315C 


2M 


BP 


0308 


5D 


8F 


R320 


6K 


8E 


R361 


6D 


80 


U316A 


6M 


7H 


0309 


5C 


8F 


R321A 


6F 


80 


R362 


4C 


8F 


U316B 


6L 


7H 


O310A 


5J 


8E 


R321B 


6F 


8D 


R383 


7C 


9F 


U318C 


6L 


7H 


031 OB 


5J 


8E 


R321C 


6F 


8D 


R364 


8C 


9G 


U318D 


6M 


7H 


0311 


5C 


8F 


R321D 


3F 


8D 


R365 


7H 


1QE 








0312 


5K 


8E 


R321E 


3F 


8D 


R366 


1A 


ec 


VR301 


SB 


60 


0313 


8D 


9F 


R321F 


3F 


8D 


R367 


2A 


ec 


VR302 


5B 


6G 


0315 


6B 


9E 


R322 


5L 


7H 


R370 


8C 


9G 


VR303 


8B 


80 


0316 


7C 


OF 


R323 


7L 


7G 


R371 


8D 


9G 


VR304 


7B 


8G 


0317 


7D 


9F 


R325 


4H 


7D 


R372 


8D 


9G 


VR308 


7C 


OF 


0318 


7J 


toe 


R326 


4J 


7D 


R373 


8C 


10G 


VR309 


5C 


7G 


0320 


BH 


9E 


R327 


7C 


9F 


R375 


8K 


106 


VR310 


8C 


9Q 


0321 


70 


9F 


R328 


3M 


8E 


R376 


7K 


10E 


VR311 


6K 


8E 


0322 


7C 


9F 


R329 


3J 


9E 


R377 


6L 


8G 


VR312 


8K 


10E 


0323A 


7J 


9E 


R330 


2J 


9E 


R378 


5M 


6J 








0323B 


8J 


9E 


R331 


3K 


8E 


R379 


6L 


7H 


W304 


7K 


8G 


0325 


7K 


10E 


R332 


5C 


7G 


R380 


6M 


6J 


W802 


5K 


8G 


Partial A10 also shown on diagrams i t 2 , 3, 4, 6, 7 and 15. 





A AND B SWEEPS AND DELAY COMPARATORS DIAGRAM 5 



ASSEMBLY A10 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


0301 


4D 


8F 


0326 


50 


7F 


R333 


5D 


6G 


R381 


7D 


10F 


C302 


70 


9F 


0328 


4K 


8E 


R334 


5B 


8G 


R382 


6L 


7G 


C303 


30 


SC 


0329 


6K 


9E 


R335 


3L 


9F 


R383 


8B 


9G 


C305 


4B 


90 


Q330 


4H 


8F 


R336 


3L 


9F 


R384 


5E 


80 


C306 


4A 


70 


0331 


6H 


9F 


R337 


2M 


8F 


R385 


1M 


9G 


C307A 


5J 


7E 


0332 


7B 


9F 


R338 


4L 


8E 


R386 


1M 


9G 


C307B 


5J 


7E 


0333 


5B 


8F 


R340 


6C 


7G 


R387 


1M 


8G 


C307C 


7J 


1QF 








R341 


1L 


9F 


R388 


3M 


8G 


C308 


4H 


7E 


R301 


6C 


0E 


R342 


2L 


9£ 


R393 


4H 


10F 


C310 


4J 


7E 


R302 


4J 


7E 


R343 


1L 


9F 


R394 


6H 


10E 


C311 


50 


7F 


R303 


4C 


8F 


R344 


4K 


8E 


R395 


5J 


8E 


C312 


3J 


9E 


R304 


5C 


8F 


R346 


6K 


8E 


R396 


7J 


10E 


C313 


2J 


9E 


R305 


5C 


6G 


R347 


5K 


8E 








C314 


5J 


7F 


R306 


4B 


7C 


R348 


5L 


8H 


U301A 


IK 


9D 


C315 


5J 


7G 


R307 


4A 


7C 


R349 


5L 


7H 


U301C 


2K 


9D 


0321 


7C 


9F 


R308 


4A 


7C 


R350A 


6M 


7H 


U302 


IB 


8C 


C326 


7H 


10E 


R309 


3C 


9C 


R350B 


7M 


7H 


U303 


2C 


9C 


C329 


7J 


10F 


R310 


3C 


7C 


R350C 


6L 


7H 


U304A 


3H 


80 


0330 


7J 


10G 


R311 


3D 


8C 


R350E 


5L 


7H 


U304B 


6H 


80 








R313A 


4D 


70 


R352 


6L 


7H 


U307 


2F 


7D 


CR301 


3C 


7C 


R313B 


3D 


70 


R354 


8B 


9E 


U308 


2G 


7D 








R313C 


3D 


70 


R355 


6C 


9E 


U309A 


4A 


7C 


0301 


3D 


7C 


R313D 


3D 


70 


R356 


7B 


9F 


U309B 


3D 


7C 


0302 


4B 


8E 


R314 


30 


7C 


R357B 


1M 


8F 


U310 


5F 


100 


0303 


40 


8F 


R315 


8K 


10E 


R357C 


1M 


8F 


U31 1 


5G 


100 


0304 


40 


8F 


R316 


50 


7F 


R357D 


3M 


8F 


U313 


3M 


8E 


0305 


4J 


7E 


R317 


4B 


6E 


R357E 


3M 


8F 


U315A 


1M 


8F 


0306 


4J 


7E 


R318 


4C 


8E 


R359 


2M 


8G 


U315B 


4M 


8F 


0307 


3H 


80 


R319 


5B 


8F 


R360 


3M 


8G 


U315C 


2M 


8F 


0308 


50 


8F 


R320 


5K 


8E 


R361 


8D 


8G 


U316A 


6M 


7H 


0309 


50 


8F 


R321A 


6F 


8D 


R362 


4C 


8F 


U316B 


6L 


7H 


O310A 


5J 


8E 


R321B 


6F 


80 


R363 


7C 


9F 


U318C 


6L 


7H 


031 OB 


5J 


8E 


R321C 


6F 


6D 


R364 


8C 


9G 


U316D 


6M 


7H 


0311 


50 


8F 


R321D 


3F 


8D 


R365 


7H 


10E 








0312 


5K 


8E 


R321E 


3F 


80 


R366 


1A 


8C 


VR301 


6B 


6G 


0313 


8D 


9F 


R321F 


3F 


80 


R367 


2A 


ec 


VR302 


5B 


6G 


0315 


6B 


9E 


R322 


6L 


7H 


R370 


8C 


9G 


VR303 


8B 


BG 


0316 


7C 


9F 


R323 


7L 


7G 


R371 


80 


9G 


VR304 


7B 


6G 


0317 


7D 


9F 


R325 


4H 


70 


R372 


80 


9G 


VR308 


7C 


9F 


0318 


7J 


10E 


R326 


4J 


7D 


R373 


8C 


10G 


VR309 


5C 


7G 


0320 


6H 


9E 


R327 


7C 


9F 


R375 


8K 


10E 


VR310 


80 


9G 


0321 


7D 


QF 


R328 


3M 


8E 


R376 


7K 


10E 


VR311 


6K 


8E 


0322 


7C 


9F 


R329 


33 


9E 


R377 


6L 


8G 


VR312 


8K 


10E 


0323A 


7J 


9E 


R330 


2J 


9E 


R378 


5M 


6J 








0323B 


aj 


9E 


R331 


3K 


BE 


R379 


6L 


7H 


W304 


7K 


8G 


0325 


7K 


10E 


R332 


5C 


7G 


R38Q 


6M 


6J 


W802 


5K 


8G 



Partial A10 also shown on diagrams 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 15. 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 6 




SET READOUT CONTROL 
CCW (OFF). 






<6555-43)6367-24 




t3S*?** «i *> < r mm V t F"" <**»*> 'at ». Mmatot&a y** 

i HORIZONTAL PREAMPLIFIER! 



"<§> 



A RAMP 
FROM 
HBOS 



/V » SAMP 
HI <5> FROM r 
V *3f 



e <3> 



'<?> 



X AXIS 
FROM 
L426 



v RO HORIZ 



FROM *U6QO— 24 



HD1 

FROM U600-23 



*811 *810 



R827 

250 



SC/ 3 S MAS 

FROM Ui 103-6 

yv RO REG DLY 
5E <4> FROM 
v U806-B. R55 

■ap/X BEAM FIND 
NX FROM U503-7 



R807 

: 75 


W3B “|«J 
X SAIN 

R823 

500 cw j 


X Ceos t®J 

I 100 RO HORIZ GAIN 


*805 


M806 8 


* * 

M807 


M808 u 


1 

CflgOi 


+7.5V 

< RB60 ! 

*820 | 6 


\ 

’ CR602 


MS21 


2 


14 



HORIZ POS 
1B Vy FROM M2 302-6 

O 

FROM Ml 103 



c <$> 



R35B< 




U301B 


5605 


!* « n 


74HC4053 




L 311 


0 MUX 


R353« 






1 .5K< 




0. 1 




\ , a r\ 


1 


M305 


R369 




. 330 9_ _ 




^ T 1 

C319^ 1 


2X0 

axi 






HORIZ 
IX GAIN 



HORIZ 
X10 GAIN 



P17 

< -HORIZONTAL 
OUTPUT 
TO VI 

<3> 




pis 

< + HORIZONTAL 
OUTPUT 
TO VI 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


+15V 


+7.5V 


+sv 


GNO 


-SV 


U301 






16 


8 


7 


U801 


e 








4 


U602 




16 




4 


9 



fcOMMON MODE STABILIZER! 



L 



A10> 



Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SUPPLY 
CONNECTIONS ano pomer supply 
DECOUPLING NETWORKS SEE: 

MAIN BOAflO POMES DISTRIBUTION 



2247A 



6367-06 
REV MAH 1990 



HORIZONTAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER <6> 



2247A Service 




6081-32 



Figure 9*7. A8 — CRT Control board. 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 7 



A8— CRT CONTROL BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


R901 


7 






R902 


7 


W9O0 


7 


R903 


7 


W900 


15 


R905 


7 








SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF) AND 
A INTEN CONTROL CW (FULLY ON). 






SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF) AND 
A INTEN CONTROL CW (FULLY ON). 



SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF), 

A INTEN CCW (OFF), B INTEN CW (FULLY 
ON), AND HORIZONTAL MODE TO ALT. 





SET READOUT CONTROL CCW (OFF), 

A INTEN CCW (OFF), B INTEN CW (FULLY 
ON), AND HORIZONTAL MODE TO ALT. 




( 6555 - 44 ) 6367.25 



Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJUST AND CONTROL MUX DIAGRAM 7 



ASSEMBLY A8 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


R901 


5A 


1A 


R903 


6A 


IF 


W900 


4A 


IE 








R902 


6A 


1C 


R905 


4A 


1H 














Partial A8 also shown on diagram 1 5. 


ASSEMBLY A10 


C910 


2L 


tOB 


DS2701 


8L 


QN 


R930 


1H 


SB 


R2726 


56 


at 


C935 


2H 


78 


DS2702 


7L 


9M 


R931 


1H 


7A 


R2727 


5E 


7L 


C1001 


SC 


7L 


DS2703 


SK 


9M 


R932 


1H 


7B 


R2728 


5E 


6L 


C1C X)2 


6C 


8M 


0S2704 


6K 


9M 


R933 


1H 


7B 


R2729 


6E 


7L 


C1003 


ec 


8M 








R934 


2G 


7B 


R2733 


6F 


9L 


Cl 004 


7C 


7L 


J15 


2K 


7A 


R935 


2H 


7B 


R2734 


6F 


10L 


C2703 


7G 


7M 


J927 


2L 


108 


R936 


1J 


7A 


R2735 


5G 


10L 


C2704 


6G 


7M 








R937 


2J 


7A 


R2736 


5G 


10L 


C2705 


7G 


7N 


P8 


8A 


ION 


R938 


1G 


78 


R2737 


SG 


10K 


C2706 


7H 


6N 


P9 


3M 


8N 


R939 


2G 


7B 


R2738 


5G 


10L 


C2707 


7H 


7M 


P9 


4M 


ION 


R940 


2J 


7A 


R2739 


4H 


10L 


C2708 


6H 


7N 


P2302 


1A 


100 


R941* 


1H 


8A 


R2740 


5J 


10L 


C2710 


7J 


7N 


P2304 


3A 


100 


R1001 


5C 


4L 


R2741 


5J 


8M 


C2711 


7K 


8M 








R1002 


60 


5M 


R2742 


6J 


8L 


C2712 


7K 


8N 


0905 


4E 


10A 


R1003 


6C 


4L 


R2743 


6H 


8L 


C2713 


7K 


6N 


0907 


4E 


10A 


R1004 


7C 


4L 


R2745 


7J 


7N 


C2715 


6G 


10L 


0908 


4F 


10A 


R1005 


5C 


8L 


R275G 


6J 


8M 


C2716 


5H 


10L 


Q1001 


5D 


4L 


R1006 


6D 


7L 


R2751 


6K 


9M 


C2717 


5H 


10L 


01002 


6D 


4L 


R1007 


70 


8L 


R2758 


6L 


9L 


C2719 


5J 


10M 


Q1003 


60 


4L 


R1008 


7D 


8L 


R270O 


6L 


10M 


C2720 


6J 


8L 


01004 


70 


4L 


R1009 


BC 


7L 


R2705 


7F 


7M 


C2721 


6J 


6K 


Q1005 


8D 


7L 


R1010 


88 


7K 


R2784 


3L 


7N 


C2723 


6E 


7L 


02701 


7H 


7N 


R1020 


5B 


7L 


R2785 


3L 


8N 


C2724 


7K 


10M 


02702 


7H 


7M 


R1021 


5B 


7L 


R2786 


4L 


6N 


C2759 


7F 


7M 


02703 


7H 


7N 


R1022 


6B 


7L 


R2787 


5L 


6N 


C2763 


3L 


8N 


02704 


8H 


6N 


R1023 


68 


7L 


R2788 


5L 


7N 


C2784 


SL 


6N 


02705 


7G 


8M 


R1024 


7B 


7L 


R2789 


5L 


8N 


C2785 


5L 


8N 


02706 


8F 


7M 


R1025 


7B 


8L 


R2795 


7E 


7L 








02707 


7F 


6M 


R1028 


50 


4L 


R2796 


6F 


6M 


CR935 


2J 


7A 


02708 


5E 


8L 


R2701 


7E 


6L 








CR936 


2J 


7A 


02709 


5F 


8L 


R2702 


7E 


5L 


U506 


2E 


IOC 


CR1001 


5D 


4L 


02711 


5G 


10L 


R2703 


BE 


7L 


U930A 


1H 


8B 


CR1002 


70 


4L 


02712 


5H 


10L 


R2704 


6E 


7L 


U930B 


2H 


8B 


CR1003 


8C 


8L 


02713 


5H 


10L 


R2705 


7F 


7L 


U931 


3H 


9B 


CR1004 


7C 


7L 


02715 


7F 


6M 


R2706 


7F 


7M 


U1001A 


78 


7L 


CR1005 


50 


3L 








R2708 


6G 


7M 


U1Q01B 


6B 


7L 


CR2701 


7K 


9M 


RS03 


2B 


IOC 


R2709 


6G 


7M 


U1001C 


60 


7L 


CR2702 


7K 


9M 


R5G8 


2B 


IOC 


R2710 


8G 


QM 


U1001D 


59 


7L 


CR2703 


7 K 


8N 


R510 


28 


IOC 


R2711 


7G 


?N 








CR2704 


7K 


6N 


R512 


3B 


IOC 


R2712 


7G 


7M 


VR2701 


7G 


6M 


CR270S 


8G 


6M 


R906 


4E 


108 


R2713 


7G 


7M 








CR2707 


7F 


7L 


R907 


4E 


10A 


R2714 


7G 


7M 


W9 


3M 


8N 


CR2713 


6H 


10L 


R908 


4F 


10A 


R2715 


7G 


7M 


W9 


8A 


ION 


CR2714 


5H 


10L 


R909 


5D 


8B 


R2716 


6G 


7M 


W9 


8M 


ION 


CH271 5 


5 J 


9L 


R910 


21 


JOB 


R2717 


6H 


7M 


W16 


8A 


7L 


CR2716 


5K 


9M 


R911 


2L 


8A 


R2718 


7J 


7M 


W906* 


1H 


8A 


CR2717 


6K 


9M 


R920 


3G 


88 


R2719 


7J 


7N 


W1000 


5D - 


3L 


CR2718 


5J 


8L 


R921 


3G 


88 


R2720 


7J 


8N 


W1288 


8J 


6J 








R922 


3H 


9C 


R2721 


7K 


9N 


W2302 


3A 


10D 


DS901 


4E 


8A 


R923 


3H 


9C 


R2722 


8K 


8L 


W2304 


4A 


10D 


DS902 


4F 


9A 


R924 


2H 


9C 


R2723 


7K 


9M 


W2701 


70 


6M 


DS903 


4F 


10A 








R2724 


7K 


7N 








Partial AID also shown on diagrams 7, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 15. 


OTHER PARTS 


J16 


7A 


CHASSIS 


P26 


1L 


CHASSIS 


VI 


1M 


CHASSIS 














P27 


2M 


CHASSIS 















*See Parts List for serial number ranges, 




8307-07 
REV HAY 1990 



Z-AXIS. 



PROBE ADJUST. ANO CONTROL MUX 





2247 A Service 



n v B y C y Df E y F f G v H y J v K 






5 



7 



8 



;t ^ ■?. ^ * 

U2417 



* «£.& 
p} oo 
'Or*' 
:fi*' *ulco 



*■ * * T •* 

tf) r to o) o 

— — CO 

-O' •O -cj -<i- -o 

Co CO Co co co 

to to o o o 



# -fo ■$• 4' ■$ *■' '*} . ™H '$ 

CO ptf : 

U2403 

COCO' 

■!* t£ -V *1 ? ?" >c ; til oe 




* ■? ™ £ , 

CD CD O .57 °CDO )0 

000 ^ °> O O — 

0)0 0 )” ” <D CD CD 

pccir^^tcKa; 



U 1 9 0 1 



<0 if) <5 O’ 

,7 00 o o 

SS ® ® ® ^ 

; ,gg So Q fl£ 

J -■- 

l r n “? 



0 or 



U1903 



cnooh_ 
CO CO D 
C7) cr> CJ> QJ 



U 1 904 



10 c- 

— cn 
co co 

-*<_>££ 

1 

' >4 s 

,foMC 

qj:c 

>2' 



O 03 
CO — * 

O) co 



00 r~ 

<0 »- 

CO CO 



0 05 
"O CD 
GO <J> 



U 2‘ %n 




R 1927* 



<n o (o 
<7) » ’ 0) 
j «— » CD <r- 1 



^ % 

? : U2405 

co ; 

to ;*&’•%* ** t* «* & 

4 ffc ‘p'k $ ■& $ "is" & • 

■CO; ; 

Si ! U2404 

co 

U X< ft £- 7 ^ 'tf '$•-• ; 

■«£ flB $ 6: .j* ■£? » Sf T? 

U24 1 1 ; 

0 ••* & # *i 4* 7 i#f £ £ ^ ' 





in 902 



* & Vi <• k {» & 4 J' "i cn A 

CD CO rrr Q CD CD -O LD CD —> o CO 
OivjCOCO’-’COCNlCoCO CO 0 ) vD 
cn CD CD CD CD <31 O) 0) CD ; CD CD 

toaEOSQEOCSaSOCaCOC OS S ft! 



* R1917 
; R 19 18 



U 1 905 



Cf *: 
& V- 




CO -r 
ID tO 

0> CD v. - 
^ ^ CO 0 

• oc os ^ . 

' a : s. CD CD i 



U2406 



co 



3 (NUn 
3 <0 tO 
J ID CO 
> CO (J> 

" OC s? 



<n ,ti —i :$ 

p tD r» LD <D 
CD CD CD LD 10 



U2512 



4 it >:•« *% 

ID.F- CD n 

too^oi 
10 lo Co id 
coco CO CO 
OC to OS OS 



4 & 

CO to. 
Co m, 
<0 co 

ep fit 



; U2303 

% t ^ ■? * v * 



CO 5—1 
cn m 
CO CS) 
CC <i> 



U2408 



CO co 

fe ^ $ -4 * si * O Cd 



U2407 



1 # # ■& 4 4 

U2402 

> # .a ^ '.*■ $> ^ 

r S* $■ #ic' *r W t 1 ;.' 

U2401 

< ft -4 5^ * >?• %. 



U25 3 7 



•-» 4 ? e sl 

U2503 



■‘-f ^ ^ ^ i 

U2515 



U2514 



to vD o- cn co — co ^ o co 

— O- ID o- 

CD O) CD CD <D CD CD CD CD CD 

dc o; cc oe cc oe: cis as as oc 



U2513 



CD CD 

as Os- 



lo <ri 
o o 
CD CD s 



U2518 



tr- *?. ?i- 



' 7 ^ R 2629-: 



U2521 



u> j «•• 

10 -O- . 

i/> <0 to 
co W> in 
O fOCO 
,:; Q£ CJ 



U2506 



COCO. CSJSCO 
COCO CO i <0 
<0 Csl CO : CO 
<£l£ 



* e fs- 'is 

CO 

U2300 

Co 

j*- «-■ V ## ^ ^ ^ :?¥-?■* to 
^ O -Sr 'ii 

U2302 

SI iS ♦ ‘J * -i.- <- is 



■4 ti U Ai :J> * *3K 

U2413 



LD 
to r-, 

V-, 

O- CO 

csjec: 



p 00 

—■ 000 
co ro o- o 
<0 CO to CO 

o 



:<? a- & ^ C V?- S &f 

U2415 



1 j£ j* ^ .f 

U2412 

: <? j* «» i» f- 



- '4 >* <» ¥ '■ 

U24 1 4 

.s s> 5 ^ & ■>■ 



co ^ W 

CJ CO CO 
A qc QS 



ID LO 
<0 to 

OS OC 



0- fc> »c 
ti :$ ?,■ .* 

o * 



U2313 



ID CD 
CO o 

as in 



i 

o o • 

to to t 

CO CO f, 

QZ<$ i' 



§ 



* & & 6 # ^ ®-. 

U2303 

■ 4# * « S- to !$[ 



8 S 



UZ3H 

> 5 > C? j 



co <0 in o- o- o- o- 
Co SO to CO CO CO CO 

to to as as as a: as 



j® ^ * 1 % $ 

U2416 

« s e 



« »] 



<SJ LD 

CoVsi 
a; to 




-? R2S2'lV"V t ® 

U2519 



iD CD. O' 
OOO 
in ld to 
co co co 
cj as as 



in co co 
(sj ID ID 

a: co co 

ns as 



^2502 
■ ® * 

,- ^02517 



*S 

, . ^ fit 

oa r~ to 

X; U in 

, LO ID P 

CO 

as as to 

Ss 2§01 



U2523 



U2525 



ID 














c£> 


O 














O 


<0 


in 


to 


co 


cn 


tn 


9 


cn 


co 


0 


to 


0 


O 


<0 


0 


co 


q£ 


<n 


CO 


cn 


cn 


to 


cn 


as 




CO 


CO 


OJ 


CO 




co 






to 


0 


O 


0 




0 





<56 <D 
00 o 
to in cn 



U2305 



U2304 






J2302 



rx 

& 



b 



BT2501 



1 toco 
j co co 
3 cn co 
j co co 

3 0 0 



ld cn r- 
LD LD in 
cn <0 <n 
co to co 
as as as 



r^o6iDiD4?<Oeo' 



00 00 cn co 
co co co co 
as as a; as 



cn cn co co 
co co co co 
as oe as as 

* 

ID •— > <n CD 

cn cn co to 
fo <n toco 
oj to as 0^ 

as as 



j L6 -» 



U2308 



CDCO-tCO^-OCDCDr' 
tt o v)<f cn co 00 

(ofnp)oo(o(o(o(oco 
to men to ojcocococococofoco 
cocototo a; as as as as a: as as as 



CO CO CO 

oe as as 

U o o 



_ _ ^ ^ . , _ , , r h- ’ti 00 otooto xj " o co 

H ^LO>tLD<n l ncOu3<3in f oinin^iD,’tLoNrin?»intoiniDtniD 
in (\j uS c\i ld ru ^ <xj ^. rvi ld <0 to ld cm ip to in co in ro 1/) <\j id cm in 
WuWu Nu JJj uWl>WuU<OoJ| U^luMu^oMoW 



O to c6 r- 



QC 



to cn cn 
co co co 
as as as as os as as 



R2325 



§ 

in 

CM 

O 



8 

to 

cm 

O 



3 

§ 



8 

m 

CM 

o 



s 

in 

a 



os :,- os 



J23Q4 >■: :■ ■* ' W2105>P21O5 



Figure 9-8. A 16 — Processor board. 



J2501 







® 



Static Sensitive Devices 

See Wamtendnce Section 



COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE 



Assembly 

Number 



Component Number 



A23.A2R1234 

TTnr 

Subassembly 
Number (if used) 



Schematic 

Circuit 

Number 



Chassis- mounted components have no Assembly Number 
prefu— see end of Replaceable Electrical Potts List. 



A1 6— PROCESSOR BOARD 







Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE 



Component Number 



A23 A2 R1234 



Assembly 

Number 



Subassembly 
Number (it used) 



Schematic 

Circuit 

Number 



Chassis mounted components have no Assembly Number 
ptefu— see end ol Replaceable Electrical Paris List- 












A16- 


-PROCESSOR BOARD 










CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


BT2501 


8 


C2509 


16 


Q2504 


10 


R2314 


11 


R2511 


8 


U2401 


9 






C2510 


16 


Q2505 


10 


R2315 


11 


R2512 


8 


U2401 


16 


C1901 


12 


C2511 


16 


Q2506 


10 


R2316 


11 


R2513 


8 


U2402 


9 


C1902 


12 


C2514 


8 


Q2507 


8 


R2317 


11 


R2514 


8 


U2402 


16 


Cl 903 


12 


C2515 


8 






R2318 


11 


R2515 


8 


U2403 


9 


C1904 


12 


C2516 


8 


R1901 


12 


R2319 


11 


R2516 


8 


U2403 


16 


Cl 905 


12 


02517 


8 


R1902 


12 


R2320 


11 


R2517 


8 


U2404 


9 


Cl 906 


12 


C2518 


8 


R1903 


12 


R2321 


11 


R2518 


8 


U2404 


16 


Cl 907 


12 


C2521 


10 


R1904 


12 


R2322 


11 


R2519 


8 


U2405 


9 


Cl 908 


16 


C2522 


10 


R1905 


12 


R2324 


11 


R2520 


8 


U2405 


16 


C1909 


12 


C2523 


10 


R1906 


12 


R2325 


11 


R2521 


e 


U2406 


9 


C1910 


12 


C2524 


10 


R1907 


12 


R2328 


11 


R2522 


8 


U2406 


16 


Cl 911 


12 


C2525 


10 


R1908 


12 


R2329 


11 


R2523 


8 


U2407 


9 


C1912 


12 


C2526 


10 


R1909 


12 


R2330 


11 


R2524 


8 


U2407 


16 


C1914 


12 


C2530 


16 


R1910 


12 


R2331 


11 


R2525 


10 


U2408 


9 


C1915 


16 


C2531 


16 


R1911 


12 


R2337 


11 


R2526 


8 


U2408 


16 


C1916 


12 


C2532 


16 


R1912 


12 


R2338 


11 


R2527 


8 


U2409 


9 


Cl 91 7 


12 


C2541 


16 


R1913 


12 


R2339 


11 


R2528 


10 


U2409 


16 


Cl 920 


12 


C2543 


10 


R1914 


12 


R2340 


11 


R2529 


10 


U2410 


9 


C2300 


11 


02544 


10 


R1915 


12 


R2341 


11 


R2532 


10 


U2410 


16 


C2301 


11 


C2545 


10 


R1916 


12 


R2342 


11 


R2534 


10 


U2411 


9 


C2302 


11 


C2546 


10 


R1917 


12 


R2343 


11 


R2536 


10 


U2411 


16 


C2303 


11 


C2547 


10 


R1918 


12 


R2344 


11 


R2538 


10 


U2412 


9 


C2304 


16 


C2548 


10 


R1919 


12 


R2345 


11 


R2540 


10 


U2412 


16 


C2305 


11 


C2549 


10 


R1920 


12 


R2346 


11 


R2542 


10 


U2413 


9 


C2306 


11 


C2550 


10 


R1921 


12 


R2347 


11 


R2546 


10 


U2413 


16 


C2307 


11 


C2551 


8 


R1922 


12 


R2348 


11 


R2547 


10 


U2414 


9 


C2308 


11 


C2552 


8 


R1923 


12 


R2349 


11 


R2548 


10 


U2414 


16 


C2309 


11 


C2553 


8 


R1924 


12 


R2350 


11 


R2549 


10 


U2415 


9 


C2310 


11 


C2554 


8 


R1925 


12 


R2351 


It 


R2550 


10 


U2415 


16 


C2311 


16 


C2555 


8 


R1926 


12 


R2352 


11 


R2551 


10 


U2416 


9 


C2312 


16 






R1927 


12 


R2355 


11 


R2552 


10 


U2416 


16 


C2313 


16 


CR1901 


12 


R1928 


12 


R2356 


11 


R2553 


10 


U2417 


9 


C2314 


16 


CR1 902 


12 


R1929 


12 


R2357 


11 


R2554 


8 


U2417 


16 


C2315 


16 


CR1903 


12 


R1930 


12 


R2361 


11 


R2555 


8 


U2501 


8 


C2316 


16 


CR1904 


12 


R1931 


12 


R2362 


11 


R2560 


8 


U2501 


16 


C2317 


16 


CR1905 


12 


R1932 


12 


R2363 


11 


R2561 


8 


U2502 


8 


C2318 


11 


CR2501 


8 


R1933 


12 


R2364 


11 


R2562 


8 


U2502 


16 


C2319 


16 


CR2502 


8 


R1934 


12 


R2365 


11 


R2563 


8 


U2503 


8 


C2320 


11 


CR2504 


8 


R1935 


12 


R2400 


9 


R2564 


8 


U2503 


16 


C2321 


16 


CR2505 


8 


R1936 


12 


R2401 


9 






U2506 


8 


C2322 


11 






R1937 


12 


R2402 


9 


U1901 


12 


U2506 


16 


C2323 


11 


DS2501 


8 


R1938 


12 


R2404 


9 


U1902 


12 


U2512 


8 


C2324 


11 






R1939 


12 


R2405 


9 


U1903 


12 


U2512 


16 


C2401 


16 


J1901 


12 


R1940 


12 


R2406 


9 


U1904 


12 


U2513 


8 


C2402 


16 


J1902 


12 


R1941 


12 


R2407 


9 


U1905 


12 


U2513 


16 


C2403 


16 


J2302 


9 


R1942 


12 


R2408 


9 


U2300 


11 


U2514 


8 


C2404 


16 


J2302 


11 


R1943 


12 


R2409 


9 


U2300 


16 


U2514 


16 


C2405 


16 


J2302 


16 


R1944 


12 


R2410 


9 


U2301 


11 


U2515 


8 


C2406 


16 


J2304 


11 


R1945 


12 


R2411 


9 


U2301 


16 


U2515 


16 


C2407 


16 


J2501 


10 


R1946 


12 


R2412 


16 


U2302 


11 


U2517 


8 


C2408 


16 


J2501 


16 


R1947 


12 


R2413 


9 


U2302 


16 


U2517 


16 


C2409 


16 


J2502 


8 


R1948 


12 


R2414 


9 


U2303 


11 


U2518 


8 


C2410 


16 


J2502 


9 


R1949 


12 


R2415 


9 


U2303 


16 


U2518 


16 


C2411 


9 


J2502 


16 


R1950 


12 


R2416 


9 


U2304 


11 


U2519 


8 


C2412 


9 


J2503 


10 


R1951 


12 


R2417 


9 


U2304 


16 


U2519 


16 


C2415 


16 


J2601 


11 


R1952 


12 


R2418 


9 


U2305 


11 


U2521 


8 


C2416 


9 


J2601 


16 


R2301 


11 


R2419 


9 


U2305 


16 


U2523 


10 


C2417 


9 






R2302 


11 


R2420 


9 


U2306 


11 


U2523 


16 


C2418 


9 


L1901 


12 


R2303 


11 


R2421 


9 


U2306 


16 


U2524 


10 


C2419 


9 






R2304 


1 1 


R2501 


8 


U2308 


11 


U2524 


16 


C2420 


9 


P2105 


11 


R2305 


11 


R2502 


8 


U2308 


16 


U2525 


10 


C2501 


16 


P2105 


16 


R2306 


11 


R2503 


8 


U2309 


11 


U2525 


16 


C2502 


16 






R2307 


11 


R2504 


' 8 


U2309 


16 






C2503 


16 


Q1901 


12 


R2308 


11 


R2505 


8 


U2313 


11 


W2105 


11 


C2504 


16 


Q1902 


12 


R2309 


16 


R2506 


3 


U2313 


16 


W2105 


16 


C2505 


16 


Q1903 


12 


R2310 


11 


R2507 


8 


U2314 


11 






C2506 


16 


Q2501 


10 


R2311 


11 


R2508 


8 


U2314 


16 


VI 901 


12 


C2507 


16 


Q2502 


10 


R2312 


11 


R2509 


8 


U2400 


9 


Y2501 


8 


C2508 


16 


Q2503 


10 


R2313 


11 


R2510 


8 


U2400 


16 







MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR DIAGRAM 8 



ASSEMBLY A1 6 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUrT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


ST2501 


5 K 


7D 


J2502 


IB 


2K 


R2510 


7D 


6G 


U2502 


7A 


0K 








J2502 


3M 


2 K 


R2517 


8F 


6K 


U2503A 


2F 


4H 


C2514 


68 


6 H 








R2518 


0F 


6K 


U25038 


2D 


4H 


C2515 


68 


6H 


02507 


7F 


7K 


R2519 


6J 


6K 


U2503C 


6G 


4H 


C2516 


5J 


8K 








R2520 


5H 


4J 


U2503D 


IF 


4H 


C2517 


8A 


0K 


R2501 


2D 


4G 


R2521 


5E 


5J 


U2506A 


7D 


5K 


C2518 


8A 


8K 


R2502 


ID 


4H 


R2522 


3H 


6J 


U2506B 


7D 


5K 


C2551 


4M 


4F 


R2503 


7E 


5K 


R2523 


7A 


6K 


U2506C 


78 


5K 


C25S2 


4M 


4F 


R2504 


68 


5K 


R2524 


8B 


6K 


U2506O 


2E 


5K 


C25S3 


3M 


4F 


R2505 


8D 


5F 


R2526 


7D 


6F 


U2512 


3J 


4F 


C2554 


3M 


4F 


R2506 


SK 


7C 


R2527 


70 


6G 


U2513 


3G 


4J 


C2555 


5M 


4K 


R2507 


6D 


6H 


R2554 


2B 


2A 


U2514 


2G 


5H 








R2508 


28 


3D 


R2555 


IB 


4G 


U2515 


IE 


4H 


CR2501 


4J 


7K 


R2509 


IS 


5K 


R2560 


3M 


4F 


U2517 


4L 


5F 


CR2502 


4K 


7K 


R2510 


2B 


8J 


R2561 


3M 


4F 


U2518 


5L 


4K 


CR2504 


8E 


6K 


R2511 


IB 


8C 


R2562 


3M 


4F 


U2519 


6L 


6J 


CR2505 


7F 


7K 


R2512 


IE 


4H 


R2563 


4M 


4F 


U2521 


7J 


5J 








R2513 


10 


4G 


R2564 


5M 


4K 








DS2S01 


8E 


7K 


R2514 


3D 


5G 








Y2501 


BC 


8H 








R2615 


80 


6G 


U2501 


1C 


6G 








Partial A16 also shown on diagrams 9. 10,1 1, 12 and 16. 




2247A 



6367 -OB 
Rev mar 1990 



MEASUREMENT PROCESSOR 



8 



2247A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 9 



STORE/RECALL MENU ON FACTORY 
RECALL #1 SELECTED 






8555-72 






0 V 





STORE/RECALL MENU 
ON FACTORY RECALL #1 SELECTED 



STORE/RECALL MENU 
ON FACTORY RECALL #1 SELECTED 



0 

-.56 V 




FACTORY SETUP #1 MENU OFF. 




READOUT SYSTEM DIAGRAM 9 



ASSEMBLY A16 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


circuit 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C2411 


6J 


5E 


R2404 


1G 


ID 


R2420 


2M 


2A 


U2410 


2E 


2B 


C2412 


4J 


50 


R2405 


4G 


5D 


R2421 


1A 


20 


U2411 


7F 


4B 


C2416 


2H 


IB 


R2406 


5K 


6E 








U2412 


4J 


5D 


C2417 


2J 


IB 


R2407 


5K 


6E 


U2400 


2C 


3C 


U2413 


3J 


50 


C2418 


2J 


IB 


R2408 


3K 


6C 


U2401 


4B 


5E 


U2414 


4L 


60 


C2419 


2J 


IB 


R2409 


3K 


6C 


U2402 


6B 


5E 


U2415 


3L 


6C 


C2420 


2K 


10 


R2410 


5M 


7C 


U2403 


1G 


1C 


U2416A 


5L 


7C 








R2411 


3M 


7C 


U2404 


5E 


4B 


U2416B 


3L 


7C 


J2302 


3M 


BB 


R2413 


5J 


5E 


U2405 


6F 


3B 


U2418C 


3M 


7C 


J2502 


1A 


2K 


R2414 


6J 


5E 


U2406 


5G 


4C 


U2416D 


5M 


7C 


J2502 


1M 


2K 


R2415 


4J 


5D 


U2407A 


4F 


5E 


U2417A 


IB 


1A 








R2416 


4J 


5C 


U2407B 


3F 


5E 


U2417B 


1C 


1A 


R2400 


2B 


2A 


R2417 


4M 


7C 


U2408 


4G 


5C 


U2417C 


2B 


1A 


R2401 


2M 


2A 


R2418 


4M 


7C 


U2409A 


IB 


2B 


U2417D 


3B 


1A 


R2402 


2F 


2C 


R2419 


2M 


2C 


U2409B 


ID 


2B 








Partial A1 6 also shown on diagrams 8, 70, 11,12 and IQ. 



4> A GAT£ T 
^ FROM P2502-22, 



R2421 

€20 



L? 0? i CLOCK DI VIDER/COUNT ER 1 1 




I DOT | , 




>1^ 




FREEZE * 1 1^ 


PAL 


I REFRESHER I 


[RO POSITION ENABLE LATCH] 


irL™. ~-4r^ - 




a 1 


EN 

>C 




U2403 




TO J2601-J6 

1H <ft> 



U2417B 

74LS00 






CTHDIV16 

ro 



Pos EN 
M5 5T6 



74HCT374 



U2409B 

741 S3 93 



to/b> RO but m 

nT FROM R2516 



INTERRUPT] 
REQUEST 
! LATCH 



U2417C 

74LS00 




DATA 

BUS-*- 

TO/FROM 

i> 



AR2400 

C4.7K 



READOUT 

[PROCESSOR] 



U2400 

6BB05 _ 

l 

8-BIT 
MICROCOMPUTER 

timer 

XT AL 
EXTAL 



I 


7 

8 


* 


9 



fast 



a SYS RESET RESET 

7B <B> FROM <1_JL 

v IE>5nK-R N P 



U2417D 

74LS00 



- RO INTR 
TO 

R2508 

<«> 



/bi 


13 


'P2 


14 ( 


'R3 


15 


'R4 


16* * 


/ R5 


17* 


'R6 


ia. . 


^7 


19. _ 



U2401 

74HCT374 





11 


S D0 


13 


S D1 


B 


s 02 


14 


S D3 


7 


,D4 


17 


S D5 


4 


s 06 


18 


^7_ 


3 






9 


R r 


15 


R2, 


6 


R3, 


16 




5 


RS^ 


19 


PS, 


2 


R7 (/ 



RO BUF RO 
FROM » 
R2515 

<§> 

80 



U2402 

74HCT374 





31 


V D0 a 


1? 




9 


,02 


IS 


S D3 


6 


^° 4 • 


16 


s 05 


5 


^D6 


19 




2 



0 


Rly 


14 | 




7 


R3, 


17 ( 




4 1 


R5> 


18 | 


‘ R6, 


3 


! R7 ^ 



>P8 PA-s 



f«rao& 
o e acn 



jfcOMMUNI CATION LATCHES) 






U2410 

PAL16R8A 



R2404 < 
4.7KS 



nu !Q 


1 R1 


3 


'R2' 


4 


'R3 


7 


y R4 


0 


* 


17 


+5V — • 






14 




13 



rS 



C2416 “ C2417 

47 



"J 



I 



! C241B i C2419- * 

" T ~ ”1 " 



<R0 CH 1 POS EN n 

tK ro CH 2 POS EN 

KRO CH 3 POS EN 

^(RO CH 4 POS EN 

-h( RO TR SEP EN 



R2419 

100 

— WV— 



R2401< 
4.7K > 




J 






R2402 

4.7K 



1 CHARACTER DOT 
‘ POSITION ROM 



U24078 

74L5393 



ii 



CTR0IV1 


6 


11 * 


DOTO 


9 


CT-0 


0 


10 


$ 


DOT 1 


7 


CT- 




9 


6 


DOT 2 


6 


> + 




8 


V 


DOT 3 


5 




1,3 






fVYT A A 



CTR0IV1B 
CT-I 



RAM EN 

TOT sr 



U2407A 

74LS393 



[CHARACTER DOT COUNTER! 



gggR 



U2404 

74LS193 






CTH0IV16 
CT-0 _ 

> 2+ iCT-15 
81 



V R0 


15 


,R1 


1 


S R2 


10 


S R3 


9 



C3 



2CT-0 XL 



.30_ [*L 
JlL 
J*L 
[ 8 ] 



[CHARACTER 
POSITION 
ADDRESS 
COUNTER j 



CHg , 



“t 

/~4 — > i- 

1 G2 



CTR0IV16 

^ CT "° - Li2 

>2+ lCT-lSj*^ 

51 



JU 


15 




1 


^R6 


10 


^R7 


9 



U2405 

741S193 






C3 
30 [1} 



TaT 



[A] 



R2405 5 
620 . 



EPROM 
4096 X 8 



r * : 



i 

9 ’ 


J DOO 


12 


10 




* 001 


11 


11 


V DO 2 


10 


13 




CHO 


9 


14 




/CHI 


8 



R2420 

100 






<R0 REQ 



U2415 

4052 



D/A CONVERTER 



+2 . 5Vp 



U2408 

2732 



v CHO 


8 


\CH1 


7 


^CH2 


6 


S CH3 


5 


S CH4 


4 


S CHE 


3 


V CH6 


2 


^CH? 


1 



U2406 

6116 

RAM 

_M46 X B 



'CH2 


7 


'CH3 


6 


^CH4 


5 



n a* 



81 IM$8) 

B241S 
1.24K iA 
+2 . 5Vp — 7< VREF {+) 

<T J WV~^ VREF (-) 
R2416 
IK 

<J-^*|VLC 

16 



COMP 



C2412 

200 



U2412 

OAC— 08 



D/A CONVERTER 
- BB(LSB) 



+2.5Vp 



CH7 





,R0 


6 


vRl 


13 


,R2 


14 


,R3 


7 


, R 4 


4 


,R5 


17 


V R6 


3 


LR7 


IB 



U2411 

74HCT374 






vPO 



10, 

61 

62 

1. 2EN [READ] 
1C3 [WHITE! 



R2413 

+2.5Vp-iwJLl^ 

<H m i5 k 

R2414 

’V 3 * 

-7.5V 

C2411 

200 



VREF (+} 
VREF (-J 



[character codeTramI 



[READOUT] 
DACS 



A16 



fFTELDTTilXEr B ^ 



PROCESSOR BOARD 



3M<^>REF CURSOR FROM U2304-14 ■ 
4M<^ DELTA CURSOR FROM 11230 4-1 ■ 



-5XL 




U2416C 

TL074 ____ 

J2302 

10 



READOUT *1 
[POSITION MIXER! 



R2417 * 
1.24KJ 




R241B 

61.9 



RO HORIZ ' 



JL&j 



2J1 



JUX 



a. a 



U2414 

4052 



MUX 

M 



TO 

P2302 

‘*<S> 



U2416A 

TLQ74 
3 



R2410 

604 



^13 




HU V tH I j 

' v ® 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


+7.5V 


+5V 


GNO 


-7.5V 


U24G0 




3 


1 




U2401 




20 


10 




U2402 




2Q 


10 




U2403 




20 


10 




U2404 




16 


a 




U2405 




16 


8 




U2406 




24 


12 




U2407 




14 


7 




U240B 




24 


12 




U2409 




14 


7 




U2410 




20 


10 




U2411 




20 


10 




U2412 




13 




3 


U2413 




13 




3 


U2414 




16 


8 


7 


U2415 




16 


8 


7 


U2416 


4 






11 


U2417 




14 


7 








Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SUPPLY 
CONNECTIONS AND POWER SUPPLY 
DECOUPLING NETWORKS SEE: 

PROCESSOR BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION <0> 



2247A 



6367-09 
REV MAR 1990 



READOUT SYSTEM 



A 



B 



C 



D 



I 



mm 



S800I S2CH7 



S2G02 



S2006 S2022 S2038 S2010 S2026 S2Q42 S2012 



U200I 



DS200I ■ DS2003 DS2020 ^ 

S2S34 7 DS200H ' . 0S2O04 DS202I 



§ 

o 

cu 



S2003 

52019 a 
S2035 

■f 

52020 



in 

o 

8 

w 

DS20I2 



- R200I C 'V.:'?.: 

U2002 0820,1 DS20i3 



DS2009 

DS2010 

S2604 $2036 



S2007 S2039 



DS20I5 

0S20I4 

S2009 $2041 



Si 

& $2028 



DS2023 



S2005 $m S|p7 S2008 S20Z4 $2040 DS2O05 

DS2006 



0S2007 g 
DS2008 § 



S2$43 



; 



«sa 






O) 

Q 

/■ 

JO 

$2030 g 

v> 

o 



CM 



0S2026 

DS2027 

DS2028 

DS2029 

DS2030 

DS203! 



CM _ 

OS o 

o 

CM 

K 

U 



DS2039 DS2047 
S2048 



$2015 S20fS 



DS2032 

DS2048 

S2QI3 S2045 



$2031 

08204! M /' 

o \ :■ 

DS2042 S ' ' 

g 

DS2034 

DS2035 DS2043 
DS2036 OS2044 
DS2037 DS2045- 
092038 OS2046 w 



% 



6081-37 






A14— SWITCH BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


circuit 


SCHEM 


circuit 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


C2001 


16 


DS2023 


10 






$2026 


10 






OS2025 


10 


R2001 


10 


$2026 


10 


CR2001 


10 


DS2026 


10 


R2002 


10 


52030 


10 


CR2002 


10 


OS2027 


10 






52031 


10 


CR2003 


10 


OS2026 


10 


S2001 


10 


S2033 


10 


CR20Q4 


10 


0S2029 


10 


S2002 


10 


$2034 


10 


CR2005 


10 


DS2030 


10 


32003 


10 


52035 


10 


CR2006 


10 


DS2031 


10 


S2004 


10 


52036 


10 






DS2032 


10 


52005 


10 


$2037 


10 


DS2001 


10 


0S2033 


10 


S2006 


10 


S2038 


10 


DS2002 


10 


OS2034 


10 


S2007 


10 


$2039 


10 


DS2003 


10 


DS2035 


10 


$2008 


10 


S2040 


10 


OS2004 


10 


DS2036 


10 


S2009 


10 


52041 


10 


DS2005 


10 


DS2037 


10 


S2010 


10 


SZ042 


10 


DS2006 


10 


OS2038 


10 


52011 


10 


S2043 


10 


DS2007 


10 


052039 


10 


S2012 


10 


S2045 


10 


DS2008 


10 


DS2041 


10 


S2013 


10 


52046 


10 


DS2009 


10 


DS2042 


10 


S2014 


10 


52047 


10 


DS2010 


10 


DS2043 


10 


S2015 


10 


S2048 


10 


0820 11 


10 


0S2044 


10 


S2016 


10 






OS2012 


10 


DS2045 


10 


S2017 


10 


U2001 


10 


DS2013 


10 


DS2046 


10 


S2018 


10 


U2O01 


16 


DS2014 


10 


OS2047 


10 


S2019 


10 


U2002 


10 


DS2015 


10 


OS2048 


10 


$2020 


10 


U2002 


16 


OS2020 


10 






S2021 


10 






OS2021 


10 


P2501 


10 


S2022 


10 


W2501 


10 


DS2022 


10 


P2601 


16 


S2024 


10 


W2501 


16 





Figure 9-9. A14 — Switch board. 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 10 




SWITCH BOARD AND INTERFACE DIAGRAM 10 



ASSEMBLY A14 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


ClRCUfT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


CR2001 


3G 


3F 


DS2025 


3D 


2F 


R2001 


7L 


4B 


S2024 


8H 


3C 


CR2002 


3G 


2F 


DS2026 


3D 


2F 


R2002 


4L 


3E 


S2026 


5H 


1C 


CR2003 


3H 


4E 


DS2027 


4D 


2F 








S2028 


4H 


2D 


CR2004 


3J 


3D 


OS 2028 


5D 


3F 


S2001 


8J 


1A 


S2030 


3H 


2E 


CR2005 


3J 


3C 


DS2029 


5D 


3F 


S2002 


6J 


2A 


S2031 


3H 


2F 


CR2006 


3K 


3A 


DS2030 


6D 


3F 


S2003 


7J 


3A 


S2033 


8G 


IB 








DS2031 


7D 


3F 


S2004 


7J 


4A 


S2034 


BG 


2A 


DS2001 


3F 


2A 


DS2032 


8E 


4E 


S2005 


7J 


3A 


S2035 


8G 


3A 


DS2002 


3F 


20 


OS2033 


3D 


2F 


S2006 


6J 


IB 


S2036 


7G 


4B 


DS2003 


4F 


28 


DS2034 


30 


2F 


S2007 


6 J 


4B 


S2037 


7G 


3B 


DS2004 


5F 


2C 


DS2035 


4D 


2F 


S2008 


6J 


3C 


S2038 


9G 


1C 


DS2005 


6F 


30 


DS2036 


5D 


3F 


S2009 


5J 


4C 


S2039 


6G 


4C 


DS2006 


6F 


3D 


DS2037 


6D 


3F 


S2010 


5J 


1C 


S2040 


6G 


3C 


DS2007 


7F 


3D 


DS2038 


6D 


3F 


S2011 


4J 


4D 


S2041 


5G 


4C 


DS2008 


8F 


30 


DS2039 


70 


3F 


S2012 


4J 


ID 


S2042 


5G 


ID 


DS2009 


3F 


4A 


DS2041 


3C 


2F 


S20t3 


4J 


4E 


S2043 


5G 


3D 


DS2010 


3F 


40 


DS2042 


3C 


2F 


S2014 


3J 


4F 


S2045 


4G 


4F 


DS2011 


4F 


46 


DS2043 


4C 


2F 


S2015 


3J 


4F 


S2048 


3G 


3F 


DS2012 


5F 


38 


DS2044 


5C 


3F 


S2016 


3J 


4F 


S2047 


3G 


3F 


DS2013 


6F 


4C 


DS2045 


6C 


3F 


S2017 


8H 


1A 


S2048 


3G 


3F 


DS2014 


6F 


4C 


DS2048 


6C 


3F 


S2018 


8H 


2A 








DS2015 


7F 


4C 


DS2047 


7C 


3F 


S2019 


7H 


3A 


U2001 


2M 


28 


DS2020 


5E 


2C 


DS2048 


8C 


4F 


S2020 


7H 


4A 


U2002 


5M 


4B 


DS2021 


6E 


2C 








S2021 


7H 


3B 








DS2022 


8E 


2D 


P2501 


2F 


10 


S2022 


8H 


IB 


W2501 


2M 


IB 


DS2023 


7E 


2E 


P2501 


3C 


IB 








W2501 


ac 


IB 


Partial A14 also shown on diagram 16. 


ASSEMBLY A16 


C2521 


2F 


7H 


C2549 


7B 


7K 


Q25O0 


IK 


7H 


R2547 


4C 


7J 


C2522 


1G 


7H 


C2550 


8B 


8J 








R2548 


4C 


7J 


C2523 


1 H 


7H 








R2525 


1M 


8J 


R2549 


5B 


7J 


C2524 


1J 


7H 


J2501 


2F 


6J 


R2528 


2A 


0H 


R2550 


60 


7J 


C2525 


1J 


7H 


J2501 


3C 


8J 


R2529 


4A 


6H 


R2551 


78 


7J 


C2526 


IK 


7G 


J2503 


1M 


7K 


R2532 


2F 


7H 


R2552 


7B 


7K 


C2543 


3C 


7H 








R2534 


1G 


7H 


R2553 


80 


7J 


C2544 


4C 


7J 


Q2501 


20 


7J 


R2536 


1H 


7H 








C2545 


4C 


7J 


Q2502 


1H 


7J 


R2538 


1J 


7H 


U2523 


1A 


7H 


C2546 


58 


7J 


Q2503 


1H 


7H 


R2540 


1J 


7H 


U2524 


3A 


6J 


C2547 


68 


7J 


02504 


1J 


7H 


R2542 


1 IK 


7G 


U2525 


38 


7J 


C2548 


70 


7J 


Q2505 


IK 


7H 


R2546 


3B 


7J 








Partial A16 also shown on diagrams 8, 9, 11 , 12 and 16. 



LED ANODE AND j 


| 


fLEDS SWITCH COLUMN DRIVERS j 


SWITCH register! 


| 





<2540 ^ Q2506 

K 



*&* 



r>ASl 

UaS2 




SWITCH BOARD 
AND INTERFACE 



2247A 



2247 A Service 



A 



B 



D 



F 



* 3ZK15 ; v , . 



R2I06 



R2II0 



R2II2 



> 



> R2I02 



R2I04 



CM 

CO 



m 



CM 

cc 



< 



8 ! 



CO 

co 



CM 

00 



A12— POT BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


8CHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


J2105 


11 


R2104 


11 


R2110 


11 


J2105 


16 


R2105 


11 


R2111 


11 






R2106 


11 


R2112 


11 


R21 01 


11 


R21Q7 


11 


R2113 


It 


R2102 


11 


R21O0 


11 






R2103 


11 


R2109 


11 








(608 1 -58)6555-35 



Figure 9-10. A12 — Potentiometer board. 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 11 





6555-73 




ADC, DAC SYSTEM DIAGRAM It 



ASSEMBLY A1 2 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


ciRCurr 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


J2105 


4B 


IB 


R2104 


6A 


2B 


R2108 


8A 


4D 


R2111B 


3B 


2D 








R2106 


7A 


4C 


R2109 


6A 


4F 


R2112 


5A 


IF 


R2101 


6A 


3A 


R2106 


3A 


ID 


R2110 


5A 


IE 


R2113A 


4B 


2D 


R2102 


8A 


2A 


R2107 


4A 


3D 


R2111A 


3A 


2C 


R2113B 


4A 


2E 


R21G3 


7A 


3B 




















Partial A12 also shown on diagram 16. 


ASSEMBLY A16 


C2300 


3H 


7B 


R2302 


3H 


7A 


R2330 


2G 


6A 


R2363 


7L 


7F 


C2301 


3L 


7C 


R2303 


23 


6C 


R2331 


2G 


BA 


R2364 


6K 


7F 


C2302 


4L 


7B 


R2304 


3L 


7A 


R2337 


4F 


7G 


R2365 


71 


7F 


C2303 


3L 


7B 


R2305 


4L 


78 


R2338 


4F 


7G 








C2305 


2L 


7B 


R2306 


8K 


7C 


R2339 


4F 


7G 


U2300 


2D 


5B 


C2306 


2M 


78 


R2307 


5K 


7C 


R2340 


4F 


7G 


U2301 


IE 


5B 


C2307 


3L 


7A 


R2308 


5K 


70 


R2341 


4F 


7G 


U2302 


33 


6B 


C2308 


3M 


7A 


R2310 


2C 


2A 


R2342 


4F 


7G 


U2303 


IK 


6A 


C2309 


4L 


7A 


R2311 


6F 


7F 


R2343 


5H 


7G 


U2304A 


4L 


7B 


C2310 


4M 


7B 


R2312 


6F 


7F 


R2344 


4H 


7G 


U2304B 


2M 


7B 


C2318 


6K 


7C 


R2313 


7E 


7E 


R2345 


5E 


7F 


U2304C 


3L 


7B 


C232D 


6M 


7D 


R2314 


7E 


7E 


R2340 


5E 


7G 


U2304D 


3L 


7B 


C2322 


5M 


70 


R2315 


7F 


7E 


R2347 


5E 


7F 


U2305A 


5M 


7B 


C2323 


5L 


7D 


R2316 


7F 


7E 


R2348 


5E 


7F 


U2305B 


4M 


7B 


C2324 


5M 


7A 


R2317 


7E 


7E 


R2348 


5E 


7F 


U2305C 


3M 


78 








R2318 


7E 


7E 


B2350 


5H 


7F 


U2305D 


21 


7B 


32302 


2M 


8B 


R2319 


IK 


4A 


R2351 


5H 


7F 


U2306 


5K 


7C 


J2304 


6M 


8E 


R2320 


13 


3A 


R2352 


6L 


7E 


U2308 


5J 


7G 


32601 


1C 


2A 


R2321 


1J 


5A 


R2355 


8L 


7D 


U2309 


63 


6G 


J2601 


1M 


2A 


R2322 


13 


5A 


R2356 


8L 


7D 


U2313 


3G 


6E 








R2324 


1C 


58 


R2357 


8L 


7D 


U2314 


23 


68 


P2105 


4B 


8G 


R2325 


4E 


8G 


R2381 


7K 


7F 














R2328 


2F 


6A 


R2362 


6K 


7F 


W2106 


5B 


8G 


R2301 


3H 


7A 


R2329 


2F 


0A 














Partial A16 also shown on diagrams 8, 9, 10, 12 and 16. 



jaeo ir^i 

^ OACO 

< OACl 
K OAC2 

,k DAC3 
k0AC4 

< DAC5 



REF bly 




£ DAC7 

< DAC BOTWi 

I 

< CLK 4* 

RESET 



DIG HORIZ POS 



8 REF TRIG LVL 



< A TRIG LVl 



. TO 
P2601 



TO/FROM 

P2302 



'<3> 



delta delay 



B DELTA TRIG LVL 



HA IN BO MUX 



< TIME VAR N 



VAR 
< CH 2 POS 



4 POS 



TRACE SEP 
< CH 2 VAR 



< CH 3 POS 



k RO INTEN 



KB INTEN 
< A INTEN 



<$> 



2247A 



6367-11 
R£V MAR I960 



ADC, DAC SYSTEM 



ADC, DAC SYSTEM DIAGRAM 11 



ASSEMBLY A1 2 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

LOCATION 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


J2105 


48 


IB 


R2104 


6A 


2B 


R2108 


8A 


4D 


R2111B 


3B 


2D 








R2105 


7A 


4C 


R2109 


6A 


4F 


R2112 


5A 


IF 


R2101 


6A 


3A 


R2106 


3A 


ID 


R2110 


5A 


IE 


R2113A 


4B 


2D 


R2102 


8A 


2A 


R2107 


4A 


3D 


R2111A 


3A 


2C 


R2113B 


4A 


2E 


R2103 


7A 


3B 





















Partial A12 also shown on diagram 16. 



ASSEMBLY A16 



C2300 


3H 


7B 


R2302 


3H 


7A 


R2330 


2G 


6A 


R2363 


7L 


7F 


C2301 


3L 


7C 


R23G3 


2J 


6C 


R2331 


2G 


6A 


R2364 


6K 


7F 


C2302 


4L 


7B 


R2304 


3L 


7A 


R2337 


4F 


7G 


R2365 


7L 


7F 


02303 


3L 


7B 


R2305 


4L 


7B 


R2338 


4F 


7G 








C2305 


2L 


7B 


R2306 


6K 


7C 


R2339 


4F 


7G 


U2300 


2D 


5B 


C2306 


2M 


7B 


R2307 


5K 


7C 


R2340 


4F 


7G 


U2301 


IE 


6B 


C2307 


3L 


7A 


R2308 


5K 


7C 


R2341 


4F 


7G 


U2302 


3J 


68 


C2308 


3M 


7A 


R2310 


2C 


2A 


R2342 


4F 


7G 


U2303 


IK 


6A 


C2300 


4L 


7A 


R2311 


6F 


7F 


R2343 


5H 


7G 


U2304A 


4L 


7B 


02310 


4M 


78 


R2312 


6F 


7F 


R2344 


4H 


7G 


U2304B 


2M 


7B 


C2316 


6K 


7C 


R2313 


7E 


7E 


R2345 


6E 


7F 


U2304C 


3L 


7B 


C2320 


6M 


7D 


R2314 


7E 


7E 


R2346 


5E 


7G 


U2304D 


3L 


7B 


C2322 


5M 


7D 


R2315 


7F 


7E 


R2347 


5E 


7F 


U2305A 


5M 


7B 


C2323 


5L 


7D 


R2316 


7F 


7E 


R2348 


5E 


7F 


U2305B 


4M 


7B 


C2324 


5M 


7A 


R2317 


7E 


7E 


R2349 


5E 


7F 


U2305C 


3M 


7B 








R2318 


7E 


7E 


R2350 


5H 


7F 


U2305D 


2L 


7B 


J2302 


2M 


89 


R2319 


IK 


4A 


R2351 


5H 


7F 


U23O0 


5K 


7C 


J2304 


6M 


8E 


R2320 


1J 


3A 


R2352 


6L 


7E 


U2308 


5J 


7G 


J2601 


1C 


2A 


R2321 


1J 


5A 


R2355 


8L 


7D 


U2309 


6J 


6G 


J2601 


1M 


2A 


R2322 


1J 


5A 


R2356 


8L 


7D 


U2313 


3Q 


6E 








R2324 


1C 


5B 


R2367 


8L 


7D 


U2314 


2J 


6B 


P2105 


48 


8G 


R2325 


4E 


8G 


R2301 


7K 


7F 














R2328 


2F 


6A 


R2362 


8K 


7F 


W2105 


5B 


8G 


R2301 


3H 


7A 


R2329 


2F 


0A 















Partial A1 6 also shown on diagrams 8, 9 , 10, 12 and 16. 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 12 



SET CH 1 VOLTS/DIV TO 1 V, 

SET A SEC/DIV TO 0.2 
SELECT TOTALIZE FROM C/T MENU, 
APPLY 1 MHz, 3.5 V p-p SIGNAL TO CH 1, 
A SWEEP AND C/T STABLY TRIGGERED. 




CHI 


FR 


EQ 






: 3: 


L. 25 


021 


9K? 


a 


too ^ 

1 / ' 

90— MM 






i 


■ 


) 


1 


■ 


■ ' 






r 




! 






VI 


1L 




^ 2 . 


lfiil 














- 




















- 




Mi 
















1 








































1 












i 


10 


t 







6367-23 



COUNTER/TIMER DIAGRAM 12 



ASSEMBLY A16 






CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C1901* 


8G 


1G 


01901 * 


8h 


2G 


R1923 


4F 


2G 


R1949 


4C 


3J 


[ C1902 


8G 


1G 


Q1902 


7H 


2G 


R1924 


6F 


2G 


R1950 


4C 


3J 


Cl 903 


8H 


1G 


01903 


7F 


1J 


R1925 


5F 


2G 


R1951 


3C 


3J 


Cl 904 


8H 


1G 








R1926 


6F 


2H 


R1952 


3C 


3J 


C1905 


7C 


1G 


R1901 


7F 


1G 


R1927 


6F 


2G 








Cl 906 


BE 


IE 


R1902 


8F 


1G 


R1928 


6G 


1H 


U1901A 


8F 


2F 


Cl 907 


6 H 


1H 


R1903 


7H 


1G 


R1929 


6G 


1H 


U1901B 


7L 


2F 


Cl 909 


7 H 


2H 


R1904 


8G 


1G 


R1930 


6H 


2H 


U1901C 


8L 


2F 


C1910 


7H 


2H 


R1906 


8H 


2G 


R1931 


7H 


2H 


U1901D 


8L 


2F 


C191 1 


7H 


1H 


R1906 


8E 


IE 


R1932 


7H 


2H 


U1901 


7C 


2F 


C1912 


7G 


2J 


R1907 


8E 


IE 


R1933 


7H 


2H 


U1902 


1J 


2F 


C1914 


7F 


1J 


R1908 


8F 


IF 


R1934 


7H 


2H 


U1902 


70 


2F 


C1916 


7E 


2J 


R1909 


8F 


IF 


R1936 


7G 


2H 


U1903A 


3H 


1H 


C1917 


7C 


1J 


R1910 


8F 


IF 


R1936 


7G 


2H 


U1903B 


3H 


1H 


C1920 


7C 


2J 


R1911 


1G 


3J 


R1937 


7F 


W 


U1903C 


4H 


1H 








R1912 


2H 


3J 


R1938 


7F 


1J 


U1903D 


4H 


1H 


CR1901 


8E 


IF 


R1913 


2G 


3J 


R1939 


7E 


2J 


U1903 


7C 


1H 


CR1902 


8F 


IF 


R1914 


2H 


3J 


R1940 


7E 


2J 


U 1904 A 


4H 


2H 


CR1903 


7G 


2J 


R1915 


2H 


3H 


R1941 


4C 


3J 


U1904B 


5H 


2H 


CR1904 


6C 


2K 


R1916 


2G 


3H 


R1942 


4C 


3J 


U1904C 


6H 


2H 


CR1905 


6C 


2K 


R1917 


3F 


3H 


R1943 


3C 


3 K 


U1904D 


6H 


2H 








R1918 


IF 


3H 


R1944 


3C 


3J 


U1904 


70 


2H 


J1901 


2B 


3K 


R1919 


4F 


2G 


R1945 


2C 


3K 


U1905 


ID 


2J 


J1902 


8B 


IE 


R1920 


3F 


2G 


R1946 


3C 


3J 


U190S 


7D 


2J 








R1921 


3F 


2G 


R1947 


3C 


3J 








L1901 


7F 


2J 


R1922 


3F 


2G 


R1948 


3C 


3K 


Y1901 


7G 


IF 


Partial Aid 


also shown on diagrams 8,9, 10, 11 and 16 . 


OTHER PARTS 


J19 


2B 


CHASSIS 


P601 


2B 


CHASSIS 


P1902 


8B 


CHASSIS 


W601 


8B 


CHASSIS 








PI 901 


2B 


CHASSIS 








W1902 


8B 


CHASSIS 



*See Parts Ust for 
serial number ranges. 




EFF: SN B010515 & BELOW. 





TO/FHOH j 
J601 < B GATE <■ 



*<$> 



Iext counter/timer] 

I TIMEBASE INPUT 1 




OLY 5EL <■ 



U 1902 

5 

SLOW 

counter 

LOGIC 



11 


DO, 


10 


01, 


9 


02, 


B 


03, 


7 


D4, 


6 


05, 


5 


06, 


4 


JB) 






Iexternal timebase input] 



SLOW 

COUNTER 

LOGIC 



. OATA BUS 
TO/FROM 

2K <£)► 






U1901B 

MC3431 



190 1C 

MC3431 

10 . 

O^la901D 

MC3431 



PARTIAL A 1 6 PROCESSOR BOARO 



2247A 



6367-12 
REV HAR 1990 



COUNTER/TIMER 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 13 



TRIGGER MODE SGL SEQ 
KEEP READOUT ON IN SGL SEQ? NO 
(IN SERVICE CONFIGURE MENU) 




(6556-45)6367-26 




(6555-48)6367-27 



Figure 9-11. A15 — DAC Subsystem board. 




A15 — DAC SUBSYSTEM BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


8CHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCREW 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


C2801 


13 


C2611 


13 


C2630 


13 


R2606 


13 


R2016 


13 


U2605 


13 


C2602 


13 


C2612 


13 






R2607 


13 


R2617 


13 


U2606 


13 


C2603 


13 


0261 3 


13 


J2604 


13 


R2608 


13 


R2618 


13 


U2607 


13 


C2604 


13 


C2614 


13 






R2609 


13 


R2619 


13 


U2608 


13 


C2805 


13 


C2615 


13 


P2601 


13 


R2810 


13 


R202Q 


13 


U2609 


13 


C2606 


13 


C2618 


13 






R2611 


13 










C2607 


13 


02617 


13 


R2601 


13 


R2012 


13 


U2601 


13 


W2601 


13 


C26Q3 


13 


C281 8 


13 


R26G2 


13 


R2613 


13 


U2602 


13 | 






C2609 


13 


0261 9 


13 


R2603 


13 


R2814 


13 


U20O3 


13 






C2610 


13 


C2620 


13 


R2604 


13 


R2615 


13 


U2804 


13 







DAC SUBSYSTEM DIAGRAM 13 



ASSEMBLY A1 5 


ciRcurr 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


aRCurr 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


aRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


location 


C2801 


30 


3B 


P2601 


IB 


1C 


R2B13 


4L 


3C 


U2606A 


4L 


3C 


02602 


4K 


3C 


P2801 


7M 


1C 


R2614 


6L 


30 


U2606B 


4L 


3C 


02603 


4K 


3C 








R2615 


5L 


30 


U2606C 


4L 


3C 


C2604 


6K 


3C 


R2601 


2G 


3B 


R2618 


5L 


1C 


U2606D 


5L 


3C 


C2605 


6 K 


30 


R2602 


3G 


3B 


R2617 


6L 


1C 


U2606 


7D 


3C 


C2606 


6K 


2C 


R2603 


2H 


3C 


R2618 


6L 


ID 


U2607A 


2L 


4C 


C2607 


6K 


2C 


R2604 


8F 


3B 


R2819 


7L 


ID 


U28O70 


2L 


4C 


C2608 


6K 


2C 


R2606 


1C 


IB 


R2620 


6B 


3B 


U2607C 


3L 


4C 


G2609 


2K 


4C 


R2607A 


3C 


IB 








U2607D 


3L 


4C 


C2610 


2K 


4C 


R2607B 


3C 


IB 


U2601 


2E 


2B 


U2607 


7D 


4C 


C2011 


3K 


40 


R2607C 


3G 


IB 


U2801 


50 


2B 


U2608A 


5L 


1C 


C2612 


3K 


4C 


R2607D 


3C 


IB 


U2602 


1G 


3A 


U2808B 


8L 


1C 


C2613 


7K 


20 


R2607E 


3G 


IB 


U2602 


7F 


3A 


U2608C 


6L 


1C 


C2814 


5C 


2A 


R2607F 


3G 


IB 


U2603A 


3D 


IB 


U2608D 


7L 


1C 


C2615 


5C 


3A 


R2607G 


3G 


IB 


U2603B 


4D 


IB 


U2608 


7D 


1C 


C2616 


6C 


IB 


R2607H 


3G 


IB 


U2603C 


4C 


IB 


U2609A 


ec 


3C 


C2617 


6F 


3C 


R2607I 


3G 


IB 


U28030 


4C 


18 


U 28098 


2H 


3C 


02618 


6B 


ID 


R2608 


2L 


4C 


U2603 


5C 


IB 


U2609 


7E 


3C 


C2619 


7B 


1C 


R2609 


2L 


4C 


U2604 


1J 


3C 








C282Q 


7B 


3A 


R2610 


3L 


40 


U2604 


7F 


3C 


W2601 


8B 


IB 


C2630 


68 


38 


R2611 


3L 


4D 


U2605 


5J 


2C 


W2601 


8M 


IB 








R2812 


4L 


3C 


U2605 


7F 


2C 








J2604 


2M 


40 






















TO 
J 260 I 

»DAC HUX OUT iC( jp 

■> n*C BUF HD I 



2247 A 



OAC SUBSYSTEM 



< 0 > 



A 



B 



D 



G 



H 



K 



C22I6 



VR2204 

GROUN& *P* POWER SUPPLY 
FLOATING GROUND 



FZ20I 



R2250 



R222I 



02211 



o 

CM 

eg 

O 



ft 2275 



R2228 



L2208 




L2207 



921Z1 

R2260 



ft 

CM 

o 



C2215 



to 

ft 

CM 

O 



VR2202 R2225 

R2220 Q2204 
R2223 YR220I 

R2219 R2237 

*R2206 R2240 

R2265 C2204 Q22 q 8 

R2246 

R2204 
R2203 




:?1H>R2252 Cft 2204 CR2205 

L # 82238 R2232 



R22& .R 2 243 



R2239 
C 22 13 R 

VR2205 ° 

R224I R2233 



0 



02212 82270 



02213 



C2238 X 
R2218 / 

^02209 

R2205 

C2239 

C221I H22\Z 



R2274 



C2203 



W2201 

R2268 

mu 

C2218 

VR2207 



«r> 

o 

St 

o 



< 

<«> 

S*DG 

Q22I4 



28 
R2255 

R2273 C22I0 , 
R2254 v 8 

CR2227 < j 

R2242 

CR2236 R2276 



? ' 



R223I 



T2205 



L2206 



C2244 



C2248 

» 

a 



« 10 9 8 



C2245 



C2202 



CR223I 



S220I 



R2229 

R2230 



T2203 



R22H 

R2206 ft 2208 

ft 2210 R2207 

ft 2209 U220I R2247 

R2248 ft 2216; _ 

R2215 CJdW-H2245 8 
C2 * 
02207 C22I2 t v 

W3I 0220202203 
w32 C2206 

82253 

j yft22p>;3 

$2202 ! 



C2249 



7 

6 



O 

CM 

CM 

CE 

U 



TP 220 3 
P2204 
+5 

+9 2 

4; 

3 
fi 
7 

B 



C222I 



T2204 



m i3 rt is is ir tt it to a a 



24 



23 



R2267 

R2266 

092201 cp 
o 

|J 

R2259* 



02201 




mt« 

"3 

H5 

+13 

+7.3 

-7,3 

+55 

rao 

DC 

AND 

130 

AC 



I 

T2206 

3 4 



• t: 

io 

it 



C2223 



• ;b 

L2201 cm K 

CM O 
DC ; CM 
<5 CM 

■ or 
o 



<n *r> 






10 w: V* M; CM 

S a ^S a: 
SJ 

oc o r ‘: n 

o •" 



* - 
O : eg 

SIS 

gp 



<© » 
W CM ft CM CM 
CM CM CM CM CM 

■os a cc ce a: 
pm g u o 



02229 



C2228 



C2226 



02232 



02222 



02224 



C2225 



0222? 



L2205 



02230 



02233 



LZ202 C2234 

R2257 

02236 



L2204 L2203 



U2230 



' J2726 4 



(6081 - 38 ) 6555-36 



Figure 9-12. A18— Power Supply board. 










A 18 — POWER SUPPLY BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER | 


NUMBER 


C2201 


14 


C2238 


14 


CR2235 


14 


G2212 


14 


R2233 


54 


R2276 


14 


C2202 


14 


C2239 


14 


CR2236 


14 


02213 


14 


R2236 


14 






C2203 


14 


C2243 


14 


CR2237 


14 


02214 


14 


R2237 


14 


RT2201 


14 


C2204 


14 


C2244 


14 










R2238 


14 






C2206 


14 


C2245 


14 


DS2201 


14 


R2201 


14 


R2239 


14 


S2205 


14 


C2207 


14 


C2248 


14 






R2203 


14 


R2240 


14 






C2208 


14 


C2249 


14 


F2201 


14 


R2204 


14 


R2241 


14 


T2203 


14 


C2209 


14 










B2205 


14 


R2242 


14 


T2204 


14 


C2210 


14 


CR2201 


14 


J22G8 


14 


R2206 


14 


R2243 


14 


T2205 


14 


C2211 


14 


CR2202 


14 


J2225 


14 


R2207 


14 


R2245 


14 


T2206 


14 


C2212 


14 


CR2204 


14 


J2726 


14 


R2208 


14 


R2246 


14 






C2213 


14 


CR2205 


14 






R2209 


14 


R2247 


14 


U2201 


14 


C2214 


14 


CR2206 


14 


L2201 


14 


R2210 


14 


R2248 


14 


U2230 


14 


C2215 


14 


CR2207 


14 


L2202 


14 


R2211 


14 


R2250 


14 






C2216 


14 


CR22O0 


14 


L2203 


14 


R2212 


14 


R2252 


14 


VR2201 


14 


C2217 


14 


CR2209 


14 


L2204 


14 


R2215 


14 


R2253 


14 


VR2202 


14 


C2218 


14 


CR2210 


14 


L22G5 


14 


R2216 


14 


R2254 


14 


VR2203 


14 


C2219 


14 


CR2211 


14 


L2206 


14 


R2218 


14 


R2255 


14 


VR2204 


14 


C2221 


14 


CR2212 


14 


L2207 


14 


R2219 


14 


R2256 


14 


VR220S 


14 


C2222 


14 


CR2213 


14 


L2208 


14 


R2220 


14 


R2257 


14 


VR2206 


14 


C2223 


14 


CR2214 


14 






R2221 


14 


R2269 


14 


VR2207 


14 


C2224 


14 


CR2215 


14 


P2204 


14 


R2222 


14 


R2260 


14 






C222S 


14 


CR2216 


14 






R2223 


14 


R2265 


14 


W28 


14 


C2226 


14 


CR2218 


14 


Q2201 


14 


R2224 


14 


R2266 


14 


W29 


14 


C2227 


14 


CR2218 


14 


Q2202 


14 


R2225 


14 


R2267 


14 


W31 


14 


C222B 


14 


CR2220 


14 


02203 


14 


R2226 


14 


R2268 


14 


W32 


14 


C2229 


14 


CR2227 


14 


Q2204 


14 


R2227 


14 


R2270 


14 


W2201 


14 


02230 


14 


CR2228 


14 


02206 


14 


R2228 


14 


R2271 


14 






C2232 


14 


CR2231 


14 


Q2208 


14 


R2229 


14 


R2272 


14 






C2233 


14 


CR2232 


14 


02209 


14 


R2230 


14 


R2273 


14 






C2234 


14 


CR2233 


14 


02210 


14 


R2231 


14 


R2274 


14 






C2236 


14 


CR2234 


14 


Q2211 


14 


R2232 


14 


R2275 


14 







2247A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 14 





o v 





0 



2247 A Service 



WAVEFORMS FOR DIAGRAM 14 (cont) 






(6555-46)6367-29 



POWER SUPPLY DIAGRAM 14 



ASSEMBLY A1 8 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUM8ER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


C2201 


3H 


50 


CR2209 


5L 


3H 


02210 


7K 


IE 


R2250 


1A 


1C 


C2202 


2D 


3D 


CR2210 


5L 


3H 


0221 1 


2E 


ID 


R2252 


6H 


IE 


C2203 


5H 


26 


CR2211 


5L 


3H 


02212 


6G 


2E 


R2253 


4G 


4E 


C2204 


3D 


2D 


CR2212 


4L 


3H 


02213 


6H 


26 


R2254 


7J 


1G 


02206 


4G 


4E 


CR2213 


4L 


3H 


02214 


8J 


2F 


R2255 


8K 


1G 


C2207 


3E 


3D 


CR2214 


4L 


3J 








R2256 


2D 


2C 


C2208 


3E 


3D 


CR2215 


4M 


3H 


R2201 


5H 


3E 


R2257 


6M 


5G 


C2209 


4E 


2E 


CR2216 


4M 


3J 


R2203 


2D 


2D 


R2259 


8M 


3K 


C2210 


6K 


10 


CR221S 


3M 


3J 


R2204 


2D 


2D 


R2260 


IB 


4A 


C2211 


4E 


2D 


CR2219 


3L 


3H 


R2205 


6E 


2D 


R2265 


2D 


2C 


C2212 


40 


3E 


CR2220 


3L 


3G 


R2206 


40 


3D 


R2268 


8M 


2K 


C2213 


2B 


53 


CR2227 


7J 


1G 


R2207 


50 


3E 


R2267 


8M 


2K 


C2214 


IB 


5A 


CR2228 


7K 


1G 


R2208 


5E 


3E 


R2268 


6J 


IF 


C2215 


2B 


4B 


CR2231 


2C 


3B 


R2209 


5E 


3D 


R2270 


8G 


2E 


C2216 


2B 


IB 


CR2232 


1C 


2B 


R2210 


4E 


3D 


R2271 


4F 


3E 


C2217 


2C 


3B 


CR2233 


1C 


38 


R2211 


4E 


30 


R2272 


7K 


1G 


C2218 


8H 


2F 


CR2234 


2C 


38 


R2212 


40 


2E 


R2273 


8J 


1G 


C2219 


6J 


IE 


CR2235 


4L 


4H 


R2215 


46 


3D 


R2274 


6G 


2E 


C2221 


2M 


3F 


CR2236 


6J 


1G 


R2216 


4F 


3E 


R2275 


5E 


ID 


C2222 


2M 


40 


CR2237 


4G 


36 


R2218 


3E 


20 


R2276 


6J 


1G 


C2223 


3M 


3F 








R2219 


3D 


1C 








C2224 


3M 


40 


DS2201 


8M 


2K 


R2220 


3E 


1C 


RT2201 


1A 


IB 


C2225 


5M 


5F 








R2221 


2E 


1C 








C2226 


5M 


4H 


F2201 


2A 


2A 


R2222 


2E 


1C 


S2201 


1C 


4B 


C2227 


5M 


4G 








R2223 


3D 


1C 








C2228 


5M 


4H 


32208 


7M 


2K 


R2224 


6F 


ID 


T2203 


2H 


5C 


C2229 


4M 


4F 


J2225 


6M 


5H 


R2225 


6F 


10 


T2204 


2K 


2H 


C2230 


4M 


4H 


J2728 


6M 


4K 


R2226 


2A 


28 


T2205 


8K 


1H 


C2232 


3M 


4J 








R2227 


IB 


4A 


T2206 


1C 


5E 


C2233 


4M 


4J 


1220 1 


2M 


3G 


R2228 


2B 


2B 








C2234 


5L 


5G 


12202 


3M 


5G 


R2229 


1C 


4C 


U2201 


5F 


36 


C2236 


6M 


50 


12203 


5M 


5H 


R2230 


1C 


4C 


U2230 


7L 


3K 


C2238 


66 


2D 


12204 


4M 


5H 


R2231 


7M 


1J 








C2239 


46 


2D 


12205 


4M 


5G 


R2232 


6J 


IF 


VR2201 


5F 


10 


C2243 


2E 


1C 


12206 


6K 


1J 


R2233 


6G 


IE 


VR2202 


36 


1C 


C2244 


7M 


1J 


12207 


IB 


48 


R 2236 


8G 


2F 


VR2203 


4H 


46 


C2245 


7L 


2J 


(2208 


2B 


3B 


R2237 


6E 


ID 


VR2204 


2A 


1A 


C2248 


6J 


2G 








R2238 


6H 


IE 


VR2205 


50 


IE 


C2249 


40 


4D 


P2204 


1M 


4F 


R2239 


5H 


IE 


VR2206 


30 


2C 














R2240 


6E 


2D 


VR2207 


8J 


2F 


CR22C7 


4H 


46 


02201 


4H 


4E 


R2Z41 


5H 


16 








CR2202 


20 


2C 


Q2202 


3G 


3D 


R2242 


7J 


1G 


W28 


2A 


2C 


CR2204 


eu 


IF 


02203 


4G 


3E 


R2243 


7K 


1G 


W29 


1A 


2C 


CR2205 


6J 


IF 


02204 


3E 


10 


R2245 


4F 


3E 


W31 


3E 


3D 


CR2206 


2L 


4G 


02206 


6F 


ID 


R2246 


8E 


2D 


W32 


3F 


4D 


CR2207 


2L 


40 


Q2208 


6E 


2D 


R2247 


5D 


3E 


W2201 


7J 


IF 


CR2206 


8t 


3H 


02209 


7J 


IF 


R2248 


3E 


30 








OTHER PARTS 






B25 


6N 


CHASSIS. | 


| FL2201 


2A 


CHASSIS | 


| P25 


8N 


CHASSIS 


S2202 


3E 


CHASSIS 




2247 A 



6367-14 
REV MAR 1990 



POWER SUPPLY <Q> 



MAIN BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 15 



ASSEMBLY A8 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


W900 


5M 


IE 




















Partial A3 also shown on diagram 7. 


ASSEMBLY A10 


Cl 35 


7D 


2B 


C610 


2H 


2L 


R374 


50 


10E 


U600 


2G 


2M 


C136 


8E 


20 


C613 


1H 


IN 


R390 


It 


8F 


U601 


2H 


IN 


C140 


6D 


20 


C701 


3J 


10J 


R392 


8F 


7C 


U802 


IE 


3K 


C155 


7E 


20 


0702 


3K 


9J 


R480 


2B 


4F 


U603 


2G 


2K 


C156 


86 


10 


0703 


3 K 


10K 


R481 


2D 


1J 


U604 


2H 


2L 


C171 


5A 


2B 


0704 


31 


9K 


R504 


1M 


90 


U606 


3F 


3M 


C172 


1A 


3C 


0705 


4A 


9G 


R701 


3J 


9J 


U701 


3K 


10J 


cieo 


8D 


3D 


C706 


3J 


9J 


R709 


2K 


9J 


U702 


3K 


; 9K 


ciei 


7A 


6D 


C801 


4A 


8K 


R723 


5H 


9J 


U801 


5H 


1 7H 


C205 


3 J 


fOH 


C806 


5H 


8H 


R733 


3K 


10K 


U802 


6H 


1 8H 


C206 


3J 


10H 


C815 


6H 


7H 


R734 


4B 


9H 


U901A 


5K 


GA 


C214 


7B 


4E 


C818 


7H 


8H 


R837 


7H 


9K 


U901B 


5L 


9A 


C215 


70 


5D 


C818 


40 


8J 


R915 


5L 


9A 


U901 


5J 


9A 


C216 


20 


5G 


C821 


5H 


7J 


R916 


5L 


9A 


U930 


5J 


8B 


C217 


10 


5G 


C822 


6E 


8J 


R1026 


8F 


7M 


U931 


3M 


98 


C219 


70 


5D 


C901 


5K 


9B 


R1027 


6F 


8L 


U932 


5K 


8A 


C224 


7B 


3D 


C902 


5K 


6A 


R1101* 


6H 


3J 


U1001 


7F 


7L 


C225 


79 


3D 


C903 


5M 


8A 


R1102* 


0G 


4J 


U1101 


7H 


4G 


C229 


7B 


4D 


C904 


5M 


9B 


R1108* 


7J 


4G 


U1102 


7H 


4G 


C234 


70 


2D 


Cl 005 


7F 


7M 


R1158 


IF 


4L 


U1103 


2F 


5K 


C235 


70 


2D 


Cl 006 


6G 


8L 


R1159 


2G 


5J 


U1104 


2C 


4H 


C239 


70 


2D 


Cl 101 


6H 


3H 


R1160 


6K 


53 


U1108 


2G 


5L 


C244 


70 


ID 


01102 


8G 


4G 


R2783 


4D 


7N 








C245 


70 


ID 


Cl 104 


2C 


4H 








W235 


7E 


5E 


C249 


7D 


2D 


Cl 108* 


7J 


4G 


U112 


7D 


6C 


W501 


1H 


1M 


0266 


58 


5F 


C1158 


IF 


5L 


U122 


7D 


4C 


W606 


IE 


IK 


C2B2 


3B 


4F 


C1159 


2G 


5L 


U171 


SA 


3B 


W607 


2E 


5M 


0283 


60 


6G 


C1160 


6K 


5K 


U172 


6A 


3B 


W900 


5M 


9B 


C297 


30 


5F 


C2701 


6H 


7M 


U173 


1A 


3C 


W1104* 


6J 


4J 


0298 


30 


3F 


C2702 


8G 


6L 


U201 


IB 


5H 


W1105* 


8H 


4J 


0304 


5D 


7D 


C2709 


4E 


7M 


U202 


IB 


5G 


W1200 


1J 


6F 


0309 


2J 


7H 








U203 


3J 


10G 


W1201 


3M 


9C 


0316 


5C 


8E 


J1204 


1A 


5J 


U210 


7B 


5E 


W1202 


2J 


9H 


0317 


1L 


8E 








U220 


78 


4E 


W1203 


1G 


1J 


C318 


8J 


9E 


L101 


5A 


20 


U230 


7C 


3E 


W1204 


1J 


7G 


0320 


1J 


8G 


LI 02 


8D 


2C 


U240 


7C 


2E 


W1205 


2G 


2J 


0322 


2M 


9D 


L201 


6A 


6E 


U260 


5B 


5F 


W1209 


IE 


4J 


0337 


5D 


9E 


L216 


2B 


4H 


U301 


1L 


9D 


W1210 


3G 


2J 


0338 


8A 


8G 


L217 


IB 


5H 


U302 


5E 


8C 


W1216 


3M 


8C 


0339 


80 


9G 


L445 


IB 


3J 


U303 


5E 


9C 


W1217 


3G 


6H 


C351 


56 


80 


L475 


ID 


1J 


U304 


5F 


8D 


W1218 


3G 


5H 


0442 


3G 


2H 








U307 


5E 


7D 


W1221 


3E 


1J 


C445 


10 


3F 


P2302 


8M 


10D 


U308 


5E 


7D 


W1222 


8B 


60 


0475 


ID 


IF 


P2502 


IN 


1L 


U309 


5F 


7C 


W1223 


3L 


6D 


0480 


2D 


1J 








U310 


5E 


10D 


W1231 


6F 


8K 


0481 


2C 


3F 


R182 


8D 


6D 


U31 1 


5E 


10D 


W1237 


8F 


6L 


0482 


2D 


2F 


R208 


3J 


10H 


U315 


1J 


8F 


W1247 


50 


6D 


0501 


3E 


4M 


R226 


7B 


6E 


U316 


2J 


7H 


W1248 


5H 


6H 


C502 


36 


4N 


R245 


7C 


3D 


U421 


2B 


3F 


W1249 


5H 


5H 


C503 


3E 


4N 


R282 


3B 


3F 


U431 


2D 


2F 


W1250 


5H 


8K 


0505 


2M 


90 


R283 


6B 


6G 


U441 


ID 


1H 


W1251 


8A 


6H 


0604 


3F 


3M 


R297 


3C 


6F 


U442 


3G 


2H 


W1252 


8A 


5H 


C605 


1H 


2M 


R298 


3B 


3F 


U501 


3E 


5M 


W1255 


5B 


6F 


C606 


IE 


3L 


R312 


5D 


7D 


U502 


3E 


4N 


W1277 


4D 


8K 


0609 


2H 


2J 


R339 


8J 


9E 


U503 


3E 


5N 


W2302 


8M 


10D 








R345 


5C 


8E 


U506 


2M 


IOC 


W2502 


1M 


1L 


Partial A10 also shown on diagrams 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. 



*See Parts List for 
serial number ranges. 




2247A 



6367-15 
REV MAR 1990 



MAIN BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION 



PROCESSOR BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 16 



ASSEMBLY A1 2 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


J2105 


3L 


IB 




















Partial A1 4 also shown on diagram 10. 


ASSEMBLY A1 4 


C2001 


1M 


2B 


P2501 


1L 


IB 


U2001 


1L 


2B 


W2501 


1L 


10 














U2002 


1L 


4B 








Partial A1 4 also shown on diagram 10. 


ASSEMBLY A16 


Cl 908 


7D 


2G 


C2502 


2C 


4G 


U2300 


IE 


5B 


U2412 


6G 


50 


C1915 


7D 


1J 


C2503 


2C 


4F 


U2301 


IE 


5B 


U2413 


7G 


5C 


C2304 


3B 


8A 


C2504 


2C 


5G 


U2302 


1H 


6B 


U2414 


6H 


8D 


C2311 


1C 


5B 


C2505 


2C 


5K 


U2303 


60 


6A 


U2415 


7H 


ec 


C2312 


1C 


5B 


C2506 


2C 


5H 


U2304 


6C 


7B 


U2416 


7C 


7C 


C2313 


1C 


68 


C2507 


2C 


4G 


U23G5 


7C 


7B 


U2417 


IF 


1A 


C2314 


6B 


8A 


C2508 


20 


4G 


U2306 


6E 


7C 


U2501 


1C 


8G 


C2315 


7B 


7C 


C2509 


2C 


6F 


U23O0 


6F 


7G 


U2502 


1G 


6K 


C2318 


1J 


7C 


C2510 


2C 


6J 


U2309 


7F 


6G 


U2503 


IF 


4H 


C2317 


6G 


7C 


C2511 


2C 


4H 


U2313 


IE 


6E 


U2506 


2F 


5K 


C2319 


1C 


5F 


C2530 


2C 


6H 


U2314 


60 


6B 


U2512 


2E 


4F 


C2321 


1C 


0F 


C2531 


2C 


0H 


U2400 


1G 


3C 


U2513 


2E 


4J 


C2401 


1C 


3B 


C2532 


2C 


7H 


U2401 


2£ 


5E 


U2514 


2E 


5H 


C2402 


1C 


48 


C2541 


IB 


6K 


U2402 


2E 


5E 


U2515 


2E 


4H 


C2403 


1C 


ID 








U2403 


2£ 


1C 


U2517 


IF 


5F 


C2404 


1C 


5E 


J2302 


3B 


8B 


U2404 


IF 


4B 


U2518 


IF 


4K 


C2406 


1C 


2A 


J2501 


1L 


8J 


U2405 


IF 


3B 


U2510 


ID 


6J 


C2406 


1C 


4A 


J2502 


IB 


2K 


U2406 


ID 


4C 


U2523 


2E 


7H 


C2407 


2C 


4D 


J2601 


5L 


2A 


U2407 


IF 


5E 


U2524 


2E 


8J 


02408 


2C 


50 








U2408 


ID 


5C 


U2525 


2E 


7J 


C2409 


2C 


30 


P2105 


3L 


8G 


U2409 


IF 


2B 








C2410 


2C 


28 








U2410 


2E 


2B 


W21Q6 


4L 


8G 


C2415 


6H 


70 


R2309 


0G 


7C 


U2411 


2E 


4B 








C2501 


2C 


4K 


R2412 


QH 


70 














Partial Aid also shown on diagrams 8, 9, 10 t 11 and 12. 




+5V TO J1901-1 7C 









»C2311 

□2312 

C2313 

C2319 

C2321 

C 2401 

C2402 

C2403 

C2404 

C2405 

C2406 

C2407 

C2408 

C2403 

□2410 

C2501 

C2S02 

C2503 

C2504 

C2505 

C2506 

C2507 

C2508 

C2509 

C2510 

C2511 

02530 

C2531 

02532 



9 [43 _ 



U2501 - 80188 U2519 - 27010 






20 



U2406-HH6116P 
U2 408-02732 A 






16 



U2300-74HCT374 

U230 1-7 4HCT37 4 

U2313-74HCT374 

U2401-74HCT374 

U2402-74MCT374 

U2403-7 4HCT37 4 

U2410-PAL16R8A 

U2411-74HCT374 

U2512-74LS373 

U2513-74LS373 

U2514-74LS245 

U2515-74LS245 

U2523-7 4HCT37 4 

U2524-7 4HCT37 4 

U2525-74S240 



10 






14 



U2404-74LS193 

U2405-74LS193 

U2517-74LS138 

U2518-74LS136 



y 



U2 407-7 4LS393 
U2409-7 4LS393 
U2417-74LS00 
U2503-74LS32 
U2506-74LSOO 



I U2 5 0 2-TL 7 705~[ | U2400-MCS805P2 






r+ 2 . 5 v p 



- 2 . 5 VpV^ 



+7.5VV 



FROM 
P2302 ^ 

8 H 



C2304Jts 



rz 



+2.5V p TO: R2406 
R2408 
R2413 
R2415 

4> 



-2.5V P TO: R2312 
R2314 
R2316 
R2318 



R2301 R2313 
R2303 R2315 
R2311 R2317 



< 0 > 



O 



C2314.L 

Q. 1 T 



'l 



U23D4-TL074CN 

U23O5-TL074CN 

U2416-TL074CN 



C2315. 
0 . 1 - 



U2314-LF3S1 



U2306-LH311 



-tr 



$ci 90 e 

^.022 



C1915 

022 






U2309 ■ 
U2309 



4051 

4051 



<^c 




U2302-AHB012 



U2412-DAC 09 
U2413-0AC OB 






□2415 
1 

It— > 



U2414-4052 
U24 15-4052 



-7,5V TO: C241J R1927-1 

□2412 R1935 

R1937 



<£> 









n 



-15V TO: C2300 






C2316 

,022 



d 



► +5V TO: CR2501 
0S2501 
R2502 
R2504 
R2512 
R2513 
R2523 

02501-20, 21. 41. 42. 

44. 45. 49. 55 
U2502-7 
U 2503-12, 13 
U2506-4, 9. 13 
U2512-8. 13 
U2517-6 
U2510-6 
U2519-31 



0250 1 

02502 

02503 

02504 

02505 

02506 

U2523-3. 18 



R230B 

R2310 

A2325-1 



[P250l| 



O 



<S> 



R2400 

R2401 

R2402 

U2400-7 

U2403-13. 14. 17 
U2404-4 
U2405-4 
U2417-1. 4 






C2001 
0 - 22 
— It — 0 



U2001-74LS165 

U2002-74US165 



A 14 



SWITCH BOARD 



P2105 



A12 



■>> 



J2105 

A, 

1 



‘V 

W2105 






+2. 5Vp TO: R2101 
P2102 
R2103 
R 2104 
R2105 
R2106 
R2107 
R2108 



R2109 

R2110 

R2111A 

naiiiB 

R2112 

R2113A 

R21136 



W 



TO: R2101 


R2109 


R2102 


R2110 


R2103 


R2111A 


R2104 


R2111B 


R2105 


R2112 


R2 106 


R2113A 


H2107 


R2113B 


R2108 





<G> 



+2.5V P 



TO 

P2601 



^f- 7 . 5 V 



t-X-ISV 

IM- 



PARTIAL A 16 PROCESSOR BOARO I 






Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



2247 A 



6367-16 



PROCESSOR BOARD POWER DISTRIBUTION 



A 



B 



C 



D 



3 - 



O 

o 

ro 



□ 

o 



X 


V 


<-> 




r-X_ 


jo 


5 


JO 


3 


r> j 


cn 


o? 


cn 


53 


cn i 


o 


Ol 


o 


o 


o l 


cu 




ro 


i?j 


J*j 







o o o o o o 



U1500 



7T 
' J- 



o 



J15 °iQ 



□ 

0 

o 

tn 

o 



J1502 



J1503 



^ o o o o □ , 

C H R1505> P C^C1500^tO 5 ]~C15oT fo 

d f~R1502k ) Of RISOd O 



U'd CR150l| O O j R150lK )O f R1 506K3 J1504 



6367-39 



Fig. 9-12A. A25— Channel 2 Signal Out board. 



A25 — 


CH 2 SIGNAL OUT BOARD (OPTION 15) 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


Cl 500 


18 


J1503 


18 


R1505 


18 


0501 


18 


J1504 


18 


R1506 


18 


0502 


18 


J1505 


18 


R1507 


18 










R1508 


18 


CR1500 


18 


R1500 


18 


R1509 


18 


CR1501 


18 


R1501 


18 










R1502 


18 


U1500 


18 


J 1 501 


18 


R1503 


18 






J1502 


18 


R1504 


18 







ADD MAR 1990 



jCH 1 OR X) Jli 



1 CH 2 j 



fPH3l 



J13 



1 EXT Z AXIS 1 016 




1*12. 



MAIN BOARD I 



EXT CO :R/TIHER 
TIMS ; INPUT 



PI 902 



A1B 



PROCESSOR BOAROI 



J2302I P2302 










HU MUMlt * 




HU VfcH* | 




A IHlb LVL T'TVV ' 




O Hfcr IHlb . _\V •' 












\3/ Her DELAY > q 




UfcL * A DELAY ■ ^ 




15v r^ 


•— £> v 




* t 7 & 5V A 






H? * 7 av 








+2-5Vp • |15 <A 




MAlr* 0 U KUa. ^ 

ftrtte ^ 1 




putd** m7 \\ | 




PU l b ► Q W 

j-x-i-r-i _ 1 


* * 






u 



<e> 

<§> 

<§> 



TB CAL 
RO CH 1 POS EN 
RO CH 2 POS EN 
RO CH 3 POS EN 
RO CH 4 POS EN 
RO TR SEP EN 



T8 CAL 

RO CH 1 POS EN 
RO CH 2 POS EN 
RO CH 3 POS EN 
RO CH 4 POS EN 
RO TR SEP EN 




❖ 



+5Vj - 
S TRI6- 
BTRIG- 

a TrIg- 

A TRIG- 
BUSY* 
BUSY * 
A 6aT£- 
A GATE - 

a cate- 

B 6ATE- 

CTGXTE- 
c Gate - 
RW5E- 
OLY SEL- 
GNO- 

-sv K - 



fix 




^ 1 3 y/ 




1 i/v 


''Ai 1-8 TRIe 

W 4 1 — i TBTH 


. - * 


/r k 1 TRIG 


' l 

- _ * B^y- 


/aq | ^ ^ IHlb 


►— 

1 1 ss 


7 /S **BUSY 


► - 1 *ss 


7 />S- p — ^BUSY 
vv® ‘ I "K. w 


' 1 Q*' 






h | GATE 


| i 

- 11 Vy 


/A 4 1 W 1 L 

\V 51 0 r^irr 


■ * 1 19“ 

> - ‘ }JE/Z 


//j Ai ^ D bA 1 1 

, \vc f ^rrrn? 


1 * 3 '* 
— * *•»// 


SSI **C GATE 


' * j « 

— _ 


a 1 1 * G A f t 

. W 4 | ^ tirai* 


^ 1 1E W 


/Ac . 




/A c . ^tJUT Stl 

.... - \\l B l _ ^ Jrv 


* '>; 5 > 


ssz^r. "•SND 
- ..W. 7 I. eu 


. • j y 




\ K 



< 3 > 




> UNUSED 



CH 2 VAR— 

A INTEN - - y 

8 INTEN ► ^ 

RO INTEN* 






A 1 5 SUBSYSTEM BOAROI 









bfl l HUb»- j“ p \\ 






LM d Hub ► | ^VA 

0 nrtf* — . 1 , 






bn 0 rt/O ^ VV 






un * rua ^ . _v\ 






nubUwrr ^ 






* nNvt 5t» ^ * w \\ 






1 IME VAH ^ . n \\ 






bn 1 vah ^ . q\V 






bn c VAH ► 1 




» T*»TPU 


A IN 1 tN ^ j . A\ 






O IN 1 tN ► . . «\\ 

RO INTEND , X< 




*— •» RO INTEN 



<J> 



2247A 



6367-17 




o 



INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 



CH 2 SIGNAL OUT BOARD (OPTION 15) DIAGRAM 18 



ASSEMBLY A25 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


80ARD | 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


location 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


LOCATION 


Cl 600 


3B 


3D 


J1502 


3E 


2E 


R1502 


3B 


4D 


R 1509 


2C 


3C 


C1501 


3D 


3D 


J1503 


3E 


3£ 


R1503 


IB 


3C 








Cl 502 


3D 


3C 


J1504 


4E 


3E 


R1504 


2B 


3C 


U1500A 


2A 


30 








J1505 


2E 


3B 


R1505 


2D 


3C 


U1500B 


2B 


3D 


CR1500 


2D 


3C 








R 1 506 


3A 


4D 


U1600C 


26 


3D 


CR1501 


2C 


4C 


R1600 


3B 


4D 


R1507 


2A 


4C 


U1500D 


ID 


3D 








H 1 501 


38 


4D 


R1508 


IB 


38 


U1500E 


1C 


3D 


J1501 


2E 


2E 




















CHASS 


IS MOUNTE 


:d parts 




















El 502* 


2E 


CHASSIS 


J1506 


2F 


CHASSIS 


W1502 


2E 


CHASSIS 









*See Parts List for 
serial number ranges. 



+7.5V 







14 




10 




( 


> 


12 (Z> 


1 U1500E 


9/p 


1 U1500D 


> R1508 

> IK 


13 


CA3046 


11 


CA3046 



R1507 
1 . 3K 



+7.5V 



U1500A 

CA3046 1 

2 , 



R1503 

120 



U1500C 7 

CA3046 



R1504 

IK 



-5V 



+7.5V 

U1500B 

5 CA3046 



R1506 
2. OK 



g t . 2 ) 



R1500 

510 



— Wv — 

R1501 

806 



-5V 



R1502 

1.33K 



— If— 

C1500 

1.8 



A25 



CH 2 SIGNAL OUT BOARD (OPTION 15) 



+7.5V 
CR1501; 



I 



R1509 

100 



? 



R1505 
49.9 
— V\A — 



J1505 



W1502 



CR1500 



?IF| 



I 

-> > 



-5V 



+7.5V 



C1501 

.022 



J1501 



u 



< <- 



J1502 



< <- 



m 



-5V 



SLL PARTS LIST ^QR EARLIER 
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER 
RANGES OF PARIS OUTLINED 
OR DEPICTED IN GREY. 



C1502 JL 

.022 /T ' 

ft 7 



J1503 



< <r 



J1504 



< 4 - 



<S> 



Static Sensitive Devices 

See Maintenance Section 



2247A 



6367-40 
ADD MAR 1990 



J1506 



CH 2 OUT 



[ E 1502 j 



+7.5V 

+7.5V 



-5V 



V FROM A10 
' MAIN BOARD 



CH 2 IN 
FROM 
U220-19 

<s> 

3E 



J 



CH 2 SIGNAL OUT OPTION <1 




2247A Service 



ATTENUATOR 

COMPENSATION 

ADJUSTMENTS 



CHANNEL 1 

Cl— MF/LF COMP 
CIO— INPUT COMP X100 
Cl 1— INPUT COMP XIO 
Cl 1*— INPUT CAPACITANCE 
R 12— STEP BALANCE 
R13— MF/LF GAIN 



CHANNEL 2 

C2— MF/LF COMP 
C20— INPUT COMP X100 
C21— INPUT COMP XIO 
C124— INPUT CAPACITANCE 
R22— STEP BALANCE 
R23— MF/LF GAIN 



CHANNEL 3 

C134— MF/LF COMP 
Cl 38 — HF COMP 
R141— STEP BALANCE 



CHANNEL 4 

C154 — MF/L.F COMP 
Cl 58— HF COMP 
R161— STEP BALANCE 



R231 

CH 3 GAIN 



R241 

CH 4 GAIN 



DELAY LINE 
HF COMP 



R275 C274 C273 R272 R273 



R455 

B TRIG BANDWIDTH 



R920 
VOLTS CAL 

TEST POINT - 
R921 
PIN 6 




J1204 

POWER SUPPLY 
TEST POINTS 

C807 

2 nS TIMING 



D97Rft 

ASTIGMATISM 

TEST POINT 
R2718 

R2784 

GEOMETRY 



R2719 
GRID BIAS 



R809 

MAG REGISTRATION 



C814 

2 nS TIMING 



R260 

READOUT 

VERTICAL 

CENTERING 



C314 
A 0.5 mS 
TIMING 



C329 
B 0.5 mS 
TIMING 



R826 

HORI2 IX 
GAIN 
(TIMING) 



R823 

REAOOUT 

HORIZ 

GAIN 



R703 

VERTICAL 

OUTPUT 

GAIN 



R825 

HORIZ XIO 
GAIN (TIMING) 



R724 

READOUT 

JITTER 



6367-21 



Figure 9-13. Main board adjustment locations. 





Replaceable Mechanical Parts List-2247A Service 



REPLACEABLE 
MECHANICAL PARTS 



Replacement parts are available from or through your 
local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. 

When ordering parts, include the following information in 
your order: part number, instrument type or number, 
serial number, and modification number if applicable. 

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new 
or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or 
representative will contact you concerning any change 
in part number. 

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this 
manual. 



ITEM NAME 

In the parts list, an item name is separated from the 
description by a colon(:). Because of space limitations, 
an item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. 
For further Item name identification, the U.S. Federal 
Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where 
possible. 



FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS 

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index 
numbers to the illustrations. 



INDENTATION SYSTEM 

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item 
relationships. Following is an example of the 
indentations system used in the description column. 

1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description 

Assembly and/or component 

Attaching parts for assembly and/or component 

END ATTACHING PARTS 

Detail part of assembly and/or component 
Attaching parts for detail part 

END ATTACHING PARTS 

Parts of detail part 

Attaching parts for parts or detail part 
END ATTACHING PARTS 

Attaching parts always appear in the same indentation 
as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented 
to the right. Indented items are part of, and included with, 
the next higher indentation. 

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, 
unless otherwise specified. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Abbreviations conform to American National 
Standard Y1.1. 



10-1 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER 



Kfr. 



Code 


Manufacturer 


Address 


City. State. Zip Code 


06915 


RICHCO PLASTIC CO 


5825 N TRIPP AVE 


CHICAGO IL 60646-6013 


12327 


FREEWAY C0RP 


9301 ALLEN DR 


CLEVELAND OH 44125-4632 


24931 


SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC 


2100 EARLYWOOD DR 
PO BOX 547 


FRANKLIN IN 46131 


71400 


BUSSMANN 

DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC 


114 OLD STATE RD 
PO BOX 14460 


ST LOUIS MO 63178 


77900 


ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS 
SHAKEPROOF DIV 


ST CHARLES RD 


ELGIN IL 60120 


78189 


ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC 
SHAKEPROOF DIV 


ST CHARLES ROAD 


ELGIN IL 60120 


80009 


TEKTRONIX INC 


14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR 
PO BOX 500 


BEAVERTON OR 97077-0001 


83385 


MICRODOT MFG INC 
GREER-CENTRAL DIV 


3221 W BIG BEAVER RD 


TROY MI 48098 


93907 


TEXTRON INC 
CAMCAR DIV 


600 18TH AVE 


ROCKFORD IL 61108-5181 


TK0435 


LEWIS SCREW CO 


4300 S RACINE AVE 


CHICAGO IL 60609-3320 


TK0858 


STAUFFER SUPPLY CO (DIST) 


810 SE SHERMAN 


PORTLAND OR 97214 


TK1319 


MORELLIS Q & D PLASTICS 


1812 16-TH AVE 


FOREST GROVE OR 97116 


TK2165 


TRIQUEST CORP 


3000 LEWIS AND CLARK HWY 


VANCOUVER WA 98661-2999 


TK2278 


COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON 
(METALS) 


PO BOX 4200 


BEAVERTON OR 97076-4200 



10“2 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 

Index Tektronix Serial/Asseniriy No. Mfr. 

No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qtv 12345 Nans & Description Code Hfr. Part No. 



1-1 


334-6734-00 


1 


MARKER, IDENT:MKD 2247A, HANDLE 


80009 334-6734-00 


-2 


337-2395-00 


2 


SHIELD, ELEC: HANDLE 
ATTACHING PARTS 


80009 337-2395-00 


-3 


213-0138-00 


4 


SCREW, TPG,TF:4-24 X 0.188, TYPE B,PNH,STL 
END ATTACHING PARTS 


TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR 


-4 


437-0390-00 


1 


CABINET ASSY': 390- 1 057-00 W/FEET & HANDLE 


80009 437-0390-00 


-5 


390-1057-01 


1 


. CABINET, SC0PE:EMI VERSION, ALUMINUM 


80009 390-1057-01 


-6 

-6 


367-0289-00 


1 


. HANDLE, CARRYING: 13. 855, SST 
ATTACHING PARTS 


80009 367-0289-00 


-7 


212-0144-00 


2 


. SCREW, TPG,TF:8-16 X 0.562 L.PLASTITE.SPCL H 
.D 

END ATTACHING PARTS 


93907 225-38131-012 


-8 


348-0659-00 


2 


.FOOT, CABINET: BLACK POLYURETHANE 


TK2165 ORDER BY DESCR 


-9 


200-3660-00 


1 


COVER, AUTO CAL: POLYCARBONATE 


80009 200-3660-00 


-10 


200-3728-00 


1 


COVER, REAR:W/LABELS 
ATTACHING PARTS 


80009 200-3728-00 


-11 


211-0691-00 


4 


SCREW, MACHINE: 6-32 X 0.625, PNH, STL 
END ATTACHING PARTS 


TK0858 ORDER BY DESCR 


-12 


334-7316-00 


1 


MARKER, I DENT : MARKED TEK SAFTY CONTROLLED 


80009 334-7316-00 




334-5258-00 


1 


MARKER, IDENT.-MKD X-RAY WARNING, GERMAN 


TK1694 ORDER BY DESCR 


-13 


334-6707-00 


1 


MARKER, IDENT:MKD CAUTION 


80009 334-6707-00 


-14 


348-0764-04 


1 


SHLD GSKT,ELEK:0.125 X 0.188, WIRE MESH, 2 
LAYERS, 37.0 L 


64411 28062000 



REV MAR 1990 



10-3 



14 




10 




1 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 

Index 

No. 


Tektronix 
Rart No. 


Serial/Assentily No. 
Effective Dscont 


Qty 


12345 Nane & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Hfr. Part No. 


2-1 


334-6733-00 




1 


MARKER, IDENTrMKD 2247A 


B0009 


334-6733-00 


-2 


426-1765-02 




1 


FRAME,CRT:P0LYCARB0NATE,GRAY 


TK2165 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-3 


211-0690-01 




2 


ATTACHING PARTS 

$CREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.875 PNH.SST 


86113 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-4 


337-2775-00 




1 


END ATTACHING PARTS 

SHLD, IMPLOSION :FILTER, BLUE 2211/2213/2215 


80009 


337-2775-00 


-5 


333-3290-00 




1 


PANEL, FRONT: 


80009 


333-3290-00 


-6 


351-0752-00 




1 


GUIDE, LIGHT :ACRYLIC GRATICULE 


80009 


351-0752-00 


-7 


348-0660-00 




4 


CUSHION, CRT: POLYURETHANE 


80009 


348-0660-00 


-8 


366-2089-00 




5 


KNOB: GRAY, PUSH ON, 0.185 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 
95 H 

KNOB: DOVE GRAY, 0.235 ID X 0.36 OD X 0.495H 


80009 


366-2089-00 


-9 


366-2093-00 




2 


80009 


366-2093-00 


-10 


366-1510-00 




3 


W/SHAFT PUSH 

KNOB: DOVE GRAY, VAR, 0.127 ID X 0.392 OD X 0. 


80009 


366-1510-00 


-11 


366-2090-00 




3 


466 H 

KN0B:GRAY,VAR,0.2 ID X 0.546 OD X 0.69 H 


80009 


366-2090-00 


-12 


366-2089-00 




8 


KNOB: GRAY, PUSH ON,0.185 ID X 0.392 OD X 0.4 


80009 


366-2089-00 


-13 


333-3382-00 




1 


95 H 

PANEL, FRONT: 


80009 


333-3382-00 


-14 


386-3339-00 




1 


SUBPANEL, FRONT: 


80009 


386-3339-00 


-15 


213-0882-00 




2 


ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW, TPG.TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE,PNH,STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-16 

-17 


213-0882-00 




1 

2 


END ATTACHING PARTS 
FILTER, RFI : (SEE FL2201 REPL) 

ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW, TPG,TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE,PNH,STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-18 

-19 


441-1791-00 




1 

1 


END ATTACHING PARTS 
CONN, RCPT, ELEC :BNC (SEE J16 REPL) 
CHASSIS, REAR: 


TK2278 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-20 


213-0882-00 




10 


ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW, TPG,TR:6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE,PNH,STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-21 


343-1240-00 




2 


END ATTACHING PARTS 
CLAMP, CABLE:0.25 ID, NYLON 


TK1808 


220-340802-00 


-22 


441-1791-01 


B020565 


1 


CHASSIS, REAR: EMI VERSION 


TK2278 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-23 


210-0457-00 




1 


NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312.STL CD PL 


78189 


511-061800-00 


-24 


210-0006-00 

214-1061-06 




1 

1 


WASHER, L0CK:#6 INTL.0.018 THK,STL 
END ATTACHING PARTS 
SPRING,GROUND:CRT SHIELD 


77900 

80009 


12Q6-00-C0-0541C 

214-1061-06 


-25 


200-2519-00 




1 


CAP, CRT SOCKET: NATURAL LEXAN 


80009 


200-2519-00 


-28 


426-1766-00 




1 


MOUNT, RESILIENT:CRT, REAR 


80009 


426-1766-00 


-27 

-28 


337-2774-00 




1 

1 


WIRE SET, ELEC: SOCKET ASSY CRT (SEE A10W9) 
SHIELD, ELEC:CRT,STEEL 


23740 


C-2059 


-29 


386-4443-00 




1 


SUPPORT , SHI ELD :CRT , FRONT, PLASTIC 


80009 


386-4443-00 


-30 


334-1951-00 




1 


MARKER, IDENT:MKD WARNING,CRT VOLTAGES 


22670 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-31 


334-1379-00 




1 


MARKER, IDENT:MKD HI VACUUM 


07416 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-32 

-33 

-34 


441-1720-00 




1 

1 

1 


DELAY LINE, ELEC: (SEE DL21 REPL) 
LEAD, ELECTRICAL: (SEE W30 REPL) 
ATTACHING PARTS 
CHAS,PWR SUPPLY :GPSB 


TK2278 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-35 

-36 


213-0991-00 




1 

4 


FAN.TUBEAXIAL: (SEE B25 REPL) 

ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW, TPG,TC:6-32 X 1.25 L.TYPE T,PNH,STL 


TK0858 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-37 


343-1305-00 




1 


END ATTACHING PARTS 
CLP, WIRE SADDLE:0.437 ID, NYLON 


06915 


WS-1N 


-38 


348-0532-00 




2 


GROMMET, PLASTIC: BLACK, ROUND, 0.625 ID 


28520 


SB-750-10 


-39 


344-0347-00 




1 


CLIP, ELECTR ICAL : ANODE ,0.72 OD, NYLON 


TK2165 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-40 


441-1719-03 




1 


CHASSIS, MAIN: ALUMINUM 


80009 


441-1719-03 


-41 


213-0882-00 




6 


ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW, TPG,TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-42 


378-0295-00 




1 


END ATTACHING PARTS 
GRILLE, AIR DUCT: ALUMINUM 


TK2278 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-43 


214-3835-00 




1 


ARM, PIVOT: POWER SWITCH 


80009 


214-3835-00 


-44 


384-1697-00 




1 


EXTENSION SHAFT: 6. 25 L X 0.285 OD, NYLON 


80009 


384-1697-00 


-45 


384-1696-01 




1 


EXTENSION SHAFT: 13.341 L X 0.285 OD.PC 


TK1908 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-46 

-47 


213-0881-00 




1 

3 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY : DAC SUBSYS (SAEE A15 REPL) 
ATTACHING PARTS 

SCREW,TPG,TR:6-32 X 0,25 TYPE TT.FILH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 



END ATTACHING PARTS 



REV MAR 1990 



10-5 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 

Index 

No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assenbly No. 
Effective Dscont 


Qty 


12345 None & Description 


Mfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Part No. 


2-48 


407-3671-00 




1 


8RACKET r CKT BO: ALUMINUM 
ATTACHING PARTS 


TK2278 ORDER BY DESCR 


-49 


213-0882-00 




1 


SCREW, TPG r TR: 6-32 X 0,437 TAPTITE,PNH,$Tl 
END ATTACHING PARTS 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-50 


344-0367-01 




2 


ClI P r GROUND : CU-BE 


80009 


344-0367-01 



10-6 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 

Index 

No. 


Tektronix 
Part Ho. 


Senal/Assentoly No. 
Effective Dsccnt 


qty 


12345 Name & Descriution 


Hfr. 

Cade 


Hfr. Part No. 


3-1 








1 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: POTENTIOMETER (SEE A12) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-2 


214-3826-00 






7 


LATCH, PLUNGER: BLACK 


80009 


214-3826-00 




348-0904-00 






7 


GROMMET, FSTNR:0.187 DIA, BLACK 


83014 


HN3G-32-1 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-3 


376-0130-00 






3 


COUPLER, SHAFT: 2. 260 L X 0.132 ID, 


80009 


376-0130-00 












POLYCARBONATE 






-4 








1 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: SWITCH (SEE A14 REPL) 






-5 


260-2271-00 






1 


SWITCH, PUSH:42 BUTTON, 2 POLE 


80009 


260-2271-00 


-6 


366-2088-00 






24 


PUSH BUTTON: GRAY, 0.172 SQ X 0.3 H 


80009 


366-2088-00 


-7 


105-0984-01 






3 


ACTR SWITCH AS:W/CONTACT 


80009 


105-0984-01 


-8 


214-1126-01 






3 


SPRING, FLAT:0. 7 X 0.125, CU BE GRN CLR 


80009 


214-1126-01 


-9 


214-0274-00 






3 


BALL, BEARING: 0.125 DIA, SST, GRADE 100 


52676 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-10 


366-2091-00 






17 


PUSH BUTTON:CLEAR, 0.312 01A X 0.3 H 


80009 


366-2091-00 


-11 


380-0767-00 






1 


HOUSING , SWITCH : POLYCARBONATE 


80009 


380-0767-00 


-12 








i 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: PROCESSOR (SEE A16 REPL) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-13 


213-0882-00 






12 


SCREW , TPG , TR : 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE,PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-14 


211-0691-00 






2 


SCREW, MACHINE:6-32 X 0.625,PNH,STL 


TK0858 ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-15 


214-4142-00 






1 


HI SK,MICROCKT .-ALUMINUM 


80009 


214-4142-00 


-16 


131-1428-00 






1 


CONTACT, ELEC :GROUNDING,CU BE CD PL 


80009 


131-1428-00 












ATTACHING PARTS 






-17 


213-0882-00 






1 


SCREW, TPG, TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-18 


337-3290-01 






1 


SHIELD, ELEC: TOP, W/CAUTION LABEL 


80009 


337-3290-01 


-19 


334-4251-00 






1 


MARKER, IDENT:MKD CAUTION 


07416 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-20 


361-1427-00 






2 


SPACER, CABLE:SILICONE 


80009 


361-1427-00 


-21 








1 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: EVPS (SEE A18 REPL) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-22 


213-0882-00 






6 


SCREW, TPG, TR.-6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 
















CIRCUIT BD ASSY INCLUDES: 








214-3796-00 






2 


.HEAT SINK, XSTR: ALUMINUM, T0-220 


30161 


5968B 












.(USE W/A18Q2209 & A18Q2210) 






-23 


204-0906-00 






1 


. BODY , FUSEHQLDER : 3AG & 5 X 2CMM FUSES 


S3629 


TYPEFAU031 .3573 


-24 


200-2264-00 






1 


.CAP , FUSEHOLDER: 3AG FUSES 


S3629 


FEK 031 1666 


-25 


214-3821-00 






2 


.HEAT SINK,XSTR:PWR SPLY.GOLD W/CHROMATE PL 


80009 


214-3821-00 


-26 








1 


. SWITCH, THRMSTC: (SEE A18S2202 ’ REPL) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-27 


213-0882-00 






2 


.SCREW, TPG.TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-28 








1 


.TRANSISTOR: (SEE A18Q2201 REPL) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-29 


213-0882-00 






1 


.SCREW, TPG,TR:6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-30 








1 


.TRANSISTOR: (SEE A18Q2214 REPL) 
















ATTACHING PARTS 






-31 


213-0882-00 






1 


.SCREW, TPG, TR:6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-32 


344-0410-00 


B010100 


B010730 


1 


.CUP, COIL SPRT : 1 X 1.46, POLYCARBONATE 


TK1319 ORDER BY DESCR 




344-0410-02 


6010731 




1 


.CUP, COIL SPRT: 1.0 X 1.46, POLYCARBONATE 


TK1908 ORDER BY DESCR 


-33 


342-0781-00 






1 


INSUL.PWR SPLY: POLYCARBONATE 


80009 


342-0781-00 


-34 








1 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: MAIN (SEE A10 REPL) 






-35 


337-3342-02 






2 


.SHI ELD, ELEC: HIGH VOLTAGE, 2246 


80009 


337 -'3342-02 


-36 


337-3358-01 






1 


.SHIELD.ATTEN: FRONT, MAIN BD 


80009 


337-3358-01 












ATTACHING PARTS 






-37 


211-0690-01 






2 


.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.875 PNH.SST 


86113 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-38 


337-3279-00 






1 


.SHIELD.ATTEN: ALUMINUM 


TK1938 ORDER BY DESCR 












ATTACHING PARTS 






-39 


213-0882-00 






10 


.SCREW, TPG,TR:6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 












END ATTACHING PARTS 






-40 


344-0286-00 






6 


.CLIP, ELECTRICAL : FUSE.SPR BRS 


75915 


102074 


-41 


343-0003-00 






1 


.CLAMP, L00P:0.25 ID.PLASTIC 


06915 


E4 CLEAR ROUND 












ATTACHING PARTS 






-42 


213-0882-00 






1 


.SCREW, TPG, TR: 6-32 X 0.437 TAPTITE.PNH.STL 


83385 


ORDER BY DESCR 



REV m 1990 



10-7 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 



Index 

No. 


Tektronix 
Part No. 


Serial/Assarisly Ho. 
Effective Dsccrrt 


Qty_ 


12345 Name & Description 


Hfr. 

Code 


Mfr. Piart Ho. 


3-43 


210-0949-00 




1 


.WASHER, FLAT:0.141 ID X 0.5 00 X 0.062.BRS 
END ATTACHINS PARTS 


12327 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-44 


337-0896-00 




2 


.PLATE, ELEC SHLD:B SWEEP CKT BD 


TK2278 ORDER BY DESCR 


-45 

-46 


407-3416-00 




1 

1 


. BRACKET , ATTEN : BRASS 
.CONN ,RCPT, ELEC: BNC, MALE 
.{SEE A10J11,J12,J13,J14 REPL) 
ATTACHING PARTS 


80009 


407-3416-00 


-47 


220-0497-00 




4 


.NUT, PLAIN, HEX:0. 5-28 X 0.562 HEX.8RS CD PL 


80009 


220-0497-00 


-48 


210-1039-00 




4 


.WASHER, L0CK:0.521 ID,INT. 0.025 THK.SST 
END ATTACHING PARTS 


24931 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-49 


214-3136-00 




2 


.HEAT SINK, XSTR : TO-5 , ALIM I NUM 


80009 


214-3136-00 


-50 


358-0715-00 




2 


.BUSHING,SNAP:0.25 ID X 0.234 THK, NYLON, 0.3 
.75 OD 


28520 


2810 


-51 


342-0324-00 




2 


. INSULATOR, DISK: TRANSISTOR, NYLON 


80009 


342-0324-00 


-52 

-53 


384-1702-00 




1 

1 


.EXTENSION SHAFT:9.97 L X 0.25.POLYMIDE 
.CIRCUIT BO ASSY: CRT CONTROL (SEE A8 REPL) 


80009 


384-1702-00 


-54 


358-0715-00 




1 


.. BUSHING, SNAP:0.25 ID X 0.234 THK, NYLON, 0.3 
..75 OD 


28520 


2810 


-55 


384-1713-00 




4 


..EXTENSION SHAFT:0.918 L X 0.218 OD, PLASTIC 


80009 


384-1713-00 



10-8 



REV MAR 1990 



Replaceable Mechanical Parts - 2247A Service 



Fig. & 



Index 


Tektronix 


Serial /Assembly No. 






Mfr. 




No. 


Part No. 


Effective Dscont 


Qty 


12345 Name & Description 


Cede 


Mfr. Part No. 


4- 






1 


STANDARD ACCESSORIES 
ACCESSORY PKG:TWO P6109 OPT 01 PROBES 


















070-6373-00 




1 


MANUAL, TECH:0PERAT0RS,2247A 


80009 


070-6373-00 




070-6688-00 




1 


CARD, INFO : REFERENCE r 2247A 


80009 


070-6688-00 




159-0023-00 




1 


FUSE, CARTRIDGE:3A6,2A, 250V, SLOW BLOW 


71400 


MDX2 


-1 


161-0230-01 




1 


CABLE ASSY.PWR, :3,18 AWG.92.0 L 


80009 


161-0230-01 


-2 


343-1213-00 




1 


CLAMP, PWR CORD: POL YMIDE 


80009 


343-1213-00 


-3 


161-0104-06 




1 


CABLE ASSY, PWR, :3 X 0.75MM SQ, 220V, 98.0 L 
(OPTION A1 - EUROPEAN) 


S3109 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-4 


161-0104-07 




1 


CABLE ASSY, PWR, :3 X 0.75M1 SQ, 240V, 98.0 L 
(OPTION A2 - UNITED KINGDOM) 


80009 


161-0104-07 


-5 


161-0104-05 




1 


CABLE ASSY.PWR, :3, 18 AWG, 240V, 98.0 L 
(OPTION A3 - AUSTRALIAN) 


S3109 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-6 


161-0104-08 




1 


CABLE ASSY.PWR, :3, 18 AWG, 240V, 98.0 L 
(OPTION A4 - NORTH AMERICAN) 


70903 


ORDER BY DESCR 


-7 


161-0167-00 




1 


CABLE ASSY, PWR, :3.0 X 0.75,6A,240V,2.5M L 
(OPTION A5 - SWISSW) 


80009 


161-0167-00 










OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 








016-0857-00 




1 


ACCESSORY POUCH :W/ PLATE 


TKQ174 ORDER BY DESCR 




020-1515-00 




1 


COMPONENT KIT: 2246, POUCH & COVER 


80009 


020-1515-00 




070-6367-00 




1 


MAN UAL.TECH: SERVICE, 2247A 


80009 


070-6367-00 




200-3232-00 




1 


COVER, FRONT: 


80009 


200-3232-00 



REV MAR 1990 



10-9 



Tektronix REVISION information 

Manual Part No. 070-6367-00 First Printing Dec 1989 
Product: 2247A Service Revised Dec 1992 



Manual Insert Status 



DATE CHANGE REFERENCE STATUS 



MAR 89 


Cl/0389 


Effective 


APR 89 


M68887 (REV) 


Effective 


OCT 89 


C3/1089 


Effective 


NOV 89 


C4/1189 


Effective 


MAR 90 


M68805 


Effective 


MAR 90 


M71374 


Effective 


MAR 90 


M71945 


Effective 


MAR 90 


M71784 


Effective 


MAR 90 


M68361 


Effective 


MAY 90 


C2/0589 (REV) 


Effective 


JUN 90 


M72115 


Effective 


NOV 90 


C5/1190 


Effective 


DEC 90 


M72008 (with Z) 


Effective 


APR 91 


M70911 


Effective 


APR 91 


M72728 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M71502 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M71065 


Effective 


MAY 91 


C6/0591 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M 73905 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M 73903 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M74238 


Effective 


MAY 91 


M74062 


Effective 


JUN 91 


C7/0691 


Effective 


JUN 91 


M 72472 (REV) 


Effective 


SEP 91 


C8/0991 


Effective 


SEP 91 


C9/0991 


Effective 


DEC 91 


M 76396 


Effective 


OCT 92 


Cl 0/1 092 


Effective 


DEC 92 


Cl 1/1292 


Effective 


FEB 93 


M78004 


Effective 


JUN 93 


M77730 


Effective 



Page 1 of 1 



Ttektronix manual change information 

cx3MMriTEDTO excellence Date: 3-1 -89 Change Reference: Ct/0389 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 

EFFECTIVE ALL SERIAL NUMBERS 

TEXT CHANGES 

Page 5-11 Horizontal Step 3. Readout Horizontal Gain (R823) and MAG 

Registration (R809) 

Replace Step 3 entirely with the following procedure: 

3. Readout Horizontal Gain (R823) and MAG 
Registration (R809) 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

e. 

f. 

9 - 
h. 



Page 1 of 1 



Set time mark generator for 0.5 ms time marks. 

Position the middle time marker to the center 
vertical graticule line using the Horizontal 
POSITION control. 

Set XI 0 MAG to Off. 

ADJUST— MAG REG (R809) to position the mid- 
dle time marker to the center vertical graticule 
line. 

Set XI 0 MAG to On. 

CHECK— for no horizontal shift in the time 
marker. 

Repeat parts b through f until no shift is noted. 
Set: 



i. Select Time CURSORS. Press the TIME MEAS- 
UREMENT button and select K- SEC -H from the 
menu. 

j. Rotate the k- OR DELAY control to align the 
cursor to the second graticule line. 

k. Rotate the -*( control so that the reading is 
400.0 fis. 

l. ADJUST-both the K- OR DELAY control and 
R823 so that the cursors are aligned exactly on 
the second and tenth graticule line. 

m. Set A INTEN to 10 o'clock. 



XI 0 MAG Off 

SEC/DIV 50 >is 

A INTEN CCW (off) 



Ttektronix 

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Date: 4-27-89 



Change Reference:. 
Manual Part Number: 



M68887(REV) 



070-6367-00 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER: B010600 



TEXT CHANGES 



Page 1-6, 1-7 



A AND B TRIGGER 



Replace the Characteristics and Performance Requirements for the A AND B TRIGGER specifications with the 
specifications contained in this insert. 



CHARACTERISTICS 



PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 



A TRIGGER 



Sensitivity— CH 1 through CH 4; 
AUTO LEVEL, AUTO, NORM, and 
SGL SEQ 

COUPLING 

DC 


Trigger sensitivity is defined as the minimum peak-to-peak 
sine-wave trigger signal amplitude required to show the test 
signal with horizontal jitter of less than 3.0% of one period (p-p 
viewed over two seconds), with Trigger LEVEL control set at 
midlevel, but not at control extremes. 

0.35 division from dc to 25 MHz, increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL). 


NOISE REJECT 


1 .4 division from dc to 25 MHz; increasing to 2.2 divisions at 
100 MHz. 

0.5 division or less will not trigger. 


HF REJECT 


0.35 division from dc to 50 kHz; attenuates signals above upper 
-3 dB cutoff frequency of 70 kHz. 


LF REJECT 


0.35 division from 100 kHz to 25 MHz, increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 50 kHz. 


AC 


0.35 division from 50 Hz to 25 MHz, increasing to 1.0 division at 
150 MHz; (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 20 Hz. 


TV LINE, TV FIELD 


0.5 division of composite sync will achieve a stable display. 


HOLDOFF Control Range 


Increases A Sweep holdoff time by at least a factor of 10. a 


Page 1 of 3 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Date: 4-27-89 Chanqe Reference: M68887(REV) 


DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 


B TRIGGER 


Sensitivity- CH 1 through CH 4; 
AUTO LEVEL, and NORM 

COUPLING 

DC 


Trigger sensitivity is defined as the minimum peak-to-peak 
sine-wave trigger signal amplitude required to show the test 
signal with horizontal jitter of less than 3.0% of one period (p-p 
viewed over two seconds), with Trigger LEVEL control set at 
midlevel, but not at control extremes. 

0.35 division from dc to 10 MHz; increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL). 


NOISE REJECT 


1 .4 division from dc to 10 MHz; increasing to 2.2 divisions at 
100 MHz. 

0.5 division or less will not trigger. 


HF REJECT 


0.35 division from dc to 50 kHz; attenuates signals above upper 
-3 dB cutoff frequency of 70 kHz. 


LF REJECT 


0.35 division from 100 kHz to 10 MHz; increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 50 kHz. 


AC 


0.35 division from 50 Hz to 10 MHz; increasing to 1 .0 division at 
150 MHz (100 MHz in AUTO LEVEL); attenuates signals below the 
lower -3 dB cutoff frequency of 20 Hz. 


TV LINE 


0.5 division of composite sync will achieve a stable display. 


A AND B TRIGGER 


Channel Isolation (attenuation of 
deselected channel) 

CH 1 or CH 2 to 
Any Other Channel 


20 dB or more at 100 MHz.® 


CH 3 or CH 4 to 
Any Other Channel 


30 dB or more at 100 MHz.® 


Free Run Enable Frequency 
AUTO and AUTO LEVEL 


The sweep will free run if trigger source frequency is less than 10 Hz.® 

In AUTO LEVEL, if the trigger-source frequency is < 25 Hz, the range 
of the Trigger LEVEL control may be reduced. 


LEVEL Control Range 

AUTO, NORM, and SGL SEQ 


+20 divisions referred to the appropriate vertical input. 

This range is sufficient to allow triggering at any point on a displayed 
waveform for all modes except ADD. In ADD, the combined range of 
the two position controls exceeds the trigger level range, making it 
possible (though unlikely) to pull a signal on screen for display but 
fail to trigger on it due to insufficient trigger level range. 


AUTO LEVEL 


Does not exceed the peak-to-peak amplitude of the trigger signal 
that was present when the AUTO LEVEL limits were set.® 


TRIGGER LEVEL READOUT Accuracy 


± (0.3% of reading + 10% of one vertical division).® 


a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 

Page 2 of 3 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Product: 2247A SERVICE Date: 4-27-89 Change Reference: M68887(REV) 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 

ADD: 



A10C496 

A10C490 

A10C417 


281 -0864-00 
281-0864-00 
281-0915-00 


CAP.FXD.CER Dl: 430PF,5%,100V 
CAP.FXD.CER Dl: 430PF,5%,100V 
CAP.FXD.CER Dl: 1.8PF,+/-.25PF,200V 


CHANGE TO: 






A10R487 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2.7 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10U421 

A10U431 


234-0239-31 

234-0239-31 


QUICK CHIP: TRIGGER CIRCUIT, W/AU LEAD FRAME 
QUICK CHIP: TRIGGER CIRCUIT, W/AU LEAD FRAME 


A10X421 

A10X431 


136-1065-00 

136-1065-00 


SKT.PL-IN ELEK: MICROCKT.28 PIN LOW PROFILE 
SKT.PL-1N ELEK: MICROCKT.28 PIN LOW PROFILE 



DIAGRAM CHANGES 



DIAGRAM 




A & B TRIGGER SYSTEM 



Add capacitor C496 (430 pF) to U431 between pins 10 and 13. Location is 8C. 

Add capacitor C490 (430 pF) to U431 from pin 14 to circuit board ground. Location is 7C. 
Add capacitor C417 (1.8 pF) in parallel with R417 (location 6M). 

Change the value of resistor R487 (location 8L) to 2.7 fl. 



Page 3 of 3 



Tektronix MANUAL change information 

coMMmEOTo excellence Date: 10-23-89 Change Reference: C3/1089 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 

EFFECTIVE ALL SERIAL NUMBERS 

TEXT CHANGES 



Page 1 -5 HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Replace the Characteristics and Performance Requirement for “Sweep Linearity’’ with the following: 



Sweep Linearity 




0.5 s/div to 5 ns/div 


+ 5% 


2 ns/div 


± 15% 




Sweep Linearity applies over the center eight divisions. Excludes the 
first 1/4 division or 25 ns from the start of the magnified sweep and 
anything beyond the 100th magnified division. 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

commoted to excellence Date: 11-08-89 Change Reference: C4/1189 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 

EFFECTIVE ALL SERIAL NUMBERS 



TEXT CHANGES 



Page 1 -5 VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Change: 



Delay Match (CH 1 or CH 2 to 


< 400 ps difference. 


CH 3 or CH 4) 





Page 4-1 0 

Step 14. CH 1 to CH 4 Signal Delay Match 

d. CHECK— that the leading edges of the two waveforms have < 0.2 horizontal divisions 
separation at the center graticule line excluding trace width. 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix 

COMMfTTEOTO EXCELLENCE 


MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 03-13-90 Chanae Reference: M68805 


Product: 2247A SERVICE 


Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 




DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBERS: B020100 

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 

A1 6 Processor board CHANGE: 

A16U2519 160-6502-00 MICROCKT, DGTL: NMOS, EPROM, PRGM 

REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 

FIG. 2 CHASSIS CHANGE: 

Item 

2-13 333-3747-00 PANEL, FRONT 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix* 

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 

Product: 2247A SERVICE 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 03-14-90 Change Reference: M71374 

Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBERS: B021724 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 



A10 Main board: 

Add: 

CR803 
CR807 

DIAGRAM CHANGES 



152-0141-02 SEMICOND DVC.DI: SW, SI, 30V, 

150MA, 30V, D0-35 

152-0141-02 SEMICOND DVC.DI: SW, SI, 30V, 

150MA, 30V, D0-35 



DIAGRAM 




HORIZONTAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 



The following list of changes to schematic 6 are illustrated with the partial schematic below. 

Added diode CR803 grid location 3G. 

Added diode CR807 grid location 4G. 




Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix manual change information 

commoted to excellence Date: 03-16-90 Change Reference: M71945 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 




Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 






DESCRIPTION 


Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBERS: B022183 

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 

A1 6 Processor board CHANGE: 

A16U2519 160-6502-03 MICROCKT, DGTL: NMOS, EPROM, PRGM 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix 

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 

Product: 2247A SERVICE 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 03-16-90 Change Reference: M71784 

Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 



DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 

EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBERS: B022205 

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 



A10 Main board 



Change: 




A10R932 


322-3237-00 


A10R460 


313-1681-00 


Add: 




A10R941 


311-2229-00 


Delete: 




A10W906 


131-0566-00 



RES.FXD, FILM: 2.87K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0. 
RES.FXD, FILM: 680 OHM,5%, 0.2W. 



RES,VAR,NONWW:TRMR,250OHM,20% 
0.5W LINEAR 



BUS.CONNECTOR.DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD 
X0.223L W/WIRELEADS. 



DIAGRAM CHANGES 



DIAGRAM <E> AS B TRIGGER SYSTEM 

Change R460 to 680 ohm grid location 6K. 



DIAGRAM 




Z-AXIS, CRT. PROBE ADJ, &CONTROL MUX 



The following list of changes to schematic 7 are illustrated with the partial schematic below. 
Change value of R932 to 2.87K grid location 1H. 

Add R941 250 ohm trimmer grid location 1H. 

Remove W906 grid location 1H. 



G T H T j 




Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix manual change information 

committhj to excellence Date: 3-1 8-90 Change Reference: M68361 

Product: 2247A SERVICE MANUAL Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 

EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER: B020618 

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 

CHASSIS PARTS 

CHANGE TO: 

B25 119-3564-00 FAN.TUBE.AXIAL: 12VDC.2.6W.3200 RPM.36 CFM 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix manual change information 

committedtd excellence Date: 5-16-90 Change Reference: C2/0589 (Rev) 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER: B010600 



OPTION 15 

THIS INSERT CONTAINS ALL INFORMATION REGARDING OPTION 15 (CH 2 
SIGNAL OUT AND A GATE OUT). THE ATTACHED PAGES (1 - 6) CONTAIN 
THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 

DESCRIPTION 

SPECIFICATIONS 

PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION CHECK 
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 
REPLACEABLE PARTS LISTS 
CH 2 SIGNAL OUT BOARD 
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 



Cover Page 



Option 15 -2247A 



OPTION 15 



DESCRIPTION 

Option 15 adds two additional outputs to the rear panel 
of the instalment, CH 2 Signal Out and A GATE Out. 

This document contains the Description, Specification, 
Performance Check, Adjustment Procedure, and 
Replaceable Parts information for Option 15. The 
schematic illustration of each circuit is also included 
with this document. 

CH2 Signal Output 

The CH 2 SIGNAL OUT Connector located on the 
rear-panel provides an output signal that is a normalized 



representation of the Channel 2 input signal. The output 
amplitude into a 1 MH load is approximately 20 mV per 
division of input signal. Into a 50-fl load, the output 
amplitude is approximately 10 mV per division of input 
signal. 

A GATE Output 

The A GATE OUT Connector located on the rear-panel 
provides a TTL and CMOS Compatible, positive-going 
gate signal that is HI during the A Sweep and LO when 
the A Sweep is not running. 



SPECIFICATIONS 



Electrical Characteristics 



CHARACTERISTICS 


PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 


CH 2 SIGNAL OUT 


Temperature Range 


-10 to 55° C. 


Dynamic Range 


±7 divisions. 


Deflection Factor 
Into 50 n 


10mV/div±10%. 


Into 1 Mfl 


20mV/div ±10%. 


3dB Bandwidth 


DC to 25 MHz. 


DC Offset (Adjusted) 


< 0.5 div (measured at 2 mV/div). 



A GATE OUTPUT 



Output Voltage 


3.5 V to 5.25 V positive-going pulse starting at 0 V to 0.7 V. 


Output Drive 


Will supply 4 mA during HI state, will sink 20 mA during LO state. 8 



a Performance Requirement not checked in manual. 



Page 1 of 6 



Option 15 — 2247 A 



PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION CHECK 



Equipment Required 




Leveled Sine-Wave Generator 


50-n BNC Precision Coaxial Cable 


Calibration Generator 


50-n BNC Coaxial Cable 


Test Oscilloscope 


50-n BNC Termination 



1 . CH 2 Signal Output 

a. Set: 

VERTICAL MODE 

BW LIMIT 
VOLTS/DIV 
Input Coupling 
CH 1 and CH 2 
A and B SEC/DIV 
TRIGGER MODE 
SOURCE 
COUPUNG 



CH 1 and CH 2 
(CH 3 and CH 4 Off) 
Off 
2 mV 

GND 

1ms 

AUTO LVL 
VERT 

NOISE REJ 



b. Push the CH 2 VERTICAL MODE button so that 
light is off. 

c. Connect the CH 2 signal from the rear-panel CH 2 
SIGNAL OUT connector to the CH 1 OR X input 
connector via a 50-n BNC cable. 



m. CHECK— Display amplitude is 4.5 to 5.5 divisions 
(neglect trace width). 

n. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to .1 V. 

o. Connect a 50 kHz signal from the Leveled 
Sine-Wave Generator to the CH 2 input connector via a 
precision 50-n BNC cable and a 50-n Termination. 

p. Adjust the generator output level to produce a 
6-division CH 1 display. 

q. Increase the generator frequency to 25 MHz. 

r. CHECK- Display amplitude is 4.24 divisions or 
greater. 

s. Disconnect the test setup. 



2. A GATE Output 



d. Align the CH 1 trace to the center graticule line. 

e. Set CH 1 Input Coupling to DC. 

f. CHECK— Displayed trace is within 0.5 division of 
the ground reference set above (neglect trace width). 

g. Connect a 1 kHz, 10 mV standard-amplitude 
signal from the Calibration Generator to the CH 2 Input 
Connector via a 50-n BNC cable. 

h. Set CH 2 Input Coupling to DC. 

i. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV. 

j. CHECK- Display amplitude is 4.5 to 5.5 divisions 
(neglect trace width). 

k. Connect a 50-0 terminator to the CH 1 Input. 



a. Set: 

SEC/DIV 0.1 ms 

TRIGGER MODE Auto 

HOLDOFF Minimum (CCW) 

b. Connect a test oscilloscope to the A GATE OUT 
Connector from the rear-panel via a 50-0 BNC cable. 

c. CHECK— Test oscilloscope displays a signal with 
a high level between 2 V and 5.25 V and a low level 
between 0 V and 0.7 V. 

d. CHECK- Duration of the high level is greaterthan 
or equal to 0.2 ms. 

e. Set HOLDOFF Control to maximum (CW). 

f . CHECK— Duration of the high level is greater than 
or equal to 2 ms. 



I. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 0 mV. 



g. Disconnect the test setup. 



Page 2 of 6 



Option 15-2247A 



ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 



1 . CH 2 Signal Output 

NOTE 

The CH 1 and CH 2 STEP BALANCE Adjustment 
Procedures (located In the Service Manuals 
Adjustment Procedure Section) must be 
completed before continuing with this procedure. 

a. Set CH 2 Input Coupling to GND. 

b. Connect the CH 2 signal from the rear-panel CH 2 
SIGNAL OUT Connector to the CH 1 OR X input 
Connector via a 50-fi BNC cable. 



c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 2 mV. 

d. Set CH 1 Input Coupling to GND and align the 
trace with the center graticule line. 

e. Set CH 1 Input Coupling to DC. 

f. Adjust R1508 until the displayed trace is aligned 
with the reference set above (neglect trace width). 

2. A GATE Output 

There are no adjustments for the A GATE Output. 



MAINTENANCE 



A10— Main Board Replacement 

When replacing the A10— Main Board with a new 
board, two diodes will need to be removed from the old 



Main Board and added to the new board. These diode 
are CR601 and CR602. Refer to the A10— Main Board 
figure in this manual for location of these two diodes. 



Page 3 of 6 



Option 15 -2247A 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 



Component Tektronix 

No. Part No. Name & Description 



A25 


671-1153-00 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: CH 2 OUT OPT 


A25C1500 

A25C1501 

A25C1502 


281-0915-00 

281-0909-00 

281-0909-00 


CARFXD.CER Dl: 1.8PF,+/-0.25PF,200V 
CARFXD.CER Dl: 0.022UF,20%,50V,TUBULAR,MI 
CARFXD.CER Dl: 0.022UF,20%,50V,TUBULAR,MI 


A25CR1500 

A25CR1501 

A25E1502 

A25J1501 

A25J1503 

A25J1504 

A25J1505 

A25J1506 


152-0141-02 
152-0141-0 2 
276-0635-00 
131-0590-00 
131-0590-00 
131-0590-00 
136-0252-00 
131-0955-00 


SEMICOND DVC.Dl: SW, SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 
SEMICOND DVC.Dl: SW,SI,30V,150MA,30V,DO-35 
CORE, EM: TOROID, FERRITE 0.5 OD X 0.281 ID X 0.2 
TERMINAL, PIN: 0.71 L X .025 SQ PH BRZ.GLD PL 
TERMINAL, PIN: 0.71 L X .025 SQ PH BRZ.GLD PL 
TERMINAL, PIN: 0.71 L X .025 SQ PH BRZ.GLD PL 
SOCKET, PIN TERM: U/W 0.019 DIA PINS 
CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, FEMALE 


A25R1500 

A25R1501 

A25R1502 

A25R1503 

A25R1504 

A25R1505 

A25R1507 

A25R1507 

A25R1508 

A25R1509 


313-1511-00 

322-3184-00 

322-3205-00 

313-1121-00 

313-1102-00 

322-3068-00 

322-3222-00 

313-1132-00 

311-2258-00 

313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 510 OHM,5%,0.2W 
RES, FXD, FILM: 806 OHM,1%,0.2W 
RES, FXD, FILM: 1.33K OHM,1%,0.2W 
RES.FXD.FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.2W 
RES, FXD, FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 
RES.FXD.FILM: 49.9 OHM,1%,0.2W 
RES.FXD.FILM: 2K OHM,1%,0.2W 
RES.FXD.FILM: 1.3K OHM,5%,0.2W 
RES.VAR.NONWW: TRMR.1K OHM, 20%, 0.5 
RES.FXD.FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A25U1500 


156-0048-00 


MICROCKT.LINEAR: 5 XSTR ARRAY, CA3046.14 DIRMI 


A25W1502 


174-1649-00 


CABLE ASSY, RF: 50 OHM COAX.16.0 L,W/HARMONICA,9-3 


A10CR601 

A10CR602 


152-0141-02 

152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.Dl: SW,SI,30V,150MA.30V 
SEMICOND DVC.Dl: SW,SI,30V,150MA,30V 






CHASSIS PARTS 


W1503 

J1507 


174-1841-00 

131-0955-00 


LEAD, ELECTRICAL: 22 AWG.6.0 L.9-N.W/STRAIN RELIEF 
CONN.RCPT.ELEC: BNC, FEMALE 



REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS LIST 



Tektronix 

Part No. Qty Name & Description 



361-1535-00 

211-0690-01 

210-0255-00 

334-7486-00 



1 SPACER.SLEEVE: 0.45 L X 0.31 3 OD, AL 

1 SCREW, MACHINE: 6-32 X 0.875, PNH.SST.TORX 

2 TERMINAL, LUG: 0.391 ID, LOCKING, BRS CD PL 

1 MARKER, IDENT: MARKED Z AXIS A GATE OUT CH 2 OUT 



Page 4 of 6 



Option 15 -2247A 



J1501 






(fl 

CD 

cn 



□ 

o 




J1502 




J1503 



C H R1505F O 




oraoojmM 

C H R150lh OO- j R1506I -O 



J1504 



A25 CH 2 Signal Out Board. 



Page 5 of 6 



Option 15 - 2247A 





I A GATE OUT ) 



Page 6 of 6 



Tektronix 

COMMITTED 70 EXCELLENCE 

Product: 2247A SERVICE 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 6-13-90 Change Reference: M72115 

Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER: B022292 



REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 



A1 0 Main board 



CHANGE TO: 



A10C216 281-0775-01 CAP.FXD.CER Dl: 0.1 UF,20%,50V 

A10C217 281-0775-01 CARFXD.CER Dl: 0.1 UF,20%,50V 



DIAGRAM 




MAIN BOARD POWER 
DISTRIBUTION 



Change the value of capacitor C216 to 0.1 UF (grid location B1). 
Change the value of capacitor C217 to 0.1 UF (grid location B1). 



Page 1 of 1 



Tektronix 

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 


MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 11-26-90 Chanae Reference: C5/1190 


Product: 2247A SERVICE 


Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 


DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



EFFECTIVE ALL SERIAL NUMBERS 

Page 4-16 Step 4. 150 MHz Trigger Sensitivity 



Replace parts o through s of Step 4 with parts o through u shown below. 



o. CHECK— that the display is stably triggered with 
NOISE REJ Trigger CPLG. 

p. Set level ed sine-wave generator output for a 0.5 di- 
vision display amplitude at 100 MHz. 

q. CHECK— that the display is not triggered in NOISE 
REJ Trigger CPLG. 

r. Set leveled sine-wave generator output for a 1 .0 di- 
vision display amplitude at 100 MHz. 



Page 1 of 1 



s. CHECK-that the display is not triggered in HF REJ 
Trigger CPLG. 

t. Set: 

TRIGGER CPLG DC 

Horizontal MODE B 

A/B SELECT B Trigger 

u. Repeat parts n through u for the B Trigger. 



Tektronix 


MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 


COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE 


Date: 12-6-90 Chanqe Reference: M72008 


Product: 2247A SERVICE MANUAL 


Manual Part Number: 070-6367-00 




DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 


EFFECTIVE SERIAL NUMBER: 


B029000 




REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES 


CHANGE TO: 






A10 


671 “0422-03 


CIRCUIT BD ASSY: MAIN 


A10C275 


281-0776-00 


CARFXD,CER Dl: 120PF,5%,100V 


A10C496 


283-0196-00 


CAFJFXD.CER Dl: 270PF,10%,50V 


A10C425 


283-0196-00 


CAP,FXD,CER Dl: 270PF,10%,50V 


A10C485 


283-0196-00 


CARFXD,CER Dl: 270PF,10%,50V 


A10C705 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20%,250V 


A10C801 


285-1460-00 


CAP.FXD.MTLZD: 0.1 UF, 20%, 250V 


A10C802 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD,MTLZD: 0.1UF,20%,250V 


A10C804 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20%,250V 


A10C809 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20%,250V 


A10C818 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1 UF,20%, 250V 


A10C1101 


290-0183-00 


CARFXD.ELCTLT: 1UF,10%,35V 


A10C2708 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20%,250V 


A10C2709 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1 UF,20%, 250V 


A10C2710 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20% ,250V 


A10C2717 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20% ,250V 


A10C2783 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20% ,250V 


A10C2785 


285-1460-00 


CARFXD.MTLZD: 0.1UF,20% ,250V 


A10CR201 


152-1107-00 


DIODE.SIG: SCHTKY.40V.350MA, 1 2PF 


A10CR202 


152-1107-00 


DIODE, SIG: SCHTKY.40V.350MA.12PF 


A10R131 


315-0620-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 62 OHM,5%,0.25W 


A10R151 


315-0620-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 62 OHM,5%,0.25W 


A10R211 


311-2232-00 


RES.VAR.NONWW: TRMR.2K OHM,20%,0.5W 


A10R221 


311-2232-00 


RES,VAR,NONWW: TRMR.2K OHM,20%,0.5W 


A10R231 


311-2232-00 


RES.VAR.NONWW: TRMR.2K OHM,20%,0.5W 


A10R241 


311-2232-00 


RES.VAR.NONWW: TRMR.2K OHM,20%,0.5W 


A10R261 


313-1473-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 47K OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R460 


313-1681-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 680 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R638 


313-1104-00 


RES,FXD,FILM: 100K OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R725 


313-1751-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 750 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R820 


322-0402-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 150K OHM,1%,0.25W 


A10R821 


322-0402-00 


RES,FXD,FILM: 150K OHM,1%,0.25W 


A10U173 


156-3944-00 


MICROCKT.DGTL: CMOS, 8 BIT SHIFT REG LATCH, 74HCT4094 


A10U309 


156-0158-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR: BIPOLAR, DUAL OPNL AMRMC1458 


A10U801 


156-0158-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR: BIPOLAR, DUAL OPNL AMRMC1 458 


A10U930 


156-0158-00 


MICROCKT, LINEAR: BIPOLAR, DUAL OPNL AMRMC1458 






Page 1 of 15 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 


MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 12-6-90 Chanae Reference: M72008 




DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 




REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGES (cont) 


REMOVE: 






A10R250 


307-0792-01 


RES,NTWK,FXD,Fl: (7) 82 OHM,2%,0.15W 


A10R251 


307-0792-01 


RES,NTWK,FXD,FI: (7) 82 OHM,2%,0.15W 


A10W202 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


A10W235 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


A10W612 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


A10W820 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES.0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


A10W821 


131-0566-00 


BUS, CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES,0.094 OD X 0.225 L 


ADD: 






A10C488 


283-0196-00 


CARFXD.CER Dl: 270PF,10%,50V 


A10C490 


283-0196-00 


CAP.FXD.CER Dl: 270PF,10%,50V 


A10C636 


281-0909-00 


CAP,FXD,CER Dl: 0.022UF,20%,50V 


A10C1250 


283-0853-00 


CARFXD,CER Dl: 2.2PR200V 


A10C1251 


283-0853-00 


CARFXD,CER Dl: 2.2PR200V 


A10CR612 


152-0141-02 


SEMICOND DVC.DI: SW.SI, 30V, 150MA, 30V, DO-35 


A10R216 


313-1103-00 


RES,FXD,FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R217 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R249 


313-1027-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 2.7 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R925 


313-1472-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 4.7K OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1210 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1211 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1220 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1221 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1230 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1231 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1240 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A1 OR 1241 


313-1101-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1250 


322-3059-00 


RES, FXD, FILM: 40.2 OHM,1%,0.2W 


A10R1251 


322-3059-00 


RES.FXD.FILM: 40.2 OHM,1%,0.2W 


A10R1260 


313-1102-00 


RES.FXD.FILM: IK OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1284 


313-1820-00 


RES.FXD.FILM: 82 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10R1285 


313-1820-00 


RES.FXD.FILM: 82 OHM,5%,0.2W 


A10W204 


131-0566-00 


BUS.CONDUCTOR: DUMMY RES, 0.094 OD X 0.225 L 






DIAGRAM CHANGES 


DIAGRAM ^ 


O VERTICAL INPUTS 


Change the value of resistor R131 (location 7A) to 62 O. 


Change the value of resistor R151 (location 8A) to 62 n. 






Page 2 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 



Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



DIAGRAM CHANGES (cont) 



DIAGRAM 




VERTICAL PREAMPS & 
SWITHCING 



This schematic has been replaced. See pullout page 13 of this insert. Following is a list of changes 
regarding Diagram 2. 

Change the value of C275 to 120 pF. 

Change the value of R21 1 to 2K ft. 

Change the value of R221 to 2K ft. 

Change the value of R231 to 2K ft. 

Change the value of R241 to 2K ft. 

Change the value of R261 to 47K ft. 

Change the value of R725 to 750 ft. 

Replace Resistor networks R250 and R251 with resistors: 

[R1210, R1211, R1220, R1221, R1230, R1231, R1240, R1241 (100 ft each)], 
[R1250, R1251 (40.2 ft each)], 

[R1284, R 1285(82 ft each)] 

Replace wire jumper W202 with resistor R206 (2.80K ft). 

Add capacitors Cl 250 and Cl 251 (2.2 pF each). 

Add resistors R216 (10K ft), R217 (4.7K ft), and R249 (2.7 ft). 

Add wire jumper W204. 

Connections to U201 and U202 have been changed. 



DIAGRAM 




A AND B TRIGGER SYSTEM 



(See Insert Change Reference C6/0389 
for the latest version of diagram 3.) 



Change the value of resistor R460 (location 6K) to 680 ft. 

Add capacitor C488 (270 pF) from U431 A pin 13 to circuit board ground. (See partial schematic below.) 

Add capacitor C490 (430 pF) from U431A pin 14 to circuit board ground. (See partial schematic below.) 

Add capacitor C496 (270 pF) from U431 A pin 10 to circuit board ground. (See partial schematic below.) 




Page 3 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 



Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



DIAGRAM CHANGES (cont) 



DIAGRAM 




TRIGGER SELECT 



Change the value of resistor R638 (location 8J) to 100K n. 

Replace wire jumper W61 2 (location 8H) with diode CR612. (See partial schematic below.) 

Add capacitor C636 (0.022 ixF) from R636 (location 8H) to circuit board ground. (See partial schematic below.) 




DIAGRAM 




A AND B SWEEP & 
DELAY COMPARATORS 



At grid location 2B, pin 1 1 of U302 is connected to resistor R216 Diagram 2. (See partatial 
schematic below.) 




Page 4 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 



Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



DIAGRAM CHANGES (cont) 



DIAGRAM 




HORIZONTAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 



Remove jumpers W820 and W821 {location 5C). These are now circuit board runs. 



DIAGRAM 




Z-AXIS, CRT, PROBE ADJ, 
& CONTROL MUX 



This schematic has been replaced. See pullout page 15 of this insert. Following is a list of changes 
regarding Diagram 7. 



Reconnect pin 4 of P2302. 

Add resistor R925 (4.7K D). 

Change the circuit connection of R2718. 



DIAGRAM 




MAIN BOARD POWER 



Replace wire jumper W235 (location 7E) with resistor R1260 (IK fl). 



Page 5 of 15 



product: 2247A SERVICE 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



A10— MAIN BOARD 



ASSEMBLY A10 



CIRCUIT 

IUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


ciRCurr 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


C225 


15 


3D 


C455 


3 


1G 


C870 


6 


6J 


C228 


2 


10G 


C462 


3 


1G 


C880 


6 


6J 


C229 


15 


4D 


C463 


3 


IF 


C901 


15 


9B 


C232 


2 


2E 


C474 


3 


IF 


0902 


15 


BA 


C233 


2 


2E 


C475 


15 


IF 


C903 


15 


9A 


C234 


15 


3D 


C476 


3 


IE 


0904 


15 


9B 


C235 


15 


2D 


C477 


3 


IF 


C910 


7 


10B 


C238 


2 


10G 


C478 


3 


IE 


C935 


7 


7B 


C239 


15 


3D 


C480 


15 


1J 


C1001 


7 


7L 


C242 


2 


IE 


C481 


15 


3F 


Cl 002 


7 


6M 


C243 


2 


IE 


C482 


15 


2F 


Cl 003 


7 


6M 


C244 


15 


2D 


C483 


3 


2F 


Cl 004 


7 


7L 


C245 


15 


2D 


C484 


3 


3G 


Cl 005 


15 


7M 


C248 


2 


11G 


C485 


3 


2G 


Cl 006 


15 


8L 


C249 


15 


2D 


C487 


3 


3F 


Cl 101 


15 


3H 


C258 


2 


4G 


C488 


3 


2G 


Cl 102 


15 


3G 


C265 


15 


5F 


C489 


3 


3G 


Cl 103 


3 


4J 


C288 


2 


9G 


C491 


2 


2F 


Cl 104 


15 


4H 


C271 


2 


4F 


C492 


2 


2F 


Cl 105 


3 


5K 


C272 


2 


4F 


C493 


2 


2E 


C1106 


3 


4G 


C273 


2 


4F 


C494 


2 


2F 


Cl 107 


3 


4G 


C274 


2 


4F 


C496 


3 


2G 


Cl 108 


15 


4G 


C275 


2 


4F 


C501 


15 


4M 


Cl 110 


3 


3G 


C282 


15 


4F 


C502 


15 


4N 


C1111 


3 


4H 


C283 


15 


6F 


C503 


15 


4N 


C1114 


3 


4J 


C297 


15 


OF 


C505 


15 


9C 


Cl 130 


3 


4G 


C298 


15 


3F 


C600 


4 


3N 


Cl 143 


3 


4H 


C301 


5 


8F 


C601 


4 


3N 


C1154 


3 


4G 


C302 


5 


9F 


C602 


4 


4L 


C1155 


3 


4G 


C303 


5 


8C 


C803 


4 


3L 


C1158 


15 


5L 


C304 


15 


7D 


C604 


15 


3M 


Cl 159 


15 


5L 


C305 


5 


9D 


C605 


15 


2M 


Cl 160 


15 


5K 


C306 


5 


7C 


C60B 


15 


3L 


C1250 


2 


5F 


C307A 


5 


7E 


C607 


4 


3L 


Cl 251 


2 


5F 


C307B 


5 


7E 


C608 


4 


3M 


C2701 


15 


7M 


C307C 


5 


10F 


C609 


15 


2J 


C2702 


15 


6L 


C308 


5 


7E 


C610 


15 


2L 


C2703 


7 


7M 


C309 


15 


7H 


C611 


4 


4K 


C2704 


7 


7M 


C310 


5 


7E 


C612 


4 


3K 


C2705 


7 


7N 


C311 


5 


7F 


C613 


15 


IN 


C2706 


7 


6N 


C312 


5 


9E 


C614 


4 


5M 


C2707 


7 


7M 


C313 


5 


9E 


C636 


4 


6N 


C2708 


7 


7N 


C314 


5 


7F 


C666 


4 


4M 


C2709 


15 


7M 


C315 


5 


7G 


C701 


15 


10J 


C2710 


7 


7N 


C316 


15 


8E 


C702 


15 


9J 


C2711 


7 


8M 


C317 


15 


8E 


C703 


15 


10K 


02712 


7 


8N 


C318 


15 


9E 


C704 


15 


9K 


C2713 


7 


6N 


C319 


6 


7F 


C705 


15 


9H 


02715 


7 


10L 


C320 


15 


8F 


C706 


2 


10J 


C2716 


7 


10L 


C321 


5 


10F 


C707 


2 


9J 


C2717 


7 


1 1 L 


C322 


15 


90 


C708 


15 


9J 


C2719 


7 


10M 


C326 


5 


10E 


C711 


2 


10J 


C2720 


7 


8L 


C329 


5 


10F 


C712 


2 


10J 


C2721 


7 


6K 


C330 


5 


10G 


C801 


15 


8K 


C2723 


7 


7L 


C337 


15 


10E 


C802 


6 


7J 


C2724 


7 


10M 


C338 


15 


8G 


C803 


6 


7K 


C2759 


7 


7M 


C339 


15 


9G 


C804 


6 


6K 


C2783 


7 


8N 


C351 


15 


8C 


C805 


6 


9H 


C2784 


7 


6N 


C421 


3 


3G 


C806 


15 


8H 


C2785 


7 


8N 


C422 


3 


3G 


C807 


6 


7J 








C423 


3 


3G 


C808 


8 


9G 


CR131 


1 


2B 


C424 


3 


3G 


C809 


6 


8K 


CR151 


1 


IB 


C425 


3 


2G 


C611 


2 


7J 


CR171 


1 


3B 


C426 


3 


3H 


C814 


6 


8J 


CR201 


2 


5C 


C432 


3 


2G 


C815 


15 


7H 


CR202 


2 


5C 


C442 


15 


2H 


C816 


15 


8H 


CR260 


2 


4F 


C444 


3 


2F 


C817 


6 


6G 


CR261 


2 


4F 


C445 


15 


3F 


C818 


15 


8J 


CR301 


5 


7C 


C447 


3 


2F 


C819 


6 


7J 


CR432 


3 


2G 


C451 


3 


2G 


C820 


6 


8J 


CR462 


3 


1G 


C452 


3 


2G 


C821 


15 


8J 


CR603 


4 


4M 


C453 


3 


2G 


C822 


15 


SJ 


CR612 


4 


6N 


C454 


3 


2G 


C860 


8 


7J 


CR801 


6 


5M 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 



AT1 17 
ATI 27 

Cl 

C2 

CIO 

C11 

C20 

C21 

C101 

Cl 02 

Cl 03 

Cl 04 

Cl 05 

C106 

Cl 07 

C108 

cm 

Cl 12 
Cl 13 
Cl 14 
Cl 21 
C122 
Cl 23 
Cl 24 
Cl 25 
Cl 26 
Cl 31 
Cl 32 
Cl 33 
Cl 34 
Cl 35 
C136 
Cl 37 
C138 
Cl 39 
Cl 40 
C151 
C152 
C153 
C154 
Cl 55 
Cl 56 
Cl 57 
C158 
C159 
C171 
C172 
C173 
Cl 80 
C181 
C190 
C191 
C201 
C202 
C203 
C204 
C205 
C206 
C210 
C211 
C212 
C213 
C214 
C215 
C216 
C217 
C218 
C219 
C220 
C221 
C222 
C223 
C224 



SCHEM 

NUMBER 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

16 

15 

1 

1 

2 

15 

1 

1 

1 

1 

15 

15 

1 

1 

2 

15 

15 

1 

15 

15 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

15 

15 

2 

2 

2 

2 

15 

15 

15 

15 

2 

15 

2 

2 

2 

2 

15 



BOARD 

LOCATION 



6B 

4B 

6C 

4C 

6B 

68 

4B 

58 

6A 

4A 

3A 

1A 

6B 

6A 

5B 

4A 

10C 

6A 

5A 

5C 

10C 

5A 

4A 

4C 

1C 

ID 

IOC 

2A 

2B 

2B 

2B 

2B 

20 

2C 

2C 

2C 

IOC 

2A 

IB 

IB 

2B 

IB 

1C 

1C 

1C 

2B 

3C 

3B 

3D 

BD 

2C 

1C 

4G 

4H 

4H 

5H 

11H 

10H 

6E 

5E 

5E 

5E 

5E 

5D 

5G 

5G 

10G 

5D 

5D 

4E 

4E 

4E 

3D 



Page 6 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 

DESCRIPTION Product Group 46 



A10 — MAIN BOARD (cont) 



ASSEMBLY A10 


CIRCUrT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


ciRCurr 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


CR602 


6 


4M 


P8 


7 


ION 


0802 


6 


7K 


R155 


1 


IB 


CRB03 


6 


8J 


P9 


7 


8N 


0803 


6 


7J 


R156 


1 


1C 


CRP07 


6 


fij 


P9 


7 


9N 


0804 


6 


7J 


R157 


1 


1C 


CR935 


7 


7A 


P17 


6 


7K 


0805 


6 


8K 


R158 


2 


1C 


CR936 


7 


7A 


P16 


6 


8K 


0806 


6 


8K 


R150 


1 


1C 


criooi 


7 


5L 


P19 


2 


10H 


0807 


6 


8J 


R160 


2 


1C 


CR1002 


7 


5L 


P20 


2 


BH 


0809 


6 


8H 


R161 


1 


IB 


CR1003 


7 


8L 


P2302 


15 


10D 


0810 


6 


7H 


R162 


1 


IB 


CR1004 


7 


7L 


P2302 


7 


10D 


0811 


6 


7J 


R171 


1 


3B 


CR1005 


7 


3L 


P2304 


7 


11D 


0812 


6 


8J 


R175 


1 


3B 


CR2701 


7 


9M 


P2502 


15 


1L 


0905 


7 


10A 


R178 


1 


3C 


CR2702 


7 


9M 


P2502 


4 


1L 


0907 


7 


10A 


R177 


1 


3C 


CR2703 


7 


8N 








0908 


7 


10A 


R178 


1 


3C 


CR2704 


7 


6N 


D131A 


1 


2B 


QtOQI 


7 


4L 


R179 


1 


3C 


CR2705 


7 


6M 


0131B 


1 


2B 


Q1002 


7 


4L 


R180 


1 


2B 


CR2707 


7 


7L 


0151A 


1 


IB 


01003 


7 


4L 


R181 


1 


IB 


CR2713 


7 


10L 


0151B 


1 


IB 


01004 


7 


4L 


R182 


15 


6D 


CR2714 


7 


1 1L 


0171 


1 


2B 


01005 


7 


7L 


R201 


2 


5G 


CR2715 


7 


9L 


0250 


2 


4E 


Q1101 


3 


5J 


R202 


2 


5G 


CR2716 


7 


9M 


0251 


2 


4F 


01102 


3 


5J 


R203 


2 


5G 


CR2717 


7 


9M 


0252 


2 


4E 


01103 


3 


5J 


R204 


2 


5G 


CR2718 


7 


8L 


0253 


2 


4F 


01104 


3 


5J 


R205 


2 


6H 








0264 


2 


6E 


Olios 


3 


5J 


R206 


2 


5G 


DL21 


2 


3F 


0265 


2 


5E 


01106 


3 


5J 


R207 


2 


9G 


DL21 


2 


10K 


0301 


5 


7C 


02701 


7 


7N 


R208 


15 


11H 


DL 22 


3 


2H 


0302 


5 


8E 


02702 


7 


7M 


R209 


2 


1M 


DL22 


3 


3K 


0303 


5 


8F 


Q2703 


7 


7N 


R210 


2 


6E 








0304 


5 


8F 


Q2704 


7 


6N 


R211 


2 


6E 


DS901 


7 


SB 


0305 


5 


7E 


02705 


7 


7M 


R212 


2 


21 


DS902 


7 


9B 


0306 


5 


7E 


02706 


7 


7M 


R213 


2 


2M 


DS903 


7 


1 1B 


0307 


5 


8D 


02707 


7 


6M 


R214 


2 


6H 


DS2701 


7 


9N 


0308 


5 


8F 


02708 


7 


6L 


R215 


2 


6N 


PS2702 


7 


8M 


Q3O0 


5 


8F 


02709 


7 


6L 


R216 


2 


8G 


D£?703 


7 


9M 


O310A 


5 


8E 


02711 


7 


10L 


R217 


2 


7G 


04 


7 


9M 


Q310B 


5 


8E 


02712 


7 


10L 


R218 


2 


5E 








Q31 1 


5 


8F 


Q2713 


7 


11L 


R219 


2 


5C 


J11 


1 


6A 


Q312 


5 


8E 


02715 


7 


6M 


R220 


2 


4E 


J12 


1 


5A 


Q313 


5 


9F 








R221 


2 


4E 


J13 


1 


3A 


Q315 


5 


9E 


R12 


1 


6C 


R222 


2 


2L 


J14 


1 


1A 


0316 


5 


OF 


R13 


1 


6C 


R223 


2 


2M 


J15 


7 


7A 


0317 


5 


9F 


R22 


1 


5C 


R 224 


2 


6H 


J927 


7 


1 1B 


0318 


5 


10E 


R23 


1 


4C 


R225 


2 


8C 


J1204 


15 


5J 


0320 


5 


9E 


R101 


1 


7A 


R226 


15 


6E 








0321 


5 


9F 


R102 


1 


7A 


R227 


2 


BC 


K100 


1 


6A 


Q322 


5 


9F 


R103 


1 


7A 


R228 


2 


4E 


K101 


1 


5A 


Q323A 


5 


BE 


R104 


1 


7A 


R229 


2 


5D 


K102 


1 


5B 


0323B 


5 


9E 


R105 


1 


7A 


R230 


2 


3E 


K103 


1 


7B 


0325 


5 


10E 


R106 


1 


7B 


R231 


2 


3E 


K104 


1 


5D 


0326 


5 


8F 


R107 


1 


7B 


R232 


2 


1L 


K105 


1 


6D 


0328 


5 


8E 


R108 


1 


7B 


R233 


2 


2M 


K107 


1 


4A 


0329 


5 


BE 


R111 


1 


6A 


R234 


2 


6H 


K108 


1 


4A 


0330 


5 


8F 


R113 


1 


5A 


R235 


2 


3E 


K109 


1 


4B 


0331 


5 


9F 


R114 


1 


5A 


R238 


2 


2D 


K110 


1 


5B 


0332 


5 


9F 


R115 


2 


5D 


R240 


2 


2E 


Kill 


1 


4D 


Q333 


5 


8F 


R121 


1 


5A 


R241 


2 


2E 


K112 


1 


4D 


0440 


3 


2H 


R123 


1 


4A 


R242 


2 


1L 








0444 


3 


3F 


R124 


1 


3A 


R243 


2 


2M 


LI 01 


15 


2C 


0470 


3 


1H 


R125 


2 


40 


R244 


2 


6H 


LI 02 


15 


2C 


0474 


3 


2F 


R131 


1 


2A 


R245 


15 


3D 


LI 30 


1 


2C 


0480 


3 


IF 


R132 


1 


2A 


R248 


2 


2E 


L140 


1 


1C 


0600 


4 


3N 


R133 


1 


2A 


R249 


2 


5G 


L201 


15 


6E 


0601 


4 


3N 


R134 


1 


2A 


R254 


2 


5F 


L216 


15 


4H 


0602 


4 


2K 


R135 


1 


2B 


R255 


2 


5F 


L217 


15 


5H 


0603 


4 


2K 


R136 


1 


2C 


R256 


2 


6F 




3 


3H 


0604 


4 


3K 


R137 


1 


2C 


R260 


2 


5E 


LA 2 


3 


2G 


0605 


4 


3K 


R138 


2 


2C 


R261 


2 


5E 


L445 


15 


3J 


0606 


4 


2K 


R139 


1 


20 


R262 


2 


5F 


L462 


3 


1G 


0607 


4 


2K 


R140 


2 


2C 


R263 


2 


5F 


L475 


15 


1J 


0608 


4 


2L 


R141 


1 


2B 


R264 


2 


5F 


L701 


2 


BJ 


0701 


2 


9L 


R142 


1 


2B 


R265 


2 


5F 


L702 


2 


10J 


0702 


2 


10J 


R151 


1 


2A 


R266 


2 


4F 


L703 


2 


9H 


0703 


2 


9K 


R152 


1 


2A 


R267 


2 


4F 


L704 


2 


10H 


0704 


2 


11H 


R153 


1 


1A 


R268 


2 


5F 








0801 


6 


7K 


R154 


1 


2A 


R269 


2 


5F 



Page 7 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



A10— MAIN BOARD (cont) 



ASSEMBLY A10 






















CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


circuit 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


CIRCUIT 


SCHEM 


BOARD 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


NUMBER 


NUMBER 


LOCATION 


R270 


2 


4F 


R348 


5 


8H 


R448 


3 


2F 


R628 


4 


2K 


R271 


2 


4F 


R349 


5 


7H 


R449 


3 


3F 


R630 


4 


2N 


R272 


2 


4F 


R350 


5 


7H 


R450 


3 


1H 


R631 


4 


3L 


R273 


2 


4G 


R352 


5 


7H 


R451 


3 


1G 


R636 


4 


6N 


R274 


2 


3E 


R353 


5 


9D 


R452 


3 


1G 


R637 


4 


3N 


R275 


2 


4F 


R354 


5 


9E 


R453 


3 


2G 


R638 


4 


3N 


R276 


2 


4F 


R355 


5 


9E 


R454 


3 


2G 


R639 


4 


3L 


R277 


2 


4F 


R356 


5 


9F 


R455 


3 


2H 


R640 


4 


3L 


R278 


2 


3F 


R357 


5 


8F 


R456 


3 


1G 


R641 


4 


4M 


R279 


2 


3F 


R358 


6 


9D 


R460 


3 


1G 


R642 


4 


4M 


R260 


2 


3F 


R359 


5 


8F 


R461 


3 


1G 


R643 


4 


3M 


R281 


2 


3F 


R360 


5 


9F 


R462 


3 


1G 


R644 


4 


3M 


R282 


15 


4F 


R361 


5 


6G 


R463 


3 


IF 


R045 


4 


3M 


R283 


15 


6G 


R362 


5 


8F 


R470 


3 


1G 


R646 


4 


3M 


R284 


2 


6F 


R363 


5 


9F 


R471 


3 


1H 


R647 


4 


1J 


R285 


2 


6E 


R364 


5 


9G 


R472 


3 


1H 


R648 


4 


3K 


R286 


2 


5G 


R365 


5 


10E 


R473 


3 


1H 


R649 


4 


3K 


R287 


2 


5F 


R366 


5 


8C 


R474 


3 


1H 


R65Q 


4 


3M 


R288 


2 


6F 


R387 


5 


9C 


R475 


3 


IF 


R651 


4 


4M 


R289 


2 


5F 


R369 


6 


8D 


R47B 


3 


IF 


RB52 


4 


4M 


R290 


2 


6F 


R370 


5 


9G 


R477 


3 


IF 


R853 


4 


3K 


R291 


2 


5F 


R371 


5 


9G 


R478 


3 


IF 


R654 


4 


3L 


R282 


2 


5F 


R372 


5 


9G 


R470 


3 


IF 


R055 


4 


3L 


R293 


2 


5F 


R373 


5 


10G 


R480 


15 


4F 


R656 


4 


4K 


R294 


2 


5G 


R374 


15 


10E 


R481 


15 


1J 


R657 


4 


4K 


R295 


2 


5G 


R375 


5 


10E 


R483 


3 


3F 


R658 


4 


4K 


R296 


2 


GF 


R37B 


5 


10E 


R484 


3 


IE 


R859 


4 


4M 


R297 


15 


6F 


R377 


5 


8H 


R485 


3 


IE 


R062 


4 


2L 


R298 

R301 

R302 

R303 

R304 

R305 

R306 

R307 

R308 

R309 

R310 

R311 

R312 

R313 

R314 


15 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

15 

5 

5 


3F 

9E 

7E 

8F 

8F 

8G 

7C 

7C 

7C 

9C 

7C 

SC 

7D 

7D 

7C 


R378 

R379 

R3B0 

R381 

R382 

R383 

R384 

R385 

R386 

R387 

R388 

R390 

R392 

R393 


5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

15 

15 

5 


6J 

7G 

6J 

10F 

7G 

9G 

8D 

9F 

9F 

8F 

8F 

8F 

7C 

10F 


R486 

R487 

R490 

R491 

R492 

R493 

R494 

R495 

R496 

R497 

R498 

R501 

R502 

R503 


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 
4 
7 


IE 

IE 

3J 

3J 

3J 

2J 

2J 

2J 

2J 

ZJ 

3J 

1L 

5N 

IOC 


R663 

R664 

R665 

R666 

R669 

R670 

R671 

R072 

R673 

R674 

R701 

R702 

R703 

R706 


4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

15 

2 

2 

2 


3K 

3K 

4M 

4K 

3L 

4K 

3M 

3M 

4M 

4M 

9J 

9J 

11J 

9K 


R315 


5 


IDE 


R394 


5 


10F 


R504 


15 


9C 


R707 


2 


10K 


R316 


5 


7F 


R395 


5 


8E 


R505 


7 


9C 


R708 


2 


10H 


R317 


5 


8E 


R396 


5 


IDE 


R506 


7 


ac 


R709 


15 


9J 


R318 


5 


8E 


R401 


3 


3F 


R507 


7 


9C 


R710 


2 


10K 


R31S 


5 


8F 


R402 


3 


3F 


R508 


7 


IOC 


R711 


2 


10J 


R320 


5 


8E 


R4Q3 


3 


3J 


R510 


7 


IOC 


R712 


2 


10J 


R321 


5 


8D 


R410 


3 


3G 


R512 


7 


IOC 


R715 


2 


10K 


R322 


5 


7H 


R41 1 


3 


3G 


R601 


4 


3N 


R716 


2 


10K 


R323 


5 


7G 


R412 


3 


3G 


R602 


4 


2N 


R717 


2 


9K 


R325 


5 


7D 


R413 


3 


3G 


R603 


4 


IN 


R718 


2 


9K 


R326 


5 


7D 


R414 


3 


3H 


R604 


4 


IN 


R719 


2 


10H 


R327 


5 


9F 


R415 


3 


2G 


R605 


4 


IN 


R720 


2 


10H 


R328 


5 


8E 


R416 


3 


2G 


R6O0 


4 


3N 


R721 


2 


9K 


R329 


5 


9E 


R417 


3 


2H 


R609 


4 


2K 


R722 


2 


9K 


R330 


5 


9E 


R420 


3 


3H 


R810 


4 


2K 


R723 


15 


9J 


R331 


5 


8E 


R421 


3 


3G 


R611 


4 


3K 


R724 


2 


9K 


R332 


5 


7G 


R422 


3 


3G 


R012 


4 


3M 


R725 


2 


9K 


R333 


5 


8G 


R423 


3 


3G 


R613 


4 


2K 


R726 


2 


11J 


R334 


5 


8G 


R424 


3 


3G 


R614 


4 


3L 


R727 


2 


10K 


R335 


5 


9F 


R425 


3 


3G 


R615 


4 


4L 


R728 


2 


10H 


R336 


5 


9F 


R426 


3 


3H 


R618 


4 


3K 


R729 


2 


10H 


R337 


5 


BE 


R430 


3 


2G 


R617 


4 


3K 


R730 


2 


9K 


R338 


5 


9E 


R431 


3 


2F 


R618 


4 


3M 


R731 


2 


9H 


R339 


15 


9E 


R432 


3 


2G 


R819 


4 


3M 


R732 


2 


10H 


R340 


5 


7G 


R440 


3 


2G 


R620 


4 


4M 


R733 


15 


10K 


R341 


5 


9F 


R441 


3 


3H 


R621 


4 


4L 


R734 


15 


10H 


R342 


5 


9E 


R442 


3 


3H 


R822 


4 


3K 


R8Q1 


8 


8K 


R343 


5 


9F 


R443 


3 


2H 


R623 


4 


3K 


R802 


6 


7K 


R344 


5 


8E 


R444 


3 


3H 


R624 


4 


2L 


R803 


6 


8 K 


R345 


15 


8E 


R445 


3 


2F 


R625 


4 


2L 


R804 


6 


8K 


R346 


5 


8E 


R446 


3 


3F 


R628 


4 


4L 


R805 


6 


8J 


R347 


5 


8E 


R447 


3 


2F 


R627 


4 


3L 


R806 


6 


7J 



Page 8 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 



Product: 2247A SERVICE 



Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



A10-MAIN BOARD (cont) 



ASSEMBLY A10 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


ciRcurr 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


R807 


6 


9G 


R1010 


7 


7L 


R80B 


6 


7H 


R1020 


7 


7L 


R809 


6 


8H 


R1021 


7 


7L 


R810 


6 


8H 


R1022 


7 


7L 


R611 


6 


7J 


R1023 


7 


7L 


R812 


6 


8H 


R1024 


7 


7L 


R813 


6 


8J 


R1025 


7 


8L 


R814 


6 


8J 


R1026 


15 


8M 


R820 


6 


8J 


R1027 


15 


8L 


R821 


6 


7J 


R1028 


7 


4L 


RB22 


6 


7K 


R1103 


3 


4G 


R823 


6 


8G 


R1104 


3 


4G 


R825 


6 


8H 


R1105 


3 


6K 


R826 


6 


8G 


H1 106 


3 


6K 


RP27 


6 


9H 


R1108 


15 


4G 


R628 


6 


7J 


R1110 


3 


4K 


R829 


6 


7K 


nit ii 


3 


5K 


R830 


6 


8K 


mi 12 


3 


4K 


R831 


6 


8J 


nn 13 


3 


5K 


R836 


6 


9H 


R1114 


3 


5K 


R837 


15 


9K 


R1115 


3 


4J 


R854 


6 


8H 


R1116 


3 


4J 


R855 


6 


7H 


R1117 


3 


3J 


R856 


6 


8H 


R1118 


3 


4J 


R857 


6 


6H 


R1120 


3 


5K 


R880 


6 


8H 


R1121 


3 


5K 


R861 


8 


6J 


R1122 


3 


5K 


R862 


6 


7J 


R1123 


3 


5K 


R8B3 


6 


7J 


R1124 


3 


5K 


R871 


e 


8J 


R1125 


3 


5J 


R872 


6 


ft) 


R1126 


3 


5J 


R873 


6 


ft) 


R1127 


3 


4J 


R891 


6 


BK 


R1128 


3 


5J 


R892 


6 


8K 


R1131 


3 


4G 


R893 


6 


8J 


R1132 


3 


4G 


R894 


6 


8J 


R1133 


3 


4H 


R898 


6 


9J 


R1134 


3 


4H 


R8Q7 


6 


6K 


R1135 


3 


4H 


R898 


6 


7K 


R1136 


3 


4H 


R906 


7 


10B 


R1142 


3 


4H 


R907 


7 


10A 


R1143 


3 


4H 


R908 


7 


10A 


R1144 


3 


4H 


R909 


7 


6B 


R1145 


3 


4H 


R910 


7 


10B 


R1150 


3 


3G 


R91 1 


7 


6A 


R1154 


3 


4G 


R915 


15 


9A 


R1155 


3 


4G 


Rtl6 


15 


9A 


R1158 


15 


4L 


R920 


7 


6B 


R1159 


15 


5J 


R921 


7 


8B 


R1160 


15 


5J 


R922 


7 


9C 


R1162 


3 


6K 


R923 


7 


9C 


R1163 


3 


5K 


R924 


7 


fiC 


R1170 


3 


4J 


R925 


7 


9B 


R1210 


2 


5E 


R930 


7 


8B 


R1211 


2 


5E 


R931 


7 


7A 


R1220 


2 


4E 


R932 


7 


7B 


R1221 


2 


4E 


R033 


7 


7B 


R1230 


2 


3E 


R934 


7 


7B 


R1231 


2 


3E 


R935 


7 


7B 


R1240 


2 


2E 


R936 


7 


7A 


R1241 


2 


2E 


R937 


7 


7A 


R1250 


2 


5F 


R938 


7 


7B 


R1251 


2 


5F 


R939 


7 


7B 


R1260 


IS 


5D 


R940 


7 


7A 


R1264 


2 


5E 


R941 


7 


8A 


R1285 


2 


6E 


R1001 


7 


4L 


R2701 


7 


6L 


R1002 


7 


5M 


R2702 


7 


6L 


R1003 


7 


4M 


R2703 


7 


7M 


R1004 


7 


4L 


R2704 


7 


7L 


R1005 


7 


81 


R2705 


7 


7L 


R1006 


7 


. 7L 


R2706 


7 


7M 


R1007 


7 


8L 


R2708 


7 


7M 


R1008 


7 


8L 


R2709 


7 


7M 


R1009 


7 


7L 


R2710 


7 


6M 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


ciRcurr 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


R2711 


7 


7N 


U280 


2 


5F 


R2712 


7 


7M 


U301 


5 


9D 


R2713 


7 


7M 


U301 


6 


9D 


R2714 


7 


7M 


U302 


5 


ec 


R2715 


7 


7M 


U302 


15 


BC 


R2716 


7 


7M 


U303 


5 


9C 


R2717 


7 


7M 


U303 


15 


9C 


R2718 


7 


7M 


U304 


5 


8D 


R2719 


7 


8N 


U304 


15 


80 


R2720 


7 


8N 


U307 


5 


7D 


R2721 


7 


0N 


U307 


15 


7D 


R2722 


7 


6L 


U308 


5 


7D 


R2723 


7 


0M 


U308 


15 


7D 


R2724 


7 


9M 


U309 


5 


7C 


R2726 


7 


6L 


U309 


15 


7C 


R2727 


7 


7L 


U310 


5 


10D 


R2728 


7 


6L 


U310 


15 


10D 


R2729 


7 


7L 


U311 


5 


10D 


R2733 


7 


0K 


U311 


15 


10D 


R2734 


7 


10L 


U313 


5 


8E 


R2735 


7 


10K 


U315 


5 


8F 


R2736 


7 


10L 


U315 


15 


8F 


R2737 


7 


10K 


U316 


5 


7H 


R2738 


7 


11L 


U316 


15 


7H 


R2739 


7 


1 1 L 


U421 


3 


3F 


R2740 


7 


1 1 L 


U421 


15 


3F 


R2741 


7 


6M 


U431 


3 


2F 


R2742 


7 


8L 


U431 


15 


2F 


R2743 


7 


8L 


U441 


3 


1H 


R2745 


7 


7N 


U441 


15 


1H 


R2750 


7 


8M 


U442 


3 


3H 


R2751 


7 


9M 


U442 


15 


3H 


R2758 


7 


9L 


U501 


4 


5M 


R2760 


7 


10M 


U501 


15 


5M 


R2765 


7 


7M 


U502 


4 


4N 


R2783 


15 


7N 


U502 


15 


4N 


R2784 


7 


7N 


U503 


4 


5N 


R2785 


7 


8N 


U503 


15 


5N 


R2786 


7 


6N 


U506 


7 


IOC 


R2787 


7 


6N 


U506 


15 


IOC 


R2788 


7 


7N 


U600 


4 


2M 


R2789 


7 


8N 


U600 


15 


2M 


R2795 


7 


7L 


U601 


4 


IN 


R2796 


7 


6M 


U601 


15 


IN 








U602 


4 


4K 


U112 


1 


6C 


U602 


15 


4K 


U112 


15 


BC 


U603 


4 


2K 


U122 


1 


4C 


U603 


15 


2K 


U122 


15 


4C 


U604 


4 


2L 


U171 


1 


3B 


U604 


15 


2L 


U171 


15 


3B 


U606 


4 


3M 


U172 


1 


SB 


U606 


15 


3M 


U172 


15 


3B 


U701 


2 


10J 


U173 


1 


3C 


U701 


15 


10J 


U173 


15 


3C 


U702 


2 


9K 


U174 


1 


3A 


U702 


15 


9K 


U175 


1 


3C 


U801 


2 


7H 


U201 


2 


5H 


U801 


6 


7H 


U201 


15 


5H 


U801 


15 


7H 


U202 


2 


5G 


U802 


6 


8H 


U202 


15 


5G 


U802 


15 


8H 


U203 


2 


10G 


U901 


15 


0A 


U203 


15 


10G 


U930 


7 


8B 


U210 


2 


5E 


U930 


15 


8B 


U210 


15 


5E 


U931 


7 


9B 


U220 


2 


4E 


U931 


15 


93 


U220 


15 


4E 


U932 


15 


8A 


U230 


2 


3E 


U1001 


7 


7L 


U230 


15 


3E 


U1001 


15 


7L 


U240 


2 


2E 


unoi 


3 


4G 


U240 


15 


2E 


U1101 


7 


4G 


U260 


2 


5F 


U1101 


15 


4G 


U260 


15 


5F 


U1102 


3 


4G 



Page 9 of 15 



MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION 

Product: 2247A SERVICE Date: 12-6-90 Change Reference: M72008 



DESCRIPTION 



Product Group 46 



A10— MAIN BOARD (cont) 



ASSEMBLY A10 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 


SCHEM 

NUMBER 


BOARD 

LOCATION 


W1203 


15 


1J 


W1204 


15 


7G 


W1205 


15 


2J 


W1209 


15 


4J 


W1210 


15 


2J 


W1216 


15 


9C 


W1217 


15 


6H 


W1218 


15 


6H 


W1221 


15 


2J 


W1222 


15 


6D 


W1223 


15 


7D 


W1231 


15 


8K 


W1237 


15 


7K 


W1247 


15 


7D 


W1248 


15 


6H 


W1249 


15 


6H 


W1250 


15 


8K 


W1251 


15 


6H 


W1252 


15 


6H 


W1255 


15 


0F 


W1277 


15 


8K 


W1288 


7 


6J 


W2302 


7 


10D 


W2302 


15 


10D 


W2304 


7 


11D 


W2502 


4 


1L 


W2502 


15 


1L 


W2701 


7 


6M 


Y600 


4 


3L 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 



SCHEM 

NUMBER 



BOARD 

LOCATION 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 



SCHEM 

NUMBER 



BOARD 

LOCATION 



CIRCUIT 

NUMBER 



SCHEM 

NUMBER 



BOARD 

LOCATION 



U1102 

U1103 

U1103 

U1104 

U1104 

U1106 

U1106 

VR301 

VR302 

VR303 

VR304 

VR303 

VR309 

VR310 

VR311 

VR312 

VRB01 

VR2701 

W9 

W9 

W11 

W12 

W13 

W14 

W16 

W17 

W18 

W19 

W20 



15 

3 

15 

3 

15 

3 

15 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 
7 

7 

7 

1 

1 

1 

1 

7 

6 

e 

2 

2 



4G 

5K 

5K 

4H 

4H 

5L 

5L 

7F 

6F 

9G 

9G 

9F 

7G 

9G 

8E 

10E 

8J 

6M 

8N 

10M 

6A 

5A 

3A 

2A 

7K 

7K 

8K 

10H 

9H 



W100 

W101 

W102 

W103 

W200 

W201 

W203 

W204 

W205 

W206 

W207 

W208 

W209 

W210 

W223 

W231 

W232 

W304 

W305 

W401 

W406 

W413 

W414 

W415A 

W415B 

W410A 

W418B 

W501 

W502 

W503 

W504 



1 

t 

t 

15 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

5 

6 
3 
3 
3 

3 
2 
2 
2 
2 
15 

4 
4 
4 



5C 

5C 

3B 

3C 

6G 

6G 

6H 

6H 

6G 

6G 

GG 

6G 

BG 

10G 

5D 

2E 

2E 

8G 

10E 

4H 

3H 

3J 

3J 

5E 

3F 

3E 

3E 

1M 

3M 

3M 

3M 



W505 

W506 

W507 

W510 

W603 

W804 

W605 

W606 

W607 

W610 

W611 

W802 

W805 

W806 

W807 

W808 

W810 

W811 

W815 

W900 

W1000 

W1101 

W1102 

W1103 

W1104 

W1105 

W1106 

W1108 

W1200 

W1201 

W1202 



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

15 

15 

4 

4 

5 

6 
6 
6 
6 
8 
6 
2 
7 
7 
3 
3 
3 
15 
15 
3 
3 
15 
15 
15 



3N 

3N 

5N 

6M 

4M 

4L 

6L 

2K 

5M 

3N 

3N 

8G 

6M 

7K 

6M 

7K 

6H 

5H 

8G 

9B 

4L 

6K 

3J 

6K 

3J 

4J 

6L 

5L 

6F 

9C 

9H 



Page 1 0 of 1 5 



1 

2 

3 

I 

4 

I 

5 

i 

6 

i 

7 

i 

8 

i 

9 

i 

0 



12-6-90 



R 



B 



D 



H 



J 



K 



L 



M 



2247A SERVICE 
M72008 

N 



3# 



0 6 iSO 2^ W 



; o- crisi! o 
° oRieroocisp 

1 : 

- ^ v. • ^ 5 ^ ' ' S-S > “O 

cm^ Q o ^ R 1 

eSg* ••••IClSS-7 

?Y^>CR13ti O 
• y ycX Oftlsu:: ocias? 




2 3 OR5®JO U W o H5Q 1 O 



O R2C9 



r c e^a^iCPg^^l: 



<? °«p I2jg( 

m.(v cs. S *■>« 



-i; 

:S|S)2) 
>«Ssy '3 l 3i.°S>,. 



< ¥ U 



$ 0£|3£> 



S \ 

Cfcl fC 

V ../ 



£$& N f"pL102O 

§4$ '; V ' / 

Oici3<^G 190 1 \ 

sfiR-saeo. 

O \ otitb •>7© 



S ; A 



r- t <nu ■;• 

?d=52 

■v’ .. IjW 



:;U174X 



xungp 

O 0 oc ‘ 



t tr!X 

U XU172>X 



P LJDlO .*£ 

v .y fcs 



V K V 

iui7s2 c ^' j Xui73; : ; 



gc| 0MC gofea» ff ^ 

§ S'l^'ii 

A O N ?n ;■* 

OR238-'X/-v; % ££-. - u 

xfigz r w c 

, v 0 H231 o 

?.8ftO W232 C; - 

V iro «n I m- 

y ;csi eg 

•' : U U 

C CO 

OfeSP 

OR123C 



:>D b OlU^C^C452 O 5 



oi o C483 O 

o o c.4ft? o> 



C4, 



PR416C 

0R4.1&O 



YcS4QGft§ 0 



)eooosW>c 



OR 2 420 
CR232C 
*2220 
CR2120 0E6080 0 0 OO 

■■ r> O 0 OOOOOOO 



..rr^ 

(ti tn ri n 

cocm — 
Cm cm eg CM 
c cazaia: 



J &s 
mq 

CffcG&C 

CK6H2C 



CC6.130 



U60 1 ' 



38300 



*> G DR 1 231 

7 8 rp ! 






X 



C-N103 



o o 

K 1 09 




ei 

to j 
+A : 

5h 



OlOU&O + 

Offo 4SD OR43IO ::>$R4320 O L 432 0'+ 
0 C 4 47 Op C432 O '.Z&&Q C* 4 40'.) \.g, 

C44 4 • O OR 4 300 O ..y O C; ^ ^ ^ 

* n:*-* ; P^ «V CSJ CNJiCs) jtf X 



O €417 0 
O I&22 ^ 

ft ^442P:.J 



QM120$C 



a 

0^ 



s 4® C V '-/ s >w: X CM! + yrteadtx O 

5? ».. ! S '-ty W sl>?; 0 <!««<: 'M-i tj;LJ p f» r: Ob: CC ~ /-.U44Z A . 

IS 0 C4 45 A O o U42, 3l [0 ottoo^W c . 5 S X c ' 

A R4I2:; OK4 l3;:i ° X p S K 



SX3Q} 



\ ■Vi CSliCMW n M-iM 1 'M 
j CM; * -M- 'o? Qtf cc tr ^iv V 

l^j o-uoc DC Ob: a: 

n J ar 



\r K 1 08 



; Z %T C 

~ ’ « 5.0 



K1D7 ! RT 127 



C20 



C2I 



UI 22 

cz 



R125 



K 1 12 



ORUijO 

m/m 



■ 00 R22 



R23 



CR 20 1' 

CR20ZO 

R2JJ9P 



?X ;; ■vx& Z: 
5 U22^ oVrsM 

0 OCR 1220 

A /"N A 

X X b -c I 

x xa st i 

X «?; I 

r 



. V^^ 4Gi ^^40 JO O -C464 •.:■ 
till OR445v.> OR 4 490 C ^ 

r> .-• o O ' ' ■"' O O C407 0 esi — 

?SSSSSg. 5 c c»2"n f^nsa 

CM CN CMt PM ,Ki ~ ~ M 63 — • * — ' ^